初三系列复资料（1）名词考点集汇讲解训练
名词
考点直击
1．数名词数名词法
2．名词格构成法
3．义名词辨析
名师点睛
名词数
1．单数复数
数名词单数复数两种形式复数形式通常单数形式加词尾s构成变法：
（1）般情况词尾加s例：book→booksgirl→girlsboy→boyspen→pensdoctor→doctors boy→boys
（2）sxchsh结尾词加es例：bus→busesclass→classesbox→boxeswatch→watchesbrush→brushes
（3）ce se ze（d）ge结尾名词加s例：orange—oranges
（4）辅音母加y结尾词变yi加es例：city→cities factory→factories country→countries family→families注意元音字母加y结尾名词复数形式加s：boy→boys day→days
（5）o结尾词数加es例hero→heroespotato→potatoestomato→tomatoes词末两元音字母词加s例：zoo→zoosradio→radios某外词加s例：photo→photospiano→pianos
（6）ffe结尾词数变fv加es例：knife→knivesleaf→leaves half→halves
复数词尾s（es）读音方法表示
复数词尾s（es）读音方法
情 况
读法
例 词
[p][t][k][f]等清辅音
[s]
cups hats cakes
[s][z][t][][F]等音
[iz]
glasses pages oranges buses watchesfaces
[b][d][][v]等浊辅音
[z]
beds dogs cities knives
（7）少数名词规复数形式例：man→menwoman→womentooth→teethfoot→feetchild→childrenmouse→mice
注意manwoman构成合成词复数形式menwomen例：an Englishmantwo EnglishmenGerman合成词复数形式 Germansman woman等作定语时单复数修饰名词单复数定：men workers women teachers
名词单复数样例：ChineseJapanesesheepdeerfish等fish表示种类鱼时加复数词尾
（8）单数形式意复数名词：people police等
（9）数词+名词作定语时名词般保留单数形式中间加连字符例：tenminutes’ walk an 8yearold girl a tenmile walk
（10）名词仅复数形式：trousersclotheschopsticksglassesgoodsashesscissorscompasses
（11）作单数复数形式名词：
科学名词：physics mathematicsmaths
游戏名称：bowls
专名词：the United States Niagara Falls
名词：news falls
2．数名词量表示方法
英语中数名词果表示量概念两种方法：
（1）much a little a lot oflots of some any等表示少例：
The rich man has a lot of money．
There is some milk in the bottle．
Is there any water in the glass？
I don't like winter because there's too much snow and ice．
（2）a piece of 类定语例：
a piece of paper a piece of wood a piece of bread
a bottle of orange a glass of water（milk） a cup of tea
a cup of tea a bag of rice three bags of rice
果表示两杯茶四张纸类概念时容器加复数例：
two cups of tea
four pieces of paper
three glasses of water
数名词a lot of lots of some any much等修饰
二名词格
名词格表示物领属关系
1 表示生命名词格单数形式加 's复数形式s'例：a student's room students' rooms father's shoes
2 结尾s复数形式加 's：Children's Day
3 表示时间距离长度重量价格世界国家等名词格 's例：a twenty minutes' walkten miles' journeya boat's lengthtwo pounds' weight ten dollars' worth
4 生命名词格必须of结构例：a map of Chinathe end of this termthe capital of our country the color of the flowers
5 双重格例：a friend of my father's
注意
果两名词列分 's表示分例：John's and Mary's rooms（约翰玛丽间两间）Tom's and Mary's bikes（两行车）
两名词列's表示例：John and Mary's room（约翰玛丽间）Tom and Mary's mother（TomMary兄妹）
实例解析
1（2004年海徐汇区中考试题）
These _________ have saved many children’s lives
A woman doctors B women doctor
C women doctors D woman doctor
答案：C该题考查名词作定语时变化woman 作定语时修饰名词保持数致
2 (2004年河北省中考试题)
This is _________ bedroom The twin sisters like it very much
A Anne and Jane B Anne’s and Jane’s
C Anne’s and Jane D Anne and Jane’s
答案：D该题考查列名词格两房间时面名词加’s
3 (2004年吉林省中考试题)
Are there any ________ on the farm
Yes there are some
A horse B duck C chicken D sheep
答案：D该题考查特殊名词复数形式谓语动词判断语应该复数名词sheep作复数名词
4 (2004年佛山市中考试题)
What would you like to drink ________ or orange
Orange please
A hamburger B chip C tea
答案：C该题考查名词类三种东西中tea喝
中考演练
单项填空
1． Where have you been Tim
I’ve been to ______
A the Henry house B the Henry family
C The Henry’s home D Henry’s
2．In England if ____ is in the middle of the day the evening meal is called supper
A food B lunch C breakfast D dinner
3．You looked for it twice but you haven’t found it Why not try ____
A three times B a third time C the third time D once
4． They are thirsty Will you please give them ______
Certainly
A some bottles of waters B some bottles of water
C some bottle of water D some bottle of waters
5．Mike hurt one of his ______ in the accident yesterday
A tooth B feet C hand D ear
6．There is some _______ on the plate
A cakes B meat C potato D pears
7．In England the last name is the _______
A family name B middle C given name D full name
8．The are going to fly _______ to Beijing
A Germen B Germany C Germanys D Germans
9．The______ has two _______
A boys watches B boy watch C boy watches D boys watch
10．The little baby has two _______ already
A tooth B tooths C teeth D teeths
11．What’s your _______ for being late again
A idea B key C excuse D news
12． It’s dangerous here We’d better go out quickly
But I think we should let _______ go out first
A woman and children B women and child
C woman and child D women and children
13． You can see Mr Smith if there is a sign _______ on the door of his shop
Thanks
AENTRANCE BBUSINESS HOURS
CTHIS SIDE UP DNO SMOKING
14．Are they going to have a picnic on _______
A Children’s Day B Childrens’s Day
C Childrens Day D Children Day
15．Where are the students Are they in _______
A the Room 406 B Room 406 C the 406 Room D 406 Room
二 根列句子情景汉语注释写出缺单词
1 We’ve got a lot of new ________(杂志) in our school library
2 Please turn to another _______（频道） I don’t like this show
3 Yesterday the _________(航班) to London was put off because of the bad weather
4 Autumn is my favourite (季节)
5 How many _______(刀) do you have
Three
6 __________ are widely used in the modern world
7 June 1st is __________(童) Day
8 Mary would you please tell me your new ________(址) so that I can write to you
9 Does this piece of ______(音乐) sound nice
Yes It’s wonderful
10 May 12th is the International _______(护士) Day Let’s say Thanks to them for their work
三 根句意首字母写出缺单词
1 What’s your n_______
Li Lei
2 How many d_______ does your uncle have
3 Please close the w______ It’s cold outside
4 If you want study English well you must pay attention to your p________
5 A computer is one of the greatest i_________ in the world
6 Zhang Hui is very excited He will go to Japan with his p_______ during the Spring Festival
7 At the a______ of seven the lonely girl had to work to make living
8 It’s only about an h_____ flight from Qingdao to Beijing by air
9 Health is more important to me than m_______
10 Be careful It’s d__________ to run across the street now
练答案
．1D 2B 3B 4B 5B 6B 7A 8D 9C 10C 11C 12D 13B 14A 15B
二．1magazines 2Channel 3 flight 4season 5 knives 6 Computers 7 Children’s 8 address 9 music 10 Nurses’
三．1name 2daughters 3 window 4 pronunciation 5 inventions 6parents 7 age 8 hour’s 9 money 10 dangerous
初三系列复资料（2）形容词副词考点集汇讲解训练
二形容词副词
考点直击
1 形容词法
2 副词法
3 形容词副词原级较级高级法
4 形容词副词句中区位置
名师点睛
1 形容词法
(1) 形容词句中作定语 表语 宾语补足语 例：
Our country is a beautiful country （作定语）
The fish went bad （作表语）
We keep our classroom clean and tidy （作宾语补足语）
(2) 形容词修饰something anything nothing everything等定代词时形容词放名词面
I have something important to tell you
Is there anything interesting in the film
(3) and or 连接起两形容词作定语时般放修饰名词面起进步解释作
Everybody man and woman old and young should attend the meeting
You can take any box away big or small
(4) the＋形容词表示类物
The rich should help the poor
2 副词法
(1) 副词句中作状语表语定语
He studies very hard （作状语）
Life here is full of joy （作定语）
When will you be back （作表语）
副词途含义分面五类：
1)时间副词
时间副词通常表示动作时间常见时间副词：now today tomorrow yesterday before late early never seldom sometimes often usually always等例：
He often comes to school late
What are we going to do tomorrow
He is never been to Beijing
2)点副词
点副词通常表示动作发生点常见点副词：here there inside outside home upstairs downstairs anywhere everywhere nowhere somewhere down up off on in out等例：
I met an old friend of mine on my way home
He went upstairs
Put down your name here
3)方式副词
方式副词般回答样？类问题中绝部分形容词加词尾ly构成 少数方式副词带词尾ly 形容词形常见方式副词：anxiously badly bravely calmly carefully proudly rapidly suddenly successfully angrily happily slowly warmly well fast slow quick hard alone high straight wide等例：
The old man walked home slowly
Please listen to the teacher carefully
The birds are flying high
He runs very fast
4)程度副词
程度副词数修饰形容词副词少数修饰动词介词短语常见程度副词：much (a) little a bit very so too enough quite rather pretty greatly completely nearly almost deeply hardly partly等例：
Her pronunciation is very good
She sings quite well
I can hardly agree with you
5)疑问副词引导特殊疑问句副词常见疑问副词：how when where why等例：
How are you getting along with your studies
Where were you yesterday
Why did you do that
(2)副词句中位置
1)数副词作状语时放动词果动词带宾语放宾语例：
Mr Smith works very hard
She speaks English well
2)频度副词作状语时通常放行动词前情态动词助动词be动词例：
He usually gets up early
I’ve never heard him singing
She is seldom ill
3)程度副词般放修饰形容词副词前面 enough作副词时通常放修饰词面例：
It is a rather difficult job
He runs very fast
He didn’t work hard enough
4)副词作定语时般放修饰名词例：
On my way home I met my uncle
The students there have a lot time to do their own research work
(3)部分常副词法
1) very much
两副词表示法Very修饰形容词副词原级much修饰形容词副词较级例：
She is a very nice girl
I’m feeling much better now
Much修饰动词very例：
I don’t like the idea much
They did not talk much
2) too either
两副词表示too肯定句either否定句例：
She can dance and I can dance too
I haven’t read the book and my brother hasn’t either
3) already yet
already般语肯定句yet般否定句例：
He has already left
Have you heard from him yet
He hasn’t answered yet
4) so neither
soneither倒装句 so表示肯定neither表示否定
例：
My brother likes football and so do I
My brother doesn’t like dancing and neither do I
3 形容词副词较级高级
(1) 两事物较时（定方事物）较
级
Our teacher is taller than we are
The boys in her class are taller than the boys in your class
(2) most 形容词连 the表示 极非常 十分
It's most dangerous to be here
太危险
(3) The+形容词较级 the+形容词较级表示 越 越
The more you study the more you know
(4) 形容词较级 + and + 形容词较级 表示 越越
It's getting hotter and hotter
(5) 语+谓语(系动词)+as+形容词原形+as+句表示两者相
This box is as big as mine
(6) the + 形容词 表示某种
He always helps the poor
(7) 形容词副词高级三三物进行较
Shanghai is one of the biggest cities in China
实例解析
1 (2004年北京市中考试题)
Which is ________ the sun the moon or the earth
Of course the moon is
A small B smaller C smallest D the smallest
答案：D该题考查形容词较等级法太阳球月亮三者进行较选形容词高级高级前加定冠词the选D
2 (2004年海徐汇区中考试题)
He has made _______ progress this term than before
A little B less C fewer D much
答案 B该题考查形容词较等级法现进行较较级修饰数名词less fewer
3 (2004年江西省中考试题)
What delicious cakes
They would taste _______ with butter
A good B better C bad D worse
答案：B该题考查形容词较等级答话意思应该果加点黄油蛋糕会更吃里种较：加黄油加黄油然较较级里讲吃更吃CD舍选better
4 (2004年河北省中考试题)
Bob never does his homework ________ Mary He makes lots of mistakes
A so careful as B as carefully as C carefully as D as careful as
答案：B该题考查形容词副词法区该词修饰动作做家庭作业副词表示方方句型not as+副词原级+as选B
中考演练
单项填空
1．There are many young trees on sides of the road
A every B each C both D all
2． It’s so cold today
Yes it’s than it was yesterday
A more cold B more colder C much colder D cold
3．Little Tom has friends so he often plays alone
A more B a little C many D few
4．She isn’t so at maths as you are
A well B good C better D best
5．Peter writes of the three
A better B best C good D well
6．He is enough to carry the heavy box
A stronger B much stronger C strong D the strongest
7．I bought exercisebooks with money
A a few a few B a few a little
C a little a few D a little a little
8．The box is heavy for the girl carry
A too to B to too C so that D no to
9．The ice in the lake is about one meter It’s strong enough to skate on
A long B high C thick D wide
10．Wu Lin ran faster than the other boys in the sports meeting
A so B much C very D too
11 Jone looks so _______ today because she has got an A in her maths test
A happy B happily C angry D angrily
12 The smile on my father’s face showed that he was ______ with me
A sad B pleased C angry D sorry
13 Mum could you buy me a dress like this
Certainly we can buy ______ one than this but ______ this
A a better better than B a worse as good as
C a cheaper as good as D a more important good as
14 This digital camera is really cheap
The ______ the better I’m short of money you see
A cheap B cheaper C expensive D more expensive
15 If you want to learn English well you must use it as _______ as possible
A often B long C hard D soon
16 Paul has ______ friends except me and sometimes he feels lonely
A many B some C few D more
17 English people _____ use Mr Before a man’s first name
A never B usually C often D sometimes
18 One more satellite was sent up into space in China in May
Right The government spoke ______ that
A highly for B high of
C well of D highly of
19 Remember this children ______ careful you are ______ mistakes you will make
We know Miss Gao
A The more the more B The fewer the more
C The more the fewer D The less the less
20 I have ________ to do today
A anything important B something important
C important nothing D important something
二 单词适形式填空
1 My purse was stolen on the bus yesterday __________ (Fortunate) there was no money in it
2 Mobile phones are _________ (wide) used in most of the cities in China
3 He put on his coat and went out ________ (quick)
4 She is ______ (good) than Li Ping at swimming
5 A lot Chinese people are _______ (pride) of Yao Ming a famous basketball star in NBA
6 To our surprise he suddenly returned on a cold ______ (snow) night
7 Allie asked me ______ (polite) to put the things away
8 It’s snowing hard You must drive ________(careful)
9 The earth we live on is _______ (big) than the moon
10 Hainan is a very large island It’s the second ________ (large) island in China
三 适形容词副词填空(首字母已出)
1 A large number of mouths must be fed in those less d________ countries
2 That evening Beethoven played the music for the girl as well as u______
3 Hawaii is f_______ its beautiful beaches
4 He often takes an a______ part in the sports meeting and he can get very good results each time
5 The performance was so w_______ that everyone gave a long and loud applause(鼓掌)
6 Jiefang Road is the b_____ street in our city
7 She lay a______ for hours thinking over her business
8 I like ball games very much but my f_______ sport is playing basketball
9 The boy is too l______ He doesn’t want to do anything
10 The dictionary is very u________ It will help you a lot
练答案
1C 2C 3D 4B 5B 6C 7B 8A 9C 10B 11A 12B 13C 14B 15A 16C 17A 18D 19C 20B
二 1 Fortunately 2 widely 3quickly 4 better 5 proud 6 snowy 7 politely 8 carefully 9 bigger 10 largest
三 1 developed 2 usual 3 famous 4 active 5 wonderful 6 busiest 7 awake 8 favourite 9 lazy 10 useful
初三系列复资料（3）动词考点集汇讲解训练
三动词
考点直击
1动词八种时态构成法
2动词动语态构成法
3非谓语动词构成法
4义动词法区
名师点睛
1动词时态
英语时态十六种时态中常8种：般现时般时般时现进行时现完成时进行时完成时时
（1）般现时基法
1) 常性惯性动作常表示频度时间状语连
时间状语： every… sometimes at… on Sunday
I leave home for school at 7 every morning
2) 客观真理客观存科学事实
The earth moves around the sun
Shanghai lies in the east of China
3) 表示格言警句中
Pride goes before a fall
注意法果出现宾语句中句时句谓语般现时
例：Columbus proved that the earth is round
4) 现时刻状态力性格性
I don't want so much
5) 某动词 come go move stop leave arrive be finish continue start 等般现时句中表示肯定会发生动作
The train comes at 3 o'clock
6) 时间状语句条件状语句中般现时代般时
I'll help you as soon as you have problem
Tell Xiao Li about it if you meet him
（2）般时法：
表示某时刻某段时间发生动作情况通常般式带表示动作时间状语词词组句 yesterday the day before last last week two days ago 等文清楚时带时间状语
I worked in that factory last year
注意
1) 常反复发生动作used towould加动词原形表达例：
I used to go fishing on Sundays
2) used to表示存状态例：
This river used to be clean
（3）般时法
1）表示动作状态例：
I shall attend the meeting tomorrow
2）表示反复发生动作存状态例：
He will go to see his mother every Saturdays
3）表示意愿决心许诺 命令等时常will征求方意见语第称时常shall
I will do my best to catch up with them
Shall I open the door
4）be + going + 动词定式种时句型表示算计划
作某事
I am going to Beijing next week
5）be + 动词定式表示职责义务约定意图等
There is to be a meeting this afternoon
We are to meet the guests at the station
6）be about + 动词定式表示马快作某事
They are about to leave
（4）现进行时法
1) 现进行时法表示说话者说话时正发生者进行动作 注重
现正进行动作动作什时间开始什时间结束
What are you doing now
I am looking for my key
2) 现进行时表示目前段时间正进行动作（说话时动作定进行）
The students are preparing for the examination
3) 某动词现进行时表示发生动作动词 arrive come leave start等
They are going to Hong Kong tomorrow
注意动词般进行时态
①表示状态动词尤静态动词：be have
②表示认识知觉情感动词：know think hear find see like want wish prefer等
（5）现完成时法
1) 现完成时表示说话前已完成刚完成动作
I have bought a tenspeed bicycle
They have cleaned the classroom
2) 现完成时表示动作开始持续现者持续动作状态 现完成时常for since 引导短语句连
We have lived here since 1976
They have waited for more than two hours
注意
般时现完成时区
时表示某时发生动作单纯叙述事情强调动作现完成时发生强调事情现影响强调影响般时常具体时间状语连
试较：
I saw this film yesterday（强调动作发生涉现）
I have seen this film （强调现影响电影容已知道）
（6）进行时法
表示某时正进行状态动作例：
I was watching TV when she came to see me
注意
进行时般时发生事情进行时侧重表示某时刻正进行动作处状态强调动作连续进行般时表示单纯事实例：
They were building a house last month （月正建造建造否知）
They built a new house last month （月建造动作已完成）
（7）完成时法
完成时表示某时刻某动作前完成动作处状态完成时常 by before 等词组成短语句连
We had already learned two thousands words by the end of last year
When we arrived at the station they had waited for more than twenty minutes
（8）时法
时表示某时间发生动作存状态时较运宾语句中例：
They were going to have a meeting
I told him that I would see him off at the station
2动词语态
语态两种：动语态动语态
语动作发出者动语态语动作接受者动语态
（1）动语态
1) 动语态基句型结构： be +物动词分词
2) 动语态中谓语动词定物动词
动句中语动作承受者某短语动词look after think of take care of work out laugh at等动语态
The children were taken good care of by her
注意
短语动词中介词副词变成动语态时遗漏
3) 动语态变动语态加to情况
宾语补足语带to 定式变动语态时该定式前加to类动词感官动词：feel hear help listen to look at make observe see notice watch等例：
The teacher made me go out of the classroom
I was made to go out of the classroom (by the teacher)
4) 动形式表示动意义
wash clean look cut sell read wear feel draw write sell等动词然做动形式表示动意义例：
The food tastes good
3非谓语动词
非谓语动词考点：感官动词定式作宾语补足语动词ing形式作宾语补足语法特殊动词动词定式作宾语补足语时带to变动语态时带to动词接定式接动词ing形式作宾语表达意思历年中考重点
（1）非谓语动词形式
非谓语动词指句中起名词形容词副词作动词形式作谓语动词形式 动词非谓语形式分动名词分词动词定式
（2）定式作宾语补足语
Father will not allow us to play on the street
（3）定式作目状语
He ran so fast as to catch the first bus
（4）定式分词作补足语动词
样动词感官动词：see hear look notice observe feel等役动词：have make leave keep get等接定式表示动作完整性真实性+doing 表示动作连续性进行性
I saw him work in the garden yesterday
昨天见花园里干活(强调见事实)
I saw him working in the garden yesterday（强调见正干活动作）
昨天见正花园里干活
（5）带to定式情况
役动词： let have make等感官动词： see watch hear listen to smell feel find 等作宾补省略to动语态中to省掉
（6）接动名词定式意义
1) stop to do 停止中断做某事做件事
stop doing 停止做某事
2) forget to do 忘记做某事 (未做)
forget doing 忘记做某事 (已做)
3) remember to do 记做某事 (未做)
remember doing 记做某事 (已做)
4) try to do 努力企图做某事
try doing 试验试着做某事
5) go on to do 做件事接着做件事
go on doing 继续做原做事
6) mean to do 算想
mean doing 意味着
4 容易混淆常动词辨析
(1) say speak talk tell法
1) say表示讲话作物动词宾语宾语句
He said he would go there
It's time to leave We have to say goodbye to you
2)speak表示讲话般作物动词时作物动词面种语言作宾语
Do you speak English
May I speak to Mr Pope please
3) talk表示谈话物动词to about with等连接宾语
What are you talking about
Mr Jackson is talking with my father in the office now
4) tell 表示告诉讲述物动词带双宾语复合宾语
She told us an interesting story yesterday
My teacher told me that we would have an English exam the next month
(2) look see watchwatch法
1) look强调动作物动词常at连然接宾语
Look The girl is swimming in the lake
Look at the picture carefully Can you find something unusual
2) see 指见某物强调结果
They can't see the words on the blackboard
Does Lily often go to see a film on Sunday
3) watch 指观注视意
The twins are watching TV now
He will go to watch a volleyball match
4） read指书报阅读意
Don't read in the sun
I like to read newspapers when I am free
(3) borrow lendkeep区
1) borrow意思入常常from连非延续性动词表示瞬间完成动作
Meimei borrowed a book from the library just now
May I borrow your dictionary
2) lend 出意常常to连borrow样非延续性动词表示瞬间完成动作
Uncle Wany has lent his car to Mr Li
Could you lend us your radio please
3) keep保存意思动作延续
How long can the recorder be kept
The farmer kept the pat for two weeks
(4) bring take carry get法
1) bring意思带指某物某处带
Bring me the book please
May I bring Jim to see you next Saturday
2) take意思走带走某物某里带某处意
It looks like rain Take a raincoat with you
Mother took the little girl to the next room
3) carry 带着搬运携带意思指身携带背着扛着抱着提着含义表明方
Do you always carry a handbag
The box is heavy Can you carry it
4) get某处某物回
Please go to my office to get some chalk
There is no water in the bottle Why not get some
(5) wear put ondress区
1) wear穿着戴着意思穿衣服穿鞋戴帽子戴手套佩戴首饰等强调穿着状态
Tom always wears black shoes
He wears a raincoat even when it is fine
She doesn't like to wear a red flowers in her hair
2) put on穿戴意思穿衣服穿鞋戴帽等着重穿戴动作
It's cold You'd better put on your coat
He put on his hat and went out of the room
3) dress作物动词物动词穿着扮意思作穿着解时穿衣服穿鞋戴帽戴手套作物动词时宾语衣服dress sb （某穿衣服）wear作穿着时物动词宾语物wear sth（穿着衣物）
She always dresses well
Get up and dress quickly
Mary is dressing her child
(6) take spend use法
1) take指做某事少时间句型：It takestook will take + sb +some time + to do sth
It took me three days to finish the work
It will take you a while week to travel thought the forest
It takes only one hour to fly to Shanghai
2) spend指某某事（物）花费时间钱句型：
Someone spends + moneytime + on something(in) doing sth
She spent more than 500 yuan on that coat
He didn't spend much time on his lessons
He spent much time (in) correcting students' exercises
Mother spent her evenings (in) washing clothes
3) use表示工具手段等
Do you know how to use the computer
Shall we use your car
(7)reach get arrive区
1) reach物动词面直接表示点名词作宾语
After the train had left they reached the station
We reached the top of the mountain at last
2) get动词常to连接名词面接表示点副词时toget to常口语中
When the students got to the cinema the film had begun
My sister was cooking when mother got home
3) arrive物动词表示达方时arrive at 达方时arrive in
The soldiers arrived at a small village
The foreigners will arrive in Shanghai tomorrow
实例解析
1 (2004年北京海淀区中考试题）
I’m interested in animals so I ________ every Saturday working in an animal hospital
A pay B get C take D spend
答案：D该题考查pay get take spend四动词法区四动词中spend常 spend …ding sth句型里选D
2 (2004年安徽省中考试题)
Listen Helen is singing in the next room
It _________ be Helen She has gone to Beijing
A can’t B mustn’t C may D should
答案：A该题考查情态动词法表示否定推测通常can’t
3 (2004年江西省南昌市中考试题)
I called you yesterday evening but there was no answer
Oh I am sorry I _________ dinner at my friend’s house
A have B had C was having D have had
答案：C该题考查动词时态谈昨天晚某时刻发生事情进行时
4 (2004年哈尔滨市中考试题)
How long have you _______ the moteobike
For about two weeks
A bought B had C borrowed D lent
答案：B该题考查延续性动词非延续性动词法区四动词中had 延续性动词现完成时表示段时间时间状语连
中考演练
单项填空
1 Listen Some of the girls ________ about Harry Potter Let’s join them
A are talking B talk
C will talk D talked
2 Our teacher Miss Chen ________English on the radio the day bore yesterday
A teaches B taught
C will teach D had taught
3 I don’t think I _________ you in that dress before
A have seen B was seeing
C saw D see
4 Susan’s parents have bought a large house with a swimming pool It _______ be very expensive
A must B can C mustn’t D can’t
5 Coffee is ready How nice it ________ Would you like some
A looks B smells C sounds D feels
6 Mr Zhu you’d better _______ too much meat You are already over weight said the doctor
A not to eat B to eat C not eat D eat
7 Don’t always make Michael ________ this or that He is already a big boy dear Mr Bush said to his wife
A do B to do C does D did
8 Sorry I can’t hear you clearly Will you please ________ your Email address I’ll
write it down
A review B recite C report D repeat
9 Don’t ________ your coat Tom It’s easy to catch cold in spring
A take away B take off C take down D take out
10 You _______ go and ask Meimei She _______ know the answer
A must can B must may C need can D can may
11 I’m sorry you’ve missed the train It ________ 10 minutes ago
A left B has left C had left D has been left
12 I bought a new dictionary and it ________ me 30 yuan
A paid B spent C took D cost
13 Mum may I go out and play basketball
_______ you _______ your homework yet
A Do finish B Are finishing C Did finishing D Have finished
14 I have to go now Please remember to ________ the lights when you leave
A turn off B turn down C turn up D turn on
15 A talk on Chinese history ________ in the school next week
A be given B has been given C will be given D will give
16 Look How heavy the rain is You’d better ________
A don’t go now B stay here when it stops
C not leave until it stops D not to leave at once
17 You may go fishing if your work ________
A is done B will be done C has done D have done
18 Cotton _______ nice and soft
A is felt B is feeling C feel D feels
19 Who cleaned the blackboard yesterday Dick
John _________
A cleaned B does C did D is
20 Linda had nothing for breakfast this morning _______
No She got up too late
A had she B hadn’t she C did she D didn’t she
二 阅读短文括号中动词适形式填空
A
My name is Wang Bing I’m from China Now I ___1____ (study) at this school I ____2___ (arrive) here on January 8 Since then I ____3____ (make) a lot of friends At school we speak English all the time Next week some new students from Africa Asia and Latin America ____4____ (come) to our school I’m very glad to know this because I enjoy ____5____ (meet) people from other countries
1 studyam studying 2 arrived 3 have made 4 will come 5 meeting
B
Since 1946 one of the most important inventions has been the computer It has been changing all our lives
The first computer ____1___ (build) in 1946 It ____2____ (be) as large as a room and very difficult and slow ____3____ (use) But since the invention of silicon chip（硅片）computers ____4____ (become) smaller easier and faster to operate Some computers ____5____ (be) as small as TV sets Some can even ____6___ (make) smaller than a book And computers ____7____ (get) smaller and smaller all the time Who knows what the computers of tomorrow ____8___ (be) like
There ____9___ (be) several reasons why the computer is useful to us First a lot of information can ____10____ (put) into computer Second the computer works very quicklythousands of times faster than a man and it will not be tired Third modern computers can be built into other kinds of machines like radios cars and planes So today people can spend less time doing more work with a computer
三 动词适形式填空
1 No matter what the weather is like you can always find surfers out _______ (ride) the waves
2 What do you use the key for
It is ________ (use) for making the robot work
3 No news _______ (be) good news I’m sure Jane is still all right
4 Are you feeling better these days
Yes much better I _______ as well as these days for a long time
5 It ________ (rain) heavily you’d better not go out now
6 The city of Xian _______ (become) cleaner and cleaner
7 The boys enjoy _______ (see) fight films very much
8 He left the room without _______ (say) goodbye
9 Rice ________ (grow) in the south of China
10 Many trees ________ (plant) in our school yard these years
四 方框中动词动词词组适形式填入列句子里意思通动词动词词组次
Allow fall not be phone receive show send for
pay for be used for turn it off keep on
1 It’s rather hot today but the weather report says the temperature _______ to 28C tomorrow
2 Remember nobody ________ to eat or drink in the computer room the assistant said to the new students
3 Hi Mike I _________ your invitation Thank you very much I’ll come on time
4 This time yesterday I ________ the foreigners around the ancient church
5 My uncle phoned the booking office of the airline and he was told there _______ any flights to Singapore in the following three days because of the bad weather
6 Don’t lose heart and ________ trying
7 Don’t watch TV It’s too late Please _______ and go to bed right now
8 Computers are useful They can ________ sending Email
9 If you’ve lost this book you have to _______ it
10 Both of his feet were hurt in the accident _______ a doctor please
练答案
1A 2B 3A 4A 5B 6C 7A 8D 9B 10D 11A 12D 13D 14A 15C 16C 17A 18D 19C 20C
二 1 was built 2was 3 to use 4 have become 5 are 6 be made 7 are getting 8 will be 9 are 10 be put
三 1riding 2used 3is 4have not felt 5is raining 6 is becoming 7seeing 8sayig 9is grown 10have been planted
四 1will fall 2is allowed 3have received 4was showing 5would not be 6keep on 7turn it off 8be used for 9pay for 10Send for
初三系列复资料（4）数词冠词考点集汇讲解训练
四冠词数词
考点直击
1定冠词aan法
2定冠词the法
3零冠词
4基数词法
5序数词法
名师点睛
冠词法
冠词虚词放名词前说明名词指事物冠词两种
A(an)定冠词the定冠词A辅音前an元音前
1 定冠词法
(1) aan均单数名词前表示某类事物例：
John is a student
Mary is an English teacher
(2) 指某类事物中例
A steel worker makes steel
Pass me an apple please
(3) 指某某物具体说明物例：
A student wants to see you
A girl is waiting for you outside
(4) 表示意思相every例：
Take the medicine three times a day
They go to see their parents once a week
2 定冠词法
(1) 特指某（）某（）事物例：
The book on the desk is an English dictionary
Beijing is the capital of China
(2) 指说话听话熟悉事物例：
Open the door please
Jack is in the library
(3) 文提事物例：
Yesterday John’s father bought him a new bike The bike cost him 200 yuan
(4) 表示世界独二事物例：
The sun rises in the east and sets in the west
(5) 序数词形容词高级前例：
Shanghai is the biggest city in China
January is the first month of the year
(6) 某形容词前表示某类事物例：
The nurse is kind to the sick
We should take good care of the old
(7) 某专名词前某惯语中例：
the Great Wall the Summer palace in the morning in the open air等
(8) 姓氏复数前表示某某家某某夫妇例：
the Browns the whites等
3 冠词情况
(1) 某专名词抽象名词物质名词前般冠词例：
China Canada Japanese glass water love等
(2) 名词前已作定语this that my your whose some any no each every等代词时冠词例：
That is my cap
I have some questions
Go down this street
(3) 复数名词表示类事物时冠词
They are workers
We are students
(4) 称呼语前冠词表示头衔职务名词前加冠词例：
I don’t feel well today Mother
Bush was made president of the US
(5) 三餐饭名称前球类活动学科节目名词前常冠词例：
I have lunch at home
He often plays football after class
We have English and maths every day
(6) 某固定词组里名词前常冠词例：
By air at night at home go to bed go to school on foot from morning till night 等
二 数词法
数词分基数词序数词基数词表示数目序数词表示序
1 基数词法
(1) 基数词句中作语宾语定语表语位语例：
Thirty of them are Party members（语）
How many would you like？
Three please．（作宾语）
The nine boys are from Tianjing（定语）
Six plus four is ten（表语）
We four will go with you（位语）
(2) 表示具体数字时hundred thousand million律复数表示确定数字时复数例：
Our country has a population of 1300 million people
There are three thousand students in our school
After the war thousands of people became homeless
Maize is the most important food crop for millions of people in the world
They arrived in twos and threes．
(3) 表示……十数词复数形式表示岁数年代例：
He is in his early thirties．
He died still in his forties．
This took place in 1930s．
(4) 表示时刻基数词例：
We get up at six
The workers begin work at eight
表示点分介词past须半时例：
ten past ten
a quarter past nine
half past twelve
表示点差分介词to 分数须半时例：
twenty to nine
five to eight
a quarter to ten
表示点分直接基数词例：
seven fifteen
eleven thirty
nine twenty
2 序数词法
（1）序数词作定语前面加定冠词例：
The first truck is carrying a foot baskets．
John lives on the fifteenth floor．
（2）序数词时前面加定冠词表示样意思例：
We'll have to do it a second time．
Shall I ask him a third time？
When I sat downa fourth man rose to speak．
（3）序数词基数词拼写时应容易写错应特注意：onefirst twosecond threethird fivefifth eighteighth nineninth twelvetwelfth
（4）表示年月日时 年基数词表示日序数词表示例：
1949年十月日读作 October (the) first nineteen sixty
2004年九月十日读作：September (the) tenth two thousand and four
（5）表示分数时分子基数词表示分母序数词表示分子1时分母加s例：
three fourths
one second
two fifths
（6）序数词时缩写形式：
first→1st second→2nd
third→3rd fourth→4th
twentysecond→22nd
实例解析
1 (2004年海市徐汇区中考试题)
About ________ students in our class can describe that place in English
A threefifths B threefifth C thirdfive D thirdfifths
答案：A该题考查分数表示法分子基数词表示分母序数词表示分子1时分母应加s应选A
2 (2004年河北省中考试题)
Nine _______ pounds a week That’s very good
A hundred of B hundreds of
C hundreds D hundred
答案：D该题考查数词法Nine hundred具体数量数词复数形式面加of应选D
3 (2004年北京市海淀区中考试题)
We often have sports after class and I like to play _______ basketball
A a B an C the D 填
答案：D该题考查冠词法球类运动前加冠词应选D
4 (2004年江西省中考试题)
This is _______ song I’ve told you about Isn’t it _______ beautiful one
A the the B a a C the a D a the
答案：C该题考查冠词法第空特指特指说首歌第二空表示某类应选C
中考演练
单项填空
1 This morning I had ________ egg and a bottle of milk for my breakfast
A an B a C the D
2 What’s the matter with you
I caught ________ bad cold and had to stay in ________
A a B a the C a a D the the
3 Have you seen _______ pen I left it here this morning
Is it ________ black one I think I saw it somewhere
A a the B the the C the a D a a
4 _______ sun is shining brightly
A A B An C The D
5 There is _______ h in the word hour
A a B the C an D
6 Did you enjoy your stay in Xian
Yes I had _______ wonderful time
A a B an C the D
7 ______ sun is bigger than _______ earth
A A the B A an C The an D The the
8 There is _______ apple and some pears on the table
A the B C a D an
9 David has _______ cat It’s very nice
A a B an C the D
10 I’m reading _______ novel It is _______ interesting story
A a an B a a C the the D an
11 It is said that SARS has killed more than ________ people worldwide
A three hundreds B three hundreds’
C three hundred’s D three hundred
12 How many workers are there in your factory
There are two __________
A hundreds B hundred C hundred of D hundreds of
13 Which is the smallest number of the four
_______________
A Twothirds B A half C A quarter D Threefourths
14 What do you think of a war Li Ming
I’ve no idea But it’s a fact that _______ people had to leave their hometown during the War on Iraq
A three thousands B thousand of
C thousands of D several thousands
15 We all think that the _______ century will bring us more hopes
A twentyfirst B twentiethfirst
C twentyone D twentiethone
16 Can you write the number eightyfive thousand six hundred and twentysix
Yes it is __________
A 856620 B 85626 C 58662 D 58626
17 When was the PRC founded It was founded on _________
A July 1 1921 B October 1 1949
C August 1 1927 D May 1 1922
18 I was 8 years old when my father was 31 This year my father is twice my age How old am I
A 21 B 22 C 23 D 24
19 _______ Chinese are looking for ways to learn English well before Beijing 2008 Olympics
A Thousand B Thousands C Thousand of D Thousands of
20 Both of the two rulers are broken I want to buy a _______one
A three B third C forth D
二 句子改错：面句A B C D中处错误请指出改正
1 May is a fifth month of the year
A B C D
2 The film has been on for half a hour
A B C D
3 The boys and the girls often play the foot ball in the afternoon
A B C D
4 It looks rain Why not take a umbrella with you
A B C D
5 Li Mei often gives us some good information by the emeil
A B C D
6 We’ve planted two hundreds trees in the centre of our city this year
A B C D
7 Five million of dollars is a lot of money
A B C D
8 There are thousand of children in the park now
A B C D
9 By the end of twenty century the world population had passed six billion
A B C D
10 Over three fifth of the world’s books and newspapers are written in English
A B C D
练答案
1A 2A 3D 4C 5C 6A 7D 8D 9A 10A11D 12B 13C 14C 15A 16B 17B 18C 19D 20B
二 1B a→the 2D a→an 3C 掉the 4C a→an 5D掉the 6B two hundreds→two hundred 7B 掉of 8B thousand→thousands 9B twenty→twentieth 10A three fifth→three fifths
初三系列复资料（5）代词考点集汇讲解训练
五代词
考点直击
1 称代词格宾格形式法
2 名词性物代词形容词性物代词形式区法
3 反身代词形式意义法
4 常见定代词般法
5 指示代词般法解文中指代法
6 相互代词基法
7 疑问代词基法
8 关系代词基法
名师点睛
代词代名词形容词数词词意义特征句中作分：称代词物代词指示代词反身代词相互代词疑问代词定代词关系代词等
称代词
1称代词称数格表示
2称代词格宾格分通常格作语宾格作宾语：
I like table tennis （作语）
Do you know him（作宾语）
3称代词作表语作表语时宾格：
Whos is knocking at the door
It’s me
4称代词than事物进行较时格宾格：
He is older than me
He is older than I am
二 物代词
1表示关系代词物代词物代词分形容词性物代词名词性
物代词表示
2 形容词性物代词作相形容词句中作定语例：
Our teacher is coming to see us
This is her pencilbox
3 名词性物代词作相名词句中作语宾语表语
Our school is here and theirs is there（作语）
Is this Englishbook yours （作表语）
No Mine is in my bag
I've already finished my homework Have you finished yours （作宾语）
三 指示代词
指示代词包括：thisthatthesethose
1 thisthese般指时间空间较事物thatthose
指时间空间较远事物例：
This is a pen and that is a pencil．
We are busy these days．
In those days the workers had a hard time．
2 时thatthose指前面讲事物this these指面讲
事物例：
I had a cold That's why I didn't come
What I want to say is this pronunciation is very important in learning English．
3 时避免重复提名词常thatthose代例：
Television sets made in Beijing are just as good as those made in Shanghai．
4 this 电话语中代表that 代表方例：
Hello This is Mary Is that Jack speaking
四 反身代词
英语中表示
等意义代词称反身代词称身代名词形式表示
反身代词句中作宾语表语位语
1 作宾语表示动作承受者动作发出者语宾语指
He called himself a writer．
Would you please express yourself in English
2 作表语
It doesn't matter．I'll be myself soon．
The girl in the news is myself．
3 作语宾语位语表示亲
I myself washed the clothes．（I washed the clothes myself）（作语位语）
You should ask the teacher himself．（作宾语位语）
五 定代词
指明代特定名词代词做定代词句中作语表
语宾语定语现常定代词举例说明：
1 someany区
1）some肯定句表示作形容词时面接①数名词+单数动词②数名词+复数动词
Look Some of the students are cleaning the library
Some rice in the bag has been sold out
2）any疑问句条件句否定句中表示作形容词时面接①数名词+单数动词②数名词+复数动词
If you have any questions please ask me
There isn't any orange in the bottle
Have you got any tea
3）anysome作代词表示any疑问句否定句中some肯定句中
How many people can you see in the picture
I can't see any
If you have no money I'll lend you some
注意：some any结合词something somebody someone anything anyone anybody肯定句否定句疑问句条件句中法致some any法相
2 few a few little a little法区
1）作形容词：
含义
法
表示肯定
表示否定
数名词
a few少
few没
数名词
a little少点
little没什
I'm going to buy a few apples
He can speak only a little Chinese
There is only a little milk in the glass
He has few friends
They had little money with them
2）a littlelittle作副词a little表示点稍微little表示少
I'm a little hungry (修饰形容词hungry)
Let him sleep a little (修饰动词sleep)
Mary go a little faster please (修饰副词较级)
She slept very little last night
3 other the other another others the others区
法
代名词
形容词
单数
复数
单数
复数
定
another
others
another (boy)
（男孩）
other (boys)
男孩
特定
the other
the others
余物
the other (boy)
男孩
the other (boys)
余男孩
1）other作形容词面单数复数名词意思
Where are his other books
I haven't any other books except this one
2）other作代词冠词the连构成the other表示两物中常one搭配构成one the other 句型
He has two brothers One is 10 years old the other is 5 years old
She held a ruler in one hand and an exercisebook in the other
3）other作代词时复数others泛指外物常some搭配构成some others 句型
Some went to the cinema others went swimming
This coat is too large Show me some others please
4）the others表示特指某范围物
We got home by 4 o'clock but the others didn't get back until 8 o'clock
In our class only Tom is English the others are Chinese
5）another作形容词修饰面名词意代词one
You can see another ship in the sea can't you
Mary doesn't want to buy this skirt Would you please show her another one
6）another作代词表示
I'm still hungry after I've had this cake Please give me another
4 everyeach区
each
every
1)单独
1)单独
2)做代名词形容词
2)仅作形容词
3)着重
3)着重全体毫例外
4)两者两者中物
4)三者三者物
The teacher gave a toy to each child
Each ball has a different colour
说each child each studenteach teacher时想情况说every childevery student时想全体情况every意思all接表示
Every student loves the English teacher All students love the English teacher
Every child likes playing All children like playing
5 allboth法
1）all指三者数东西谓语动词单数作复数句中作语表语宾语位语定语
All of us like Mr Pope 喜欢Pope先生（作语）
We all like Mr Pope (作位语)
All the water has been used up (作语)
That's all for today (作表语)
Why not eat all (of) the fish (作宾语)
All the leaders are here (作定语)
2）both作代词
①名词代词列出现表示两
Lucy and Lily both agree with us
They both passed on their sticks at the same time
How are your parents They're both fine
②of +代词（名词）连表示两者
Both of them came to see Mary
Both of the books are very interesting
③单独表示两者（）
Michael has two sons Both are clever
I don't know which book is the better I shall read both
3）both作形容词放名词前修饰该名词表示两者
Both his younger sisters are our classmates
There are tall trees on both sides of the street
六 相互代词
表示相互关系代词做相互代词相互代词each other one another两种形 式代英语中each otherone another没什区相互代词句中作宾语定语作定语时相互代词格形式
We should learn from each other one another （作宾语）
Do you often write to each other one another （作宾语）
We often borrow each other's one another's books （作定语）
The students corrected each other's one another's mistakes in their homework
（作定语）
七 疑问代词
疑问代词whowhomwhosewhatwhich等疑问代词特殊疑
问句中般放句首句子中作某句子成分例：
Who is going to come here tomorrow （作语）
What is that (作表语)
Whose umbrella is this (作定语)
Whom are you waiting for (作宾语)
八关系代词
关系代词种引导句起连接句句作代词关系代词 who whose whom that which 句中作语表语宾语定语 句中代表着句修饰名词代词例：
I hate people who talk much but do little
I’m looking at the photograph which you sent me with your letter
With the money that he had saved he went on with his studies
Do you know the lady who is interviewing our headmaster
实例解析
1 (2004年北京市中考试题)
Mary please show ________ your picture
A my B mine C I D me
答案：D该提考查称代词物代词法题中动词show面双宾语空白处缺少间接宾语应选me
2 (2004年北京市中考试题)
What’s on TV tonight Is there _________ interesting
I’m afraid not
A something B anything C nothing D everything
答案：B该提考查定代词法疑问句疑问句中通常anything
3 (2004年海徐汇区中考试题)
________ of them has his own opinion
A Both B Some C Every D Each
答案：D该题考查定代词法谓语动词单数形式BothSomeEvery 作语Each合适
4 (2004年安徽省中考试题)
Where is my pen
Oh sorry I have taken _______ by mistake
A yours B his C mine D hers
答案：A该题考查物代词法根题干背景判断出错钢笔应该方选yours
中考演练
单项填空
1 Tom Please pass ________ the glasses I want to read the newspapers
A you B me C him D her
2 The English novel is quite easy for you There are ______ new words in it
A a little B little C a few D few
3 You want ________ sandwich
Yes I usually eat a lot when I’m hungry
A other B another C others D the other
4 The doctors and nurses are doing their best to fight SARS They think more of others than _______
A they B them C themselves D theirs
5 Which do you prefer a bottle of orange or a bottle of milk
______________ thanks I’d like a cup of tea
A Either B Neither C Both D None
6 Oh I came in a hurry and forgot to bring food
Never mind You can have ________
A us B ours C you D yours
7 Can I come this evening or tomorrow morning
_______ is OK I’m free today and tomorrow
A Either B Neither C Both D None
8 How are you going to improve _______ this term
Work harder than last term
A ourselves B myself C himself D yourself
9 Could you tell me _______ she is looking for
Her cousin Susan
A that B whose C who D which
10 Is _______ here
No Li Lei and Han Mei have asked for leave
A everybody B somebody C anybody D nobody
11 Paul has _______ friends except me and sometimes he feels lonely
A many B some C few D more
12 If you want to book a roundtrip ticket you’ll have to pay ______ 30
A more B other C the other D another
13 Do you live by yourself Mr Wang
Yes I have two sons But ______ of them lives with me They are now studying in America
A neither B both C none D either
14 Have you sent your parents an Email telling them you arrived safe
No _______ of them can use a computer
A None B Both C Neither D All
15 Who taught _______ English last term Was _____ Mr Smith
A you it B you he C your it D your that
16 That woman has a bag in her right hand What’s in her _____ hand
A another B other C one D the other
17 We decided to go for a field trip with some friends of _______
A us B our C ours D ourselves
18 Is there a bus to the zoo
I’m afraid there’s _______ bus to the zoo
A no B any C some D none
19 You forgot your dictionary You may have _______
A me B my C mine D myself
20 This is ______ classroom Where is _______
A our them B us they C our theirs D ours theirs
二 代词适形式填空
1 This is not my pencilbox _______ ( I ) is in the bag
2 Trees are planted in ______ ( we ) country every year which makes our country more and more beautiful
3 Is that bike Miss Gao’s
Yes it is ______(she) Beautiful isn’t it
4 Help ______ (you) to some fruit Jack
5 Who taught your brother to surf
Nobody He learnt all by _______ (he)
6 Their English teacher is from America but ______ (we) is from England
7 Mary’s answer is different from ________ ( I )
8 My watch keeps good time What about _______(you)
Mine Oh two minutes slow
9 Sam is my brother Do you like to play with ______ (he)
10 Did you enjoy _______ (you) Mary and Kate
三 适代词填空
1 The old man has two sons One is a worker _______ is a teacher
2 Students are usually interested in sports Some like running some like swimming _______ like ball games
3 Let’s go and have a drink We’ve got _______ time before the train leaves
4 We were all very tired but _______ of us would like to have a rest
5 ______ of the twins are in our class
6 Boys don’t touch the machines or you may hurt _______
7 It is said there is going to be ________ important in the CCTV news
8 We couldn’t buy anything because _______ of the shops opened at that time
9 They didn’t learn _______ new in this lesson
10 Why is ______ easy for such a young girl to learn three foreign languages so well
Because Britain Germany and France are all very near ______ country
四 适疑问代词关系代词填空
1 ______ is the population of the world today
2 _______ jumped the longest of all in the long jump
3 _______ colour is your mother’s dress
It’s black
4 ______ is your car
The red one in front of the tree
5 ______ of the following can you often find on a medicine bottle
I know sir It’s instruction
6 The necklace ______ she is wearing is beautiful
7 Do you know the person _______ lost his bike
8 Most people _______ live in less developed countries are quite poor
9 The boy ______ is helping the old man is John’s brother
10 People ______ use credit cards to buy things online should be very careful
练答案
1B 2D 3B 4C 5B 6B 7A 8D 9C 10A 11C 12D 13A 14C 15A 16B 17C 18A 19C 20C
二1Mine 2our 3hers 4yourself 5himself 6ours 7mine 8yours 9him 10yourselves
三 1the other 2others 3a little 4 none 5Both 6yourselves 7something 8none 9anything 10it her
四 1 What 2 Who 3 What 4 Which 5 Which 6 that which 7 that who 8 whothat 9 who that 10 who that
初三系列复资料（6）介词连词考点集汇讲解训练
六介词连词
考点直击
1 常介词词组法意义
2 常动词形容词介词副词固定搭配意义
3 列连词and but or so等法
4 常属连词基法
名师点睛
1 介词功
介词种虚词表示名词相名词词语句中词关系单独介词名词相名词词构成介词短语介词短语句中作定语状语表语宾语补足语例：
The boy over there is John’s brother (定语)
The girl will be back in two hours (状语)
Our English teacher is from Australia (表语)
Help yourself to some fish (宾语补足语)
2 常介词法辨析
（1）表时间介词
1）at in on
表示时间点at例：at six o’clock at noon at midnight表示某世纪某年某月某季节早晨午午晚时in例：in the ninettenth century in 2002 in may in winter in the morning in the afternoon等表示具体某天某天午午晚时on例：on Monday on July 1st on Sunday morning等
2） since after
sinceafter 引导词组表示某点开始时段since词组表示时段直延续说话时刻现完成时连after词组表示时段纯系般时连例：
I haven’t heard from him since last summer
After five days the boy came back
3） in after
in时态连时表示长时间意思面表示段时间词语After时态连时面表示时间点词语After时态连时面表示段时间词语例：
He will be back in two months
He will arrive after four o’clock
He returned after a month
（2）表示点介词
1）at in on
at般指方in般指方某范围on表示某物体表面例：
He arrived in Shanghai yesterday
They arrived at a small village before dark
There is a big hole in the wall
The teacher put up a picture on the wall
2） over above on
over onabove表示……面具体含义Over表示位置高某物某物正方反义词under above表示位置高某物定正方反义词belowOn指两物体表面接触面例：
There is a bridge over the river
We flew above the clouds
They put some flowers on the teacher’s desk
3） across through
acrossthrough均表示边边法Across含义on关表示动作某物体表面进行Throgh含义in关表示动作三维空间进行例：
The dog ran across the grass
The boy swam across the river
They walked through the forest
I pushed through the crowds
4) in front of in the front of
in front of 表示某某物前面某范围外in the front of 表示……前部某范围例：
There are some tall trees in front of the building
The teacher is sitting in the front of the classroom
3 介词固定搭配
介词词类形成固定搭配关系记住种固定搭配关系正确介词
（1）介词动词搭配
listen to laugh at get to look for wait for hear from turn on turn off worry about think of look after spend…on… 等
（2）介词名词搭配
on time in time by bus on foot with pleasure on one’s way to in trouble at breakfast at the end of in the end等
（3）介词形容词搭配
be late for be afraid of be good at be interested in be angry with be full of be sorry for等
4 连词功
连接词短语句句子词连词连词种虚词句中单独连词分两类：列连词属连词
5 列连词
列连词连接具列关系词短语句子常见列连词：
(1)表列关系and both…and not only…but also neither…nor等
(2)表选择关系or either…or等
(3)表转折关系but while等
(4)表果关系for so等
6 属连词
属连词引导句常见属连词：
(1)引导时间状语句after before when while as until till since as soon as等(2)引导条件状语句if unless等
(3)引导原状语句because as since等
(4)引导目状语句so that in order that等
(5)引导步状语句though although even if等
(6)引导结果状语句so that so…that such…that等
(7)引导较状语句than as…as等
(8)引导名词句that if whether等
7 常连词法辨析
（1） while when as
三连词引导时间状语句法
1) 某事正进行时候发生件事While when as 引导表示背景时间状语句例：
AsWhenWhile I was walking down the street I noticed a police car
2) 两长动作时进行时候常while例：
While mother was cooking lunch I was doing my homework
3) 两动作表示发展变化情况时常as例：
As children get older they become more and more interested in things around them
4) 两短动作时发生时表示边…边…时常as例：
Just as he caught the fly he gave a loud cry
She looked behind from time to time as she went
5) 句动作先句动作时通常when例：
When he finished his work he took a short rest
6) 句瞬间动作句延续性动作时通常when例：
When John arrived I was cooking lunch
（2）as because since for
四词表原法区
1) 果原构成句子部分般becausebecause引导句放句末例：
I stayed at home because it rained
Why aren’t you going
Because I don’t want to
2) 果原已知句子部分重assinceSinceas稍微正式点Assince 引导句般放句子开头例：
As he wasn’t ready we left without him
Since I have no money I can’t buy any food
3) for补充说明种理for引导句放括号里For引导句子放句子开头例：
I decided to stop and have lunchfor I was feeling quite hungry
（3）if whether
ifwhether作否讲引导宾句般互换例：
I wonder whether (if) you still study in that school
I don’t know whether (if) he likes that film
列情况whetherif：
1) 引导语句时例：
Whether he will come to the party is unknown
2) 引导表语句时例：
The question is whether I can pass the exam
3) 定式前例：
I haven’t made up my mind whether to go there or not
（4）so…that suchthat
1) so…that中so副词形容词副词suchthat中such形容词接名词名词短语例：
I’m so tired that I can’t walk any farther
It was such a warm day that he went swimming
2) 果名词前many much little few时sosuch例：
He has so little education that he is unable to get a job
I have had so many falls that I am black and blue all over
（5）either…or… neither…nor not only…but also…
三连词词组连接两列成分连接两列语时
谓语动词相邻语变化例：
Either you or he is wrong
Neither he nor his children like fish
Not only the teacher but also the students want to buy the book
（6）although but
两连词句子中例：说Although he is
over sixty but he works as hard as others句子应改：Although he is over sixty he works as hard as othersHe is over sixty but he works as hard as others
（7）because so
两连词样句子中例：说Because John
was ill so I took him to the doctor 句子应改Because John was ill I took him to the doctorJohn was ill so I took him to the doctor
实例解析
1（2004年北京市中考试题）
When will Mr Black come to Beijing
___________ September 5
A On B To C At D In
答案：A表示时间介词法表示某天介词on
2 (2004年安徽省中考试题)
The boys felt sad as they lost ________ the girls in the talk show
A by B in C to D on
答案：C该题考查介词动词固定搭配lose表示输谁时候介词to应选C
3 (2004年吉林省中考试题)
I like riding fast It’s very exciting
Oh You mustn’t do it like that ________ it may have an accident
A and B or C so D but
答案：B该题考查列连词法答语意思样做否会发生事四列连词中or含样意思应选B
4 (2004年天津市中考试题)
John fell asleep ________ he was listening to the music
A after B before C while D as soon as
答案：C该题考查引导时间状语句常属连词法句含义约翰听音乐时候睡着表示干某事时发生某事情 通常while应选C
中考演练
单项填空
1 We traveled overnight to Paris and arrived _______ 5 o’clock ______ the morning
A on in B at in C at on D in on
2 Where’s Lily We are all here _______ her
A beside B about C except D with
3 She sent her friend a postcard _______ a birthday present
A on B as C for D of
4 Jack has studied Chinese in this school _______ the year of 2000
A since B in C on D by
5 What is a writing brush do you know
It’s _______ writing and drawing
A with B to C for D by
6 English is widely used ______ travellers and business people all over the world
A to B for C as D by
7 ______ the help of my teacher I caught up with the other students
A Under B In C With D On
8 Hong Kong is ______ the south of China and Macao is ______ the west of Hong Kong
A in to B to to C to in D in in
9 You’d better not go out now It’s raining
It doesn’t matter My new coat can keep ______ rain
A in B of C with D off
10 Japan lies ______ the east of China
A to B in C about D at
11 Will the foreigners have any problems talking with Chinese in 2008
I don’t think so Now ______ the young ______ the old can speak some English
A either…or B not only… but also
C neither…nor D both…or
12 We didn’t catch the train _______ we left late
A so B because C but D though
13 Tom failed in the exam again _______ he wanted to pass it very much
A if B so C though D as
14 I won’t believe that the fiveyearold boy can read five thousand words ______ I have tested him myself
A after B when C if D until
15 The book was so interesting that he had read it for three hours ______ he realized it
A when B until C after D before
16 This dress was last year’s style
I think it still looks perfect ______ it has gone out this year
A so that B even though C as if D ever since
17 Hurry up _______ you will miss the train
A and B so C however D or
18 The mountain was ______ steep _____ few people in our city reached the top
A so…as B so…that C as…as D too…to
19 Do you remember our pleasant journey to Xi’an
Of course I remember everything ______ it happened yesterday
A as soon as B even though
C rather than D as if
20 ______ you can’t answer this question we have to ask someone else for help
A Although B While C Whether D Since
二 适介词填空
1 How are you going to the train station to meet your aunt
I’m going there _______ my car
2 Mum today is Mother’s Day Mike and I want to invite you to have dinner _____ us at Zhonglou Restaurant
3 Hangzhou is famous ______ the West Lake
4 Today some newlyproduced mobile phones can take pictures ______ a camera
5 Could you tell me if there is a flight to the capital ______ March 25th
6 We all agree ______ you Let’s start at once
7 There is a big shop ______ the other side of the road
8 Which necklace have you lost
The one you gave me _____ my birthday
9 You should take more exercise It’s good ______ your health
10 It is clear that fish cannot live _______ water
三 适连词填空
1 ______ they are brothers they don’t look like each other at all
2 The dress was very expensive ______ I didn’t buy it
3 Do you know ______ I could pass the exam
Sorry I’ve no idea
4 Mr Brown knows little Japanese ______ he can’t understand the instructions on the bottle of the pills
5 The war was over about a year ago ______ the American soldiers in Iraq are still having a lot of trouble to deal with
6 Is David at school today
No He is at home _______ he has a bad cold
7 _____ Lily _____ Lucy may go with you because one of them must stay at home
8 Study hard _____ you are sure to have a good result in the exam
9 Please have a wash _______ you go to bed
10 The twins have learned a lot ______ they came to China
练答案
1B 2C 3B 4A 5C 6D 7C 8A 9D 10A11B 12B 13C 14D 15D 16B 17D 18B 19D 20D
二 1in 2with 3for 4like 5on 6with 7on 8for 9for 10without
三 1Although Though 2so 3if whether 4so 5but 6because 7Either…or 8and 9before 10since
初三系列复资料（7）关英语句子考点集汇讲解训练
七句子种类
考点直击
句子途英语句子分陈述句疑问句祈句感叹句句子结构英语句子分简单句列句复合句中考句子考查集中方面：
1 陈述句构成形式基法
2 祈句构成形式基法
3 般疑问句特殊疑问句选择疑问句反意疑问句构成形式基法
4 what how引导感叹句构成形式法区
种句法面分述
名师点睛
陈述句构成形式基法
1 陈述句：
陈述句陈述事实表达说话法（包括肯定否定）句子通常降调句末句号
Tom has a new car
The flower isn’t beautiful
2 陈述句否定式构成
(1) 果肯定陈述句谓语部分含助动词情态动词连系动词be需动词加not构成否定式
He is playing the guitar（肯定）
He is not playing the guitar（否定）
We can get there before dark（肯定）
We can’t get thee before dark（否定）
(2) 果陈述句谓语动词实义动词中没情态动词助动词时需根称时态该实义动词前加don’t doesn’tdidn’t时该实义动词变原形
He plays the violin well（肯定）
He doesn’t play the violin well（否定）
She won the game（肯定）
She didn’t win the game（否定）
(3) 果句子there be结构谓语动词have（）behave加not外句中果some变any例：
There is some water in the cup →There is not any water in the cup
He has some books →He has not any books
(4) not外否定词no never nothing nobody few等构成否定句例：
There is something wrong with his bike →There is nothing wrong with his bike
I have seen the film →I have never seen the film
二 祈句构成形式基法
祈句表示命令请求建议号召等句子谓语动词原形句末感叹号句号朗读时般降调
1 肯定祈句：
（1）祈句语you时you常省略果特强调方表达某种强烈情绪时语称呼语
Be quiet
You be quiet
（2）Do+祈句表示种强烈感情请求do起强调作
Do come back at once
Do be careful
（3）please祈句中表示种客气语气please句末时必须逗号余部分分开
Open the window please
（4）Let引导祈句时面需称代词称呼语称代词般第第三称
Let Jack wait a minute
Let’s go to school
（5）祈句中Let’s Let us区Let’s包括说话者Let us包括听话者点反意疑问句时明显出
Let’s go skating shall we（表示部建议）
Let us try again will you（表示发出请求）
2 否定祈句通常Don’tNever开头结构通常：Don’t(Never)+动词原形+成分 例：
Don’t do that again
Never leave today’s work for tomorrow
Don’t be late next time
三 般疑问句特殊疑问句选择疑问句反意疑问句构成形式基法
1 般疑问句：
（1）般疑问句肯定形式
般疑问句般指助动词情态动词be动词have（）开始通常求yesno回答疑问句般疑问句读时通常升调
Do you know Mr Smith
Can you swim
（2）般疑问句否定结构
① 般疑问句否定结构中副词not放般疑问句语果not简略形式n’t须n’t般疑问句句首be have助动词情态动词写起实际运中般采简略式
Are you not a football fan
Aren’t you a football fan
Will she not like it
Won’t she like it
② 汉语英语般疑问句否定结构答语否定肯定全答语否定肯定决定答语肯定yes加肯定结构答语否定no加否定结构
Aren’t you a football fan 足球迷？
Yes I am
No I am not
Won’t she like it
Yes she will
No she won’t
2 特殊疑问句
特殊疑问句疑问代词疑问副词+般疑问句构成句子般倒装语序果语疑问代词疑问代词修饰时陈述句语序特殊疑问句yesno回答读时降调例：
Who is on duty today
How long have you been in Beijing
What time do you get up every morning
What must I do now
常特殊疑问句
询问容
疑问词句型
例 句
回 答
职业身份
what
What is your father
He is a doctor
姓名关系
who
Who is that boy
He is Jack
He is my brother
相貌特征
what…like
What is she like
What does she look like
She is beautiful
目
what…for
What did they come here for
To attend a meeting
原
why
Why did they come here
Because they have a meeting to attend
天气
how
what…like
How is the weather today
What is the weather like today
It’s fine
颜色
what color…？
What dolor is her skirt
It’s red
服装尺寸
what size
What size does he wear
He wars 40
点钟
what time
What time is it
It’s 730
星期
what day
What day is today
It’s Tuesday
号日期
what is the date…
What is the date today
It’s May 2
年龄（）
how old
How old is he
He is 38
持续长时间（久）
how long
How long have you been here
For five months
长度（长）
how long
How long is the bridge
It’s 500 metres
距离（远）
how far
How far is it from here to the zoo
It’s 6 kilometres
频度
（常）
how often
How often do you come back
Once a week
时间
（快）
how soon
How soon will she arrive
In an week
数量
（少）
how many（数名词）
how much（数名词）
How many jackets do you have
How much coffee do you want
Three
Two cups
价格
how much
How much is it
How much does it cost
Five dollars
高度
（高）
how tall（树）
how high（山建筑物）
How tall is she
How high is the tower
She’s 173 metres
It’s 450 metres
3 选择疑问句：
选择疑问句说话者提出两种两种情况方选择回答疑问句结构疑问句+选择部分选择部分or连接or前面部分读升调or面部分读降调
选择疑问句yesno回答必须具体选择答复
Is your bag yellow or black It’s black
Would you like some tea or coffee Either will do
Which do you like better singing or dancing I like dancing better
4 反意疑问句：
反意疑问句指陈述句附加意思相反简短问句问方否赞疑问句附加问句否定式必须缩写
（1）肯定陈述句否定附加问句否定陈述句肯定附加问句
I am your teacher aren’t I
He didn’t study hard did he
（2）果陈述句中含否定副词never（决）hardly（）表示否定代词形容词nothing none no one nobody neither few little等附加问句肯定式：
They hardly write to each other do they
He has found nothing has he
Few people knew the secret did they
（3）反意疑问句否定陈述句+肯定附加问句时英语汉语回答惯存差异英语回答时实际情况答语具体容肯定Yes+肯定结构答语具体容否定No+否定结构译成汉语时必须yes译no译成
You won’t be away for long will you 会离开太久？
Yes I will会离开久
No I won’t会离开久
I don’t think she’ll come by bike will she 认会骑行车会？
Yes she will会骑行车
No she won’t会骑行车
四 what how引导感叹句构成形式法区
感叹句表示喜怒哀乐惊异等感情句子句末感叹号读时降调感叹句whathow引导what修饰名词how修饰形容词副词动词
1 what引导感叹句：
（1）what + aan +形容词+单数数名词+陈述句（语+谓语）
What a beautiful city it is
What an interesting story she told
（2）what+形容词+复数数名词数名词+陈述句（语+谓语）
What expensive watches they are
What terrible weather it is
2．How引导感叹句：
（1）How+形容词副词+陈述句（语+谓语）
How cold it is
How hard he works
（2）How+陈述句（语+谓语）
How he loves his son
How I miss you
（3）How+形容词+aan+单数数名词+陈述句（语+谓语）
How tall a tree it is
（4）述两种感叹句互相转换例：
What a clever boy he is→How clever the boy is
What a cold day it is→How cold it is
实例解析
1 (2004年海徐汇区中考试题)
_________ useful computer it is
A What B What a C What an D How
答案：B该题考查感叹句结构感叹句中心词单数数名词computer what修饰useful第发音辅音what定冠词aan
2 (2004年嘉兴市中考试题)
________ is it from Jiaxing to Hangzhou
I’m not sure but it takes about ninety minutes to get there by bus
A How many B How often C How much D How far
答案：D该题考查特殊疑问句疑问词选择问话者问距离应how far提问
3 (2004年河北省中考试题)
_______ will it take us to get there by bus
About two hours
A How soon B How often C How long D How quick
答案：C该题考查特殊疑问句疑问词选择问话者问时间应how long提问
4 (2004年长沙市中考试题)
Help There is a snake near the house
________ afraid It will go away later
A Don’t B Not C Don’t be D Be
答案：C该题考查祈句结构祈句否定结构：Don’t(Never)+动词原形+成分 符合求C
中考演练
单项填空
1 Excuse me _______ is the nearest bookshop
Go down the street and turn left at the second corner
A how B what C where D who
2 ______ is it from our school to the Bell Tower
About half an hour’s bus ride Shall we go and visit it
A How long B How often C How far D How much
3 Linda had nothing for breakfast this morning _______
No She got up too late
A had she B hadn’t she C did she D didn’t she
4 The room is so dirty ______ we clean it
Of course
A Will B Would C Do D Shall
5 __________ sir
Size 41 I think
A What size do you need B What can I do for you
C How do you like this shirt D What’s the matter with you
6 _______ good weather Why not go out for a walk
A What B How C What a D How a
7 It’s a nice car ______ have you been in it
Just to Shanghai
A How much B How long C How soon D How far
8 _______ to the United States
No never but I went to Canada a few years ago
A Have you been B Have you gone
C Did you go D Will you go
9 _______ were you away from school last year
About two weeks
A How often B How soon C How long D When
10 ______ do you want
I want a CD of popular songs
A Which CD B How many CDs
C What CD D How much
11 _______ is your mother a teacher or a doctor
A What B Which C Who D whose
12 ______ is your mother today Jim
She is much better
A How B What C Where D How old
13 ______he ______ at this school last term
Yes I think so
A Did…study B Does…study
C Was…study D Did…studied
14 _______ did you begin to learn English
Three years ago
A When B Why C Where D What
15 ________ do you write to your penfriend
Once a week
A How long B How soon C How far D How often
16 _______ nice flowers Where did you pick them
A How B What C What a D How a
17 The sick man’s allowed to take a walk in the garden every day _______
A is he B isn’t he C has he D hasn’t he
18 ______ cross the road before the traffic lights turn green
A Not B Won’t C Don’t D Doesn’t
19 He found nothing in the room _________
A doesn’t he B does he
C didn’t he D did he
20 You haven’t changed your mind ________
A do you B are you
C have you D did you
二 句型转换（求改写列句子）
1 Bruce bought a dictionary yesterday (改否定句)
Bruce ________ ________ a dictionary yesterday
2 Mr Smith does morning exercises every day (改般疑问句)
________ Mr Smith ______ morning exercises every day
3 Allan will go back to England by plane next month (划线部分提问)
________ _______ Allan go back to England next month
4 There are some apples on the table (改否定句)
There _______ _______ apples on the table
5 When she sees you she will tell you the news(划线部分提问)
_______ ______ she tell you the news
6 Uncle Wang likes making things (改写否定句)
Uncle Wang _______ _______ making things
7 Ann returned the book to the library yesterday (改般疑问句)
________ Ann _______ the book to the library yesterday
8 Our city is very beautiful (改感叹句)
_______ _______ our city is
9 He has worked in this school for five years (划线部分提问)
_______ _______ has he worked in this school
10 Both of them are my best friends (改否定句)
_______ of them _______ my best friend
11 They are happy to see each other (改感叹句)
_______ ______ they are to see each other
12 The exam begins at nine (改般疑问句)
________ the exam _______ at nine
13 He was playing basketball at four yesterday afternoon (划线部分提问)
______ ______ he ______ at four yesterday afternoon
14 He had nothing for breakfast (改反意疑问句)
He had nothing for breakfast ______ _______
15 She doesn’t think I can surf on the Internet (改反意疑问句)
She doesn’t think I can surf on the Internet _______ _______
16 He’s put the tree in the hole (改般疑问句)
______ he ______ the tree in the hole
17 How useful the book is (改陈述句)
It is ______ ______ useful book
18 The population of Australia is about 19500000 (划线部分提问)
_______ ______ population of Australia
19 The meeting will start in ten minutes (划线部分提问)
_______ ______ will the meeting start
20 Don’t tell him to come to my office (改肯定祈句)
______ ______ to come to my office
三 句子翻译根汉语完成英语句子空词
1 母亲通常星期日扫卫生洗衣服
My mother usually _________ some cleaning and __________ on Sundays
2 晚聚会肯定会玩痛快
We’re __________ to have __________ at the party this evening
3 明天结束项工作
Do you think _________ ________to finish the work tomorrow
4 样邻居相处
________can you get on well ________ your neighbours
5 西安新变化参观者感惊奇
The _________ are __________ at the new changes in Xi’an
6 天冷请穿暖衣服
It’s cold Please _______ _______ warm clothes
7 爱迪生时候科学感兴趣
Edison _______ _______ _______ science even when he was a small boy
8 失败次没灰心
Even though he had failed many times he didn’t _______ ________
9 发生什事情会起
___________happens I’ll be with you
10楼噪音害整晚法入睡
The noises upstairs made me not able to _______ _______all night
练答案
1C 2C 3C 4D 5A 6A 7D 8A 9C 10C 11A 12A 13A 14A 15D 16B 17B 18C 19D 20C
二 1 didn’t buy 2Does do 3How will 4aren’t any 5When will 6doesn’t like 7Did return 8How beautiful 9How long 10Neither is 11How happy 12Does begin 13What was doing 14did he 15 does she 16Has put 17such a 18What’s the 19How soon 29Tell him
三 1 does washing 2 sure fun 3 it it’s possible 4 How with 5 visitors amazed surprised 6put on 7 was interested in 8 lose heart 9 Whatever 10 fall asleep
初三系列复资料（8）宾语句考点集汇讲解训练
八宾语句
考点扫描
中考宾语句考查集中方面：
1 引导宾语句连词代词选择
2 宾语句语序
3 宾语句时态
考查形式单项填空完型填空短文填空完成句子阅读理解书面表达肯定宾语句
名师精讲
宾语句种类
宾语句种名词性句句中作物动词宾语介词宾语
形容词宾语根引导宾语句连词宾语句分三类
1 that引导宾语句That语法作没实意义口语
非正式文体中省略例：
He said (that) he wanted to stay at home
She doesn’t know (that) she is seriously ill
I am sure (that) he will succeed
2 连接代词who whom whose what which连接副词when where why how引导宾语句连接代词连接副词宾语句中充某成分例：
Do you know who (whom) they are waiting foe
He asked whose handwriting was the best
Can you tell me where the No3 bus stop is
I don’t know why the train is late
3 ifwhether引导宾语句Ifwhether句中意思否例：
I want to know if (whether) he lives there
He asked me whether (if) I could help him
二 宾语句语序
宾语句语序应陈述句语序例：
I hear (that) physics isn’t easy
I think (that) you will like this school soon
Can you tell me how I can get to zoo
Please tell me when we’ll have the meeting
三 宾语句时态
1 果句时态般现时宾语句该什麽时态什麽时态
：
I don’t think (that) you are right
Please tell us where he is
Can you tell me how I can get to the railway station
2 果句时态般时宾语句相应时态（般时 进行时 时完成时）例：
He asked what time it was
He told me that he was preparing for the sports meet
He asked if you had written to Peter
He said that he would go back to the US soon
3 果宾语句陈述客观真理时态常般现时例：
Our teacher said that January is the first month of the year
Scientists have proved that the earth turns around the sun
中考范例
1 (2004年北京市中考试题)
Miss Green didn’t tell us _______ in 2002
A where does she live B Where she lives
C where did she live D where she lived
解析答案：D该题考查宾语句语序时态宾语句应陈述句语序时态应选D
2 (2004年海市徐汇区中考试题)
Would you please tell me ________
A when did he come home
B where he would play football
C if he had seen the film
D why he didn’t watch the game
解析答案：D该题考查宾语句语序时态句实际现时宾语句句子里应陈述句语序般时
3 (2004年哈尔滨市中考试题)
I don’t know when __________
A will the train leave B the train will leave
C would the train leave D the train leave
解析答案：B该题考查宾语句语序时态B语序时态符合求
4 (2004年常州市中考试题)
We don’t know _____________
It is said that he was born in Sweden
A what he is B if he lives here
C where he comes from D which country is he from
解析答案 C该题考查宾语句语序谈话题知：说某里AB排掉D语序C正确
满分演练
单项填空
1 Do you know _______ during the coming summer holiday
A what will Tom do B what did Tom do
C what Tom will do D what Tom did
2 I want to know_________
A what is his name B what’s his name
C that his name is D what his name is
3 Do you know ________ I could pass the exam
A that B whether C what D which
4 Jim doesn’t understand ____________
A which is the way to the museum
B why his wife always goes shopping
C what is the way to the museum
D why does she always go shopping
5 Could you tell me ______ she is looking for
A that B whose C who D which
6 Mr King didn’t know _______ yesterday evening
A when does his son come home
B when his son comes home
C when did his son come home
D when his son came home
7 Could you tell me _______ the bike this morning
A how does he mend B how he mends
C how he mended D how did he mend
8 I’m waiting for the mail Do you know ________ it will arrive
Usually it comes by 4 00
A how B where C when D what
9 Excuse me would you please tell me ________
Certainly Go straight along here It’s next to a hospital
A how we can get to the post office
B how can we get to the post office
C how get to the post office
D how could we get to the post office
10 Can I help you
Yes I’d like a ticket to Mount Emei Can you tell me ______ take to get there
A how soon will it B how soon it will
C how long it will D how long will it
11 He wanted to know ___________
A whether he speaks at the meeting
B when the meeting would start
C what he’s going to do at the meeting
D where would the meeting be held
12 Could you tell me _________ the Bamboo Garden
The day after tomorrow I think
A when will you visit B when you will visit
C when would you visit D when you would visit
13 Would you please tell me _________ next Mr Wang
A what should we do B we should do what
C what we should do D should we do what
14 You can’t imagine _________ when they received these nice Christmas presents
A how they were excited B how excited they were
C how excited were they D they were how excited
15 I want to know ________ you will come back at 800 tomorrow
A that B when C where D whether
16 Could you tell me ____________
Sorry I don’t know I was not at the meeting
A what does he say at the meeting
B what did he say at the meeting
C what he says at the meeting
D what he said at the meeting
17 Could you tell me _________ last night
Er I was watching Euro 2004 at home
A what you were doing B what were you doing
C what you are doing D what are you doing
18 The teacher asked the students __________
A if they were interested in dinosaurs
B when was Albert Einstein born
C what they will do with the computers
D how many trees they have planted
19 Every morning the patients are asked if ________ their temperature taken
A they had had B have they had
C they have had D had they had
20 It’s up to you to decide _______ you’ll go there by air or by road
A how B why C that D when
二 根汉语句子意思完成列英语句子
1 李明说玩电脑游戏感兴趣
Li Ming says _______ _______ interested in playing computer games
2 认玛丽回
I don’t think Mary ______ ______
3 山姆说准备海
Sam told me that he _______ _______ for Shanghai
4 请告诉钟楼麽走？
Could you tell me _______ I can get to the Bell Tower
5 父亲说买台新电脑
Father said that he ________ ________ a new computer
6 想知道天晚没北京火车
I want to know _________ there is a train to Beijing
7 知道双间少钱？
Do you know ______ _______ a double room ______
8 请告诉外出长时间？
Could you tell me ______ ______ we’re going to be away
9 叔叔说正写新说
Uncle said that he ______ _______ a new novel
10 杰克说重事情做
Jack said he _______ something important to do
练答案
1C 2D 3B 4B 5C 6D 7C 8C 9A 10C 11B 12B 13C 14B 15D 16D 17A 18A 19C 20A
二 1he is 2will come 3was leaving 4how 5had bought 6if (whether) 7how much 8how long 9was writing 10had
初三系列复资料（9）状语句考点集汇讲解训练
九状语句
考点直击
1 时间状语句
2 条件状语句
3 原状语句
4 结果状语句
5 较状语句
6 目状语句
7 步状语句
8 点状语句
名师点睛
修饰句中动词副词形容词句状语句根含义状语句分时间状语句点状语句条件状语句 原状语句结果状语句较状语句目状语句步状语句
1 时间状语句
(1)时间状语句常when as while before after since till until as soon as等连词引导例：
It was raining hard when got to school yesterday
While he was doing his homework the telephone rang
As he walked along the lake he sang happily
He had learned a little Chinese before he came to China
After he finished middle school he went to work in a factory
(2)时间状语句里通常时态现时态表示动作状态例：
I’ll ring you up as soon as I get to New York
I will tell him everything when he comes back
He won’t believe it until he sees it with his own eyes
(3)带tilluntil引导时间状语句复合句里果句肯定式含义直……时谓语动词延续性动词果句否定式含义直………… ……前…… 谓语动词瞬间动词例：
The young man read till the light went out
Let’s wait until the rain stops
We won’t start until Bob comes
Don’t get off until the bus stops
2 条件状语句
(1)条件状语句通常if unless引导例：
What shall we do if it snows tomorrow
Don’t leave the building unless I tell you to
(2)条件状语句里谓语动词通常现时态表示动作状态例：
I’ll help you with your English if am free tomorrow
He won’t be late unless he is ill
(3)祈句 + and (or)+ 陈述句 意思相带条件状语句复合句例：
Hurry up or you’ll be late
If you don’t hurry up you’ll be late
Study hard and you will pass the exam
If you study hard you will pass the exam
3 原状语句
(1)原状语句通常because since as引导例：
He didn’t come to school because he was ill
As it is raining we shall not go the zoo
Since you can’t answer the question I’ll ask someone else
(2)because表示直接原语气强Because引导原状语句放句回答why提出问题becauseAssince语气较弱般表示明显原assince引导原状语居放句首例：
Why aren’t going there
Because I don’t want to
As he has no car he can’t get there easily
Since we have no money we can’t buy it
(3)becauseso句子里
4 结果状语句
(1)结果状语句so…that such…that so that引导例：
He is so poor that he can’t buy a bike for his son
She is such a good teacher that everybody likes her
My pencil fell under the desk so that I couldn’t see it
(2)so…that语suchthat互换例：
sothat引导结果状语句中so副词形容词连结构 so + 形容词（副词）+ that + 句例：
He was so glad that he couldn’t say a word
The hall is so big that it can hold 2000 people
Mother lives so far away that we hardly ever see her
such…that引导结果状语句中such形容词修饰单数复数数名词数名词名词前面带形容词带果单数数名词前面需加定冠词aan例：
It was such a hot day that nobody wanted to do anything
He had such long arms that he could almost touch the ceiling
He made such rapid progress that he did very well in the midterm
时述两种结构互换例：
It was such a wonderful film that all of us wanted to see it again
The film was so wonderful that all of us wanted to see it again
It is such an important match that nobody wants to miss it
The match is so important that nobody wants to miss it
(3)果名词前many much little few等词修饰时so such例：
Soon there were so many deer that they ate up all the wild roses
He has so little time that he can’t go to the cinema with you
5 较状语句
较状语句通常as…as 较级 + than…等连词引导例：
Tom runs faster than John does
This classroom is as big as that one
6 目状语句
(1)目状语句通常 so that in order that引导例：
We started early so that we could catch the first train
He studies hard so that he could work better in the future
We used the computer in order that we might save time
(2)so that引导目状语句引导结果状语句区两种句办法两：1)目状语句里带情态动词can could may might等2)意思目状语句表示目明确例：
Speak clearly so that they may understand you (目状语句)
Jack is badly ill so that he has to rest (结果状语句)
7 步状语句
(1)步状语句通常although though等连词引导例：
Though he is young he knows a lot
Although I am tired I must go on working
(2)although(though)句子中例：
说：Though it was raining hard but he still went out
应该说：Though it was raining hard he still went outIt was raining hard but he still went out
8 点状语句
点状语句常常where引导例：
Go where you like
Where there is a will there is a way
实例解析
1 (2004年北京市海淀区中考试题)
You will stay healthy _______ you do more exercise such as running and walking
A if B how C before D where
答案：A该题考查引导状语句属连词选择意思句应条件状语句四选项中if引导条件状语句选A
2 (2004年江西省中考试题)
Shall we go on working
Yes _________ I prefer to have a rest
A when B if C because D though
答案：D该题考查引导状语句属连词选择意思选though说通
3 (2004年徐州市中考试题)
None of us knew what had happened _________ they told us about it
A when B until C after D though
答案：B该题考查引导状语句属连词选择句意思……前没知道件事表达着意思应not…until 句型
4 (2004年泉州市中考试题)
I hope you’ll enjoy your trip dear
Thank you mum I’ll give you a call _________ I get there
A until B as soon as C since D till
答案：B该题考查引导状语句属连词选择题意思里电话表达意思应选as soon as
中考演练
单项填空
1 _______ he’s old he can still carry this heavy bag
A Though B Since C For D So
2 Do you know if he _______ to play basket ball with us
I think he will come if he ______ free tomorrow
A comes is B comes will be C will come is D will come will be
3 In the zoo if a child _____ into the water and can’t swim the dolphins may come up ______ him
A will fall to help B falls to help
C will fall help D falls helping
4 I don’t remember ________ he worked in that city when he was young
A what B which C where D who
5 We will stay at home if my aunt ________ to visit us tomorrow
A comes B come C will come D is coming
6 The police asked the children _______ cross the street ________ the traffic lights turned green
A not before B don’t when C not to until D not after
7 I was late for class yesterday _______ there was something wrong with my bike
A when B that C until D because
8 I’ll go swimming with you if I ________ free tomorrow
A will be B shall be C am D was
9 In the exam the ________ you are ______ the _______ mistakes you will make
A careful little B more careful fewest
C more careful fewer D more careful less
10 You should finish your lessons _______ you go out to paly
A before B after C when D while
11 I hurried _____ I wouldn’t be late for class
A since B so that C as if D unless
12 When you read the book you’d better make a mark _______ you have any questions
A which B that C where D though
13 The teacher raised his voice _______ all the students could hear him
A for B so that C because D in order
14 He took off his coat _______ he felt hot
A because B as C if D since
15 It is ______ that we’d like to go out for a walk
A a lovely day B too lovely a day
C so lovely a day D such lovely a day
16 Mary had ______ much work to do that she stayed at her office all day
A such B so C too D very
17 _______ I felt very tired I tried to finish the work
A Although B Because C As D As if
18 ______ the day went on the weather got worse
A With B Since C While D As
19 ______ well you can drive you must drive carefully
A So long as B In order that
C No matter how D The moment
20 Write to me as soon as you ________ to Beijing
A will get B get C getting D got
二 根中文意思完成列英语句子
1 开什麽玩笑生气
I am not angry with him _______ _______ ______ jokes he ______ on me
2 布鲁斯太太学生非常亲切学生做母亲
Mrs Bruce was _______ kind to her students ______ they ______ her _____ their mother
3 竭全力父母会满意表现
Our parents will be pleased with our performance _____ _____ ______ we try our best
4 海电话？
Will you please call me ______ ______ ______ you get to Shanghai
5 七岁女孩酷爱钢琴已坚持练两年
The sevenyearold girl likes playing the piano ______ ______ ______ she has kept
practicing for two years
6 然忙坚持学英语
_______ _______ ______ _______ she kept on learning English by herself
7 长相名记者
He wants to be a journalist ______ _______ _______ _______
8 刮风雨老师总第校
_______ _______ windy or rainy our teacher is always the first to get to school
9 果保护环境做出贡献世界会变更美
______ ______ ______ _____ _______ to protecting the environment the world will become much more beautiful
10 李明昨天没学病
Li Ming didn’t come to school _______ _______ ______ ______
练答案
1A 2C 3B 4C 5A 6C 7D 8C 9C 10A 11B 12C 13B 14A 15C 16B 17A 18D 19C 20B
二 1 no matter what plays 2so that regarded as 3 as long as 4 as long as 5 so much that 6 Though she was busy 7 when he grows up 8Whether it’s 9 If everyone makes a contribution 10 because he was ill
初三系列复资料（10）定语句考点集汇讲解训练
十定语句
考点扫描
中考定语句考查集中方面：
1． 定语句功结构
2． 关系代词关系副词功
3． 关系代词关系副词具体法
考查形式单项填空完型填空短文填空完成句子阅读理解书面表达肯定定语句
名师精讲
定语句功结构
复合句中修饰某名词代词句做定语句定句修饰词做先行词定语句必须放先行词引导定语句关联词关系代词关系副词例：
This is the present that he gave me for my birthday
Do you know everybody who came to the party
I still remember the night when I first came to the village
This is the place where Chairman Mao once lived
二 关系代词关系副词功
关系代词关系副词引导定句先行词定语句间起纽带作二者联系起关系代词关系副词定语句中充成分关系客做语宾语定语关系副词作状语
1 作语：关系代词定语句中作语时句谓语动词称数须先行词致例：
I don’t like people who talk much but do little
The cars which are produced in Hubei Province sell very well
2 作宾语：
She is the person that I met at the school gate yesterday
The book that my grandmother gave me is called The Great Escape
3 作定语
关系代词whose定语句中作定语例：
What’s the name of the young man whose sister is a doctor
The girl whose father is a teacher studies very hard
4 作状语
I’ll never forget the day when I first came to Beijing
This is the house where I was born
三 关系代词关系副词具体法
1 who 指定语句中作语例：
The person who broke the window must pay for it
The boy who is wearing the black jacket is very clever
2 whom指定语句中作宾语例：
Do you know the young man (whom) we met at the gate？
Mr Lee (whom) you want to see has come
3 whose 指定语句中作定语例：
The girl whose mother is ill is staying at home today
I know the boy whose father is a professor
4 which指物定语中作语宾语例：
A dictionary is a book which gives the meaning of words
Here is the book (which) the teacher mentioned yesterday
5 that指物时指定语句中作语宾语例：
I’ve read the newspaper that(which) carries the important news
Who is the person that is reading the newspaper over there
6 when 指时间定语句中作状语例：
I’ll never forget the time when we worked on the farm
He arrived in Beijing on the day when I left
7 where 指点定语句中作状语例：
This is the house where we lived last year
The factory where his father works is in the east of the city
四 关系代词 whom which 定语句中作介词宾语时介词起放先行词定语句间时关系紧凑 whom which 先行词紧挨着书写介词置定语句面：
That was the room in which we had lived for ten years That was the room
which we had lived in for ten years
五 具体时注意列问题：
1 thatwhich 情况：
(1) 先行词all few little nothing everything anything 等定代词时例：
All that he said is true
(2) 先行词only no any all等词修饰时例：
He is the only foreigner that has been to that place
(3) 先行词序数词序数词修饰词例：
He was the second (person) that told me the secret
(4) 先行词形容词高级形容词高级修饰词
This is the best book (that) I have read this year
(5) 先行词包括包括物时例：
He talked about the people and the things he remembered
2 whichthat 情况：
(1) 非限制性定语中例：
The meeting was put off which was exactly what we wanted
(2) 定语句介词+关系代词引导先行词物时例：
The thing about which he is talking is of great importance
中考范例
1 (2004年哈尔滨中考试题)
Does the teacher know everybody _______ planted the trees
Yes he does
A which B whose C where D who
解析答案：D该题考查引导定语句关系代词选择先行词关系代词定语句中作语who合适
2 (2004年常州市中考试题)
The letter _______ I received from him yesterday is very important
A who B where C what D that
解析答案：D该题考查定语句关系代词选择先行词物关系代词定语句中作宾语that合适
3 (2004年扬州市中考试题)
Where is the scientist ________ gave us the talk yesterday
He has gone back to Qinghua University
A whom B who C whose D which
解析答案：B该题考查引导定语句关系代词选择先行词关系代词定语句中作语who合适
4 (2004年益阳市中考试题)
I hate people _______ talk much but do little
A whose B whom C which D who
解析答案：D该题考查引导定语句关系代词选择先行词关系代词定语句中作语who合适
满分演练
单项填空
1 Who is the man _______ was talking to our English teacher
Oh It’s Mr Baker our maths teacher
A he B that C whom D which
2 I hate the people ________ don’t help others when they are in trouble
A who B which C they D where
3 The foreigner _________ visited our school is from Canada
A which B when C who D whom
4 George Mallory was an English school teacher _______ loved climbing
A who B whom C he D which
5 This is the place _____I have ever visited
A there B when C where D which
6 Nobody knows the reason ______ she didn’t come to the meeting
A that B which C why D when
7 The moon is a world ______ there is no life
A that B which C where D why
8 He has forgotten the day _______ he arrived
A when B where C that D which
9 He still remembers the days ______ he spent with your family
A when B where C that D on which
10 Mr White ______ car had been stolen came to the policeman
A who B that C whose D which
11 He got to the village _______ his family once lived before liberation
A that B which C when D where
12 This is the house _______ I want to buy
A in which B that C whose D where
13 This is the house _______ our beloved Premier Zhou once lived and worked
A which B that C when D where
14 He didn’t tell me the place _______ he was born
A that B which C when D where
15 He lived in a small village ______ was a long way from the railway station
A that B which C where D when
二 关系代词关系副词列句子连成复合句
1 The boy is my younger brother He was here a minute ago
2 The old man is a professor He teaches chemistry in a college
3 Beijing Hotel is near Tian An Men Square The foreign visitors live there
4 The woman is here now You were talking about her
5 This is the hall We listened to the report in it the other day
6 The car was going 90 miles an hour The car just passed us
7 The man waved to us The man was my uncle
8 I enjoyed reading the book You gave me a book last week
9 I prefer the subject The subject is science
10 I spoke to the man The man is a professor
三 适关系代词关系副词填空
1 The house _______ we live in is very big
2 The boy ______ is wearing the black jacket is very clever
3 This is the present _____ he gave me for my birthday
4 The man _______ talked to you just now is an engineer
5 He talked about the teachers and schools _______ he had visited
6 There is nothing in the world _______ can frighten him
7 She wears a gold ring _______ is very uncommon in our class
8 We visited a factory _______ makes toys for children
9 Is this the place _______ your father once lived
10 I’ll never forget the days _______ I joined the League
练答案
1B 2A 3C 4A 5D 6C 7C 8A 9C 10C 11D 12B 13D 14D 15B
二 1The boy who was here a minute ago is my younger brother
2 The old man who teaches chemistry in a college is a professor
3 Beijing Hotel where the foreign visitors live is near Tian An Men Square
4 The woman whom you were talking about is here now
5 This is the hall where we listened to the report the other day
6 The car which just passed us was going 90 miles an hour
7 The man who waved us was my uncle
8 I enjoyed reading the book you gave me last week
9 The subject I prefer is science
10The man I spoke to is a professor
三 1that which 2who that 3that which 4who that 5that 6that 7which 8which that 9where 10when
初三系列复资料（11）谓致考点集汇讲解训练
十谓致
考点直击
1 语法致原
2 意义致原
3 邻致原
名师点睛
谓语受语支配须语称数保持致做谓致谓
致般遵循三条原：语法致原意义致原致原
1 语法致原
（1）单数名词代词动词定式短语作语时谓语动词单数语复数时谓语复数例：
He goes to school early every morning
The children are playing outside
To work hard is necessary for a student
（2）andboth……and连接列成分作语时谓语动词复数例：
Both he and I are right
Mr Black and Mrs Black have a son called Tom
列语果指事物概念谓语动词单数例：
His teacher and friend is a beautiful girl
The poet and writer has come
（3）and连接列单数语前果分each every修饰时谓语动词单数形式例：
In our country every boy and every girl has the right to receive education
Each man and each woman is asked to help
（4）语单数时面 but except besides with 等介词短语谓语动词单数例：
The teacher with his students is going to visit the museum
Nobody but two boys was late for class
Bread and butter is a daily food in the west
（5） 复数形式名词people police cattle clothes等作语时谓语动词复数例：
A lot of people are dancing outside
The police are looking for lost boy
（6）each some any no every 构成复合代词作语时谓语动词单数例：
Is everybody ready
Somebody is using the phone
（7）两部分构成物体名词glasses shoes trousers chopsticks scissors 等作语时谓语动词复数例：
Where are my shoes I can’t find them
Your trousers are dirty You’d better change them
果类名词前a pair of等作单数谓语动词单复数形式取决pair单复数形式例：
Here are some new pairs of shoes
My new pair of socks is on the bed
2 意义致原
（1）表时间距离价格度量衡等名词作语时谓语动词通常单数例：
Twenty years is not a long time
Ten dollars is too dear
（2）集合名词family team等作语时作整体谓语动词单数指中成员复数例：
My family is big one
My family are watching TV
（3）定代词all most more some any none作语时代词表示意义决定谓语动词单复数形式果代词代表复数数名词谓语动词复数果代词代表单数数名词数名词谓语动词单数例：
All of the work has been finished
All of the people have gone
（4）疑问代词作语时谓语动词两种情况：语表示复数意义谓语动词复数语表示单数意义谓语动词单数例：
Who is your brother
Who are League members
（5）分数百分数+of+名词构成词组作语时谓语动词of面名词定名词复数谓语动词复数：名词单数谓语动词单数例：
It is said that 35 per cent of the doctors are women
Three –fourths of the surface of the earth is sea
（6）half the rest等表示定数量名词作语时果指复数意义动词复数果指单数意义动词单数例：
I have read a large part of the book the rest is more difficult
Only ten students attended the class because all the rest were off sick
（7）what 引导句作语时通常谓语动词单数形式果指容复数意义时谓语动词复数形式例：
What she said is correct
What she left me are a few old books
（8）定冠词+形容词（分词）作语根意义致原决定谓语动词单复数形式果种语指类谓语动词复数果指抽象概念谓语动词单数形式例：
The sick have been cured and the lost have been found
The dead is a famous person
3 邻致原
（1）连词or either……or neither……nor not only…but also等连接列语果单数复数谓语动词致原语致例：
Either you or I am right
Neither the children nor the teacher knows anything about it
（2）There be 句型中谓语动词语致
There are two apples and one egg in it
（3）as well as 名词连时谓语动词第名词相致
He as well as I is responsible for it
件事责
（4）here开头句子谓语动词语致
Here is a letter and some books for you
实例解析
1 (2004年天津市中考试题)
How time flies Ten years ________ passed
A have B has C is D are
答案：B该题考查谓致Ten years通常作时间整体谓语动词单数形式
2 (2004年南通市中考试题)
Not only his parents but also his brother ________ to the Summer Palace They haven’t been back
A have been B have gone C has been D has gone
答案：D该题考查谓致果not only…but also连接两列语谓语动词相邻语保持致谓语动词应单数形式没回has gonehas been
3 (2004年吉林市中考试题)
Neither my father ________ going to see the patient
A nor I am B nor I are
C or me are D or me is
答案：A该题考查谓致Neither…nor组连词连接连列语谓语动词应语I保持致 应选A
4 (2004年包头市中考试题)
Look There _______ playing with the tourists on Yinhe Square
A are a number of deer B are a number of deers
C is a number of deer D is a number of deers
答案：A该题考查谓致句子语a number of deer 复数概念谓语动词应复数形式（deer单复数相）
中考演练
选择填空
1 They said the eighteenth and last lesson _______ quite easy
A is B was C are D were
2 When are you going to Kumming for your holidays
I haven’t decided ______ this Sunday ______ next Sunday is OK
A Both and B Either or C Neither nor D Not only but also
3 ______ Helen ______ Joan speaks beautiful Chinese after they came to China
A Neither nor B Not only but also C Both and D A and B
4 _______ of them has his own opinion
A Both B Some C Every D Each
5 Are there any _______ on the farm
A horse B duck C chicken D sheep
6 My shirt _____ white and my trousers _____ blue
A are are B are is
C is is D is are
7 Two months _______ quite a long time
Yes I’m afraid that he will miss a lot of lessons
A is B are C was D were
8 The old man has two children but _____ of them lives with him
A both B none C neither D all
9 Our knowledge of computer _____ growing all the time
A be B is C are D were
10 Everyone except Tom and John _____ there when the meeting began
A is B was C are D were
11 Most of the houses _______ this year
A has built B have built
C has been built D have been built
12 I think maths _____ very difficult to learn
A is B are C has D have
13 A large number of students _____ to work in Xingjiang
A have gone B has gone C goes D is going
14 The number of the students in the class ______ small
A are B is C have D were
15 There _____ a lot of good news in today’s newspaper
A is B are C was D were
二 动词适形式填空
1 _____ (be) everything OK
2 Nobody _______ (know) the answer to the question
3 Ten divided by two _______ (be) five
4 Most of the drinking water ______ (be) from the Black River
5 Not only she but also I _______ (do) morning exercises every day
6 Either you or she _____ (have) made a wrong decision
7 The family _____(be) spending the weekend together
8 Bread and butter ______ (be) her daily breakfast
9 The police _____ (be) trying to catch the thief
10 The number of people invited _____ fifty but a number of them ____ absent for different reasons
三 翻译列句子
1两没部电影
___________________________
2茶杯里没水
___________________________
3
___________________________
4学生老师知道件事
___________________________
5家正起度周末
___________________________
练答案
1 B 2B 3D 4D 5D 6D 7A 8C 9B 10B11D 12A 13A 14B 15A
二 1Is 2knows 3is 4is 5do 6has 7are 8is 9are 10was were
三 1Neither of us has seen the film
2There is no water in my cup
3Either he or I is going there
4Neither the students nor the teacher knows this matter
5Our family are spending the weekend together
初三系列复资料（12）短语动词句型考点集汇讲解训练
十二 短语动词句型
考点直击
1 短语动词辨析
2 英语句子基句型结构
3 初中阶段句型法
名师点睛
短语动词中考重容初中阶段已学少短语
动词加纳总结进行重点复十分必英语中许短语动词意义整体法相物动词相物动词兼物动词物动词特征
1 短语动词分类
(1)动词＋介词
常见look for look after ask for laugh at hear of 等类短语动词宾语放介词：
Don’t laugh at others
Tom asked his parents for a bike
(2)动词＋副词
常见give up pick up think over find out hand in等类短语动词宾语果名词放副词前边放副词边宾语果称代词反身代词放副词前边：
You’ll hand in your homework tomorrow
Please don’t forget to hand it in
(3)动词＋副词＋介词
常见 go on with catch up with等类短语动词宾语放介词边：
Go on and I’ll catch up with you in five minutes
After a short rest he went on with his research work
(4)动词＋名词＋介词
常见take care of make use of pay attention to make fun of 等类短语动词宾语放介词边：
You should pay attention to your handwriting
We should make full use of our time
(5)动词＋形容词
常见leave open set free cut open等类短语动词宾语果名词宾语放形容词前边放边宾语果称代词反身代词必须放形容词前边：
The prisoners were set free
He cut it open
(6)动词＋名词
常见take place make friends等类短语动词作物动词：
This story took place three years ago
I make friends with a lot of people
2 短语动词辨析
(1)be made in（……生产制造）be made of(……组成构成)
(2)come down(落)come along()come to oneself(苏醒)come true(实现)come out(花开发芽出现出)come over（便访）come in(进)come on(吧着赶快) come up with(找提出)
(3)do one’s best(努力) do well in(……干) do one’s homework(做作业)do some reading(阅读)
(4)fall asleep(入睡)fall behind(落…面)fall off(……掉)fall down(跌倒)
(5)get down(落)get on(车)get to(达)get up(起床)get back(回取回)get off()get on well with(……相处融洽)get married(结婚)get together(相聚)
(6)give up(放弃)give…a hand(……帮助)give a concert(开音乐会)
(7)go back(回)go on(继续)go home(回家)go to bed(睡觉)go over(遍仔细检查)go out(外出外面)go wrong(走错路)go on doing(继续做某事)go shopping(买东西)go boating(划船) go fishing(钓鱼)go hiking(徒步旅行)go skating(滑冰)go straight along(着……直前走)
(8)have a look() have a seat（坐） have supper（吃晚餐） have a rest（休息） have sports（进行体育活动） have a cold（感） have a cough（咳嗽） have a good time（愉快） have a headache（头痛）have a try(尝
试努力)
(9)look for(寻找)look out(留神 注意)look over(仔细检查)look up(抬头)look after(顾 )look at( 观)look like(起)look the same(起)
(10)make friends(交朋友)make phone calls(电话)make money(赚钱)make the bed(整理床铺)make a noise(吵闹)make a faces(做鬼脸)make one’s way to(……走)make room for(……腾出方)make a decision(做出决定)make a mistake(犯错误)make up one’s mind(决心)
(11)put on(演穿戴)put up(挂起举起)put down(某物放)put away(某物收起) put off(推迟)
(12)take off(脱掉衣服)take photos(相)take time(花费时间)take out(取出)take a seat(坐)take an active part in(积极参加)take care of(顾料注意)take exercise(做运动)take one’s place(坐某位置代某职务)take turn(轮流)
(13)talk about(谈话交谈)talk with(……交谈)
(14)turn on(开电灯收音机煤气水等)turn off(关电灯收音机煤气水等)turn down(关调低)turn…over(…翻)
(15)think of(认想起)think about(考虑)
3句子基句型结构
根句子动词句子纳五基句型
(1)语+连系动词+表语例：
My mother is a doctor
Her voice sounds nice
(2)语+物动词例：
He runs fast
We study hard
(3)语+物动词+宾语例：
Children often sing this song
He studies English
1)常ing形式 定式作宾语动词：enjoy finish feel like consider practise keep suggest mind等例：
She enjoys reading novels and swimming
I finished reading the book last night
2)常定式ing形式作宾语动词：wish hope agree plan decide refuse等例：
Where do wish to sit
Tom agreed to lend some money
3)物动词定式ing形式作宾语意义类动词常见：remember forget等例：
Please remember to post the letter for me
请记住发封信
I remember posting the letter
记封信寄
Stop法面词相仿stop面定式作宾语作状语试较列句子：
He stopped to smoke 停吸烟
He stopped smoking 停止吸烟
4)物动词宾语定式ing形式意义基相类动词常见：like love hate begin start continue等例：
I like to swim in summer
I like swimming in summer
(4)语+物动词+ 间接宾语+直接宾语例：
My father bought me a new bike
He gave me an apple
1)物动词双宾语指指物指间接宾语
指物直接宾语般情况间接宾语前直接宾语果
间接宾语放直接宾语间接宾语前需加介词例：
Please pass me a cup of tea Please pass a cup of tea to me
Show me your new book please Please show your new book to me
2)间接宾语放直接宾语间接宾前时加介词to 时加介词for取决谓语动词般动词give tell sell lend show加to动词buy make get等加for例：
Would you lend me your dictionary please Would you lend your dictionary to me please
Tom’s mother bought him a pair of new shoes Tom’s mother bought a pair of new shoes for him
(5)语+物动词+宾语+宾语补足语例：
We keep our classroom clean and tidy
I hear someone singing in the next room
1)物动词指复合宾语宾语宾语补足语宾语宾语补足语间逻辑谓关系例：
We call him Jack
Don’t get your hands dirty
2)物动词定式作宾语补足语ing形式作宾语补足语表示
意思定式作宾语补足语指事情全程ing形式作
宾语补足语指正进行动作部分例：
I heard him sing that song (听唱首歌)
When I came back I heard him singing in the room
(回时听见正房间里唱歌)
3)感官动词see hear feel watch listen to look at役动词let make have等复合宾语种定式须省to变动句时省to加例：
I saw him go into the room
He was seen to go into the room
4 初中阶段句型法
1 It's time to (for) 表时间该干…时间意
It's time to go home
It's time for school
注意：to面接动词短语for面接名词
2 It's bad (good) for 表示…害（益）含义
Please don't smoke It's bad for your health
Please take more exercise It's good for your health
3 be late for (school) 学（迟）意for面接meetingclass
He was late for school this morning
Don't be late for class please
4 had better do not do sth 表示做做某事意
You had better put on the coat when you go out It's cold outside
We had better stop to have a rest
注意：had better时面定直接动词原形决加to do sth 否定定第二动词前动词定式否定式
5 be (feel) afraid of 表示恐怕害怕…意
He is afraid of snakes
Mary feels afraid of going out alone
6 enjoy doing sth 喜欢（爱）做某事意doing动名词作动词enjoy宾语enjoy欣赏意
Are you enjoy living in Beijing
Do you enjoy listening to music
7 stop doing sth 停止做某事
stop to do sth 停做某事
It's time for class Stop talking please
When she saw me she stopped to talk with me
8 Let (make) sb do （）某做某事
Let's go to school
Father made his son clean the room again
注意：make sb do sth 动语态时第二动词前面定加to：
His son was made to clean the room again
he was made to work twelve hours a day in the past
9 like to do like doing sth 喜欢做某事意
like to do sth 表示较具体喜欢做某事like doing sth 表示宠统喜欢做某事：
I like to swim in the swimming pool
喜欢游泳池中游泳（喜欢具体方游泳）
I like swimming 喜欢游泳（讲喜欢项运动）
10 ask (tell) sb to do (not to do) sth 请（）某（）做某事
Jim asked his mother to help him with his lessons
When did you tell him not to shout loudly
11 give (lend) sb sth give (lend) sth to sb （）某某物
Mike gave me a new pair of stockings
Please lend us your car
12 be busy doing sth 表示忙做某事意
The students are busy getting ready for the exams
Is Mrs Black busy washing clothes
13 too to 表示太…致…含义
She is too young to go to school
The old man was too tired to walk farther
14 not……until …… 直…………意
My daughter didn't go to bed until 11 o'clock last night
We won't have time to rest until the summer holiday comes
15 so ……that ……致……意思
Peter is so clever that all the teachers like him very much
The song is so wonderful that everyone likes to listen to it
16 neither ……nor ………………意
Mr Smith is neither a worker nor a soldier He is a scientist
Neither you nor I am free
17 enough to do sth 足做某事意
She is old enough to go to school
Peter was tall enough to reach the apple
19 prefer……to ……起……喜欢……喜欢意
I prefer English to maths I like English better than maths
He prefers playing football to playing basketball
20 not ……at all ……根……意
I don't know Mr King at all
David doesn't like singing at all
21．keep sb doing sth 某继续做某事意
Mr Wang didn't come to school on time She kept me waiting for two hours
Don't keep your mother doing everything for you You should do it by yourself
22 keep sth + adj 保持某物处某种状况意
Please keep our classroom clean and tidy
That wool sweater kept her body warm enough
23 see sb doing sth 表示见某正做某事意
When my brother passed the post office he saw a little boy crying at the door
Did you see a car coming here
24 see sb do sth 见某做某事意
That girl saw an old woman fall down on the road yesterday
Have you seen the leaves drop into the river
25 hear sb doing sth 听某正做某事意
Listen Can you hear someone singing on the hill
We heard him talking with Mr Li loudly just now
26 hear sb do sth 表示听见某做某事意
He was often heard to sing in his room in the past
Why didn't you hear me come into the sitting rom
27 be used for doing sth 做某事意思
Knives are used for cutting things
Teapot is used for keeping tea warm
28 It's three metres long high wide 三米长（高宽）形容词放面作置定语句型It 语+ be +数词+米公里+形容词
His father is one and seventy metres tall
That river is fifty metres wide
29 What's wrong with What's the problem with What's the trouble with What's the matter表示出什毛病？…舒服？啦？含义
What's wrong with your car
What's wrong with you little girl
What's the matter with your watch
30 Would you like (to do) 想…？意思like面接名词词组动词定式提出种建议邀请
Would you like some fish
Would you like to go to the cinema with me
31 Will you please do sth 想做……？
Will you please say it more slowly
Will you please not open the window I feel cold
32 It takes sb some time to do sth 做某事花费某段时间意般现时般式般时态
It will take us two hours to go over all the words and expressions
It took Mr Wang half an hour to clean the bedroom
33 I'd like sb to do sth 希某做某事意
I'd like my friend to help me with my lessons
He'd like Jim to teach him how to use the computer
34 There's sth wrong with 某物出问题某物毛病意
There is something wrong the TV set Something is wrong with the TV set
There must be something wrong with the car It doesn't move
35 I don't think that + clause 想…会…认……意
I don't think that any of the questions is difficult
We don't think he will have time tomorrow
36 What about 表示征求意见询问消息…？…样？意
What about some tea
What about your mother Is she all right
37 Why not do 表示建议什……？意
Why not have a rest You have already worked for four hours
Why not come to play games with us Why don't you come to play games with us
38 What do you mean by 请问…什意思？意
What do you mean by scientist please
What do you mean by manager please
说What is the meaning of managerWhat does the manager mean
39 You like singing very much So do I 非常喜欢唱歌非常喜欢
So do I I like singing very much too
So句型so + be (have助动词情态动词)+语中样意思表示前面说情况适合（物）
He saw the accident and so did I
She can ride a horse and so can I
40 It's easy for him to learn English well 学英语说容易
It's + adj + for sb + to do sth 某说做某事样意It代词作形式语真正语动词定式（短语）避免句子头重脚轻语放面
It is dangerous for children to play in the street
It was easy for her to tidy her room just now
实例解析
1 (2004年北京市中考试题)
When he ________ home he saw his mother cleaning the room
A got up B got back C got off D got on
答案：B该题考查短语动词法根题意空白处填短语动词意思应该回选got back
2 (2004年北京市中考试题)
Father is sleeping You’d better ________ quiet
A to keep B keep C keeping D kept
答案：B该题考查常见句型had better 接动词原形应选keep
3 (2004年北京海淀区中考试题)
Would you mind _________ my pet dog while I’m away
Sure no problem
A setting up B looking after C turning down D keeping out
答案：B该题考查短语动词法根题意空白填短语动词意思应该选B
4 (2004年常州市中考试题)
Mum I’m offered 8000 yuan a month of the job
Really It just sounds ________ to be true
A so well B too good C good enough D too well
答案：B该题考查too…to句型应too good to be true 表示太会真
中考演练
单项选择
1 Would you please drive faster My flight is _________
A taking off B getting off C turning off D putting off
2 On October 15 2003 China _______ its first manmade spaceship which made Yang Liwei a hero to many kids
A set out B Set off C sent up D sent out
3 How is the play going
We are going to _______ the day after tomorrow
A put on it B put it off C put it on D put it off
4 Mr Green is busy _______ the newspaper while his wife is busy ______ the housework
A reading with B to read with C to read doing D with to do
5 We have to _______ our things if we travel on a train or a bus
A look at B look up Clook like D look after
6 If you ______ a new idea please call me as soon as possible
Sure I will
A keep up with B catch up with C feed up with D come up with
7 Zhou Jielun is so cool I’m his fan
____________
A So do I B So I do C So am I D So I am
8 Your new sweater looks beautiful Is it _______ pure wool
Yes and it’s _______ Inner Mongolia
A made by made for B made of made by
C made of made in D Made by made from
9 Please _______ the box carefully It is filled with glasses
A put down B put on C put off D put together
10 ________ There’s a car coming
Oh Thanks
A Look over B Look up C Look on D Look out
11 Look The bus is coming
But it’s full of people We can’t ______
Aget off B get down C get on with D get on
12 Excuse me Where’s the Science Museum
Take No3 bus and ______ at the fourth stop
A get on B get off C get up D get to
13 It’s very cold today You’d better put _____ your coat when you go out
A away B down C on D up
14 Miss Li told the children to walk one after another She didn’t want them to ______ in the park
A get wrong B get away C get lost D get ready
15 The flowers start to _____ in spring
A come in B come out C come from D come to
16 Lucy could you please help me _____ the map on the blackboard
A put into B put up C put out D put on
17 Get a ladder please I can’t _____ Jim said in a tall tree
A come back B come out C come down D come over
18 I have ____ my parents and now I’m answering it
A heard of B heard from C heard D heard about
19 I can’t see the words clearly Can I _____ the light
A turn on B put off C hold on D take off
20 As soon as the man walked into the warm room he _____ his heavy coat and sat down
A took away B took down C took off D took up
二 非谓语动词填空
1 The bus was very crowded so she wanted ______ a taxi
2 She enjoys _______ novels before going to bed
3 It took him two hours _______ his homework
4 He has made up his mind _____ hard
5 Would you like _______ the football match this afternoon
6 The child stopped ______ and listened to the music
7 Beethoven taught me ______ the music
8 Thank you for _______ me to the party
9 He lost his money so he asked his friend ______ a train ticket for him
10 Mark Twain liked to tell funny stories to make people ______
三 完成列句子
1 请花送？
Will you send ____ _____ _____
2 离开教室时候忘记关窗户
Don’t forget _____ _____ _____ _____ when you leave the classroom
3 学校时候听见唱歌
When I got to school I hear ____ _____
4 仅学生老师喜欢电影
Not only the students but also their teacher _____ _____ ____
5 喜欢跳舞
None of us is fond of _________
6 两时修车
It _______ me two hours _______ _______ the bike
7 直妈妈回时完成作业
He ______ finish his homework _______ his mother came back
8 老师
______ he _______ I am a teacher
9 数学感兴趣
He became ________ in maths when he was ________
10 火车
You'd _______ ______ a train
练答案
1A 2C 3C 4A 5D 6D 7C 8C 9A 10D 11D1 2B 13C14C 15B 16B 17C 18B 19A 20C
二 1to take 2reading 3to do 4to study 5 to watch 6 playing 7to play 8inviting 9to buy 10laugh
三 1her these flowers 2to close the windows 3her singing 4likes the film 5dancing 6 took to mend repair fix 7 didn’t until 8 Neither nor 9 interested young 10 better take
初三系列复资料（13）交际语考点集汇讲解训练
十三交际语
考点扫描
年中考试题中日常交际语考查重越越涉种情景问答涉英语国家文化俗涉口语书面表达考查形式听力理解补全话单项选择情景反应书面表达
名师精讲
初中阶段掌握30日常交际项目：
1问候 Greetings
aGood morningafternoonevening
HelloHi
How are you
bFine thank you And you
Very well thank you
2介绍 Introductions
aThis is MrMrsMissComrade…
bHow do you do
NiceGlad to seemeet you
cMy name is…
I’m a studentworker etc(here)
3告 Farewells
aI think it’s time for to leave now
bGoodbye (Byebye Bye)
See you latertomorrow (See you)
Good night
4电话 Making telephone calls
aHello May I speak to …
Is that… (speaking)
bHold on please
HeShe isn’t here right now
Can I take a message for you
cI called to tellask you…
dGoodbye
5感谢应答 Thanks and responses
aThank you (very much)
Thanks a lot
Many thanks
Thanks for…
bNot at all
That’s all right
You’re welcome
6祝愿祝贺应答 Good wishes congratulations responses
aGood luck
Best wishes to you
Have a nicegood time
Congratulations
cThank you
dHappy New Year
Merry Christmas
Happy birthday to you
eThe same to you
7意愿 Intentions
I’m going to…
I will
I’d like to…
I wanthope to…
8道歉应答 Apologies and responses
aI’m sorry (Sorry)
I’m sorry forabout…
Excuse me
bThat’s all right
It doesn’t matter
That’s nothing
9遗憾情 Regrets and sympathy
What a pity
I’m sorry to hear…
10邀请应答 Invitations and responses
aWill you come to…
Would you like to…
bYes I’d love to…
Yes it’s very kindnice of you
cI’d love to but…
11提供（帮助等）应答 Offers and responses
aCan I help you
What can I do for you
Here take thismy…
Let me…for you
Would you like some…
bThanks That would be nicefine
Thank you for your help
Yes please
cNo thanksthank you
That’s very kind of you but…
12请求允许应答 Asking for permission and responses
aMay I…
CanCould I…
bYesCertainly
Yes do please
Of course (you may)
That’s Okall right
cI’m sorry but…
You’d better not
13表示意意 Expressing agreement and disagreement
aCertainlySureOf course
Yes please
Yes I think so
bThat’s trueOK
That’s a good idea
I agree (with you)
cNo I don’t think so
I’m afraid not
I really can’t agree with you
14表示肯定肯定 Expressing certainty and uncertainty
aI’m sure
I’m sure (that) …
bI’m not sure
I’m not sure whetherif…
cMaybePerhaps
15喜厌恶 Likes and dislikes
aI likelove… (very much)
I likelove to…
bI don’t like (to) …
I hate (to) …
16谈天气 Talking about the weather
aWhat’s the weather like today
How’s the weather in…
bIt’s finecloudywindyrainy etc
It’s rather warmcoldhotetc today isn’t it
17购物 Shopping
aWhat can I do for you
MayCan I help you
bI wantI’d like…
How much is it
That’s too muchexpensive I’m afraid
That’s fine I’ll take it
Let me have…kilobox etc
cHow manymuch do you want
What coloursizekind do you want
dDo you have any other kindsizecolouretc
18问路应答 Asking the way and responses
aExcuse me Where’s the men’sladies’ room
Excuse me can you tell me the way to…
How can I get to… I don’t know the way
bGo down this street
Turn rightleft at the firstsecond crossing
It’s about …metres from here
19问时间日期应答 Asking the time or date and responses
aWhat day is (it) today
What’s the date today
What time is it
What’s the time please
bIt’s MondayTuesday etc
It’s January 10th
It’s five oclockhalf past fivea quarter to fivefive thirty etc
It’s time for…
20请求 Requests
aCanCould you…for me
Willwould you please…
May I have…
bPlease givepass me…
Please wait (herea moment)
Please wait for your turn
Please stand in lineline up
Please hurry
cDon’t rushcrowd
No noise please
No smoking please
21劝告建议 Advice and suggestions
aYou’d better…
You should…
You need (to)…
bShall we…
Let’s…
What How about…
22禁止警告 Prohibition and warnings
aYou can’tmustn’t…
If you… you’ll…
bTake care
Be careful
Look out
23表示感情 Expressing certain emotions
a喜悦 Pleasure joy
I’m gladpleasedhappy to…
That’s nice
That’s wonderfulgreat
b焦虑 Anxiety
What’s wrong
What’s the matter (with you)
I’mHe’sShe’s worried
Oh what shall Iwe do
c惊奇 Surprise
Really
Oh dear
Is that so
24餐 Taking meals
aWhat would you like to have
Would you like something to eatdrink
bI’d like…
Would you like some more…
Help yourself to some…
cThank you I’ve had enoughJust a little please
25约会 Making appointments
aAre you free this afternoonevening
How about tomorrow morningafternoonevening
Shall we meet at 4 30 at…
bYes that’s all right
Yes I’ll be free then
cNo I won’t be free then But I’ll be free…
a All right See you then
26传递信息 Passing on a message
aWill you please give this notemessage to…
basked me to give you this note
cThanks for the message
27病 Seeing the doctor
aThere’s something wrong with…
I’ve got a cough
I feel terrible(bad)
I don’t feel well
I’ve got a pain here
This place hurts
bTake this medicine three times a day
Drink plenty of water and have a good rest
It’s nothing serious
You’ll be rightwell soon
28求救 Calling for help
aHelp
bWhat’s the matter
29语言困难 Language difficulties
Pardon
Please say that againmore slowly
What do you mean by…
I’m sorry I can’t follow you
I’m sorry I know only a little English
30常见标志说明 Some common signs and instructions
BUSINESS HOURS FRAGILE
OFFICE HOURS THIS SIDE UP
OPEN MENU
CLOSED NO SMOKING
PULL NO PARKING
PUSH NO PHOTOS
ON DANGER
OFF PLAY
ENTRANCE STOP
EXIT PAUSE
INSTRUCTIONS
学中考复时首先应熟记教材第三册中出现常交际语惯表达法重点掌握问路电话购物病餐谈天气等六种情景中表达方法明确学交际语目培养讲英语士进行口头交际力学日常交际语解西方风土情必须记住典型日常交际语明确谈话场合象许交际场合问答约定俗成语言注意中西文化传统背景体语言学必须熟悉套话熟练掌握样结合处环境知道什时候什方什方式什恰语言表达出意思予正确应答应付种形式测试单项选择号入座补全话排列序等
做类题目思路方法纳起九点：
1 根情景表达法
2 正确判断出话情景
3 问话答语离题
4 筛选法选择正确话
5 语意进行判断
6 根惯法进行选择
7 答语符合西方文化风俗惯
8 文明礼貌语言
9 遵口语交际特点死套语法规
中考范例
1 (2004年北京市中考试题)
Would you like to go out for a walk with us
_________ but I must finish my homework first
A Of course not B That’s all right
C I’d love to D Yes I do
解析答案：C该题考查婉拒邀请方邀请出散步做家庭作业婉言拒绝符合情景答语C
2 (2004年江西省中考试题)
I haven’t seen Jack for three days Is he ill
________ His mother told me that he was in hospital
A I am afraid so B I hope not
C I don’t expect D I am afraid not
解析答案：A该题考查回答询问方询问某否病答话已知道某病（句答语知）出肯定回答
3 (2004年济宁市中考试题)
Thank you for your delicious dinner
__________
A Don’t say that B It’s nothing
C I don’t think so D I’m glad you enjoyed it
解析答案：D该题考查回答感谢赞扬说英语国家回答感谢赞扬时中国惯 谦虚表示高兴
4 (2004年济宁市中考试题)
Turn the box over please Can’t you see the words ________
A DANGER B MENU C THIS SIDE UP D FRAGILE
解析答案：C该题考查常英语标志说明箱子 THIS SIDE UP样标志发现箱子放倒会方箱子反
满分演练
单项选择
1 I hope you don’t mind my pointing out your mistakes
_________
A Not at all B You’re welcome
C Of course D It’s a pleasure
2 I’m sorry I’ve broken your cup
_______
A It doesn’t matter B Thank you
C Not at all D Excuse me
3 Shall we go to the zoo tomorrow
_________
A It doesn’t matter B That’s nothing
C Good idea D You’re welcome
4 Will you go shopping together with us this Sunday Jenny
Yes __________
A I do B I’d like to C I’d love to do D I’m busy
5 What a nice meal Thank you for having us
________
A It doesn’t matter B It was a pleasure
C Not nice enough D With pleasure
6 Wish you a happy New Year
________
A The same to you B You do too
C The same as you D You have it too
7 Hello May I speak to Tom Smith
Yes _______
A My name’s Tom Smith B I’m Tom Smith
C This is Tom Smith D Tom Smith’s me
8 What are Johnson’s family like
____________
A His family is just like mine B They all like sports and games
C Oh it’s really a big one D They are all warmhearted and helpful
9 Do you mind if I open the door
_______
A No of course not B Yes please
C Yes you can D No you can’t open it
10Help yourself to some fruit
__________
A Thank you B Yes I like it very much
C OK It’s nothing serious D Really
二 交际英语
1 __________________
Hold on please
A Are you Bruce please
B Who are you
C Are you at home Bruce
D May I speak to Bruce please
2 Could you tell me how to get to Peterson Building please
________________
A Don’t ask me
B Sure You can take the No3 bus
C You’re welcome
D Thank you all the same
3 Oh what a nice picture You draw very well
________________
A Yes it’s very bad
B Yours is good
C Of course not
D Thank you
4 What’s wrong with you
_________________
A I’ve got a headache
B She’ll take some medicine
C I’ve got a new bike
D I’m a doctor
5 Happy New Year
________________
A You are happy
B The same to you
C Happy birthday
D Yes I’m happy too
6 What’s the weather like
_______________
A I like the weather
B It’s sunny
C I don’t like the weather
D It’s rain
7 ________________
It’s Saturday
A What’s the date
B What time is it
C What day is it today
D How much is it
8 Would you like to come to my house for supper
__________________
A I’d love to But I’m afraid I can’t
B Yes I can’t
C No I would
D Yes I wouldn’t
9 What can I do for you madam
__________________
A I can help myself
B No I don’t need
C Yes please help me
D I’d like to buy a pair of shoes of my daughter
10 I’ve passed the exam
__________________
A Congratulations
B Bad luck
C Thank you for telling me
D It’s nothing
三 补全话
John Hello Jim May I come in
Jim Oh hello John Yes come in please
John You don’t look well What’s the matter
Jim __1__
John Oh dear Why don’t you go to bed for a rest
Jim __2__
John shall I call him and tell him you’re ill
Jim __3__
John OK I’ll do that I’m going to the shops now Can I get you some medicice
Jim __4__
John Yes of course Is there anything else I can do
Jim __5__
John see you later then Take care
A Oh yes please His number is in the phone book
B No I’ll be all right Thanks for your help
C My head hurts and I feel really hot
D Could you buy me a bottle of aspirinplease
E It doesn’t hurt very much
F I can’t I will play pingpong with our teacher this afternoon
G Do you think it’s a good idea
练答案
1A 2A 3C 4B 5B 6A 7C 8D 9A 10A
二1D 2B 3D 4A 5B 6B 7C 8A 9D 10A
三 1C 2F 3A 4D 5B
初三系列复资料（14）听力理解考点集汇讲解训练
十四听力理解解题方法
考点扫描
听力理解题求：
1 听懂基没生词贴学生生活语言材料
2 听懂正确辨听句子
3 听懂声音材料中涉信息重细节
4 听懂话短文中谈点中心意思根题目求做出合理判
断：推理出话发生时间点话物关系身份等
名师解难
训练方法
学认面听力总种手感觉实中考听力难猜题压题复中考中听力测试部分意设计遵循英语课程标准规定求学注意方法听练会发现听力部分没想象中难利年时间争取听力水提高呢？
1 首先充分利英语老师课堂语言般英语老师英语课堂
利英语组织教学老师说说少学成练听力机会听明白情况仔细听文老师前语言中猜测判断语意根老师手势眼神动作等分析千万听懂放弃果利老师课堂语言听力会少帮助
2 时学生活中充分利国国外优秀英语广播电视节目等选择较适合水节目较简单英语原声电影等等现电视频道广播针中学生开辟栏目学妨天定期收作听力记录够听懂东西记录明白句子单词记录（记录）等节目结束揣摩问老师坚持会形中提高听力助增长词汇量知识帮助学者牢固听力基础较方法建立语言沟通力信心效途
3 泛听基础必须安排定时间进行专项综合强化性听力训练选择难易适度材料先易难先慢快进行
二 解题技巧
1 先题听音：做听力题时定做听前先听力试卷全部遍尤听话听短文两种类型概掌握题容缩听力范围
2 握全文：听第遍时急做答应仔细全文听完弄明白文章意
3 边听边记：听程中适做记录：时间点数字物天气等等时正确答案做记号
4 抓关键词：谈话题什麽总会涉类题专门语抓住关键词谈话点物关系确定
5 前误：时词句子没听懂必着急没听清楚词句子放影响道题
中考范例
陕西省听力题目分三部分面题目类型分加说明：
1 听句子选答语
类题目求考生听完句子录音书面三备选项中找出听句子答语类题型考察中般属较易题考察重点纲中日常交际语表中列项目请2004年陕西省听力部分第1题：
1 A I think so B Thanks a lot C I hope so
录音材料：
1 Wish you good luck in this exam
解答题前学通快速浏览书面选择项通特定情景语分析问题容基推测出方表示良祝愿回答然表示感谢答案B
II 听话选答案
类题目考生听组话听完话接着第三者根话容提出问题求考生领会谈话旨基础书面三备选项中挑选回答听问句正确答案考生辨说话职业者两间关系推断谈话发生场合点等请2004年陕西省听力部分第6题：
6 A Weather B Business C Season
录音材料：
6 W I am going to London on business Can you tell me if it rains a lot there
M Yes it often rains there
Question What are they talking about
该题中女士问雨事男士回答雨事谈话题然天气答案A
III 听短文选答案
听短文注意听意善捕捉整体信息切莫词词听听句翻译句更必词短语没听懂停步前定带着短文求指令听听短文通常结构紧凑事选围绕who when where what how why设问题听时候应紧紧围绕选项容作速记记关键词语理清线索抓前联系准确做出答案请2004年陕西省听力部分第1620题：
16 Where did Jack work
A On a farm B In an office C In a factory
17 How often did he get his money
A Every month B Every week C Every half month
18 What happened this month
A Jack got more money
B Jack got less money
C Jack got enough money
19 From this passage we know that ________
A the manager believe Jack
B Jack wasn’t an honest (诚实) man
C Jack was an honest man
20 Could Jack go on working in this factory
A The story didn’t tell us
B Yes he could
C No he couldn’t
录音材料：
Jack worked in a factory and at the end of last month he got his money in a paper bag He opened the bag and found it was wrong He got fifty more dollars He put the money carefully in his pocket and said nothing to others A month later he got his money again He found it was wrong again this time There was not enough money in his paper bag Then he went to see the manager
That’s right said the manager after Jack told his story I made a mistake last month For one mistake I can close my eyes But for two I can’t Thank you Jack I’ve known you already I have to choose another man instead of you I think you should know what do to in the future
题听短文选择正确答案题型中属较容易题学听题前通快速浏览试题5问题选项根提供信息推测出短文涉容Jack工作问题5问题分涉Jack里工作长时间次工资工资出现少问题Jack诚实诚实决定否留继续工作带着问题开始听录音第遍听音时听记注意力集中关问题容握全文意第二遍听音时边听边边记重点短文中关容相关题目号分析判断快选出正确答案：1C 2A 3B 4B 5C
满分演练
（1）
听话选答案
1 A It’s Friday B It’s April 23rd C It’s fine today
2 A Yes I’d love to B No I don’t C I enjoy reading books
3 A Sure B Certainly not C Thanks
4 A Me too B You’re welcome C Thank you
5 A Yes I will B Yes please C Thank you It’s lovely
6 A That’s a good idea B I’ll take your advice C It’s hard to say
7 A No you can’t B Sure I’d love to C Yes I want
8 A Me too B Thank you C That’s all right
9 A From 800 to 1100 B Five hours C At 800
10 A No she hasn’t B Yes he hasn’t C Yes never
听力材料：
1 What’s the date today
2 Do you enjoy listening to music or reading books
3 Can I ask for leave tomorrow afternoon
4 You speak English very fluently
5 Shall I get a taxi for you
6 Let’s go to the concert shall we
7 Would you like to have a game with us
8 I’m so happy that you could be here at Christmas time
9 Could you tell me what time the plane leaves
10 She has never been abroad has she
（2）
听话选答案
1 A Go to the cinema B Watch TV C Go to a concert
2 A In a classroom B In a hospital C In a clothes shop
3 A To Beijing B To Tianjin C To Beijing and Tianjin
4 A Dumplings B Bread and milkC Bread only
5 A 745 B 815 C 730
6 A He was ill in bed all dayB He had toothache yesterday
C He was hurt in a traffic accident
7 A By bus B By car C By taxi
8 A Eight B Nine C Five
9 A Your sister B The man’s sister C Alice’s sister
10 A Emily is not in B The man has got a wrong number
C She knows Emily very well
听力材料：
1 M What do you want to do tonight Jenny
W I want to go to the cinema What about you Jim
M Just watch TV at home
Q What is Jim going to do tonight
2 M This shirt is too expensive Do you have a cheaper one
W How about this one It’s only five dollars
M But I don’t like the colour
Q Where are the two speakers
3 M I want to take a business trip tomorrow
W How long will you be away Dad
M Five or six days
W And where are you going
M To Beijing first and then to Tianjin
Q Where’s the girl’s father going
4 M What do you usually eat for breakfast
W I used to eat dumplings but now I’m used to eating bread and milk
Q What does the lady now eat for breakfast
5 M It’s a quarter to eight Let’s hurry
W Well your watch is 15 minutes fast My watch is only half past seven
Q What time is it by the girl’s watch
6 M Why didn’t Peter come to school yesterday do you know Alice
W It is said he got the flu and stayed in bed all day
Q What was the matter with Peter yesterday
7 M Excuse me where is the nearest hospital
W It’s far from here You can catch the No 8 bus But there is no bus now You’d better take a taxi
Question How will the man go there
8 M Did you speak at the meeting
W Yes I was the third one Then five other people spoke after me
Question How many people made their speeches
9 M What’s your sister’s name Alice
W Her name is Betty
Question Who is Betty
10M May I speak to Emily
W Emily Oh no There is nobody named Emily here
Question What does the woman mean
（3）
听短文选答案
I
1 What did the man have to do in the morning
A He fed the chickens
B He cleaned the bathroom
C He carried water for the family
2 Why did the man go to school on foot
A No bus ran in the direction
B The school was near
C His family was poor
3 What did the man do every Sunday
A He was taken to church three times
B He stayed at home all day
C He played in the street
4 What can we learn from what the speaker said
A He is a retired teacher of history
B He thinks children were happier in the past
C He lives on a farm far away from cities
听力材料：
Now you want to know about life in the past right I can tell you When I was a boy things were different I had to get up at six every morning That was not very bad in summer but in winter it was cold And we didn't have any hot water in the house We had to wash in cold water We didn't have a bathroom My dad had some chickens I had to feed them every morning and then I had to walk to school with my little sister It was two miles to school and two miles back in the evening And we had to go to bed at seven o'clock every night We couldn't watch TV because there wasn't any On Sundays we had to go to church three timesmorning afternoon and evening And we couldn't play outside on Sundays But it wasn't too bad We had some good times We could go out and our parents didn't have to worry about us There weren't so many cars on the roads then so the streets were safe to play in And there were not many robbers and thieves in those days We had to work hard and we weren't able to buy all those things in the shops today Life was hard but it was simple and people were happier
II
1 A Three B Four C Five
2 A Because of the food B Because of their homework
C Because of watching TV too long
3 A Surf the Internet B Paint pictures C Play games
4 A Boring B Colourful C Amazing
5 A Watching TV less B Watching TV more C Stopping watching TV
听力材料：
Are you a TV lover Can you think of your life without TV
Many people think if you turn off your TV your life will be colourful They also suggest children should watch less TV TV can give children big problems First it’s bad for your studies you spend too long on TV you can’t do well in school Second it’s bad for your health because you watch too long on TV you can’t do well in school Second it’s bad for your health because you watch too much TV you’re getting overweight Your eyesight is getting worse Third it’s bad for your family life While your families are watching TV they don’t talk too much Also it has too much fighting Some children always follow the fighting in real life
If you turn off your TV for a week maybe you can find something fun to do Maybe you can read books learn to swim or paint pictures What do you think Would you want to have a try
Questions 16 How many TV problems are there in the passage
17 Why are more children getting fatter
18 What other things can we do according to the passage
19 What will our lives be like without TV
20 How can you make your life more interesting
练答案
(1)1B 2C 3A 4C 5B 6A 7B 8A 9C 10A
(2)1B 2C 3C 4B 5C 6A 7C 8A 9C 10B
(3)I 1 A 2C 3A 4B
II 1B 2C 3B 4B 5A
初三系列复资料（15）单项填空考点集汇讲解训练
十五 单项填空解题方法
考点扫描
单项选择题省市中考必考题型特点考点覆盖面广题量考查点：
1 考查基语法
2 考查义词义词辨析
3 考查种词汇惯法固定搭配
4 考查掌握运日常交际语力
名师解难
单项选择题考查范围较广想做类题具备扎实英语基础知识二紧扣语境抓住关键词具体应注意点：
1 复时弄清初中阶段出现种时态语态法结构
连状语特殊法重点分清现完成时般时
法宾语句状语句动词定式较等级法规
弄清楚注意固定搭配惯语动词时态语态动
词辨析词性词法
2 解题方面突出语境语境中选语句词汇防止汉语思维干扰
英语中关键词含义处语义环境（文）决定
答题时忽视语境容易答错题
3 解题时注意句型结构语序掌握初中阶段出现句型结构注
意宾语句感叹句语序
4 掌握语日常交际语应掌握纲词汇惯语文化背景
风俗惯日常交际语应记牢
年全国中考试卷分析出单项选择题考点分布：名词动词形容词副词代词冠词连词介词情态动词时态语态词义辨析语序种句交际语
做单项选择题时学应具较扎实语言基础知识善思考外掌握解题方法必
单项选择覆盖面广解题思路种样面举例谈谈常解题方法
1 直接法：
直接利相关语法知识通题干中已供信息捕捉解题线索出正确答案解题方法例：
Will you come to the net bars（网吧）with me
Sorry My mother always tells me ___________there
A not go B go C not to go D to go
根句意知题考查动词定式否定形式tell sb not to do sth题应选C
2 关键词法
许题目中样词快速准确判定答案起着关重作称词关键词（key words）找句中关键词找解题突破口例：
He hardly hurt himself in the accident _______________
A doesn't he B didn't he C did he D does he
该题中hardlyhurt起关键词作陈述部分含hardly never little few等否定意义词时反意疑问句肯定形式hurt词式原形相处hurt未加s应式题答案C正确
What did you see Mary
I saw a lot of trees on_______________of the lake
A either side B all sides C both sides D other side
时练中接触列表达：on both sides of the road street river题中lake两边分四周正确答案B题中lake词成关键词
3 类推法
果题目备选答案没十分握握妨利果AB类推法AB予否定例：
Who's the man at the door
___________________________
A He is a doctor B He is a friend of mine
C He is a famous singer D He is twenty
仔细分析备选答案发现：AC选项针职业AC会D回答年龄惟B正确
4 前应法
方法两句子话形式命题题目解题前透彻理解然联系文捕捉隐含信息方准确找出答案例：
He isn't a teacher is he
__________________ He works in a hospital
A Yes he is B No he isn't C Yes He isn't D No he is
题考查否定句反意疑问句回答半句回答知道身份教师否定反意疑问句回答中Yes实际含义No实际含义应选择B：
It's dangerous to play here
All right Let's go and find a _______________place
A quiet B safe C bright D dark
联系文弄清语境：然里玩危险找安全方题应选B
5 排法
根题干提供信息先眼出干扰项排缩选择范围然剩余选项填入空白处进行检验辨真伪例：
The girl asked the teacher _______________
A what does the museum looks like B what did the museum look like
C what the museum looks like D what the museum looked like
题考查宾语句中语序时态应关系句动词时句谓语动词应时某种时态AC排B中词序错误D正确答案
6 交际法
方法30交际语联系文直接解题例：
Would you like to have another cup of tea
_______________________________
A Yes I do B Not al all C No thanks D Help yourself
题考查简答交际语应答邀请果表示接受时应委婉说出断然拒绝选C佳答案
六种方法家具备扎实基础知识条件灵活运时提醒家注意点：
（1）受母语思维惯影响学外语常常会受母语惯影响解题时常会受母语思维模式影响例：
__________________is the capital of America
Washington
A Where B What C In where D In which
汉语中常样发问美国首会选A英语中where副词表示点句问美国首城市正确选择B：
___________it's difficult to learn English well __________you should never drop it
A Though but B Though ×
C Because so D Because ×
汉语中关联词然…………英语中thoughbut becauseso搭配题意知B正确答案
（2）防止定势思维固定搭配惯表达法家掌握较牢正受惯表达影响犯思维定势错误例：
I won't come back _______________August 5 and 7
A until B both C between D for
受not…until固定搭配影响会选A仔细审题答案应选C回动作时发生两日期：
Canada is larger than _____________country in Asia（亚洲）
A any other B other C any D all others
较级 + any other + 单数名词种典型较级结构会选ACanada美洲国家亚洲国家相存身相较问题other排身正确答案选C
（3）防止鱼目混珠词词性词义法应注意辨例：
Do you know if he ________________to play basketball with us
I think he will come if he ________________free tomorrow
A comes is B comes will be
C will come is D will come will he
注意审题容易误选A仔细分析会发现前者if作否解者意果二者分引导宾语句条件状语句英语中时间条件状语句时句中般现时代时句中法C正确答案：
He made faces _____________the baby _____________crying
A to make stop B make stop C make to stop D to make to stop
题中两make法make faces意做鬼脸接动词定式作目状语make意役动词接动词原形作宾补make sb do sth 题应选A
中考范例
(2004年陕西省中考试题)
21 Have you ever heard from your aunt since she went to Hong Kong
Yes I’ve just got a letter from __________
A her B hers C she D herself
解析答案：A该题考查代词法句子基结构时get a letter
from sbfrom介词面代词应称代词宾格her
22 I’m reading now Please tell him _______ the TV a bit
A turn up B turn off C to turn down D to turn on
解析答案：C该题考查短语动词辨析题干提供语境正书应告诉电视拧应选turn down
23 I’m sure you know the difference _________ look for and find
A from B for C to D between
解析答案：D该题考查介词法题干意思确信知道look for’find’两者间区两者间between
表示
24 There ________ a football match on TV this evening
A will have B is going to be C has D is going to have
解析答案：B该题考查动词have句型there be区
A C D句型there be 动词have混合错误B选项正确
25 A talk on science _______ in our school next Monday
A will give B will be given C has given D has been given
解析答案：B该题考查动词时态语态时间状语next Monday动词应般时应排CD语动作承受者应动语态选项B正确
26 Since China has been a member of WTO English is ________ useful than before
A more B most C much D very
解析答案：A该题考查形容词较级句末than before字样表明形容词较级useful较级more useful 应选more
27 It _______ Yang Liwei about 21 hours _______ the earth 14 times in his spaceship
A spent circling B took travelling
C spent to travel D took to circle
解析答案：D该题考查动词法句子结构It took sb some time to do sth D结构中
28 The students are sorry to hear that the famous singer _______ for half an hour
A has left B has gone C has been away D has gone away
解析答案：C该题考查延续性动词非延续性动词法句中时间状语for half an hour表示段时间应延续性动词连四选项中has been away表示延续性动作
29 I am waiting for my friend _________ I will go swimming alone
A If he doesn’t come B If he won’t come
C If he will come D If he is coming
解析答案：A该题考查时间状语句里时态时间状语句里通常般现代般时
30 Could you tell me _______
Sorry I don’t know I was not at the meeting
A what does he say at the meeting B what did he say at the meeting
C what he says at the meeting D what he said at the meeting
解析答案：D该题考查宾语语语序时态第宾语句应陈述句语序第二表示会说话应般时
满分演练
单项天空
1 Ann is so careful that she always goes over her exercises to _______________there are no mistakes
A look for B make sure C find out D think about
2 Which of the two English dictionaries will you buy
I'll buy _________ of them so I can give one to my friend Hellen
A either B neither C all D both
3 He __________ two thousand trees since 1985
A plants B planted C will plant D has planted
4 ___________ you free last night
A Were B Was C Are D Do
5 Dad when will you be free You agreed to go to the seaside with me four days ago
I am sorry Jean But I think I will have a _____________holiday soon
A fourdays B fourday C four days D four day
6 In the bookshop a reader asked the shopkeeper ____________Who Moved My Cheese was an interesting book
A that B how C what D if
7 ___________comes from cows
A Wool B Chicken C Pork D Milk
8 Which of the following does paper burn in
A CO2 B N2 C O2 D He
9 Today the forests have almost gone People must ___________down too many trees
A stop to cut B stop from cutting
C be stopped to cut D be stopped from cutting
10 You must come back every month
Yes I __________________
A will B must C should D can
11 The doctor did what he could _________________that child
A save B to save C saved D saving
12 Can you guess if they _____________to play basketball with us
I think they'll come if they _______________tree
A come are B will come will be
C will come are D come will be
13 I will tell you how to get to the place you'd better _____________it __________
A try on B get off C take down D pick up
14 Ann has gone to Shanghai
So _____________her parents
A do B had C did D have
15 How long can I ______________these books
Two weeks
A borrow B lend C keep D buy
16 It takes us _________hour or more to go to my hometown by ________train
A an a B a an C an 填 D a 填
17 Lucy tried her best to find a good job in the city but she had no _________
A trouble B idea C luck D time
18 There are three _______________students in the school
A thousands B thousands of C thousand of D thousand
19 I have to speak to my grandpa loudly because there's ___________with his ears
A wrong something B something wrong
C anything wrong D nothing wrong
20 I've had enough bread Would you like_____________
No thanks
A a few more B one more C another more D some more
21 I'm old enough to wash _________clothes by myself You can just wash ______
A my your B mine yours C my yours D your my
22 The father wished the twins to be doctors but __________of them liked to study medicine
A both B neither C either D none
23 Now Helen works ______________than before
A more carefully B more careful C much careful D much carefully
24 We are doing much better __________English ________our teacher's help
A in at B at in C in with D with with
25 If you like the chicken you may have as_____________as you can
A much B many C more D little
26 Mum Bill is coming to dinner this evening
OK Let's give him _____________to eat
A something different B different anything
C anything different D different something
27 The letter is ___________in French I cannot read it
A writing B written C wrote D writes
28 Your spoken English is much better
Thank you My teacher often asks us ___________English as __________as possible
A to speak many B not to speak much
C to speak much D not to speak more
29 It's getting dark Please ______________the light
A turn off B turn on C turn down D turn up
30 Martin is good at fishing ________________
A is he B does he C isn't he D doesn't he
31 Do you know him well
Sure We _____________friends since ten years ago
A were B have been C have become D have made
32 Cars and buses ___________stop when the traffic lights turn red
A can B need C may D must
33 John fell asleep _____________he was listening to the music
A after B before C while D as soon as
34 May I speak to John
Sorry he ____________Japan But he _________in two days
A has been to will come back B has gone to will be back
C has been in would come back D has gone to won't cone back
35 Do you know __________________
They moved here soon after their son was born
A when would the Greens move here B when the Greens moved here
C the Greens would move here D when the Greens would move here
36 Your bedroom is very big but ___________is rather small
A she B Jane C her D hers
37 _____________book on the desk is___________ useful one
A．The an B．A a C．The a D．The
38 When was our Party founded
It was founded _________________
A．on October 11949 B．in May 1922
C．on July 11921 D．in August 1927
39 This maths problem is____________ and I can do it_____________
A．easy easily B．easily easily C．easy easy D．easily easy
40 They are thirsty Will you please give them_____________
Certainly
A．some bottles of waters B．some bottles of water
C．some bottle of water D．some bottle of waters
41 There is still a little orange here but_____________ people want to drink it
A．little B．a little C．few D．a few
42 Mr Yu gave some new words to Lucy and asked her to_____________ on the blackboard
A．write it down B．write them down
C．write down it D．write down them
43 Must I finish my homework now
No you__________ You may have a rest first
A．mustn't B．can't C．may not D．needn't
44 When did you go to bed last night
I didn't go bed ____________my father got home
A．until B．while C．after D．when
45 Does you sister remember to return the library book today
Oh yes Thank you She's_______________ it for two weeks
A．kept B．had C．borrowed D．keeping
46 The teacher told Xiao Ming_______________ late for school again
A．not to be B．not be C．don't be D．not to
47 Could you tell me__________________
A．where does Li Lei work B．where did Li Lei work
C．where Li Lei works D．where Li Lei worked
48 Jone could swim when she was only four years old
______________clever the girl was
A．How B．What a C．What D．How a
49 Where's Tom now
He________________ the post office
A．has been to B．has gone to C．went to D．goes to
50 Hi Kate We're going to help Grandma Li with her housework this Saturday afternoon
_________________________
A．So I am B．So do I C．So I do D．So am I
练答案
1B 2D 3D 4A 5B 6D 7D 8C 9D 10A 11B 12C 13C 14D 15C 16C 17C 18D 19B 20D 21C 22B 23A 24C 25B 26A 27B 28C 29B 30C 31B 32D 33 C 34B35A 36D 37C 38C 39A 40B 41C 42B 43D 44A 45A 46A 47C 48A 49B 50D
初三系列复资料（16）完形填空考点集汇讲解训练
十六完形填空解题方法
考点扫描
完形填空题种旨考查学生语法词汇知识综合运力典型题型结合单项选择题短文填空优点考查词语搭配义词辨异动词时态句型结构复合句关联惯法等考查逻辑推理事理推断力
完形填空题求填入词：
1 语法结构求功词连接词连接代词连接副词关系代词关系副词等
2 具语法变化普通词动词时态语态语气名词数代词格形容词副词级等
3 固定搭配短语词组中特定词
4 义词义词等易混淆词
5 根文意思结构必须填入确定词
见完形填空种综合性较强题型突出特点起点高容量学具备扎实语言基功较阅读力纳判断力适应题型
完形填空题考查目：
1 考查学阅读理解力
2 考查学语法知识
3 考查学综合运英语知识水实践力
名师解难
完形填空题命题特点
完形填空题通阅读考查学生语言知识语言知识 综合运力种测试形式命题段难度适度文章中留出10空白求考生A B C D四选项中选出佳答案补足短文意思通结构完整
完形填空介单项填空阅读理解间种题型说根篇文章提供情景进行选择填空说缺少单词情况阅读理解完形填空语法规惯法词语搭配考查文章容通篇理解完形填空考查三方面容：
1词汇：
类题目考查容：义词区词语固定搭配惯法年陕西省中考题中完型填空题考查词汇类涉名词代词动词介词连词形容词副词短语动词
2语法：
类题目考查：种语法规文章中运中包括名词单复数形容词副词较等级动词时态语态介词数词代词连词法谓致种句法等
3结构：
类题目考查：文章中间句子句子间段落段落间文文间逻辑关系
设空类型分三层次：
1句子层次
2句组层次
3全篇层次
设空难度句子层次句组层次全篇层次次增加
分析年陕西省完形填空题出陕西省完形填空题设空句子层次句组层次辅没全篇层次题目总体难度较低
二完形填空解题技巧
前面已分析完形填空全面理解短文基础选择填空做完型填空题应遵循列步骤：
1通读全文解意
做类题目首先应该文章通读遍解文章概容千万读句填句完形填空题里数选项填入单句成立全文取例：2002年北京海淀区中考试题中完形填空题：
A hot dog is one of the most popular American foods It was named after frankfurter a German food
You may hear hot dog 1 in other ways People sometimes say hot dog to express 2 For example a friend may ask 3 you would like to go to the cinema You might say Great I would love to go Or you could say 4 I would love to go
People 5 use the expression to describe (描写)someone who is a show off who tries to show everyone else how 6 he is You often hear such 7 called a hot dog He may be a baseball player for example who 8 the ball with one hand making a (n) 9 catch seem more difficult You know he is a hot dog because when he makes such a catch he bows (鞠躬) to the crowd hoping to win their 10
1 A eaten B used C cooked D picked
2 A strength B practice C pleasure D reply
3 A if B how C when D where
4 A Hot dog B Don’t worry C Never mind D Excuse me
5 A ever B also C still D yet
6 A hopeful B careful C kind D great
7 A a dog B a land C a person D an action
8 A catches B plays C passes D throws
9 A hard B funny C exciting D easy
10 A thanks B cheers C medals D matches
果面文章容短文第题第四选项填入空白处语法角度句子意思完整角度够站住脚果继续完段短文会领悟hot dog里吃做选used
学完形填空题着手填填发现选答案语全文意思符头开始费时费力易做准确种方法取
2瞻前顾逐步填空
解文章意逐步填空 般说文章面选择答案分三类：类语法正确意思类意思正确语法错误第三类语法正确意思正确选择答案时定考虑文意思考虑句子结构惯法固定搭配词类功量选出答案复合语法符合原文意思
3认真复查适调整
填空全部做完应短文头尾读遍检查填空文章否连贯情节否合理语法结构否正确般说果意思连贯情节合理语法结构正确意味着选答没问题果发现填空文章文理通语法结构问题说明选答正确样填空应该认真推敲进行调整
中考范例
（2004年陕西省中考试题）
Once upon a time some children were playing at seaside when they found a turtle(海龟) They began to beat the turtle Just at that time a young man came and said to them Stop The children ran 31 quickly The turtle was very thankful and said Thanks for your kindness I really would like 32 you to a wonderful palace now
The young man rode on the back of the turtle and was taken to the secret palace in the sea When he 33 the palace he was very surprised and said to the turtle What a nice palace To thank him the king of the turtles gave him 34 He had never seen such a dinner before He received a warm welcome there and was very 35 everything
After dinner the king of the turtles said I am going to give you two boxes 36 you can open only one You mustn’t open both Don’t forget it the turtle warned him All right I will open only one the young man promised(许诺) At this time a large wave sent him out of the sea
After he 37 he opened the bigger one of the two boxes38 the box was full of gold My God he cried I’m 39 now Then he thought Things in the other box must be expensive too He could not wait any longer He broke his promise and opened the other box As soon as he opened it he became an old man His hair turned white His face 40 an old man over eighty years old It all happened in a moment He was sorry for what he did but it was too late
31 A through B away C into D out
32 A wanting B asking C to let D to invite
33 A left for B arrived on C arrived at D got away
34 A a very big dinner B a very poor dinner
C a very bad dinner D a very small dinner
35 A pleased with B strict in C angry with D sorry for
36 A so B or C but D as
37 A went back to home B was back home
C went back to the sea Dwas back the sea
38 A To his surprising B To one’s surprising
C To one’s surprise D To his surprise
39 A a poor man B a rich man
C an old man D a young man
40 A liked B felt like C looked like D looked
31 B 根文判断孩子应该跑走应选away
32 D would like 应接定式年轻海龟命海龟应邀请年轻宫殿
33 C 达某方应arrived at
34 A 逻辑海龟国王感谢必然设盛宴招应选a big dinner
35 A 海龟国王盛情招切满意pleased with everything表示意思
36 C 海龟国王两盒子准开里转折关系应选but
37 B 年轻海里见海龟国王两盒子应该回家回海里回家应went back home
38 D 感惊讶英语表示To his surprise
39 B 金子然应该a rich man
40C 贪心头发变白脸起八十岁老头
2004年完形填空题难度全部题目属句子层次懂短文意思掌握短语固定搭配做精选练做完形填空题难
满分演练
(1)
A very new yung officer was at a railway station He was on his way to visit his mother in 1 town He wanted to telephone her to tell her the time of his train 2 she could meet him at the 3 in her car He looked at all his pockets but 4 that he did not have the right money for the telephone so he went on and looked 5 for someone to help him At last an old soldier came by and the young officer stopped him and said Can you change the money 6 me
Wait a moment the soldier 7 and he began to put his hand in his 8 I’ll see whether I can help you
Don’t you know how to speak to an officer the young officer said angrily Now let’s 9 again Can you change the money for me
No sir the old soldier answered 10
1．A．other
B．the other
C．another
D．one
2．A．so
B．so that
C．because
D．when
3．A．place
B．station
C．street
D．stop
4．A．knew
B．thought
C．found
D．found out
5．A．up
B．down
C．around
D．into
6．A．to
B．with
C．for
D．and
7．A．answered
B．spoke
C．told
D．smiled
8．A．coat
B．handbag
C．wallet
D．pocket
9．A．start
B．to begin
C．doing
D．ask
10．A．easily
B．fast
C．happily
D．quickly
(2)
One of Charlie Chaplin’s most famous films was The Gold Rush The film was set in California in the middle of the 1 century At that time gold was discovered in California and thousands of people 2 there to look for gold so it became 3 as the gold rush People said gold could 4 be picked up by washing sand from the river in a pan of water This was known as panning for gold
In the film Chaplin and his friend are in California So far they have been 5 in their search for gold and have no money at all They 6 in a snow storm in a small wooden house They have 7 They are so hungry that they 8 a pair of shoes by boiling them in a pan of water Chaplin sits down 9 the table and eats the shoe He makes it seem as if this is one of the 10 meals that he has ever enjoyed
1A．nineteen
B．ninetieth
C．nineteenth
D．ninth
2A．went
B．left
C．climb
D．found
3A．famous
B．known
C．wonderful
D．great
4A．hard
B．easily
C．difficulty
D．slowly
5A．unhappy
B．unsuccessfully
C．unlucky
D．unluckily
6A．have got
B．meet
C．are caught
D．live
7A．a little food
B．some water
C．nothing
D．nothing to eat
8A．wear
B．cook
C．make
D．mend
9A．at
B．by
C．near
D．beside
10A．biggest
B．dearest
C．cheapest
D．most delicious
(3)
Once there was a boy in Toronto His name was Jimmy He started drawing when he was three years old and when he was five he was already very ___1___ at it He drew many beautiful interesting pictures and many people ___2___ his pictures They thought this boy was going to be ___3___ when he was a little older and then they were going to ___4___ these pictures for a lot of money
Jimmy's pictures were quite different from other ___5___ because he never drew on all of the paper He drew on ___6___ of it and the other half was always ___7___
That's very clever everybody said ___8___ other people have ever done that before
One day somebody asked him Please tell me Jimmy Why do you draw on the bottom (底部) half of your pictures ___9___ not on the top half
Because I'm small Jimmy said and my brushes (毛笔) can't ___10___ very high
1 Apoor Bsad Cglad Dgood
2 Abought Bbrought Csold Dtook
3 Adifferent Bclever Cfamous Drich
4 Abuy Bshow Cleave Dsell
5 Amen's Bpeople's Cboy's Dchild's
6 Ahalf Bpart Cside Dend
7 Afull Bempty Cwrong Dready
8 ANo BSome CAny DMany
9 Athen Band Cbut Dor
10 Achange Bturn Cpull Dreach
(4)
Jane please let me borrow a dollar Jenny asked as they stood in the school lunch I have one in my jacket but I don't want to ___1___ and lose my place
OK agreed Jane
Jane waited all day for Jenny to ___2___ back the dollar she borrowed but Jenny seemed to be ___3___ She's just forgotten thought Jane I don't want to ___4___ her angry Still her money didn't go far Some classmates like Jenny were getting five dollars a week
Weeks went by At last Jane got up enough courage to tell her about the ___5___
Oh Jane I forgot Jenny said I'll ___6___ the dollar tomorrow
The next day Jenny seemed to have forgotten again During the noon hour Jane saw her ___7___ sweets for Mary and Ann Jenny saw Jane looking at her ___8___ she said something in a low voice to the other two girls Jane felt ___9___ and asked her teacher if she could go back to the classroom In the classroom Jane saw two new pencils in Jenny's desk An ___10___ came to her
Jenny's not kind lately and anyway she really owes me A dollar doesn't mean anything to her but it means a lot to me
1 Astay Bwait Cleave Dtake
2 Areturn Blend Cshow Dpay
3 Abusy Bhappy Cfree Dsad
4 Alet Bmake Ckeep Dfind
5 Amoney Blunch Cplace Dclassmate
6 Aremember Bbring Cgive Dpass
7 Aborrowing Bmaking Cselling Dbuying
8 AEven BAgain CThen DInstead
9 Aalone Bsad Chungry Dlucky
10 Aend Banswer Cidea Dexcuse
(5)
Monday is the beginning of the week it is the day most Americans like worst The day they ___1___ most is Saturday Saturday is the ___2___ of the workweek it is the beginning of the weekend
Life is ___3___ on the weekend most Americans ___4___ care of their houses cars and gardens They sleep ___5___ in the morning They enjoy the feeling that the time ___6___ to move more slowly
The workweek is for things you ___7___ to do the weekend is for things you ___8___ to do Some people may get in a car for a ___9___ in the country They like to take part in a sports activity out of doors And on Saturday night they might go to public eating ___10___ or a film
1 Alike Bdislike Cspend Dleave
2 Amiddle Bbeginning Cend Dday
3 Aworse Bdifficult Cbetter Ddifferent
4 Amake Btake Clook Dpick
5 Aearlier Blater Cfaster Dshorter
6 Adecides Bwants Cspends Dseems
7 Aenjoy Bhate Chave Dfind
8 Alike Bstart Cget Dcheck
9 Adrive Bwalk Cfishing Dwashing
10Aplace Bhouse Croom Dapartment
(6)
In the old days in London the smog was very thick Car and bus drivers ___1___ to drive very slowly They ___2___ saw the road in front of them even during the daytime People did not like going out in the smog ___3___ they had to go out they wore smogmask over their faces
In December 1952 a very ___4___ dark cloud came down over London It was the ___5___ smog Londoners had ever had ___6___ of it was bad factory smoke Nearly fifty people died in road accidents But many more people became unhealthy The smog was very ___7___ for old people and children One man said The streets were almost ___8___ because people stayed at home as much as possible The air was very thick and you could almost cut it with a knife
After three weeks the smog began to ___9___ But in the following weeks and months over 4000 people died as a ___10___ of the smog
1 Ahurried Bstayed Chad Dstopped
2 Aeasily Bhardly Calready Dfreely
3 AIf BSo CThough DBecause
4 Aclear Bthick Cthin Dsmall
5 Ahottest Bnicest Cworst Dbest
6 AMuch BMany CA few DA little
7 Afavourite Bstrong Cdangerous Dweak
8 Aempty Bfull Cdirty Dclean
9 Aremember Bforget Carrive Dlift
10 Apart Busual Cend Dresult
(7)
Mother's day is a holiday for mothers It is celebrated in the United States England Sweden India Mexico and any other ___1___ Little by little it ___2___ widely celebrated
Mother's day falls on the second Sunday in May ___3___ many people send ___4___ of love to their mothers Those whose mothers are still living ___5___ a pink or red rose while those whose mothers are ___6___ wear a white one
The ___7___ of a day for mothers was first given by Miss Ana Jarvis of Philadelphia As a result of her hard work the celebration for the first American Mother's Day ___8___ in Philadelphia on May 10 1908 Soon the ___9___ became popular all over the ___10___ and around the world
1 Ahomes Bschools Ccountries Dcities
2 Agives Bbecomes Cstays Dbegins
3 AFor a long time BIn the morning CAt a time DOn that day
4 Apresents Bthings Chello Dcalls
5 Aput Btake Cwear Ddress
6 Aill Bhealthy Cdead Dbusy
7 Aidea Bplan Cneed Dmeeting
8 Aheld Bwas holding Cwas held Dis held
9 64day Bholiday Cmonth Dtime
10 Acountry BAmerica Cplace DEngland
(8)
The ideal (理想) teacher may be young or old tall or short fat or thin He should ___1___ his subject very well and like learning something about other subjects The ideal teacher must be full of strong feelings of wonder or interest He must ___2___ teach anything he himself is not ___3___ in He should be like a man who can act and should not be afraid to ___4___ his feelings and tell other people what he likes and what he doesn't like clearly He must like his students and respect them and he must also respect himself and be proud of his work ___5___ he doesn't he cannot respect his students and ___6___ respect from them The ideal teacher should have an ___7___ of his students and be able to get on well with them He needs students' understanding too The ideal teacher should be kind and ___8___ and he should give hope to his students to learn knowledge The ideal teacher should see his students' ___9___ so that he can know how to encourage the growth of ___10___ of his students The ideal teacher is one who grows learns and makes himself better along with his students
So what about the teacher around you
1 Alike Bknow Cchoose Dremember
2Anever Bever Ceven Dstill
3 Aweak Bwell Cinterested Dstrict
4 Ahold Bshow Cpass Dkeep
5 ASince BAs CIf DBecause
6 Agive Blose Cchange Dwin
7 72Aunderstanding Bidea Cexercise Dexcuse
8Aforgetful Bhelpful Cquick Dlucky
9 Alists Bmistakes Ccards Ddifferences
10Aeach Bevery Cone Deither
(9)
Hawaii is famous for its beautiful beaches Every year water sports especially surfing and water skiing attract 1 tourists to the island
Hawaii has ben a magical name to people who like to travel 2 many years People on 3 sides of the Pacific Ocean（太洋) in Japan and in America dream of 4 these beautiful islands in the middle of the ocean In the tropical（热带) lands the sun drops like a ball of golden fire into the sea and it drops so 5 that you can almost see it moveThe sun leaves behind a glow（落日余辉) that lights the sky in the quiet water
People often have a quiet enjoyable time walking along the water This scenery
is not very different from the exciting beauty that greeted the first tourists to these islands centuries ago They came in canoes not much 6 than small boats
They found the beautiful white sand beaches and the waving palm trees（棕榈树)but there were no grand hotels like 7 we see today The first people came to Hawaii nearly 8 years ago but skyscraper（摩天楼) hotels were only built in the last 25 years Now aeroplanes make it possible to fly to Hawaii for a weekend from Tokyo 9 San Francisco
10 people come from they really want to see the earliest beauty of Hawaii They want to see the lovely beaches and the mountains which are almost hidden by the tall hotels
1 A many B much C any D no
2 A by B with C for D since
3 A both B each C either D every
4 A to see B Seeing C See D saw
5 A happily B quietly C heavily D quickly
6 A big B biger C bigger D biggest
7 A the one B the ones C this D that
8 A two thousands B two thousands of C two thousand D two thousand of
9 A to B of C in D or
10 A Wherever B Whatever C However D Whenever
(10)
Mobile phones are becoming more and more popular not only with grown ups but also with students Meanwhile they also 1 a problem for middle schools in the past few years Some children have got mobile phones as Christmas or birthday gifts and more will 2 want them
Many like SMS because it is easy and 3 Some parents felt happy because they could get in touch 4 their children Some teachers said mobile phone use was a distraction（分心事) to students during school hours and it also gave them much 5 in their classrooms Sometimes students 6 use phone messages to cheat（作弊) during exams A new study found that some teenagers send messages in class even hurt their fingers because they can’t stop 7 SMS
Many teachers suggested that students should not have phones at school 8 if there was a good reason they could 9 their phones at school office Many people think they understand 10 parents would want their children to have them but they agree school should let the students know when they can use their mobile phones
1 A because B had become C have become D will become
2 A still B yet C already D too
3 A quickly B quick C hurry D sharp
4 A against B on C with D to
5 A business B information C things D trouble
6 A dare B have to C should D might
7 A using B to use C used D used to
8 A and B but C though D however
9 A miss B leave C lie D fetch
10 A whether B because C why D since
(11)
I first saw the baby panda when she was only 10 days old She looked like a white mouse We 1 her Xi Wang It means hope
When Xi Wang was born she weighed(重) 2 100 grams(克) Xi Wang drank her mother’s milk for as much as 14 hours a day When she was six months old she started to eat bamboo shoots(嫩芽) and 3 Eight months later she was not a small baby any more She grew into a 4 young panda and weighed 35 kilos When Xi Wang was 20 months old she had to look after herself 5 her mother had another baby
6 it is very difficult for pandas to live in the wild(野外) Here are some of the 7 that pandas like Xi Wang may have in the future
If hunters(猎) catch a panda they will kill it for its fur(毛皮) If farmers 8 trees and forests pandas will have no place to live in
When mothers leave baby pandas alone people will often take them away People think that the baby pandas need 9
If pandas are in danger we should try our best to protect them If we do 10 soon there will be no more pandas in the world
1 A made B called C told D kept
2 A quite B mostly C just D hardly
3 A leaves B vegetables C trees D chips
4 A strange B weak C famous D healthy
5 A though B until C because D whether
6 A Luckily B Suddenly C Sadly D Especially
7 A examples B questions C matters D problems
8 A cut down B plant C protect D water
9 A money B help C clothes D family
10 A nothing B everything C anything D something
(12)
In the USA children start school when they are five years old In some states(州) they must stay in school 1 they are sixteen But most students are seventeen or eighteen years old when they 2 secondary(中等) schools There are two kinds of schools in the USA public schools and private(私立) schools 3 children go to public schools Their parents dont have to 4 their education because the school get 5 from the government（政府） If a child goes to a private school his parents have to get enough money for his schooling Some parents 6 like private schools though they are much more expensive
Today about half of the high school students 7 in universities after they finish secondary schools A student at a state university doesnt have to pay very much 8 his parents live in that state
Many students 9 while they are studying at universities In this way they get into 10 working habits(惯) and live by their own hands
1 A and Bso Ctill Dsince
2 A leave Benter Creach D pass
3 A Several BMost CA few DFew
4 A worry about Bpay for Cask for Dthink of
5 A books B teachers Cfood Dmoney
6 A still Bnever Csurely Dalready
7 A play Bchange Cstudy Dmeet
8 A before Bbecause Cif Dthough
9 A smoke Bdrink Cfight Dwork
10 A good Bbad Chappy Dwrong
练答案
(1) 1C 2B 3B 4C 5C 6C 7A 8D 9A 10D
(2) 1C 2A 3B 4B 5C 6C 7D 8B 9A 10D
(3)1D 2A 3C 4D 5B 6A 7B 8A 9C 10D
(4)1C 2D 3A 4B 5A 6B 7D 8C 9B 10C
(5)1A 2C 3D 4B 5B 6D 7C 8A 9A 10A
(6)1C 2B 3A 4B 5C 6A 7C 8A 9D 10D
(7)1C 2B 3D 4A 5C 6C 7A 8C 9B 10A
(8)1B 2A 3C 4B 5C 6D 7A 8B 9D 10A
(9)1A 2C 3A 4B 5D 6C 7B 8C 9D 10A
(10)1C 2A 3B 4C 5D 6D 7A 8B 9B 10C
(11)1B 2C 3A 4D 5C 6C 7D 8A 9B 10A
(12)1C 2A 3B 4B 5D 6A 7C 8C 9D 10A
初三系列复资料（17）阅读理解考点集汇讲解训练
十七阅读理解解题方法
考点扫描
阅读理解力培养中学英语学项重务中考项重容中考阅读理解题考查学生语篇阅读力分析判断力求学生较快通阅读理解短文意获取中信息做出正确判断然根试题求A B C D四选项中选出佳答案做出正误判断文章难易程度初三课文基相求阅读速度分钟4050词
中考阅读理解阅读材料选取般遵循三原：
1 阅读文章少三篇阅读量1000单词左右
2 题材广泛包括科普社会文化政治济等
3 体裁样包阔记叙文说明文应文等
中考阅读理解考查容：
1 考查掌握读材料旨意力
类考查旨意题数针段落（短文）题题思想标题目提问方式：
(1) Which is the best title of the passage
(2) Which of the following is this passage about
(3) In this passage the writer tries to tell us that______
(4) The passage tells us that______
(5) This passage mainly talks about_______
2 考查握文章事实细节力
类考查事实细节题目数针文章细节设计提问方式：
(1) Which of the following is right
(2) Which of the following is not mentioned
(3) Which of the following is Not True in the passage
(4) Choose the right order of this passage
(5) From this passage we know ________
3 考查根文猜测生词含义力
类猜测词义题目求考生根文确定某特定词短语准确含义提问方式：
(1) The word in the passage probably means ________
(2) The underlined word It in the passage refers to _______
(3) In this story the underlined word means ________
(4) Here it means________
4 考查阅读材料全篇逻辑关系理解文章段句间逻辑关系理解力
类题目考查句语句间短语短间逻辑关系提问方式：
(1) Many visitors come to the writer’s city to ________
(2) Some shops can be built Donfeng Square so that they may _____
(3) Air pollution is the most serious kind of pollution because _____
(4) Why did the writer get off the train two stops before Vienna station
5 考查短文容考生应常识进行推理判断力
类题目文章中没明确答案需考生理解全文基础进行推理判断提问方式：
(1) We can guess the writer of the letter may be a ______
(2) We can infer from the text that _______
(3) From the letters we’ve learned that it’s very _____ to know something about American social customs
(4) From the story we can guess ______
(5) What would be happy if …
6 考查推断作者意图态度力
(1) How did the writer feel at Vienna station
(2) The writer writes this text to ______
(3) The writer believes that ______
(4) The writer suggests that ______
名师解难
明确阅读理解题考查点现研究破解阅读理解题方法技巧
1．获取段落旨意？
效办法找出题句篇文章（段文章）通常围绕中心意思展开中心意思句子概括概括文章段落中心意思句子做题句理解段落篇文章中心意思首先学会寻找题句题句般具三特点：
（1）表述意思较概括相句种概括性更明显
（2）句子结构较简单数采长难句形式
（3）段落中句子必定解释支撑发展题句表述题思想
篇短文段落中部分题句情况三种：
（1）题句段首篇首
题句段首篇首情况相普遍般新闻报道说明文 议文采先总述分述叙事方法例：2003年陕西省英语中考试题阅读材料B第段：
All living things on the earth need other living things to live Nothing lives alone Most animals must live in a group and even a plant grows close together with others of the same kind Sometimes one living thing kills another one eats and the other is eaten Each kind of life eats another kind of life in order to live and together they form a food chain(食物链)Some food chains become broken up if one of the links disappears
第句题句句子概括段中心意思球生物生存离开生物面讲述量事实部分动物必须成群生活甚种植物类植物起生长时种生物杀死种生物种生物吃种生物种生物吃列举量事实作者指出：果食物链中链环消失食物会断掉事实围绕第句子展开
篇短文道考查题阅读理解题：
59 Which of the following do you think is the best title for this passage
A Animals B Plants C Food Chains D Living Things
根题句意思容易判断：篇短文标题Food Chains
（2）题句段末篇末
纳法写文章时表述细节句子前概述性句子结尾种位段末篇末题句前面细节总结纳结例2002年陕西省中考试题阅读材料A段：
If you buy some wellmade clothes you can save money because they can last longer They look good even after they have been washed many times Sometimes some clothes cost more money but it does not mean that they are always better made or they always fit better In other words some less expensive clothes look and fit better than more expensive clothes
段文章前面列举两件事实：果买制作优良衣服会省钱衣服穿时间长洗次然起时衣服花前更意味着衣服做更句话两事实概括：价钱便宜衣服价钱贵衣服更更合身段末句子题句
（3）题句
时篇文章里没明显题句时应该样确定文章题中心意思呢？实难首先找出段中心意思段中心意思围绕中心展开者说说明问题中心问题篇文章题中心意思
请2004年江西省中考试题阅读理解A
Killer bees started in Brazil 1957 A scientist in Sao Paulo wanted bees to make
more honey（蜂蜜) So he put fortysix African bees with some Brazilian bees The bees bred(繁殖) and made a new kind of bees But the new bees were a mistake They didn’t want to make more honey They wanted to attack Then by accident twentysix African bees escaped and bred with the Brazilian bees outside
Scientists could not control（控制) the problem The bees increased fast They went from Brazil to Venezuela Then they went to Central America Now they are in North America They travel about 390 miles a year Each group of bees grows four times a year This means one million new groups every five years
Why are people afraid of killer bees People are afraid for two reasons First the bees sting（叮) many more times than usual bees Killer bees can sting sixty times a minute nonstop for two hours Second killer bees attack in groups Four hundred bee stings can kill a person
Already several hundred people are dead Now killer bees are in Texas In a few years they will reach all over the United States People can do nothing but wait
篇短文表面起没题句末样确定中心意思呢？面说明先找出段意：第段讲killer bees产生第二段讲killer bees 急剧增加第三段讲害怕killer bees原第四段讲killer bees已杀死数状况段意出篇文章始终围绕killer bees中心展开换句话说killer bees篇文章题
篇短文面出道样阅读理解题：
59 The best title of the passage is ____________
A How to make more honey B Killer bees
C A foolish scientist D How to feed killer bees
毫疑问答案应该：B
2．根文猜测词义？
猜测词义种英语阅读力英语阅读理解试题中少样题目
实词定文中表示确定词义谓文(context)正英语辞典解释作帮助确定文中词短语句子意义利文猜测词义已知推求未知熟悉词短语猜测熟悉词词义猜测词义时三方面考虑：1）根文已知部分进行逻辑推理2）运语法知识进行语法分析3）常识验做出判断根文猜测词义方法列种：
(1)根定义解释猜测词义例：甘肃省2002年中考英语试题阅读材料B
A bag is useful and the word bag is useful It gives us some interesting phrases(短语) One is to let the cat out of the bag It is the same as to tell a secret…
Now when someone lets out (泄漏)a secret he lets the cat out of the bag
短文面理解题目：
John lets the cat out of the bag means he ________
A makes everyone know a secret
B the woman bout a cat
C buys a cat in the bag
D sells the cat in the bag
篇文章里let the cat out of the bag然新出现短语紧接着面出解释It is the same as to tell a secret根解释判断出正确答案应A
(2)根情景逻辑进行判断例：2004年北京市海淀区中考试题阅读材料A中第三段样：
As they go around town the police help people Sometimes they find lost children They take the children home If the police see a fight they put an end to it right away Sometimes people will ask the police how to get to a place in town The police can always tell the people which way to go They know all the streets and roads well
文章面样道题：
53 In the text put an end to means ___________
A stop B cut C kill D fly
根文章提供情景果警察架肯定会制止制止架斗殴警察职责根推理答案应该A
(3)根列位关系猜测词义例：福州市2004年中考英语试题阅读材料B
There is a place on our earth where hot water and steam come up under the ground It is on a large island in the Pacific Ocean The island is North Island in New Zealand
101 What does the word steam mean in Chinese
A 水B 气C 冰川D 蒸汽
语法steamhot water列关系断定两种东西相关类第物质第四选项中蒸汽种
(4)根背景常识判断请2004年北京市海淀区中考试题阅读材料C
Watching some children trying to catch butterflies one August afternoon I was reminded of an incident in my own childhood When I was a boy of twelve in South Carolina something happened to me that made me never put any wild creature (living thing) in a cage(笼子)
We lived on the edge of a forest and every evening at dusk the mockingbirds would come and rest in the trees and sing There isnt a musical instrument made by man that can produce a more beautiful sound than the song of the mockingbird
I decided that I would catch a young bird and keep it in a cage and in that way I would have my own private musician
I finally succeeded in catching one and put it in a cage At first being scared the bird fluttered(扑腾) about the cage but finally it settled down in its new home I felt very pleased with myself and looked forward to some beautiful singing from my little musician
On the second day of the bird’s captivity my new pet’s mother flew to the cage with food in her mouth The baby bird ate everything she brought to it I was pleased to see this Certainly the mother knew better than I how to feed her baby
The following morning when I went to see how my captive (caged) bird was doing I discovered it on the floor of the cage dead I was terribly surprised What had happened I had taken extremely care of my little bird or so I thought
Arthur Wayne the famous ornithologist who happened to be visiting my father at the time hearing me crying over the death of my bird explained what had happened A mother mockingbird finding her young in a cage will sometimes bring it poison berries(毒莓) She thinks it better for her young to die than to live in captivity
Never since then have I caught any living creature and put it in a cage All living creatures have a right to live free
60 An ornithologist is probably a person who ____________
A studies birds
B loves creatures
C majors in habits
D takes care of trees
Ornithologist 词没见通语言判断出鸟研究爱鸟鸟装笼子里细心料鸟母亲飞喂鸟鸟死理解家详细解释鸟死原说明非常懂鸟断定答案影视A
前面提方法外面方法：
(5)根义反义关系猜测词义
(6)根果关系猜测词义
3．确定细节事实？
阅读理解题目中相部分考查细节事实题目类题目相容易题目两特点：（1）属针特定细节考题正确答案阅读材料中找应文字部分作验证部分词短语句子相关干句子句式词表达方式（2）干扰项体思想细节混杂正确答案细节非正确答案细节混杂甚真假混杂做阅读理解中确定细节事实题目文章中找出相应信息点二排干扰项请2003年陕西省中考英语试题阅读理解题第48题：
What do plants make food from They make food from _______
A sunlight water and things in the soil and air
B water sunlight and things in the soil
C water and things in the soil and air
D water sunlight and things in the soil
题考查文章细节事实细节事实表述文章中直接找：Plants are factories They make food from sunlight water and things in the soil and air
4．进行推断？
谓推断根阅读材料中提供信息推断出未知信息关文字作已知部分中推断出未知部分推断关文字词句子干句子甚全文
中考英语试题中推断题包括面类型种：
（1）事实推断：种推断常常针某具体细节较简单推断进行种推断首先文章中找出推断关文字然加分析尤悟出字里行间意思
请2002年南京市中考英语试题阅读理解第14题：
According to the passage which of the following can you most possibly watch on TV
A You often play football with your friends after school
B Your teacher has got a cold
C A tiger in the city zoo has run out and hasn’t been caught
D The bike in front of your house is lost
阅读材料中样段文字：
Secondly a news story has to be interesting and unusual People don’t want to read stories about everyday life As a result many stories are about some kind of danger and seem to be bad news
根段文字推断：电视报道新闻事硬趣常正确答案应C
推断题包括方面：
（2）指代推断：确定指代词含义指代象阅读理解题常见题目确定指代词指代象关键文正确理解指代名词指代词单复数形式英语指代词致数形式作识指代象第辅助标志
（3）逻辑推断 类题目求根文章提供背景物表情动作语言推断出物态度感觉
（4）作者意图态度推断
类考题求考生作者述象持什样态度做出推断 作者陈述观点赞反犹豫定记述描写物事件赞颂情冷漠厌恶作者种思想倾感情色彩定直接表述出隐含字里行间进行种推断时短文题思想作推力前提注意作者措辞尤形容词类修饰语
中考范例
请2004年陕西中考英语试题阅读理解A部分
A) 根面篇短文容判断列句子正误正确A表示错误B表示（5题计5分）
(A)
Now TV programs play an important part in our daily life We can get a lot of knowledge and a lot of fun from it Today is Saturday The following are some TV programs on different channels today Now read these TV programs and try to find some information for you and your family members
SXTV Channel 7
13 12 Football Match
XATV Channel 4
15 30 TV Play
SXTV Channel 6
18 30 Cartoon Film
CCTV Channel 1
12 38 Law Today
CCTV Channel 1
19 00 News Report
CCTV Channel 3
21 00 The Latest Music
41 My grandfather is interested in laws He can watch CCTV Channel 1 at noon
42 My father is a football fan He prefers football matches He can watch CCTV Channel 1
43 My mother likes watching TV plays She wants to watch XATV Channel 4 in the afternoon
44 My sister is only six years old I want to find a program for her I think she can watch CCTV Channel 6
45 I’m a student I like music but I am very busy tonight So I can watch CCTV Channel 3 this evening
41 A道考查细节事实题目表中中午12点38分中央电视台1频道日说法节目父亲然观
42 B道考查细节事实题目查中央电视台1频道节目没播放足球赛陈述错误
43 A道考查细节事实题目表中15点30分陕西电视台4频道播放电视剧母亲完全
44 B道考查细节事实题目表中查中央电视台6频道节目没六岁妹妹童节目
45 B道考查细节事实题目天晚忙电视
2004年阅读理解B部分：
B) 阅读面连篇短文题四选项中选出回答提问题完成句子佳答案（10题计20分）
(B)
The undersea world is very beautiful Now more and more people want to dive in
the water to find the secrets there Scuba diving is a new sport today It can take you
into a wonderful undersea world
You will find many strange animals in the sea Some are as large as a school bus
Many sea animals give out light in the dark and some have sharp teeth
During the day there is enough light Here under the sea everything is blue and
green When fish swim nearby you can catch them with your hands When you have
bottles of air on your back you can stay in deep water for a long time However you
can’t dive too deep And you must be very careful when you dive in deep water
The deep sea is not an easy place to live in It’s cold and it’s dark too The deeper
it is the less sunlight there is At about 3000 feet there is no light at all It is dark in
the sea Many fishes have no eyes Some have big eyes A few have eyes on one side
Besides () the cold and darkness deepsea animals face a third danger
other animals
Animals eat They must find food to eat Many animals eat plants However some
Animals eat meat This means these sea animals have animals have two big jobsThey
need to find animals as food and they have to try not to become other animals’ meal
46 Why do people want to dive in the sea Because ________
A they want to catch fish
B they want to find the secrets of the undersea world
C the sea is deep
D there are all kinds of plants in the sea
47 In the daytime when you dive in the sea you _________
A can see everything green and blue
B can’t be in danger
C can atch nothing
D can’t see anything clearly
48 How many dangers will animals meet in the deep sea
A One B Two C Three D Four
49 When you do scuba diving you can __________
A stay in deep water for a long time
B dive very very deep
C live in deep water easily
D dive freely without any dangers
50 Which of the following is WRONG
A One animals finds something to eat and it may be eaten by others
B At the depth of 3000 feet under the sea many animals can find their way by hearing and feeling
C The deeper the sea is the darker and colder it is
D At the depth of 3000 feet under the sea all animals can find their way by seeing
46 B道考查细节事实题目文章开头第二句明确说明点现越越想潜水寻找海世界秘密
47 A道考查细节事实题目文章第三段开头说明事实During the day there is enough light Here under the sea everything is blue
and green
48 C道考查细节事实题目文章第5段说明问题：Besides
() the cold and darkness deepsea animals face a third danger other animals
49 A道考查细节事实题目文章第三段样句话：When you
have bottles of air on your back you can stay in deep water for a long time 背着
空气瓶潜水scuba diving
50 D道考查细节事实题目文章第四段样叙述：At about
3000 feet there is no light at all It is dark in the sea Many fishes have no eyes
3000米深处点光线没没眼睛麽够通
找路呢？
满分演练
(1)
根面篇短文容判断列句子正误正确A表示错误B表示
Young people are often unhappy when they are with their parents They say that their parents don’t understand them They often think their parents are too strict with them and they are never given a free hand
Parents often find it difficult to win their children’s trust(信) and they seem to forget how they themselves felt when they were young
For example young people like to do things without much thinking It’s one of their ways to show that they grow up and they can do with any difficult things Older people worry more easily Most of them plan (计划) things ahead and don’t like their plans to be changed
When you want your parents to let you do something you will have better success (成功) if you ask before you really start doing it
Young people often make their parents angry by clothes they want the music they enjoy and something else But they don’t mean to cause (引起) any trouble They just feel that in this way they can be cut off from the old people’s world and they want to make a new culture (文化) of their own And if their parents don’t like their music or clothes or their manner of speech the young people feel very unhappy
Sometimes you even don’t want your parents to say Yes to what you do You want to stay at home alone and do what you like
If you plan to control (控制) your life you’d better win your parents trust and try to get them to understand you If your parents see that you have high sense of responsibility (责感) they will certainly give you the right to do what you want to do
1 When young people are with their parents they don’t feel pleased
2 What young people think is different from what older people do
3 What young people do is to make their parents unhappy
4 When children grow up they hope to let them do everything alone
5 If you try to get your parents to understand you you must do well in everything
(2)
根面篇短文容判断列句子正误正确A表示错误B表示
Yesterday evening when I went to town with my mother we met a strange old man It was raining hard and we had no umbrella (伞) We were trying to get into a taxi when he came up to us He was carrying a nice umbrella and he said that he would give it to us for only a pound He had forgotten his wallet he said needed taxifare (出租汽车费) to go back home My mother didn’t believe what he had said at first and asked him a lot of questions But the old man didn’t get into a taxi We followed () him and found he went into a pub (酒店) and bought himself a glass of whiskey (威士忌) with the pound After he drank it he put on his hat and took up one of the many wet umbrellas there and went off with the new one Soon after that he sold it again
1 The old man sold an umbrella to the writer and her mother
2 He gave it to them for only a pound because he had forgotten his wallet and needed taxi fare to go back home
3 The umbrella was worth more than one pound
4 The old man sold his own umbrella
5 He was an honest man
(3)
根面篇短文容判断列句子正误正确A表示错误B表示
In 1605 a scientist took a willow branch(柳枝) and planted it He didn’t plant it in the ground however He planted it in a vase of soil(泥土) For the next five years the scientist watered that willow carefully
The willow grew and grew Where did it get the food for its growth To most people this was an easy question The willow plant of course took the food from the soil
The scientist however wanted evidence(证)If the willow took the food from the soil for its growth then as it grew and weighed more the soil ought to weigh less He weighed the willow branch before he planted it It weighed five pounds Then he weighed the soil It weighed 200 pounds After five years he weighed the plant and the soil again The willow tree weighed 169 pounds but the soil weighed almost the same
The result(结果) was surprising Where did the 164 pounds come from
After many investigations(调查) the scientist got the answer He had given water to the willow and the willow got its food from the water
He was right in a way Today we know more about the question
1 The scientist did the experiment in the sixteenth century
2 Most people thought the plant got the food from the soil for its growth
3 The soil in the vase weighed two hundred pounds
4 The scientist found that the willow grew and weighed more and the soil weighed less
5 The soil weighed 164 pounds after five years
6 Now we know about the question as much as the scientist did
(4)
根面篇短文容判断列句子正误正确A表示错误B表示
One afternoon Bob and Jane were walking along a quiet street when they heard a big noise from the street corner They ran there and found that a small car had knocked into the side of a truck Both the car driver and the truck driver were hurt
Bob said Jane run back down the road to Mrs Day’s house Ask her to call the police and the ambulance(救护车) Hurry up I’ll stay here
Bob went off as fast as he could There was nothing Jane could do but wait She knew that when people were hurt in an accidentthey shouldn’t be moved
It wasn’t long before the police car and the ambulance arrived The policemen got the car door open and moved the man out Then they got the truck driver out Luckilythe men weren’t badly hurtbut they were both taken to hospital The policemen thanked Bob and Jane You were very good to act so quickly when you saw the accident Thank you for all your help
1 The accident happened in a quiet street one afternoon
2 BobJaneMrs Day and the policemen heard the noise
3 Both of the drivers were hurt in the accident
4 Jane asked Bob to call the police
5 Jane had got the drivers out before the policemen arrived
(5)
In America just as in Europe men usually open doors for women and women always walk ahead of men into a room or a restaurant unless （非）the men have to be ahead of the ladies to choose the table to open the door of a car or do some other things like the above On the street men almost always walk or cross the street on the closer side of the ladies to the traffic But if a man walks with two ladies he should walk between them Then if the host （男）or hostess （女）or both of them come in a car to get their guest for dinner the guest should sit at the front seat and leave the back seat though there is no people sitting on it
1．In America men usually _______
A．walk ahead of women B．eat in a restaurant
C．walk behind women D．drive a car to work
2．In the street men ________
A．cross the street
B．walk on the right side of the ladies
C．walk on the closer side of the ladies to the traffic
D．walk near the ladies
3．If a man walks with two ladies he should _________
A．walk between them B．run before them C．follow them D．go away
4．If Mrs Green wants you to her house in a car you should _________
A．sit beside a guest B．sit at the front seat
C．sit at the back seat D．drive the car
(6)
Last Sunday I saw the worst storm（暴风雨）in years It came suddenly and went on for more than three hours After lunch I went into my room to have a rest The air was hot and all was quiet
Then strong wind started blowing into my room Pieces of paper on my desk flew high into the air and some flew out of the open window As I ran out to catch them big drops of rain began to fall
When I came back into the house it was raining harder and harder I tried very hard to close the window Then I heard a loud crashing（碰撞）sound from the back of the house I ran out of my room to rind out what it was a big tree had fallen down and broken the top of the back room
1．Before the storm the weather was __________
A．cold B．cool C．warm D．hot
2．The wind blew some of the paper ___________
A．all over the floor B．out of the door
C．into the back room D．out of the open window
3．The top of the back room was broken because of __________
A．the strong B．the falling tree C．the rain D．the crashing sound
(7)
Light travels at a speed which is about a million times faster than the speed of sound You can get some idea of this difference by watching the start of a race If you stand some distance away from the starter you can see smoke from his gun before the sound reaches your ears
This great speed of light produces some strange facts Sunlight takes about 8 minutes to reach us If you look at the light of the moon tonight remember that the light rays left the moon 13 seconds before they reached you The nearest star is so far away that the light that you can see from it tonight started to travel towards you four years ago at a speed of nearly 2 million km per minute In some cases the light from one of tonight's stars had started on its journey to you before you were born
Thus if we want to be honest we can't say The stars are shining tonight We have to say instead The stars look pretty They were shining four years ago but their light has only just reached the earth
1．Light speed is ________ sound speed
A．as fast as
B．a million times slower than
C．about millions of times faster than
D．about a million times faster than
2．If you stand 200 metres away from a man who is firing a gun to start a race you
will find out that _______
A．you can hear the sound before you see the smoke
B．the sound does not travel as fast as light
C．the sound will reach you before the man fires
D．sound travels about a million times faster than light
3．Sunlight obviously（明显）_________ than the light of the moon
A．has to travel a greater distance B．moves less quickly
C．travels much more quickly D．is less powerful（力）
4．The scientific way of saying The stars are shining tonight should be ________
A．the stars have been shining all the time
B．the stars seen tonight will shine four years later
C．the stars were shining long ago but seen tonight
D．the starlight seen today could be seen four years ago
(8)
Drinking too much alcohol （酒酒精）seems to give pleasure to many people Habit alone can keep people drinking However many heavy drinkers can offer some other reasons for their actions
Right now doctors are getting some attention in their protests against heavy drinking Many people have cut down on their drinking In general everyone believes the doctors' warnings
It is sometimes very easy to stop drinking heavily For example at a party a man has just one drink He can stop thinking about having another one Both health considerations and the high cost of drinking help him to stay away from alcohol All of his friends help too They always understand his problem and are really concerned The heavy drinker needs friends like these
1．Drinking too much alcohol ________
A．seems to give pleasure to many people
B．is a habit
C．is reasonable
D．will do good to people
2．Paragraph（段落）2 says
A．Doctors are against heavy drinking
B．People usually believe the doctors' warnings
C．Many people have cut down on their drinking
D．all of the above
3．A heavy drinker _________
A．believes the doctors' warnings
B．has no reasons for drinking
C．needs friends to help him stop drinking heavily
D．can't stay away from alcohol
4．The best title for the passage is ________
A．Alcohol B．No Drinking C．A Heavy Drinker D．Give It Up
(9)
Tom didn't live too far away from school So he went there and came back on foot every day On his way to school he passed a wet playground when it rained One day the boy came home very wet His mother became very angry and said Don't play in the water on your way home or to school
The next day he came home very wet again His mother became even angrier I will tell your father if you come home wet again she said Then he'll punish you
The next day the young boy was dry when he came home from school You were a good boy today his mother said You didn't play in the water No he answered sadly There were so many big boys in the water when I got there this afternoon that there wasn't any room for me at all
1 There was a ______ on his way to school
A park B lake C playground D river
2Tom's mother got angry because ________
ATom was all wet BTom was dry
CTom didn't go to school Dit rained
3The meaning of the underlined word punish is ________
A意 B惩罚 C怜悯 D放弃
(10)
WHERE TO STAY IN BOSWELL YOUR GUIDE TO OUR BEST HOTELS
Name Address
Room Number
Single Room
Double Room
Special Attractions
FIRST HOTEL
222 Edward Road
Tel 4146433
120
25
35
Airconditioned (空调) rooms French restaurant
Night club
Swimming pool
Shops
Coffee shop and bar
Telephone radio and TV set
in each room
Close to the city center
FAIRVIE HOTEL
129 North Road
Tel 5915620
450
12
18
Close to the airport
Telephone in each room
Bar Restaurant Garage (车库)
Swimming pool
ORCHARD HOTEL
233 Edward Road
Tel 6416446
470
15
20
Facing First Hotel
European (欧式) restaurant
TV set
Coffee shop
Laundry (洗衣店) and
drycleaning shops
OSAKA HOTEL
12364 Venning Road
Tel 6438200
180
30
50
Airconditioned (空调) rooms
Japanese and Chinese
restaurants
Swimming pool
Large garden
Shops
Choose the best answers according to the table above
1If you want to eat Chinese food you will go to the restaurant in ________
Athe Fairview Hotel
Bthe First Hotel
Cthe Orchard Hotel
Dthe Osaka Hotel
2The cheapest price for a single bed is ________ in ______ in Boswell
A12 the First Hotel B15 the Osaka Hotel
C12 the Fairview Hotel D25 the Orchard Hotel
3The number of the rooms in the hotel with the best special attractions is _______
A120 B470 C450 D180
4If a Japanese traveler likes to eat in a French restaurant _________ is the right place for him to go to
A233 Edward Road B12364 Venning Road
C222 Edward Road D129 North Road
5Which hotel faces the Orchard Hotel
AThe First Hotel BThe Osaka Hotel
CThe Fairview Hotel DNo Hotel
(11)
Ron is ten years old He loves to watch TV But for one full year he did not watch TV at all What was the reason Ron’s parents said they would give him 600 if he didn’t watch TV for a year
Ron’s parents thought he watched too much TV One day his mother saw a news paper story about a boy who didn’t watch TV for a year She showed the story to Ron Ron liked the idea He turned off the TV right away and said It doesn’t bother me not to watch TV I just want the money
At first Ron’s parents were very happy Ron read books and newspapers played outside played computer games and played cards with his mother But after some time he got bored(厌烦) Every morning he asked his parents What are we doing tonight Sometimes his mother and father wished he would watch TV just for one evening Ron always said No it would cost me money
Finally the year was over Then Ron stared watching his favourite TV shows all day long again Ron got the money from his parents What does he plan to do with the 600 I want to buy myself a TV set he said
1 Ron didn’t watch TV for one year because ________
A he wanted the money B watching TV too much is bad
C he wanted to study harder D he wanted to learn from the boy
2 It doesn’t bother me not to watch TV means It’s _______ to watch TV
A waste time B important for me
C not use D not important for me
3 Ron thought _________ for him to read and play all the time
A it was great fun B it was no fun
C it was enjoyable D it was good
4 Ron’s last words would _______ his parents
A please B frighten C surprise D excite
5 The best title for the story is _______
A A Funny Story B A Year without TV
C A Good Boy D Buying a TV Set
(12)
JK Rowling is the writer of Harry Potter which is now one of the bestsellers in the world
JK Rowling was born in Bristol on July 31st 1965 She has one sister who is two years younger than her Both girls loved listening to their father reading bedtime stories to them They especially loved stories about magical worlds Rowling wrote her first story called Rabbit at the age of six
After she graduated from the university Rowling worked as a translator(翻译者)
in London During this time on a long train trip in the summer of 1990 the idea came to her of a boy who has magic but doesn’t know it In 1992 Rowling began to teach English She lived with her baby daughter Jessica and spent much time finishing the first Harry Potter book for young readers It appeared in June 1997 To her surprise the book was greatly successful The film came out in November 2001 Now Harry Potter series(系列) is popular with people of all ages and about 60 million books were sold in 200 countries
Why has the series been so successful There are a few things Many other magical stories take place in faraway lands or in past or future times But Harry lives in modern(现代) England He’s also a very normal(常) boy polite friendly brave and clever So when other children read about Harry they can imagine being like him
JK Rowling is very happy with the success and she is now busy finishing the whole series of seven books She’s writing full time and she’s really enjoying life She says she will go on living a normal life with her daughter and writing children’s books
1 From the passage we know ___________
A JK Rowling met a boy named Harry on a long train trip
B JK Rowling loved listening to stories when she was very young
C JK Rowling is two years younger than her sister
D Harry Potter is JK Rowling’s first story
2 The first Harry Potter book came out in __________
A July 1965
B the summer of 1990
C June 1997
D November 2001
3 The Harry Potter series is __________
A written for young people
B only enjoyed by children
C only sold in England
D about a young inspector
4 JK Rowling has been successful and she ___________
A likes to travel all over the world with her daughter
B is too busy to enjoy her life
C is excited about her success every day
D is still writing stories for children
5 How is Harry Potter series different from other magical stories
A There are magical things
B The stories happened in the modern world
C It has seven books
D It took much time to finish
练答案
(1) 1A 2A 3B 4A 5B
(2)1A 2B 3A 4B 5B
(3)1B 2A 3A 4B 5B 6B
(4)1A 2B 3A 4B 5B
(5)1C 2C 3A 4B
(6)1D 2D 3B
(7)1D 2B 3A 4C
(8)1A 2D 3C 4D
(9)1C 2A 3B 44C 45A 46D 47C 48D 49A 50D
(10)1D 2C 3A 4C 5A
(11)1A 2D 3B 4C 5B
(12)1B 2C 3A 4D 5B
初三系列复资料（18）短文填空考点集汇讲解训练
十八短文填空解题方法
考点扫描
短文填空两年创设种新题型种题型通常四种形式：
1出篇难易适中短文中间掉单词考生根文填缺单词
2出篇难易适中短文中间掉单词出单词第字母考生根短文文意思提示字母填缺单词
3出篇难易适中短文中间掉单词时方框出单词考生根短文容单词填入空白处文章正确通
4出篇难易适中短文中间掉单词短语时出单词短语汉语意思考生根短文文汉语提示填适单词短语陕西省短文填空题采基第四种形式
种题型考查考生整体阅读力基础语法运力书面表述力特单词短语拼写力介阅读理解书面表达间种题型
陕西省中考英语题中短文填空题什麽具体特点呢？
1文体议文叙事文
2002年陕西省短文填空题短文篇说文说题：母亲爱真正爱2003年中考说明样题短文篇叙事文讲述圣诞节情况2003年中考题中短文填空题篇叙事文讲述题特网历史2004年篇说文
2填空容词组短语
2002年短文填空题10空中6空填词组短语2003年中考说明中短文填空题10空中7空填词组短语2003年中考题中短文填空题10空中5空填词组短语2004年短文填空题10空中6词组短语说短文填空题填词组短语总体保持57
3考查范围英语特殊法
2002年短文填空题考enough作副词放修饰词法考with+名词构成介词短语法2003年中考说明中短文填空题次出现with+名词构成介词短语法2003年中考题短文填空题考查something wrong样形容词置特殊法2004年短文填空题考查twice a day 样特殊表示方式
4留空白出汉语提示
2003年中考说明短文填空题留出10空白中8处出汉语提示2处没提示2003年中考短文填空题样10空白全部出汉语提示2004年10空白全部汉语提示
名师解难
做短文填空题求考生具备坚实语法基础理解文章意旨力牢固掌握英语惯法固定搭配熟记英语单词拼写做短文填空方面着手：
1语法方面考虑
短文填空题涉语法容通常包括：名词单复数形容词副词较等级谓致动词时态语态介词连词选等例2003年中考短文填空题第空：Most of us 1 (忙)talking about and using the Internet every day… 里英语表示忙仅busy busy前加be be语most of us保持致变成are2004年中考题中第7空but soon you’ll 7 _____(惯) doing it 惯必须be get used to 短语般时中助动词
2惯法固定搭配方面考虑
说陕西省短文填空词组短语词组短语必然会涉惯法固定搭配例2003年中考说明短文填空第8空： 8 （圣诞夜）children are very happy 英语表示圣诞夜必须On Christmas Eve某天晚惯介词on2004年考题中第5空固定搭配at least
3文结构方面考虑
空白必须根文结构判断应该填什麽样单词短语例2003年考试说明短文填空第9空：They put their stocking at the end of their beds 9 their parents can put presents in them文文出长筒袜放床头父母亲够礼物放里面判断面句子应目状语句应填so that2004年10空Eat a lot of fruits and vegetables and drink water 10_______ (代) drinks 句子中已谓语动词eat drink 代动词需介词instead of
中考范例
（2004年陕西省中考试题）
V 短文填空（10空空1分计10分）
根文括号里汉语提示面空白处写出正确单词短语短文意思完整
When you laugh you will 1 ______(张开) your mouth and your teeth The healthier those teeth are the happier you look Why is that
It’s 2 _______() your teeth are important in many ways If you take care of them they’ll help to take care of you Strong healthy teeth help you eat the right food to help you grow They also help you speak clearly
You can take care of your teeth by doing like these
Brush your teeth 3_______ (日两次) after breakfast and before bedtime If you can brush 4 _______(午饭) or after eating sweet cakes
Brush all of your teeth not just the front ones Spend some time on the teeth along the sides and in the back
Take your time while brushing Spend 5_______ (少) 3 minutes each time you brush
Be sure your toothbrush is soft(柔软) Ask your parent to help you get a new toothbrush 6 ________(三月)
Learn how to floss(牙线清理) your teeth which is a very important way to keep them healthy It feels strange when you do it at first but soon you’ll 7 _____(惯) doing it The floss gets rid of food that’s hidden between your teeth
Brushing and flossing 8 ______(保持) your teeth healthy You also need to care about what you eat and drink Eat 9 ______(许) fruits and vegetables and drink water 10_______ (代) drinks
1 open 张开嘴张开应open
2 because 回答前面why提出问题应because
3 twice a day 英语常见种表示方法
4 after lunch after常常时间点lunch作时间点
5 at last 固定短语
6 every three months every果数词修饰名词名词复数形式：every three days every four years
7 be get used to 惯语接名词定名词
8 keep keep somebody something +形容词常见句型
9 lots of a lot of many 限定词修饰数名词复数
10 instead of 短语介词接名词活动名词
满分演练
(1)
Everyone needs friends We all like to feel close to someone It is nice to have a friend to talk laugh and do things with Surely there are times when we need to be alone We don't always want people1________(周围) But we would feel lonely if we never had a friend
No two people are just the same Sometimes friends don't 2_________(相处) That doesn't mean that they no longer like 3_________(互相) Most of the time they will make up and 4__________(继续)being friends
Sometimes friends move away Then we feel very sad We 5_______(想念) them very much But we call them and write to them It could be that we would even see them again And we can 6__________(结交新朋友） It is surprising to find out how much we like new people when we get to know them
Families sometimes name their children after a close friend 7_________(许方)are named after men and women who have been friendly to people in a town Some libraries are named this way So are some schools We 8_______（想起）these people when we go to these places
There's more good news for people who have friends They live 9________(长)than people who don't Why It could be that they are happier Being happy helps you stay well Or it could be just knowing that someone cares If someone cares about you you take better care of 10________（）
(2)
Most great inventors often met with much trouble in their work Before they could succeed they had to overcome 1_________(数千计)difficulties which were put in their way The following is one of such examples
George Stephenson (1781~~1848) a 2__________ (著名)British inventor made the first train in 1825 using a stream engine When he was experimenting with the engine 3________ (火车) he met with troubles from the government the newspapers and the gentlemen in the country They said that the 4________ (噪音)and the smoke would kill cows horses and sheep that the engine would burst or that the hot coals from it would set fire to their houses People believe 5___________ (说话)
George Stephenson told the people that the train could go on small rails could pull carriages 6________ (装满) goods and passengers and that there was no great danger to them It was a very difficult matter for him to make them believe 7________ (然) after some time he was able to do it and the first train that was driven by George Stephenson himself proved what he had said On the train there was a new steam engine It was invented by him and was proved a complete 8_______ (成功)
The first day when the train ran on the rails people along the way heard the noise of the train in the distance and saw it running quickly to them They thought it was a genie They ran quickly back home for fear and closed their doors tightly They did not dare to 9________ (出)until it had passed 10________ (周)an old woman still said that her hen had been so frightened that it hadn't laid any eggs for three days
练答案
(3)
Most of American businesses are open five days a week American school children attend school five days a week as well
American families usually have a 1 ______（两天）weekend The weekend is Saturday and Sunday Over the weekend people spend their time 2 _______ (许方式) Many families enjoy weekends 3 ______(起) They may go shopping go for a drive or visit friends They may also invite friends over and 4 ______ (聚会) at home Many American families participate（参加）in sports during the weekend 5 _______ (跑步) biking playing volleyball and swimming 6 _____ (流行)in summer Skiing and skating are the 7 _____ (喜爱) winter sports
Weekends are also a time for American families to work on something in their yards or in 8 ______() houses Many families plant flowers and have vegetable gardens Some families use the weekends 9 _______（粉刷）or repair their houses 10 ______(部分美国说) weekends are very busy
(4)
Perhaps more than any other people Americans have come to depend on their cars The family car 1 _________(直) a common thing 2 _______(……) the early twentieth century and it has changed American life Many people have moved 3 _______(外面) of the large cities to the suburbs Some Americans spend 4 ________(天两时) or more in their cars 5 _______ (班) and home again Cars have become the 6 _______ (工具) of transportation for most Americans going shopping and even going on vacations
Americans 7 ______(常常) like big cars and gasoline used to be very inexpensive Recently 8 _______（然） the cost of gasoline has increased smaller cars have become 9 _______（更常见） Also foreign cars have become very common Americans have bought 10 _______（量）Japanese and German cars They have bought cars from several other countries as well
(5)
Each morning a rich man found a poor man sitting on a park bench（长凳） The poor man always sat there 1___________ (着)the big hotel in which the rich man lived 2_________（天）the rich man got out of his car and said to the poor man Excuse me but I just want to know why you sit here and look at my hotel 3_________ (天早晨) Sir said the poor man I am a failure I have no money no home I sleep 4________ (条长凳) and every night I dream（梦想）that one day I'll sleep in that hotel The rich man said Tonight your dream will 5________ (变现实) I'll pay for the best room in that hotel for you a whole month
6_________ (天) the rich man went by the poor man's room to ask him how he was enjoying himself 7___________ (惊讶) he found that the man had 8__________ (搬出)the hotel back to his park bench When the rich man asked why the poor man said You see when I'm down here sleeping on my bench I dream I'm up there 9____________ (宾馆里) It's a wonderful dream But when I was up there I dreamed I was back to this cold bench It was a terrible dream and I couldn't get any sleep 10________ (根)
(6)
On October 12 1989 some Chinese scientists were working at the computers to 1________ (寻找)the information they needed Suddenly they saw a lot of very bright spots crossing the computers’ screens 2__________(时) they stopped their work to check some parts of the computers To their horror they 3___________ (发现)that most of their stored information was got rid of by computer viruses Obviously all these computers had been infected by computer viruses
4___________ (说)that the computer viruses were made by a group of young men like playing tricks They all had excellent 5_________ (教育) They created the viruses just to show their intelligence 6___________ (种)computer viruses is named Jerusalem Viruses These viruses can stay in computers 7___________ (长时间) When the time comes they will attack the computers by lowering the functions damaging their normal programs or even getting rid of all the information
We now come to know that Jerusalem Viruses often attack computers 8__________ （星期五）and they are spreading to a lot of computers Among the countries that suffered computer viruses are Britain Switzerland the US and some 9________ ()countries But till now how to get rid of the terrible viruses 10__________ (然)a problem
（7）
In American high school 1 _______(数) students take English science math and history
2 _______(英语课堂) the students study grammar and read famous literature In science class they study biology chemistry or physics History is 3 ________(更趣) to some students because they learn about important events and places 4 ________(美国) Students take 5 ______（） courses too These are electives Some study 6 ________（音乐）because they feel it is more enjoyable Some study 7 _________（计算机科学）because they 8 ________(认)it is more practical
9 ______（课堂） teachers give students exams Some exams are more difficult than others but a good student can always do 10 ______（）
(8)
One kind of vacation that many Americans enjoy is camping Each summer 1_____ (数百万) Americans drive to the countryside where they find places 2_____ （野营） The national parks many of which are 3 _____(山里) are favourite camping places Campers enjoy the 4 _______（新鲜空气） the lakes and the forests which they find in these parks Campers hike swim and fish They can also find 5 ______（许种）animals and plants in the parks Mostly campers have trailers which they drive or pull behind their cars to their campsites Trailers are like houses 6 ______（轮子） They have many conveniences which people have in their homes 7_______（例）electricity and hot water But 8 _______（数） campers don’t have trailers They camp in tents which they 9________ （搭起）in their campsites Campers in tents don’t have the conveniences that campers in trailers have Tent campers enjoy 10 _________(种简单生活)
（9）
All big cities are quite similar Living in a modern Asian city is not very 1 （於）living in an American city The same cannot be said about living 2 （农场） however
In many parts of the world farmers and their families live 3 (村庄城镇里) In the United States however each farm family lives on its own fields often beyond the sight of any neighbors 4 （） traveling from a village to the fields every morning American farmers stay 5 （土）throughout the week They travel to the nearest town 6 （星期六）for shopping or on Sundays for church The children ride on buses to large schools which serve 7 (农场家庭) living in the area In some areas there are small schools serving a few farm families and the children walk to school
8 （然）life keeps changing for everyone including farmers Today there are cars good roads radios and television sets And of course there are modern machines for farming All of these have changed farm life
For many years however farming in America was often a lonely way of living Farmers 9 （）deal with their own problems instead of getting help from others They 10 （学会）to try new methods and to trust their own ideas instead of following older ways
(10)
A teacher from a western country visited a school in an 1_______ (东方国家) In one class she watched sixty children as they learned 2_______ (画)a cat The teacher drew a big ○ 3_________ (黑板) and sixty children copied it on their papers The teacher drew a small ○ on the top of the first and then put two △△ on top of it The children drew 4_________ (样方式) The lesson went on until there were sixtyone cats in the classroom Each student’s cat 5________ ()exactly like the one on the board
The visiting teacher watched the lesson and 6________ (感惊讶) The teaching methods(ways) were very much different from the way of teaching in her country A children’s art lesson in her own country produced a roomful of pictures each one is quite 7_________ ()the others Why What makes this difference in educational methods In a classroom in any country the teacher teaches more than art or history or language
8__________ (国家里)such as the United States or Canada students are asked to work by themselves and find answers 9_________ () The students are helped to learn to have their own ideas In countries such as China and Japan students often work together and help each other in the classroom but the teachers teach and the students listen The students are asked to memorize a lot They 10__________ (必须)learn the same textbook They do the same homework and give the same answers
(11)
He was born in Atlanta Georgia on January 151929 He was black He lived 1________ （仅仅）thirtynine years but he became worldfamous in that short time He 2 _______(长) in the southeastern part of the United States He studied at Morehouse College where he met many outstanding men whose ideas he found important and exciting There he read the writings of Thoreau which gave him many ideas 3 ________(关)
After he graduated from Morehouse he 4 ______(接着) to study at the University of Pennsylvania Harvard University and Boston University At Boston University he met his wife Coretta 5 ________（1954） after he got his PhDdegree he became the minister of a small church 6 _________（南方） There he became the leader of the black people who were poor and without power He gave speeches and led marches For his ideas and actions he went to jail 7 ____（段时间）
8 _______(许年) in Washington DC he spoke to a crowd of 250000 people He told them I have a dream That speech is still 9 ______(著名) In 1964 he won the Nobel Peace Prize His work was not 10______(结束) when he died on April 4 1968 Who was he He was Martin Luther King
(12)
Dear Mr Costa
I’m sorry it has taken me so long to write I’ve been very busy with work and school but I’ve 1 ________（想起）you often
How’ve you been lately Did you have a good Christmas and New Year’s Mac says you’ve been working hard at the restaurant and that business is very good What 2 _______() have you been doing
I had a short but good vacation Mac and I went to Chicago for 3_______ (天)before Christmas but I 4 ______() come back and work between Christmas and New Year’s (including Christmas Day and New Year’s Eve) 5 _____（次）something like that 6 _______（发生）I wonder if I really want to work in the hotel business
The other day I was thinking about the fun we used to have 7 ______(英语课堂) I haven’t seen many of our classmates since the course was over 8_____ （事实） the only one I see very often is Tomiko I’d really like to get in touch with Franco Does he 9 _______() write to you If so could you please send me his address
Well Mac and I are going skating and he 10 ______（等） so I guess I’d better say goodbye now Write as soon as you can
Love
Maria
练答案
(1)1 around 2 get along well 3 each other 4 go on 5 miss 6 make new friends 7 Many places 8 think of 9 longer 10 yourself
(2)1 thousands of 2 famous 3 on the train 4 noise 5 what they said 6 full of 7 However 8 success 9 come out 10 A week later
(3)1 twoday 2 in many different ways 3 together 4 have a party 5 Running 6 are popular 7 favourite 8 their 9 to paint 10 For most Americans
(4)1 has been 2 since 3 outside 4 two hours a day 5 going to work 6 means 7 used to 8 however 9 more common 10 large numbers of
(5)1 looking at 2 One day 3 every morning 4 on this bench 5 come true 6 A few days later 7 To his surprise 8 moved out of 9 in that big hotel 10 at all
(6)1 look for 2 At the same moment 3 found out 4 It is said 5 education 6 This kind of 7 for a long time 8 on Fridays 9 other 10 remains
(7)1 most 2 In English class 3 more interesting 4 in the United States 5other 6 music 7 computer science 8 think 9 In each class 10 well
(8)1millions of 2 to camp 3 in the mountains 4 fresh air 5 many kinds of
6 on wheels 7 such as 8 most 9 set up 10 a very simple life
(9)1 different from 2 on farms 3 in villages or towns 4 Instead of 5 on their land 6 on Saturdays 7 all of the farm families 8 Of course 9 had to10 learned
(10)1 eastern country 2 to draw 3 on the blackboard 4 in the same way 5 looked 6 was surprised 7 different from 9 themselves 10 have to
(11)1 only 2 grew up 3 about freedom 4 went on 5 In 1954 6 in the south 7 for a short time 8 Many years later 9 famous 10 finished
(12)1thought about 2 else 3 a few days 4 had to 5 Every time 6 happens7 in our English class 8 In fact 9 ever 10 is waiting for me
初三系列复资料（19）补全话考点集汇讲解训练
十九补全话解题方法
考点扫描
补全话书面形式考查考生英语口头交际力逻辑思维力种题型该题考生三段话段话挖34句子考生挖句子补全考查点：
1 情景会话力
2 逻辑思维力
名师解难
补全话命题范围集中初中阶段学30交际项目牢固掌握着30交际项目包括种句型惯语关重外做面点：
1 通读话全文摸清话发生点时间物身份话容
2 理清句逻辑关系填入话整篇话文理通融体
3 符合说英语国家惯中国惯应答
4 注意空白处标点问号应填问句句号应填陈述句
中考范例
请2004年陕西省中考试题：
VI 补全话（10空空15分计15分）
根面话中情景空中填入适语句话恢复完整
(A)
A Good afternoon John
B 1______________ Li Wei
A I hear you are going to Kunming for a winter holiday
B Yes I’ll go next week
A 2____________________________
B It’s neither too cold nor too hot It’s warm there
A 3____________________________________
B Thank you
解析段话发生JohnLi Wei间Li Wei John问午说英语国家惯John应该回答午第1空应填：Good afternoon第二空句回答昆明天气情况推断第2空应该询问昆明天气应填：What’s the weather like in Kunming How is the weather there 第3空答语Thank you推断方定说祝愿话空填：Have a good time Have a good journey I’m sure you will have a good time
(B)
A Hi Peter How are you today
B 4__________________________________ And you
A I’m OK Are you free tomorrow
B 5__________________________________
A We’re going to the park 6____________________
B Of course I’d like to go with you 7___________________
A We are going to meet at the school gate at one o’clock Please be there on time
B OK Thank you
解析段话写两熟见面互相问候相约公园事第4空应该回答方问话How are you today答语应：Fine (I’m fine) thank you 第5空紧接问句Are you free tomorrow 根整谈话容判断：应回答Yes why Yes what’s up 第6空问句句末问号答语：Of course I’d like to go with you 判断方邀请起公园空应填：Would you like to go with us Will you go with us 第7空问句答语：We are going to meet at the school gate at one o’clock Please be there on time 判断方问见面时间点应填：When and where are we going to meet When and where shall we meet
(C)
A Dad I can’t find my socks 8__________________
B Let me see Are they white
A Yes 9______________________
B I saw them in our sittingroom just now You may go and get them
A Oh Here they are
B You should put your things away
A 10____________________________________
解析父子（女）间段谈话谈话容找东西第8空问句空前句子Dad I can’t find my socks 判断：子（女）想问父亲见没英语应该：Have you seen them 父亲问白色时候回答Yes 然父亲知道白色肯定见第9空应填子（女）问话：什麽方见？英语：Where did you see them Where are they 第10空前面句父亲教训话末紧接着应该表示接受英语：Yes I will OK I will OK I won’t do that again
满分演练
(1)
A Hi Bill You’re reading the novel again
B Yes Tom I’ll never be tired of it
A 1____________________________________
B Three times Every time I read it I can always learn something new
A Really 2__________________________________________________
B Charles Dickens I think he is a great English writer What about you
A 3__________________________________________ He is also my favorite foreign writer Please let me have a look at it
B OK here you are What do you think of this novel
A 4__________________________________ I haven’t seen such a novel for long Where did you buy it
B In the Rose Bookshop
A I don’t know where it is 5______________________________________
B No Only 10 minutes walk from here next to the People’s Cinema
A Oh I see I’m going there to get one too Thank you
B You’re welcome
(2)
(Li Meng and John have just finished swimming)
Li Meng How nice and cool the water is But I’m feeling a bit hungry now
1______________________________________________
John Sounds good
Li Meng Do you know 2_____________________________
John Yes there is
Li Meng 3____________________________________________？
John It’s only five minutes’ walk Let’s go
Li Meng Yeah let’s go Oh I almost forgot my CD player
John 4______________________________________________
Li Meng Pop music I often listen when I’m not busy How about you
John Light music I think it can relax myself 5________________________
Li Meng Sure
John OK I can lend you some CDs I’ll bring them to our school tomorrow
(3)
Paul 1____________________________________________
Fred No I don’t But I have to cook this evening
Paul 2____________________________________________
Fred Because my mother is going out on business I’ll have to cook myself
Paul 3_____________________________________________
Fred My mother does She can cook very well
Paul Can your father cook
Fred No he can’t
Paul 4______________________________________________
Fred I’ll cook Italian noodles
Paul 5______________________________________________
Fred Thank you
(4)
Mrs Lee Hello 68178502
David Hello1_______________________________
Mrs Lee Sorry 2_______________________ Can I take a message
David Yes This is David Bruce’s friend I want to ask him for some Chinese ancient coins He told me he had got some recently 3__________________________________ I don’t care if they were made of different metals I just want to add some more coins in my collection
Mrs Lee OK I’ll tell him Would you like him to ring you back later
David Well I won’t be at home later this day Would you please ask him to ring me tomorrow morning
Mrs Lee Sure 4______________________________
David Oh sorry 5___________________________________ The new number is 66129853
Mrs Lee OK I’ll write a message for him
David It’s really nice of you Madam Thank you very much Goodbye
Mrs Lee Bye
(5)
A Excuse me I want to go to the library 1__________________________
B Go down this street and turn right at the second crossing Go up the road to the end you’ll find it
A 2______________________________
B It’s about 1000 metres away from here
A Oh That’s quite a long way
B Yes You’d better take a bus
A 3__________________________________
B You can take the No5 bus It’ll take you there
A 4__________________________________
B It takes about fifteen minutes
A 5_________________________________
B It’s a pleasure
(6)
Kate Hello 1______________________
Mrs Read I’m sorry Ann isn’t here right now 2____________________________
Kate This is Kate
Mrs Read She isn’t back yet 3_______________________________________
Kate That’s very kind of you I’m calling to ask her if she is free tomorrow It’s March 12th Tree Planting Day tomorrow And 4___________________
Mrs Read I think she’ll be very glad to join you
Kate We’ll meet at the school gate at 700 5_________________________
Mrs Read OK I’ll let her know
Kate Many thanks Goodbye
Mrs Read Goodbye
(7)
A：Good afternoon What can I do for you
B：I’d like to buy a washing machine
A：Well1___________________________________Some are made in China and some are made in other countries
B：This one looks very nice 2____________________________
A：In Germany
B：3______________________________________
A：Sure You put the clothes in the machine close the door and press this button
B：It’s easy How much is it
A：4000 yuan
B：Wow that’s too expensive4 _____________________
Do you have a cheaper one
A：How about this one
B：Ohthis one looks very good And the price is OK
5___________________________________
(8)
(Two friends meet each other after May Day)
A：Nice to see you
B：1__________________________________________
A：How did you spend May Day
B：2__________________________________________
A：Did you go to any other places
B：No What about you
A 3________________________________________________ I felt a bit sick then
B：Oh what a pity
练答案
(1)1 How many times have you read it
2 Who wrote it Who is the writer
3 So do I Me too
4 It’s exciting wonderful great
5 Is it far from here
(2)1 Shall we have something to eat Let’s have something to eat shall we How about having something to eat
2 if whether there is a restaurant near here
3 How far is it from here
4 What kind music do you like
5 Would you like to try
(3)1 Do you like cooking
2 Why do you have to cook this evening
3 Who cooks every day in your family
4 What will cook this evening
5 Enjoy your noodles
(4)1 Could I speak to Bruce please
2 He’s not in at the moment
3 I’m not sure he would give me one or two
4 Has he got your telephone number
5 My telephone number has changed
(5)1 Where is it How can I get to it
2 How far is it (from here)
3 Which bus should I take
4 How long does it take me to get there
5 Thank you very much
(6)1 May I speak to Ann please
2 Who’s that (speaking)
3 Can I take a message
4 we are going to plant trees
5 Please tell her to be there on time
(7)1 We have (There are) many different kinds of washing machines here
2 Where is it made
3 Can you show me how to use it？
4 I can’t afford it
5 I’ll take it
(8)1 Nice to see you too
2 I went to …
3 I stayed at home all the time
初三系列复资料（20）书面表达考点集汇讲解训练
二十书面表达解题方法
考点扫描
书面表达年中考必考题型考查学生交际力重组成部分书面表达通常三种形式：
1书信日记通知留言假条
2图作文
3根汉语提示作文
种书面表达形式考生写短文紧扣题文理通素完整语言准确格式正确写拼写错误标点符号正确达交际目
名师解难
训练方法
1 记认真系统复背诵基础知识优美句子句型中国句古话熟读唐诗三百首会吟诗会作样具较强写作力首先应该熟读背诵句型短文许学写出语言根符合英语语言惯相部分中文逐字翻译良惯理会中英文差异量背诵阅读提高写作力效办法学量现成语言积累脑海里写起文段做脱口出模仿套甚发挥
2 练练篇书面表达题真正学点东西贪边学边忘时采循序渐进灵活样练方式根提示词写单句开始写单句然写句话写流利文段量尝试种形式写作短信说明通知便条明信片图写作根表格记录写短文等
3 写进行实战写作求20分钟写出100词短文质量高容全形式正确样形成惯考试时心应手
二 应试策略
1 审题目：切中题意中考考试说明指出书面表达切中题意样切中题意？认真审题考题先急动笔仔细清题目求容头脑中构思出框架画面确定短文中心思想匆匆笔懂题意根图画图表提纲短文提供资料信息审题审题审格式体裁物关系事情节体时态活动时间点等
2 圈点：防止遗漏点点分重素防止写作程中遗漏点学充分发挥观察力情景中出点逐条列出
3 列提纲：写作做准备根文章点短文中心思想句型关键词语记形成提纲
4 定基调：定出时态称序开头结尾
5 写全文：写短文时做六方面：
(1)避免汉语式英语量熟悉句型种句型交避免重复呆板
(2)简单句型记事写般需复杂句型适陈述句般疑问句祈句感叹句少非谓语情态动词等较复杂句型
(3)注意语法句法知识灵活运
1）语态时态准确误
2）谓语致语称数谓语致
3）注意称代词宾格形式
4）注意冠词法例： He is an honest student中an写成a
5）注意拼写标点符号写例：receive believe fourteen forty ninth restaurant等
(4)描写物时生动具体例：
1）外表特征：tall short fat thin strong weak ordinarylooking 等
2）服饰颜色：red yellow blue white green brown black 等
3）心境界：glad happy sad excited anxious interested 等
4）感情描写：love like hate feel laugh cry smile shout 等
5）动作描写：come go get have take bring fetch 等
(5)文连贯文连贯性评分条原学应写句子根事情节事情发生先次序（时间空间）表示列递进等渡词进行加工整理文章连贯然流畅学应注意面渡法：
1）表示列关系：and as well as or… 2）表示转折关系：but yet however… 3）表示时间关系：when while after before then after that… 4）表示果关系：so therefore as a result… 5）表示目：in order to in order that so as to so that… 6）表示列举：for example such as… 7）表示总结性：in general in all in a word generally speaking…
(6)会表达辟蹊径中考作文分点语言准确度定文采分造句越简单准确越造复合句容易出错容易扣分阅卷场句话：错误面前等文采加分遇点表达出难表达采变通办法化难易化繁简总造句子正确体符合英语表达惯
(6)改病句：认真检查改正错误中考作文时时间紧容学出错难免改错环节必少中考作文评卷根点语言准确性文连贯性分根错误少扣分中考时花分钟时间检查错误显尤重检查错误应方面入手：
1）格式否错
2）拼写错误
3）语言否错
4）时态语态错误
5）标点错误
6）称否错
三 注意事项
书面表达特注意书写工整卷面整洁年阅卷老师十天时间里十万考生作文工作量时间紧想知书写否工整卷面否整洁分高低直接关
中考范例
（2004年陕西省中考试题）
VII 书面表达（1题计10分）
假张强请根面美国朋友Bob信容结合情况写篇语言连惯符合逻辑英文回信
求：1 认真阅读信容中获需信息
2 词数：80左右回信开头结尾已出计入总词数
注意：回信中出现真实址学校名称
Dear friend
HelloI’m your new friend My name is Bob I’m fifteen I’m American I live in New York
I am a middle school student I’m good at maths It is very interesting My favourite sport is basketball And I am not only a basketball fan but also a good player I like pop music My friends and I often sing pop songs together
After school I am interested in getting online I have known a lot about China from the Internet Now I’m learning Chinese I hope I will visit your country one day
Please write to me and tell me something about your life I’m looking forward to hearing from you
Yours
Bob
Dear Bob
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Yours
Zhang Qiang
解析根前面提第六步骤写篇书面表达
1审题目：通审题目知道：篇书面表达应写封回信写信张强收信Bob信容应介绍张强情况
2 圈点：根信判断写回信必须包括点：1收方信2愿意方交朋友3姓名年龄住址4身份特长爱 5希
3列提纲：1 got your letter 2 glad to be your friend 3 name zhang Qiang fifteen live in Shaanxi 4 a middle school student like English like sports good at drawing 5 hope we’ll meet in China
4定基调：1 时态：收信般时介绍情况般现时希般时2 称第称3提纲序写4 开头结尾题目已出
5写全文：
Dear Bob
I got your letter yesterday I’m very glad to be your pen friend My name is Zhang Qiang I’m fifteen years old too I live in Shaanxi
I’m a middle school student too I like English and physics very much I also like sports but I’m good at drawing I know a little about America Could you tell me something more about your country in your next letter
I hope we’ll meet in China some day I’m sure we’ll have a good time together
Please write (to) me soon
Yours
Zhang Qiang
6改病句：认真复查边错误加改正
满分演练
（1）
华山中国名山假设外国友校参观准备旅游请根
点外国友简单介绍华山（the Hua Mountain）
1．位陕西东部中国著名旅游胜年批中外游客前旅游观光
2．汽车约花1时火车
3．登山便领略云海（the sea of clouds）奇松（wondrous pines）怪石（unique
rocks）等秀丽风景清晨美丽日出
注意：
1．字数：80词左右
2．请逐字翻译
（2）
根提示求完成面短文
假（Li Lei）年夏令营认识朋友Jim英国寄件礼物—— 件红色衬衫附封信信中问想知道忙什请写封回信（100词左右）表示感谢回信包括容：
1 Jim问表示感谢
2 礼物喜欢颜色尺寸合适非常喜欢
3 告诉Jim周刚完生日生日聚会热闹询问Jim况表示希中国
注意1 信格式已出
2 信中真实名名
（3）
根中文意思英文提示词语写出意思连贯符合逻辑英文文段英文提示词语必须中文提示容必逐句翻译组英文提示写出句数限
天6月23日星期日天气晴朗学张宏参观西安市动物园里动物十分趣见爱位游客猴子投喂食物时前阻止说……
请英文写篇日记记述天历（请注意日记格式）
1．fine day sun bright
2．visit Beijing Zoo
3．animal so interesting people love
4．see visitor throw…to stop say
（4）
根中文设置情景英文提示词语表格提供信息写出语法正确意思连贯符合逻辑英文文段
注意1 字数60~80
2 英文提示词语表格提供信息必须（适发挥）
3 发言稿开头结尾已出
假设张斌年暑假参加学校组织赴加绿色旅夏令营活动请准备篇开营式介绍发言稿
name Zhang Bin fifteen years old live in Xi’an favorite subject biology…
Interest
Free Time Activities
Future Job
Hope
drawing
go camping
draw pictures of plants
enjoy the singing of birds in nature
biologist
grow up
good friends
do one’s best
make the earth…
Dear friends
I’m very glad to introduce myself to you_______________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
That’s all Thank you for listening
（5）
根中文提示英文提示词语写篇短文
年暑假批美国中学生学校访问请写篇关西安简介便交流
注意：1字数100左右
2必须英文提示
Capital of Shaanxi
Lie in the Northwest
many places of interest
autumn best season
（6）
图写话
根四幅图提示词语写出篇语法正确意思连贯语句通符合逻辑短文开头已出
求：1 叙述第三称
2 词数60~80左右
3 表达法想法
4 选列词语：rush hour cross make sure come over traffic rules
Last Monday Tim got up at 740 in the morning
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
（7）
请参考图文提示写篇60~80词短文
注意：1 语言规范语意完整容丰富
2 表达符合图意书写规范
3 出观点
4 文章开头已出
参考词：pollute turn off the tap(水龙头)dry save(节约 vt) water resources(水资源)
From the pictures we know that _______________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
（8）
请根面四幅图写篇70单词左右短文文章开头已出算入总词汇数
参考词汇： on fire 着火firefighter n消防员put out 灭火
Jack was woken up by the shouting Fire Help Fire Help
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
（9）
图写话
求：1 根图画提供语境写出意思连贯语言流畅语法准确符合逻辑短文 2 少两种时态70词真实姓名名学校名
3 标题第句已出计入70词
TAKING CARE OF TREES
One day Lin Tao and Mei Mei were playing in the garden
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
（10）
根图画英语写篇约80词短文
(11)
假学校出期英语壁报准备历件事写篇英语短文壁报投稿面五幅图记录星期六老师学南河边参加植树活动全程请五幅图写篇英文短文
注意：1 短文容包括图画中容
2 词数：70～90
3 生词提示： 桶bucket锄头hoe
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
（12）
请面6幅图表格提示写篇题Changes in Our Hometown英语短文（词数：50~80包括已出单词）
容点：
现
旧房 高楼
河水污浊 河水清澈
步行骑行车 公交车汽车
Changes in Our Hometown
Over the past ten years great changes have taken place in our hometown In the past___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
练答案
(1)
参考答案：
The Hua Mountain is one of the most famous mountains in China It lies in the east of Shaanxi Every year thousands of Chinese and foreigners pay a visit there It’s not far from here It takes you about one hour to get there by bus You can also go there by train When you are at the top of the mountain you’ll find clouds wondrous pines and unique rocks around you In the early morning when the sun rises the sky looks very beautiful It’s really a nice place to visit
(2)
参考答案：
36 Zhonghua street
Xian China
June21st 2004
Dear Jim：
How are you Many thanks for the shirt I’m very happy to hear from you again I love the shirt very much Jim and red is my favourite colour You remembered It’s just my size Every time I wear it I will think of you
I’m fine here in China Last week I had a birthday party Many of my classmates came and my mother made us a lot of good food We really had a wonderful time together How are you doing in England Jim I miss you very much I always miss the days we were together last summer I hope you can come to China someday
Please write back soon
Your friend
Li Lei
(3)
参考答案：
Sunday June 23rd
It was a fine day today and the sun was bright I visited Xi’an Zoo with my classmate Zhang Hong The animals there were so interesting that all the people loved them When I saw a visitor throwing food to the monkeys I wentran to stop himher and said Animals are our friends and we must take good care of them
(4)
参考答案：
Dear friends
I’m very glad to introduce myself to you My name is Zhang Bin I’m fifteen years old I live in Beijing One of my favorite subjects is biology I’m interested in drawing In my free time I often go camping draw some pictures of plants and enjoy the singing of birds in nature I want to be a biologist when I grow up
I feel lucky to join you I hope we can be good friends and do our best to make That’s all Thank you for listening
(5)
参考答案：
Xi’an is the capital of Shaanxi with a long history There are many places of interest such as the Dayan Pagoda the Xiaoyan Pagoda the Bell Tower and the Terra Cotta Warriors Since it lies in the Northwest of China the winter here is long and it sometimes snows Autumn is the best season in Xi’an for it’s neither too cold nor too hot One of the most famous traditional foods is Yangroupao
(6)
参考答案：
Last Monday Tim got up at 740 in the morning It was the rush hour He rode his bike to school very fast He was crossing the street when a car came at that moment Tim’s bike hit the car and he fell to the ground heavily The driver was very kind and stopped to make sure that Tim was all right Then a policeman came over He told Tim to ride more slowly next time and it was dangerous Tim thanked him and went to school All of the young men should obey the traffic rules
(7)
参考答案：
From the pictures we know that much water has been polluted Some factories are pouring waste water into rivers and lakes The water becomes dirty and lots of fish have died Many people often waste water For example they often forget to turn off the taps If we don’t have enough water land will be dry and crops will die We can’t live without water So we should try our best and encourage everyone to protect water resources We must save water and stop polluting it If we do that Things will be much better
(8)
参考答案：
Jack was woken up by the shouting Fire Help Fire Help What had happened He looked out of the window Wow He found that his neighbour’s house was on fire Jack jumped off the bed and rushed to the telephone He made a call to the police Then he ran out and helped his neighbour (to) fight against the fire Soon the fire fighters came and in a short time the fire was put out And the house owner and fire fighters thanked Jack and his neighbours a lot
(9)
参考答案：
TAKING CARE OF TREES
One day Lin Tao and Mei Mei were playing in the garden They found that a young tree there was dying They thought they must save the young tree Then they put a rope around the tree and watered it Some days later the tree came back to life again Their mother saw this and praised them You are good children
(10)
参考答案：
Yesterday afternoon Li Ping and I were going to school On the way we saw an old woman crossing the street Suddenly a car passed by very fast The old woman was frightened and fell down to the ground The apples in her basket were all out on the street Immediately we ran to the old woman helped her get up and picked up all the apples Li Ping helped her carry the basket and I helped her cross the street The old woman thanked us very much
（11）
参考答案：
容点：
（1）星期五老师告诉明天南河边植树
（2）星期六（第二天）早六点半起床
（3）带着桶学校学带着桶锄头校门口等
（4）南河边开始植树（描写动场面）
（5）着新种树高兴
Last Friday our teacher told us that we would go to plant trees by the South River the next day On Saturday morning I got up at six thirty and went to school with a bucket My classmates were waiting at the school gate with buckets and hoes
When we got to the South River we began to plant trees on the river bank (On the river bank some students were digging holes the others were planting or watering the young trees)
After we finished our work we were happy to see the young trees we planted on the river bank
（12）
参考答案：
Over the past ten years great changes have taken place in our hometown In the past the houses in our hometown were very poor but now many people have moved into tall buildings (there are many tall buildings here and there) The water in the rivers was very dirty but now the rivers are clean and people can swim in them People used to walk or ride bikes but now they can take buses or drive their own cars to go to work
初三系列复资料（21）Book1(Unit1Unit16)考点集汇讲解训练
二十Book1(Unit1Unit16)
知识梳理
I 重点短语
1 Sit down
2 on duty
3 in English
4 have a seat
5 at home
6 look like
7 look at
8 have a look
9 come on
10 at work
11 at school
12 put on
13 look after
14 get up
15 go shopping
II 重句型
1 help sb do sth
2 What about…
3 Let’s do sth
4 It’s time to do sth
5 It’s time for …
6 What’s… It is… It’s…
7 Where is… It’s…
8 How old are you I’m…
9 What class are you in I’m in…
10 Welcome to…
11 What’s …plus… It’s…
12 I think…
13 Who’s this This is…
14 What can you see？ I can see…
15 There is (are) …
16 What colour is it (are they) It’s (They’re)…
17 Whose …is this It’s…
18 What time is it It’s…
III 交际语
1 Good morning MissMr…
2 Hello Hi
3 Nice to meet you Nice to meet you too
4 How are you I’m fine thank youthanks And you
5 See you See you later
6 Thank you You’re welcome
7 Goodbye Bye
8 What’s your name My name is …
9 Here you are This way please
10 Who’s on duty today
11 Let’s do
12 Let me see
IV 重语法
1 动词be法
2 称代词物代词法
3 名词单复数格法
4 冠词基法
5 There be句型法
名师讲解
1 inon
表示空间位置时in表示某空间范围on表示某物体表面例：
There is a bird in the tree 树鸟
There is a picture on the wall 墙张图
2 thisthatthesethose
(1)this常常指时间点更接讲话事these时this复数形式that常常指时间点离讲话更远点事those时that复数形式例：
You look in this box and I’ll look in that one over there盒子边盒子
I want this car not that car 想辆汽车辆
Take these books to his room please 请书房间
This is mine that’s yours
These are apples those are oranges 苹果橘子
(2)电话语中this常常指that常常指方例：
This is Mary speaking Who’s that 玛丽谁？
3 There be have
There be 确切含意某处某时存某某物结构：There be + 某某物 + 表示点时间状语There be 面名词实际语be 动词形式语数保持致be动词面名词单数数名词时is名词复数时are例：
(1) There is a big bottle of coke on the table 桌瓶子乐
(2) There is a doll in the box 盒子里娃娃
(3) There are many apples on the tree 树许苹果
总There be结构强调种客观存have表示拥占具：某某物(sb have has sth)语般名词代词语属关系例：
(4) I have two brothers and one sister两兄弟姐姐
(5) That house has four rooms房子四房间
4 look see watch
(1)look 表示瞧着重指认真强调动作表示意识注意定提醒方注意：
Look The children are playing computer games 瞧孩子玩电脑游戏
Look What’s that over there 边什？
单独物动词强调某物接介词at带宾语：
He’s looking at me正着
(2)see强调结果着重look动作结果意思see物动词面直接宾语：
What can you see in the picture 图什？
Look at the blackboard What did you see on it黑板什？
(3)watch观注视侧重场面表示全神贯注观观察注视某事务活动强调程常电视足球演出等：
Yesterday we watched a football match on TV昨天电视场足球赛
4 put on in
put on意穿戴指穿动作 面接表示服装鞋帽名词
in 介词表示穿着强调状态句中做定语标语状语：
It’s cold outside put on your coat 外面冷穿外衣
He puts on his hat and goes out 戴帽子走出
The woman in a white blouse is John’s mother穿白色衬衣妇女John妈妈
5 house homefamily
house ：房子指居住建筑物 Home 家指家常居住方 Family 家庭家庭成员例：
Please come to my house this afternoon 天午请家
He is not at home 家
My family all get up early 全家起早
6 fine nice good well
四者作形容词表示意前三者作表语作定语
者仅作表语区：
(1) fine指物时表示质量精细形容时表示身体健康
指天气晴朗例：
Your parents are very fine 父母身体健康
That's a fine machine 台机器
It's a fine day for a walk today 天散步时候
(2)nice侧重物外表美漂亮意思问候赞扬例：
Lucy looks nice 露西漂亮
These coats are very nice 裙子
Nice to meet you 见高兴
It's very nice of you 真
初三系列复资料（22）Book 1 (Unit 17Unit 30)考点集汇讲解训练
二十二Book 1 (Unit 17Unit 30)
知识梳理
I 重点短语
1 a bottle of
2 a little
3 a lot (of)
4 all day
5 be from
6 be over
7 come back
8 come from
9 do one’s homework
10 do the shopping
11 get down
12 get home
13 get to
14 get up
15 go shopping
16 have a drink of
17 have a look
18 have breakfast
19 have lunch
20 have supper
21 listen to
22 not…at all
23 put…away
24 take off
25 throw it like that
26 would like
27 in the middle of the day
28 in the morning afternoon evening
29 on a farm
30 in a factory
II 重句型
1 Let sb do sth
2 Could sb do sth
3 would like sth
4 would like to do sth
5 What about something to eat
6 How do you spell …
7 May I borrow…
III 交际语
1 —Thanks very much
—You're welcome
2 Put itthem away
3 What's wrong
4 I think so
I don't think so
5 I want to take some books to the classroom
6 Give me a bottle of orange juice please
Please give it them back tomorrow OK
9 What's your favourite sport
10 Don't worry
11I’m (not) good at basketball
12 Do you want a go
13 That's right Thats all right All right
14 Do you have a dictionary any dictionaries
Yes I do No I don’t
15 We They have some CDs
We They don’t have any CDs
16 What day is it today tomorrow
It’s Monday
17 May I borrow your colour pens please
Certainly Here you are
18 Where are you from
From Beijing
19 What's your telephone number in New York
20 Do you like hot dogs
Yes I do ( A little A lot Very much)
No I don't ( I don't like them at all)
21 What does your mother like
She likes dumplings and vegetables very much
22 When do you go to school every day
I go to school at 700 every day
23 What time does he go to bed in the evening
He goes to bed at 1000
IV 重语法
1称代词法
2 祈句
3 现进行时构成法
4．动词have法
5．般现时构成法
6．数名词数名词构成法
名师讲解
1 That's right Thats all right All right
That’s right意表示赞方意见法行肯定方答案判断例：
I think we must help the old man想应该帮助位老
That's right You're right说
That’s all right意谢没关系回答方致谢道歉例：
Many thanks That's all right
Sorry It's broken That's all right
All right意行表示意方建议求时
表示身体
Please tell me about it 请事告诉
All right吧
Is your mother all right妈身体
2 makedo
两词解释做含义混make指做东西制东西do指做件具体事
Can you make a paper boat for me 做纸船？
He’s doing his homework now正做作业
3 sayspeaktalktell
say：口语化普通词意说出说道着重说话：
I want to go there by bus he said 说坐汽车里
Please say it in English 请英语说
speak 说话着重开口发声着重说容般作物动词 (面直接接宾语 ) ：
Can you speak about him 说说情况？
I don’t like to speak like this 喜欢样说话
speak 作物动词解时某种语言等连表达话中恰词汇力：
She speaks English well英语说
talk speak 意义相着重说话动作着重说话般作物动词 talk 暗示话某说较强话意味着重指连续谈话：
I would like to talk to him about it 想谈件事
Old women like to talk with children老年妇女喜欢孩子交谈
tell 告诉较少情况外般面总接双宾语：
He’s telling me a story讲事
tell a lie 撒谎
tell sb to do sth tell sb not to do sth
Miss Zhao often tells us to study hard
4 do cooking do the cooking
do cooking 作做饭解属泛指do the cooking 特指某顿饭某家饭cooking动名词作复数前面 some much修饰do some cooking引出许类似短语：
do some washing 洗衣服
do some shopping 买东西
do some reading 读书
do some writing 写东西
do some fishing 钓鱼
短语引申出类短语some much定冠词
go shopping 买东西
go fishing 钓鱼
go boating 划船
go swimming 游泳
5 like doing sth like to do sth
like doing sth like to do sth 意思相法区前者强调般性爱者表示动作惯性常性表示次性偶然性动作例：
He likes playing football but he doesnt like to play football with Li Ming
喜欢踢足球喜欢李明踢
6 other others the other another
other表余
Have you any other questions问题
others 东西
In the room some people are American the others are French屋子里
美国法国
the other表（二者中）one…the other…
One of my two brothers studies English the other studies Chinese
两哥哥中学英文学中文
another表三者
There is room for another few books on the shelf书架放点书
7 in the tree on the tree
in the tree on the tree译成中文均树英语中区in the tree表示某某事（属树身生长出东西）落树表示树枝叶花果等长树时on the tree：
There are some apples on the tree 棵树苹果
There is a bird in the tree 棵树鸟
8 some any
(1)some any修饰数名词修饰数名词两点需
注意
some常肯定句中any常否定句疑问句中：
There is some water in the glass
Is there any water in the glass
There isn't any water in the glass
(2)说话者希肯定答复般疑问句中表示请求邀请疑问句中然some：
Would you like some tea
9 tall high
(1)说动物树木等生命东西tallhigh例
a tall woman 高子妇女
a tall horse 高马
(2)说面接触物高时hightall站桌子时飞机飞天时例：
He is high up in the tree 高高爬树
The plane is so high in the sky 飞机空中高
(3)指建筑物山时tallhighhigh程度tall高
(4)high作副词tall
(5)tall反义词short high反义词low
10 can could
(1) can表示体力脑力方面力根客观条件做某种动作力
例：
Can you ride a bike？ 会骑行车？
What can I do for you？ 帮忙？
Can you make a cake？会做蛋糕？
(2) can否定句疑问句中时时表示说话怀疑猜测肯定例：
Where can he be？会什方呢？
Can the news be true？消息会真？
It surely can't be six o'clock already？已六点钟吧？
You can't be hungry so soonTomyou've just had lunch汤姆饿快刚吃午饭
What can he mean？会什意思？
日常会话中can代may表示允许may较正式例：
You can come in any time时
Can I use your pen？钢笔？
Of courseyou can然
You can have my seatI'm going now走坐座位吧
(3) could
could can式表示力性（否定疑问句中）例：
The doctor said he could help him（力）医生说帮助
Lily could swim when she was four years old（力）
丽丽四岁时候会游泳
At that time we thought the story could be true（性）
时说真
could代can表示现时间动作语气较婉转例：
Could I speak to Johnplease？约翰说话？
Could you？口语中表示请求方做事例：
Could you wait half an hour？请等半时？
Could you please ring again at six？六点钟请电话？
(4) can形式
现式can式could两种形式表示般现般两种
时态时表示时态（包括时）须be able to加动词定式表示例：
They have not been able to come to Beijing
没北京
11 look for find
look for 意寻找find意找发现前者强调找动作注重找结果者强调找结果例：
She can’t find her ruler 找尺子啦
Tom is looking for his watchbut he can’t find it汤姆正寻找手表没找
12 be sleeping be asleep
be sleeping 表示动作意思正睡觉be asleep 表示状态意思睡着：
What are the children doing in the room 孩子房间里做什？
They are sleeping正睡觉
The children are asleep now现孩子睡着
13 often usuallysometimes
often表示常sometimes表示时候表示发生频率often
高usuallyusually高sometimes三词表示常性般性动作情况常般现时连常位谓语动词前面谓语动词（be动词情态动词助动词）面时位句尾果加强语气放句首
We usually play basketball after school通常放学篮球
Sometimes I go to bed early时睡觉早
He often reads English in the morning常早晨读英语
14 How much How many
how much常询问某商品价格常见句式How much is are…
How much is the skirt 条裙子少钱？
How much are the bananas 香蕉少钱？
how much加数名词表示数量意少how many加
数名词复数形式
How much meat do you want 少肉呀？
How many students are there in your class 班少？
15 be good for be good to be good at
be good for 表示……处be bad for表示……害be good to表示……友be bad to表示……be good at表示擅长……方面做be bad at表示……方面做
Doing eye exercises is good for your eyes做眼保健操眼睛处
Eating too much is bad for you health吃太身体害
Miss Li is good to all of us李老师友
The boss is bad to his workers老板工
Li Lei is good at drawing but I'm bad at it李雷擅长画画擅长
16 each every
each every意思含义法相each体着眼every整体着眼each 两者两者every三者三者
We each have a new book
新书
There are trees on each side of the street
街两旁树
He gets up early every morning
天早晨起早
each作形容词副词代词every作形容词
Each of them has his own duty
义务
They each want to do something different
想做事情
17 般现时现进行时
般现时表示常性惯性动作存状态表示说话者力然现象现进行时表示正进行发生动作（构成方式amis are+doing）
I do my homework in the evening
晚做作业
I'm doing my homework now
现正做作业
现进行时常now these days at the moment Look listen等词连般现时常often always sometimes usually every day in the morning on Mondays等连
We often clean the classroom after school
常放学扫教室
Look They are cleaning the classroom
正扫教室呢
考点扫描
中考考点单元集中：
1．动词般现时现进行时法称代词法数名词数
名词构成法
2．册书中常见交际语
3．册书中重点词组短语
考试形式单项填空完形填空短文改错短文填空
中考范例
1（2004年安徽省中考试题）
Hurry up We’re all waiting for you
I ________ for an important phone call Go without me
A wait B was waiting C am waiting D waited
解析答案：C表示现正进行动作现进行时
2 (2004年长春市中考试题)
Could you help ____ with _______ English please
A I my B me me C me my D my I
解析答案：C第空作宾语应称代词宾格me 第二空作定语应形容词性物代词my
3(2004年长春市中考试题)
Dr White can _______ French very well
A speak B talk C say D tell
解析答案：A说什麽语言常动词speak
4（2004年黄冈中考试题）
English is spoken by ______ people
A a lot B much many C a large number of D a great deal of
解析答案：Ca large number of 修饰复数数名词people
满分演练
单项选择
1 There is some ______ on the plate
A cakes B meat C potato D pears
2 Uncle Wang wants ______ the machine like a bike
A ride B riding C rides D to ride
3 Tom usually goes to bed ________ ten o'clock in the evening
A at B in C on D of
4 ______ picture books in class please
A Not read B No read C Not reading D Don't read
5 The box is too heavy Let ________ help you to carry it
A we B us C ours D our
6 Hurry up ______ we'll be late for the meeting
A and B but C then D or
7 People usually ______ hello to each other when they make a phone call
A say B speak C tell D talk
8 Look She ________ a kite for her son
A makes B is making C make D making
9 These shoes are yours Please ________
A put on them B put on it C put them on D put it on
10 She often gets ______ very late
A home B at home C to home D in home
11 I think the shop is closed ________ this time of day
A in B on C at D for
12 I want ______ of meat please
A half kilo B a half kilo C half a kilo D a kilo half
13 Is this black ruler ________
No It's ________
A yours his B your his C yours him D you he
14 ________ book on the desk is a useful（重）one
A A B An C The D
15 Grandma is ill We have to take her to the ________
A farm B post office C hotel D hospital
16 Liu Mei often helps her mother ________ housework
A does B do Cdoing D to doing
17 We watch evening news on ________ at 700 in the evening
A CCTV B CAAC C WTO D MTV
18 There ________ a box of apples on the desk
A are B is C has D have
19 Would you like ________ with me
A go B to go C going D goes
20 Sometimes his brother ________ TV after supper
A watch B sees C watches D is watching
二 填空
A 根句义首字母写出缺单词
1 Kate's glass is empty She wants a f______ one
2 I think my father can help you m______ your broken bike
3 I have two pencils One is short the other is l______
4 Please open the w______ It's getting hot here
5 Something is w______ with my bike May I borrow yours
B 根句意括号中词适形式填空
1 There are some ________ there talking loudly (woman)
2 This blouse isn't hers It's ________ (my)
3 The people on the farm are very ________ (friend)
4 Do you know ________ (he)
5 Tom's uncle can drive cars He is a good ________ (drive)
C 选词适形式填空
work close look have teacher pen eat China play climb
1 This is our ________ desk Ours are over there
2 Bill has three ________ One is new and the other two are old
3 His uncle ________ very young but he is over forty
4 Let's ________ basketball after class
5 Look The cats are ________ up the trees
6 The shop isn't open It's ________
7 My brother ________ some new picture books
8 In our classroom there is a large map of ________
9 Mum please give me something to ________ I'm very hungry
10 Does Mr Green like ________ in this Chinese school
三 根话容方框中选择恰句子完成话
A Please give it back soon
B It's over there
C Certainly When do you want it
D Thank you very much
E Black and red and it's not very new
A Excuse me Lin Tao
B Yes
A My bike is broken Can I borrow yours
B __1____
A This afternoon
B OK Here's the key
A ____2__ But where is it
B __3____
A What colour is it
B __4____
A I see I think I can find it
B ___5___
A All right See you
四 完型填空
These days men and women young and old are ___1_____ the same kind of ___2____ and a lot of ___3_____ have long hair（头发） We often can't ___4_____whether （否）they are boys or girls men or women
___5_____ old man often goes to walk in the park He is sitting on a chair now A young person is ___6_____ ___7_____ him
Oh goodness the old man says to the other one Do you ___8_____ that person with long hair Is it a boy or a girl
A boy says the other one He is my son Oh says the old man Please ____9____ me I don't know you are his ____10____ I'm not his mother I'm his father says the other one
1 A having B wearing C putting D buying
2 A clothes B trees C pictures D Bags
3 A we B your C them D Theirs
4 A talk B teach C say D tell
5 A An B A C The D
6 A running B flying C standing D driving
7 A on B beside C in D At
8 A see B watch C look D Read
9 A help B excuse C teach D Ask
10 A baby B sister C father D Mother
五 阅读理解
( A )
Mr Li teaches Chinese in the USA He comes back to China every year He gives us a talk He says K Day in the USA is very interesting All children like it very much It is on March 7th When you go out on that day you can see children running with kites in the open air(露天) When you look up you can see different kites in the sky（天空） Some are big and some are small They are in different colours Every kite has a long string(长线) The children begin to run when they get the kites up Every child has a good time that day
1 Mr Li is _______________ He works in the USA
A a worker B an English teacher C a doctor D a Chinese teacher
2 Mr Li says something about _______________
A how to study English B K Day in the USA
C his work in the USA D playing in the open air
3 March 7th is _________________
A Children's Day B Teachers' Day C K Day D Tree planting Day(植树节)
4 Every kite has _____________________
A a short string B a long string C the same colour D the same size()
5 There are _______________ kites in the sky on that day
A all kinds of B one kind of C three kinds of D three
( B )
Paula
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Get up
710 am
710 am
710 am
710 am
710 am
morning
school
school
school
school
school
lunch
pizza
rice
rice
rice
rice
afternoon
Yoyo
Tabletennis
Tabletennis
Tabletennis
football
evening
homework
homework
television
homework
clothes
Go to sleep
1015 pm
1015 pm
1015 pm
1015 pm
1015 pm
根表格容选择佳答案
6 On _______________ Paula usually gets up at 710 am
A Thursdays B Wednesdays C weekdays D weekends
7 Pizza is a kind of _________________
A drink B fruit C toy D food
8 Paula's favourite sport is _________________
A volleyball B tabletennis C yoyo D football
9 On Wednesday evenings Paula usually ___________________
A watches TV B does her homework
C washes her clothes D goes to see her friends
10 Which is wrong
A Paula goes to school from Monday to Friday
B Paula goes to bed after ten o'clock
C Paula has sports in the afternoon
D Paula usually has Pizza for lunch
六 根中文提示英文词语提示写出意思连贯符合逻辑英文文段：（英文提示语必须
位老悉尼热爱中国现北京教英语喜欢北京工作
1 this man come Sydney
2 he China very much
3 now teach in Beijing
4 he say Beijing big beautiful like work here
练答案
1 B2 D3 A4 D5B6 D 7 A8 B9C10A 11 C12C 13 A 14 C 15 D16 B 17 A18 B19 B20 C
二 A1 full 2 mend 3 Long 4 window 5 wrong
B 1 women 2 mine 3 friendly 4 him 5 driver
C 1 teacher's 2 pens 3 looks 4 play 5 climbing 6 closed 7 has 8 China 9 eat 10 working
三 1C 2D 3B 4E 5A
四 1B 2A 3C 4D 5A 6C 7B 8A 9B 10D
五 1D 2B 3C 4B 5A 6C 7D 8 B9A 10D
六 This old man comes from Sydney He likes China very much Now he is teaching in Beijing He says Beijing is big and beautiful he likes working here
初三系列复资料（23）Book2(Unit1Unit9)考点集汇讲解训练
二十三Book2(Unit1Unit9)
知识梳理
I 重点短语
1 on time
2 best wishes
3 give a talk
4 for example
5 short for
6 a waste of time
7 go on a field trip
8 go fishing
9 I agree
10 next week
11 the day after tomorrow
12 have a picnic
13 have some problems doing sth
14 go the wrong way
15 hurry up
16 get together
17 in the open air
18 on MidAutumn Day
19 come over
20 have to
21 get home
22 agree with
23 in the country
24 in town
25 all the same
26 in front of
27 on the leftright side
28 next to
29 up and down
30 keep healthy
31 grow up
32 at the same time
33 the day before yesterday
35 last Saturday
36 half an hour ago
37 a moment ago
38 just now
39 by the way
40 all the time
41 at first
II 重句型
1 have fun doing sth
2 Why don’t you…
3 We’re going to do sth
4 start with sth
5 Why not…
6 Are you going to…
7 be friendly to sb
8 You’d better do sth
9 ask sb for sth
10 say goodbye to sb
11 Good luck(with sb)
III 交际语
1Welcome backto school
2Excuse me I’m sorry I’m late because the traffic is bad
3It doesn’t matter
4Happy Teachers’ Day
5That’s a good idea
6What are you going to do？
7Where are we going
8What are we going to do
9I’m good at…
10It’s not far from…
11 Are you free tomorrow evening
12Would you and Lily like to come over to my home for MidAutumn Festival
13I’m glad you can come
14Thanks for asking us
15How about another one
16May I have a taste
17Let me walk with you
18What do you have to do
19Do you live on a farm
20Which do you like better the city or the country
21Which do you like best dogs cats or chickens
22Shall we go at ten Good idea
23Let’s make it half past one OK
24Why not come a little earlier All right
25Excuse me Where’s the nearest post office please
26It’s over there on the right
27I’m sorry I don’t know
28You’d better…
29Thank you all the same
30Which bus do I take
31Go along this road
32What day was it yesterday
33I’m sorry to hear that
34I hope you’re better now
35Why did you call me
36I called to tell…
IV 重语法
1be going to法
2形容词较级高级
3形容词副词较
4般时
名师讲解
1 on the street in the street
表示街时on the street in the street 美国on the street 英国in the street 例：
We have a house in the street 街座房子
I met him on the street 街遇见
2 would like like
would like like含义like 意思喜欢爱 would like 意思想试较：
I like beerI’m fond of beer 喜欢喝啤酒
I’d like a glass of beer I want a glass of beer 想杯啤酒
Do you like going to the cinema 喜欢电影？
Would you like to go to the cinema tonight 晚想电影？
3 another the other
(1)another 通常三三确定数量中意 物体 例：
May I have another apple please 请苹果？
This coat is too small for me Please show me another件外套穿太请件
(2)the other 通常指两者中例：
He has two rulers One is short The other is long 两尺子短长
I have two brothers One works in Xi’an The other works in Beijing 两兄弟西安工作北京工作
4 have to must
(1)have to must 谈义务法略果某观觉必须做想时常must果谈某种外界义务常have to例：
I must stop smoking 必须戒烟（想戒烟）
They have to work for the boss
老板工作（条件逼工作）
(2)have to 种时态must 般现时例：
I’ll have to get up early tomorrow morning明天早晨必须早早起床
We had to work long hours every day in order to get more money
挣钱天长时间工作
(3)否定句时mustn’t意思决禁止don’t have to意思必相needn’t例：
You mustn’t be late again next time次决迟
You don’t have to go there today You can go there tomorrow
天必里明天
5 hear sb or sthdoing sth herar sb or sth do sth
hear sb or sthdoing sth意思听某某物做某事herar sb or
sth do sth意思听某某物做某事试较：
I hear him singing an English song听见唱英歌曲
I heard him sing an English song听见唱首英文歌
类似hear 种法see watch listen feel等感官动词
6 any some
anysome 数名词数名词复数形式连some般肯定句中any疑问句否定句中试较：
I want some money 想点钱
Have you any money 钱？
I don’t have any money 点钱没
some 时疑问句表示说话期肯定回答鼓励家说例：
Would you like some more beer请点啤酒？
Could I have some rice please请点米饭？
7 hear listen to
listen to hear 听意思含义Listen to强调听动作hear 强调听结果例：
Listen to me please I’m going to tell you a story 请听说讲事
Listen Can you hear someone crying in the next room 听听见隔壁房间里哭？
I listened but heard nothing听听什听见
hear 面果接宾语句常常表示听说例：
I hear some foreign students will visit our school听说外国学生访问学校
I hear there is going to be a film in our school this evening听说晚学校演场电影
8 Let’s… Let us…
Let’s… Let us… 表示…… 果us 包括听话含义相附带问句shall we 果us 包括听话含义Let us…附带问句will you例：
Let’s go shopping shall we 购物？
9 take bring carry get
四动词带意思含义take意带走走bring意带 get表示方某某物带carry强调方带负重意思试较：
My parents often take me there on holidays父母常常带里度假
I’m going to take you to Beijing准备带北京
Bring me a cup of tea please请端杯茶
I’ll bring the book to you tomorrow明天书带
The waiter carried the me to the table服务员肉送桌
The monkey carried the bag on her back猴子包背背
She went back to get her handbag折回手提包
Let me get the doctor请医生吧
10 far away faraway
(1)far away副词短语意思远例：
Some are far away Some are nearer离远离
The village is far away from here村子离远
(2)faraway形容词意思遥远句中作定语例：
He lives in faraway mountain village住遥远山村
11 find look for
findlook for 找意思含义find 强调找结果look for 强调找程请列例句：
He is looking for his bike找行车
I’m looking for my watch but can’t find it找手表找
I hope you will soon find your lost ring希快找丢失戒指
外find发现感等意思例：
I found a wallet in the desk课桌里发现钱包
I find this book very interesting觉书意思
12 in front of in the front of
In front of 表示某物前面某物范围In the front of 表示某物前部某物范围试较：
My seat is in front of Mary’s座位玛丽座位前面
He is sitting in the front of the car with the driver司机坐车前部
考点扫描
1 be going to法
2 形容词较级高级
3 形容词副词较
4 般时
5 单元学词汇短语句型
6 单元学日常交际语
中考范例
1 (2004年烟台市中考试题)
In the exam the ________ you are the ________ mistakes you’ll make
A carefully little B more carefully fewest
C more careful fewer D more careful less
解析答案：C该题考查形容词副词较较等级法第空应填形容词careful较级句中作表语第二空应填few较级修饰复数数名词
2 (2004年河北省中考试题)
Bob never does his homework _________ Mary He makes lots of mistakes
A so careful B as carefully as C carefully D as careful as
解析答案：B该题考查形容词副词法较该空应填副词修饰动词does该题not as+副词+as结构答案应B
3 (2004年重庆市中考试题)
That day I saw some parents _________ at the back of the classroom ________ to the teacher
A sitting listened B sat listened
C sitting listening D sat listening
解析答案：C该题考查see sb doing sth句型结构分词作状语法第空stting句中作saw宾语补足语第二空listening做伴状语
4 (2004年杭州市中考试题)
You ________ open the door before the train gets into the station
A don’t have to B mustn’t C needn’t D may not
解析答案：B该题考查情态动词否定式法区don’t have toneedn’t意思必may not意思mustn’t表示许禁止
满分演练
单项填空
1 Welcome back ________school
A in B at C to D on
2 Miss Gao is our new Chinese teacher ________
A in this term B this term
C on this term D that term
3 I’m sorry I’m late
_____________
A OK B It doesn’t matter
C All right D Thank you
4 Li Mu and Jill are talking _________where they are going
A about B to C with D for
5 There is very ______food in the house
A a few B little C a little D few
6 You’d better take a raincoat ____you
A to B with C on D for
7 The children are going to the Great Wall ______a field trip
A to B with C on D for
8 I’m______hungry May I have a mooncake
A a little B little C a few D few
9 I’m still hungry I’d like _________one
A other B another C an other D the other
10The moon looks ____than the sun but in fact the sun is ______than the moon
A big big B bigger bigger
C small small D smaller smaller
11 I can see them_____football on the playground
A play B playing C to play D are playing
12 Ji Wei runs_________than I
A fast B faster C fastest D the fastest
13 I think steamed bread is ____________ hamburger
A more delicious than B most delicious than
C more delicious to D most delicious to
14 What are you going to do this afternoon
__________ I’m free
A To do my homework B To clean my house
C To do some shopping D Nothing much
15 May I speak to Jack
____________ Who’s that
A I’m Jack B That is Jack
CThis is Jack speaking D I’m Jack speaking
16 Why not _________ and see the play
Good idea
Ago B going C to go D goes
17 It’s cold outside Please keep the door_________
A close B closing C closes D closed
18 My home is about two hundred metres_____our school
A from B far from C away D to
19 There are some apple trees ________her house
A in the front of B at the back of
C in the middle of D at the front of
20 Which floor do you ________
A live B live on C live at D live in
二 完形填空
The Xingqing Palace Park（兴庆宫公园）is __1___ park in Xi’an__2__ Saturdays or Sundays children like ___3___ there __4___ their parents There they can play games There is a lake and a hill in the park Today is Sunday Many children are playing in the park Look Some children __5___ on the lake They are good __6___ it Is the boat ___7___ a chicken No It looks like a duck Some boys are playing __8___ football on the grass(草)A few boys __9___the hill over there All the children are having a good time They think playing in the park is___10___ than having classes at school
1A bigger B the biggest C smaller D the smaller
2A In B On C At D With
3A walking B going C running Dflying
4A with B for C on D in
5A is swimming B is boating C are running D are boating
6A In B with C from D at
7A look B likes C looks D like
8A a B C an D the
9A are running B are walking C are climbing D are jumping
10A little better B much better C many better D the best
三 阅读理解
(A)
Mark Twain is traveling to Dijon by train He wants to sleep very much so he asks the conductor(服务员)to wake him up when the train gets to Dijon The he goes to sleep Later when wakes up it is early the next morning and the train has got to Paris He knows at once（立）that the conductor doesn’t wake him up at Dijon He is very angry He runs up to the conductor and says Why didn’t you wake me up and put me off the train at Dijon I am very angry about it
The conductor smiles and looks at him Another American is more angry than you But you can’t see him now I put him off the train at Dijon last night
根短文容判断列句正误：正确答A错误答B
1． Mark twain asks the conductor to wake him up in Paris
2． The train got to Dijon at night
3． Mark Twain was very angry with the conductor
4． The conductor made a mistake（错误） He put another American off the train at Dijon
5． Mark Twain can’t see that American because the American doesn’t like him
(B)
The worst tourist(游客) in the world is Nicholas Scotti of San Francisco(旧金山) Once he flew from the US to his home town in Italy(意利) to see someone at home The plane made a onehour stop to get oil(油) at Kennedy Airport(机场) of New York As he thought he had arrived home Mr Scotti got off the plane He thought he was in Rome(罗马)
When nobody was there to meet him Mr Scotti thought maybe they were held up by heavy traffic While looking for their addresses Mr Scotti found that the old Rome had changed a lot Many old buildings were replaced by high modern ones
He also found that many people spoke English instead of Italian and that many street signs were written in English
Mr Scotti knew very little English so he asked a policeman(in Italian) the way to the bus station He happened to meet a policeman who was also born in Italy and answered him in the same language
After twelve hours' traveling round on a bus the driver handed him over to a second policeman He asked the policeman why the Rome police employed(雇佣) so many people as policemen speaking English of Italian
To get him on a plane back to San Francisco He was sent to the airport in a police car with sirens(警报) on Look said Scotti to his interpreter(翻译) I know I'm in Italy That's how they drive
1 When Mr Scotti arrived at the airport nobody met him because ____________
A he was in New York
B he was in Rome
C policemen could help him
D he was in an Italian city
2 In what direction (方) did the plane fly when Mr Scotti went to Italy from the US
A To the east
B To the south
C To the west
D To the north
3 Why was Mr Scotti so sure that he was in Rome
A Because he traveled a lot
B Because he knew little about the US
C Because he knew little about Italy
D Because he didn't travel much
4 At last Mr Scotti _________
A knew he did something wrong
B still thought he was
C knew he was wrong
D knew he was home
5 Do you think many people do the same thing as Mr Scotti did
A Nobody but Mr Scotti made this kind of mistake
B Many people make this kind of mistake
C Few people make this kind of mistake
D 50 of people will make the same mistake
(C)
My wife and I stayed in London for a few weeks last year We went there in the autumn We think it is the best season to visit England The weather is usually quite good and there are not too many visitors in October
We stayed in a small restaurant (餐馆) in the West End We did most of our sightseeing (观光) on foot We went to look at all the places We went shopping and spent (花费) too much money We liked going to the theatre (戏院) We don't have the chance (机会) to see such good plays (戏剧) at home A lot of people say English food is very bad We didn't think so Most of the restaurants are French or Chinese but we had some very good meals
We enjoyed our holiday very much We want to go there again this year We are going to take our umbrellas (伞) I'm sure we'll need them sometimes
1 We went shopping and spent too much money means _________
A they didn't enjoy shopping and spent too much money
B prices (价格) were high in England
C there were so many good things in the shops and they bought a lot
D they liked to go shopping with lots of money
2 They didn't have the chance to see such good plays_________
A in their small restaurant B in their home town
C in France D in England
3 You can get _______ in a restaurant
A meals B clothes C books D cakes
4 I'm sure we'll need umbrellas sometimes because__________
A umbrellas can be very good presents for their friends in London
B it often rains in London
C the English people like to bring umbrellas with them
D the English people protect (保护) themselves with umbrella
5 The two visitors came from________
A England B France
C America D a country we don't know
四 根汉语完成列英语句子
1 Yesterday afternoon Miss Li came here _________ (道歉)
2 I did everything ___________ (求做)
3 We saw the old scientist ____________ (花园里散步) just now
4 My grandpa has ___________ (记忆) He can remember many things
5 Do you know who _______ (发明机器)？
6 I find ____________ (记住单词难)
7 I enjoy ____________ (吃肉)
8 Don’t stand ___________ (直) Please give me a hand
9 Wang Zheng __________ (出身)a worker’s family
10 ________________ (祝运) all the boys
练答案
1C 2B 3B 4A 5B 6B 7D 8A 9B 10B 11B 12B 13A 14D 15C 16A 17D 18A 19B 20B
二 1 B 2 B 3 B 4 A 5 D 6 D 7 D 8 B 9 C 10 B
三 (A) 1 B 2A 3A 4 A 5 B
(B) 1 A 2 C 3 B 4 B 5 A
(C) 1C 2B 3A 4B 5D
四 1to say sorry to you 2he asked me to do 3walking in the garden 4a good memory 5invented the robot 6it difficult to remember these words 7eating meat 8all the time 9was born in 10 Good luck
初三系列复资料（24）Book2(Unit10Unit18)考点集汇讲解训练
二十四Book2(Unit10Unit18)
知识梳理
I 重点短语
1 give a concert
2 fall down
3 go on
4 at the end of
5 go back
6 in ahurry
7 write down
8 come out
9 all the year round
10 later on
11 at times
12 ring sb up
13 Happy New Year
14 have a party
15 hold on
16 hear from
17 be ready
18 at the moment
19 take out
20the same as
21 turn over
22 gettogether
23 put on
24 take a seat
25 wait for
26 get lost
27 just then
28 first of all
29 go wrong
30 make a noise
31 get on
32 get off
33 stand in line
34 at the head of
35 laugh at
36 throw about
37 in fact
38 at midnight
39 enjoy oneself
40 have a headache
41 have a cough
42 fall asleep
43 again and again
44 look over
45 take exercise
II 重句型
1 be good for sth
2 I think …
3 I hope…
4 I love…
5 I don’t like…
6 I’m sure…
7 forget to do sth
8 take a message for sb
9 give sb the message
10 help yourself to sth
11 be famous for sth
12 on one’s way to…
13 make one’s way to…
14 quarrel with sb
15 agree with sb
16 stop sb from doing sth
III 交际语
1What’s the weather like today
2It’s cold but quite suuny
3How cold it is today
4Yes but it’ll be warmer later on
5Shall we make a snowman
6Ok Come on
7Happy New Year
8May I speak to Ann please？
9Hold on please
10Thanks a lot for inviting me to your party
11Ok But I’m afraid I may be a little late
12Can I take a message for you
13That’s OK It doesn’t matter
14I’m very sorry but I can’t come
15I’m sorry to hear that
16Happy birthday
17Would you like Would you like to
18Do you think Yes I think so No I don't think so
19Do you agree Yes I agree No don't really agree I really can't agree
20There are a few a lot of on it
21So do we
22I'm happy you like it
23Which is the way to please
24Turn rightleft at the crossing
25Go on until you reach
26How can I get to Go downupalong this road
27What's the matter
28It'll take you half an hour to
29We'd better catch a bus
30It may be in Ah so it is
31You must be more careful
32You mustn't cross the road now
33If you want to cross a street you must wait for the green light
34Please stand in line
35You must wait for your turn
36If you don't go soon you'll be late
37I don't feel very well
38My head hurts
39You mustn't eat anything until you see the doctor
40What's the trouble
41What's the matter with…
42She didn't feel like eating anything
43Nothing serious
44Haveget a pain in…
45No problem
46Take this medicine three times a day
IV 重语法
1 般时
2 反意疑问句法
3 般时
4 感叹句
5 简单句五种基句型
6 情态动词can maymust have to法
7 时间状语句条件状语句
名师讲解
1 above over on
三介词表示……含义on指某物表面某物接触above指某物方某物接触定某物正方over指某物正方某物接触试较：
There is a book on the desk课桌书
I raise my right hand above my head 右手高举头
There is a stone bridge over the river 河面座石桥
2 forget to do sthforget doing sth
forget to do sth意思忘记做某事实际没做forget doing sth意思
忘记做某事实际已做试较：
I forgot to tell him the news忘记告诉条消息
I forgot telling him the news已条消息告诉忘
类似词：remember regret等
3 hopewish
hopewish 汉语中希意思含义法区：
(1)wish表示实现愿hope表示实现愿例：
I wish I were 20 years younger愿年轻二十岁
I hope you’ll be better soon 希快起
I wish the weather wasn’t so cold 愿天气麽冷
I hope he will come too 希
(2)wish接sb to do sth 结构hope例：
Do you wish me to come back later 否希？
4 be sure to do sth be sure ofabout sb or sth
(1)be sure to do sth表示说话方提出求意思务必表示说话做出推断意思定肯定例：
Be sure to lock the door when you leave离开时务必门锁
It’s a good film You are sure to enjoy it部电影肯定会喜欢
(2)be sure ofabout sbor sth 表示某某事握例：
I’m sure of his success相信会成功
I think it was three years ago but I’m not sure about it想三年前事情没握
5 hear fromhear of
hear意思听里听from表示例：
I’ve heard from Xiao Wu that we’ll start out military training tomorrow
听吴说明天开始军训
Listen to the tape and write out what you hear from Han Mei
听录音写出韩梅里听容
hear from意思收某信（receive a letter from sb）例：
I heard from my pen friend in the USA last month
月受美国笔友信
I heard from her last week 周接信
hear ofhear from含义hear of 意思听说知（某事某存）常疑问句否定句里例：
Who is he I’ve never heard of him谁？没听说
I never heard of such a thing 样事没听说
6 It’s a pleasureWith pleasure
It’s a pleasure句话常作表示致谢时答语意思乐意做例：
Thank you for helping me 谢谢帮助
It’s a pleasure 乐意做
Thanks a lot Bye非常感谢 见
It’s a pleasure 乐意做见
类似话 Not at all You are welcome That’s all right
With pleasure作客气答语做某事非常愿意做场合例：
Will you please pass me the newspaper please
请报纸递？
With pleasure
然
7 seemlook
(1)二者作起讲seem暗示迹象作出根判断种判断接事实look着重强调视觉出印象两者(to be)+形容词as if句：
He seems looks (to be) very happy today 天起高兴
It looks (seems) as if it it is going to rain 雨
(2)列情况中seemlook：
1)定式to do时：
He seems to know the answer 似知道答案
2)It seems that 结构中：
It seems that he is happier now than yesterday昨天高兴
8 be ready to dobe ready for get ready to doget ready for
(1)be ready to dobe ready for…表示已作…准备强调状态
(2)get ready to doget ready for…表示…做准备强调行：
I'm ready to do anything you want me to do 愿意时准备做切做做事
I'm ready for any questions you may ask愿意时准备回答问问题
He's getting ready to leave for Tokyo正准备动身东京
Let's get ready for the hard moment艰难时刻作准备吧
(3)be ready to do 通常理解乐做某事思想总做某事准备be not ready to do表示轻易做某事：
He's usually not ready to listen to others通常轻易听
9 at tableat the table
at table吃饭at the table桌子旁边例：
The Greens are at table 格林家吃饭
Mr Black is sitting at the table and reading a book布莱克先生坐桌旁读书
10 reach arriveget to
三者达意reach物动词直接加名词getarrive物动词直接加名词须助介词get to加名词点副词点时to掉arrive at +方arrive in+方：
Lucy got to the zoo before 8 o'clock 露西8点前动物园
When did your parents arrive in Shanghai 父母时海？
It was late when I got home 家时天色已晚
11 sickill
二者形容词生病患病意时ill作表语作定语sick作表语作定语sick呕吐恶心意思作表语ill意：
Li Lei was ill last week (作表语)李磊周生病
He's a sick man （作定语）病说成：He's an ill man
My grandfather was sick for a month last year （作表语）祖父年病
月
12 in timeon time
in time时意思on time准时时：
I didn't get to the bus stop in time 没时赶汽车
We'll finish our job on time 时完成务
13 may bemaybe
It may be in your inside pocket Maybe it is in your inside pocket 许里边口袋里第句中may be情态动词+be 动词构成谓语部分意思许第二句中maybe副词意思常位句首位句中相副词perhaps：
Maybe you put it in that bag许放包里（说You maybe put it
in that bag）
It may be a hat顶帽子（说It maybe a hat It maybe is a hat）
14 noise voice sound
noise 指嘈杂声噪音吵杂声voice指说话声音嗓音嗓子sound指耳朵够听声音闹声等表示声音意普通字时作科学声音例：
Don't make so much noise 声喧哗
I didn't recognize John's voice on the telephone 电话里听出约翰声
音
He spoke in a low voice 低声说话
We heard a strange sound 听种奇怪声音
Sound travels fast but light travels faster 声音传快光传更快
考点扫描
中考考点单元集中：
1 般时
2 反意疑问句法
3 般时
4 感叹句
5 简单句五种基句型
6 情态动词can maymust have to法
7 时间状语句条件状语句
8 单元学词汇短语句型
9 单元学日常交际语
考试形式单项填空完型天空短文填空完成句子
中考范例
1 (2004年长沙市中考试题)
Do you know if we will go to the cinema tomorrow
I think we’ll go if we ________ too much homework
A will have B had C won’t have D don’t have
解析答案：D该题考查条件状语句时态条件时间状语句里通常般现表示动作
2 (2004年佛山市中考试题)
You have been to Tibet _________ I was told that the snowcovered mountains were very beautiful
A have you B haven’t you C don’t you
解析答案：B该题考查反意疑问句构成反意疑问句前部分肯定句部分应该否定疑问部分前部分保持时态致
3 (2004年扬州市中考试题)
Jacky look at that Japanese sumoist(相扑手)
Wow ______________
A How a fat man B What a fat man
C How fat man D What fat man
解析答案：B该题考查感叹句构成感叹句省略谓部分保留感叹部分果What开头应该What a fat man 果How开头应该How fat
4 (2004年福建省泉州市中考试题)
Thanks for your help
__________________
A It doesn’t matter B Don’t thank me
C You’re welcome D That’s right
解析答案：C该题考查日常交际语回答道谢通常That’s all rightYou’re welcome
满分演练
选择填空
1 Don’t forget _________your book here tomorrow
A to take B to bring C taking D bringing
2 Mrs Brown went to the cinema ______she
A didn’t B doesn’t C wasn’t D isn’t
3 It was half past four Everything _______ready
A is B was C are D were
4 Happy New Year
____________
A The same to you B I’m glad to hear that
C I’m very happy D Thank you It’s very kind of you
5 I got up late yesterday There _________no time to have breakfast
A has B had C was D is
6 Thank you for ______me to your party
A invite B inviting C to invite D invited
7 I’m sorry I took your pen by mistake yesterday
______________
A All right B That’s right C Right D That’s all right
8 Thank you for showing me the way
________________
A The same to you B It doesn’t matter
C It’s a pleasure D That’s right
9 Could I use your computer for a moment
_____________
A Sure B Really C Right D It doesn’t matter
10 I just lost my bike
________________
A I wish you to buy a new one
B You’d better buy a new one
C I’m sorry to hear that
D It’s always nice to ride a new one
二 选择代句中划线部分词语短语
1What’s the matter with your mother
Aproblem B question C message D wrong
2Thank you very much
It’s a pleasure
A I’m very glad B That’s right
C It doesn’t matter D Not at all
3What is he doing at the moment
Anow B a moment ago C late D later on
4Did you have a good time at the party
Astay long B sing and dance C enjoy yourself D eat enough
5May I speak to John please
Certainly
ASure B I think so C I’d love to D That’s all right
6Could I speak to Jim please
Sorryhe isn’t in
Ais at home B is not at work C is out D is free
7There is nothing but an old table in the room
A many B some
C any D only
8What’s the weather like
A When B Where C why D How
9Please let me look at your photo
Agive me B pass me C bring me D show me
10Please ask him to ring me up when he comes back
A see B help C call D thank
三 完形填空
When I __1__ in London last year it had one of the thickest fogs(雾) in years You could __2____ see your hand in __3___ of your face When evening fell it became even __4___ All traffic(交通) __5___ to a stop I decided to walk
A few minutes __6___ I couldn’t find my__7___ Then I saw a young man and asked him to help me He agreed As I was following him __8__ the streets he told me I know this part of London quite well And the thick fog ___9__ to me You see I’m __10___
1A is B was C am D are
2 A easily B hard C hardly D even
3 A front B the front C back D the back
4 A bad B worse C good D better
5A began B started C went D came
6A late B later C early D earlier
7A road B way C street D home
8A along B in C through D by
9A is not good B does good C is nothing D has something
10A strong B week C blind D clever
四 阅读理解
(A)
John was a very famous pianist When he was a small boy he once played at a
party at the home of a rich man He was only eight years old But he had played for
several years At the party he played a famous piece by Beethoven (贝芬) He
played wonderfully
The famous piece has in it several very long rests In each of these rests he took
his hands from the piano and waited To him this was very exciting But it seemed that
the mother of the rich man thought differently Finally during one of these rests she
came over to him She touched him on the head with a smile and said My boy why
don’t you play us what you know well
根短文容判断正误：正确答A错误答B
1John once played the piano at a party when he was only a little boy
2John began to play the piano at the age of eight
3In each of the rests John took his hands from the piano because he felt tired
4The rich man’s mother did not think John played the piece well
5I n fact the mother of the rich man knew the piece well
(B)
One day we had an English class The teacher saw a boy reading a picture book
and said Tom what do you usually do after lunch Tom nervously(紧张)got up
from his seat but he did not know what to answer He thought for some time and then
said Wait for supper
The teacher was displeased(高兴) and just at that moment he saw another boy
asleep The teacher was getting a little angry now but he was trying not to show it
Then he asked And you Joke
As Joke was asleep of course he could not hear what the teacher had said His
deskmate(桌) woke him up Joke stood up quickly and answered in a loud voice
So do I
1This story happened____________
A in the teacher’s office B after lunch
C in class D a home
2Tom’s answer made the teacher __________
A angry B displeased C surprising D laughing
3The teacher asked Joke ________
Awhat he wanted to do after class
Bwhat he did in class
Cthe same question as he asked Tom
Dto help Tom
4Joke’s answer meant that_______
Ahe knew what to do and what not to do after lunch
Bhe did the same thing as Tom did
Che read a picturebook
Dhe did many things after lunch
5From the above story we can see that ________
A Joke did not know what question the teacher had asked
BTom did well in his lessons
CJoke was good at his lessons
DTom and Joke worked hard at their lessons
(C)
Mrs Black the wife of a rich business man invited some of her friends to have
lunch She wanted to try a new way of cooking a fish and she was very pleased with
herself when the dish was ready As the dish was very hot she put it near the open
window to cool for a few minutes But five minutes later when she came back for it
she was shocked(震惊)to find the neighbour’s cat at the dish She was in time to stop
the car That afternoon was successful and everyone enjoyed the dish very much
They talked and laughed till four o’clock
At the end of the afternoon when she was alone again Mrs Black felt tired and
happy She was in a chair just near the window She looked out of the window and
shocked to see the neighbour’s cat dead in her garden Why the fish dish must be bad
What would happen to her friends She at once telephoned the family doctor for
advice The doctor told her to telephone each of the visitors to meet him at the
hospital as soon as he could Finally the danger was over Once again Mrs Black was
alone in her chair in the sittingroom still tired but no longer happy Just then the
telephone rang It was her neighbour Oh Mrs Black her neighbour cried My cat
is dead She was killed by someone in a car and put it in your garden
1Mrs Black invited _______to lunch
A Mr Black’s friends B her neighbour
C her parents D some of her friends
2Why was Mrs Black not happy after she had a good party
AShe was sad about the dead cat
BShe found her fish dish was bad
CShe never thought that she would have so much trouble
DShe felt tired after she had a busy day
3Mrs Black________________________
Astopped the cat before it began to eat the fish
Bwas too late to stop the cat in time
Cstopped the cat before it ate the fish up
Dstopped the cat but it was too late
4Why was Mrs Black so shocked to see the cat dead in her garden
AShe liked the cat very much
BShe worried about her friends
CShe was sure that her fish was bad
DShe didn’t know how the cat died
5Finally________________
AMrs Black found that all her friends were all right
Ba visitor told her that the cat was killed by someone in a car
CMrs Black felt happy as all her friends were safe
DMrs Black met all her friends at the hospital
五 根汉语句子意思完成列英语句子
1 收音机里说天晚时候雨会停
The radio says the rain____ ____ ____ ____today
2 喜欢冬天天气太冷
I don’t like winter _____it’s ____ _____
3 西安位中国西北部
Xi’an is ______the ______of China
4 吃面包啊
_____ _____ bread it is
5 明天白天温度保持零度
The temperature will _____ ____ _____ in the daytime tomorrow
六 句型转换第二句子第句子意思相相
1What a hot day today
_____ _____ it is today
2 Most of North and South China will have a cold wet day
____ will be cold and wet _____ most of North and South China
3 The radio says it will be cloudy sometimes
The radio says it will be cloudy ____ ____
4 The snow will be heavy in some places
It _____ _____ _____ in some places
5 Shall we go out for a walk
_____ _____ going out for a walk
练答案
1B 2 A 3 B 4 A 5 C 6 B 7 D 8 C 9 A 10 C
二 I 1 D 2 D 3 A 4 C 5 A 6 C 7 D 8 D 9 D 10 C
三 1 B 2 C 3 A 4 B 5 D 6 B 7 B 8 C 9 C 10 C
四 (A) 1A 2B 3B 4A 5B
(B) 1C 2B 3C 4B 5A
(C) 1D 2C 3A 4B 5A
五 1 will stop later on 2 because too cold 3 in northwest 4What delicious
5stay above zero
六 1 How hot 2 It in 3 at times 4 will snow heavily 5How about
初三系列复资料（25）Book2 (Unit19Unit26)考点集汇讲解训练
二十五Book2 (Unit19Unit26)
知识梳理
I 重点短语
1 on time
2 out of
3 all by oneself
4 lots of
5 no longer
6 get back
7 sooner or later
8 run away
9 eat up
10 take care of
11 turn off
12 turn on
13 after a while
14 make faces
15 teach oneself
16 fall off
17 play the piano
18 knock at
19 to one's surprise
20 look up
21 enjoy oneself
22 help yourself
23 tell a story stories
24 leavebehind ……
25 come along
26 hold a sports meeting
27 be neck and neck
28 as as
29 not so as as
30 do one's best
31 take part in
32 a moment late
33 Bad luck
34 fall behind
35 high jump
36 long jump
37 relay race
38 well done
39 take off
40 as usual
41 a pair of
42 at once
43 hurry off
44 come to oneself
45 after a while
46 knock on
47 take care of
48 at the moment
49 set off
50 here and there
51 on watch
52 look out
53 take one’s place
II 重句型
1 We’d better not do sth
2 leave one oneself
3 find one’s way to a place
4 stand on one’s head
5 make sb Happy
6 catch up with sb
7 pass on sth to somebody
8 spend time doing sth
9 go on doing sth
10 get on well with sb
11 be angry with sb
12 be fed up with sth
13 not…until…
14 make room for sb
III 交际语
1 We’re all by ourselves
2 I fell a little afraid
3 Don’t be afraid
4 Help
5 Can’t you hear anything
6 I can’t hear anything anybody there
7 Maybe it’s a tiger
8 Let’s get it back before they eat the food
9 Did she learn all by herself
10 Could she swim when she was …years old
11 She didn’t hurt herself
12 He couldn’t buy himself many nice things
13 Did he enjoy himself
14 Help yourselves
15 Bad luck
16 Come on
17 Well done Congratulations (to…)
18 It must be very interesting
19 I don’t think you’ll like it
20 It seems to be an interesting book
21 I’m sure (that)… I’m not sure if… I’m not sure what to…
22 I hope so
23 What was heshe drawing when…
24 I’m sorry to trouble you
25 Would you please…
26 What were you doing at ten o’clock yesterday morning
27 You look tired today
28 You’d better go to bed early tonight if you can
29 How kind
30 Let’s move the bag or it may cause an accident
31 It’s really nice of you
32 Don’t mention it
33 Don’t crowd around him
IV 重语法
1 定代词副词运
2 反身代词法
3 列句
4 形容词副词较等级
5 冠词法
6 动词进行时
名师讲解
1 bringtake
Bring表示带指处说话方带take表示带走表示方bring相反指说话走带走：
Bring me the book please 书
Take some food to the old man 位老带食物
2 somebody anybodynobody
般说somebody定句anybody否定句疑问句条件状语句例：
Somebody came to see you when you were out 出时见
Does anybody live on this island 岛住？
I didn't see anybody there 谁没见
Don't let anybody in I'm too busy to see anybody 进太忙谁想见
There is nobody in the room 房间里没
Nobody told me that you were ill so I didn't know about it 谁没告诉病知道
3 listen listen to hear
三词意思听法完全相区：
(1)listen 物动词面接物做宾语着重倾听指意识动作否听非强调重点：
Listen Someone is singing in the classroom 听教室唱歌
(2)listen to listen物形式面定接物做宾语里to介词：
Do you like listening to light music喜欢听轻音乐？
(3)hear 作物动词作物动词意思听听见指耳朵听某声音表示意识动作着重听力结果：
We hear with our ears耳朵听
She listens but hears nothing听听什没听见
4 many much a few a little few little
(1)many修饰数名词much修饰数名词表示许例：
He has many books许书
He drank much milk喝许牛奶
(2)a fewa little表示点侧重肯定相somea few修
饰数名词a little修饰数名词例：
He has a few friends in London伦敦朋友
Would you like some coffee Yes just a little喝点咖啡？点
(3)fewlittle表示没侧重否定few接数名词little接数名词例：
He is a strange man He has few words怪说什话
Hurry up there is little time left赶快没什时间
5 either neither both
either作形容词般指两者中时表示两
……意思名词单数形式neither 指两者中没全否定both 指两者肯定句中作语宾语定语both面应名词复数形式：
Neither of the films is good两部电影（没部）
Either of the films is good 两部电影错（谓语动词单数）
Both the teachers often answer the questions两老师常常解答问题
6 take part injoin
take part in参加某种活动 join参加加入某政组织例：
Can you take part in my party参加派？
We often take part in many school activities常参加学校里活动
He joined the party in 1963 1963年入
My little brother joined the army last year 弟年参军
7 quite rather very
(1)quite 表示程度十分完全相：
She is quite right极
That's not quite what I want 完全
(2)rather 表示程度相预想程度通常喜欢情况：It's rather cold today天天气相冷
(3)very表示程度甚极非常修饰形容词副词喜欢情况喜欢情况应注意a very +形容词+数名词单数结构中a应置very前该结构相quite aan +形容词+名词结构：
Two months is quite a long time a very long time 两月段长时间
It's a very nice day quite a nice day 天天气
考点扫描
中考考点单元集中：
1 定代词副词运
2 反身代词法
3 列句
4 形容词副词较等级
5 冠词法
6 动词进行时
7 单元学词汇短语句型
8 单元学日常交际语
考试形式单项填空完型填空短文填空完成句子
中考范例
1 (2004年江西省中考试题)
I called you yesterday evening but there was no answer
Oh I am sorry I ___________ dinner at my friend’s home
A have B had C was having D have had
解析答案：C该提考查动词时态表示某时刻正进行动作应进行时
2 (2004年北京市中考试题)
Which is _________ the sun the moon or the earth
Of course the moon is
A small B smaller C smallest D the smallest
解析答案：D该提考查形容词较等级三者进行较中应高级形容词高级前必须加顶冠词the
3 (2004年河北省中考试题)
Bob never does his homework _________ Mary He makes lots of mistakes
A so careful as B as carefully as C carefully as D as careful as
解析答案：B该提考查形容词副词法区空白处缺词修饰动词短语does his homework应该副词外表示某做事某细心应not as carefully as样结构
4 (2004年吉林省中考试题)
I like riding fast It’s very exciting
Oh You mustn’t do it like that ________ it may have an accident
A and B or C so D but
解析答案：B该提考查连接列句列连词选择And通常连接两意思致列句so连接两果关系列句but连接两转折关系列句or相if not意思否
满分演练
单项选择
1 Who jumps ________ in your class
A far B farther C farthest D longer
2 I made the cake by ________ Help __________ Tom
Thanks Jane
A ourselves yourself B myself yourself
C myself yourselves D ourselves yourselves
3 There ________ a football game on TV this afternoon
A is going to have B will be
C is going to play D will play
4 Wu Dong was _______ tired that he couldn't keep his eyes_________
A too open B so closed C too closed D so open
5 Can you hear __________
A something B anything C nothing D somebody
6 The students stop __________ when the teacher came in
A to talk B talking C talked D talk
7 I told him ________ story
A the whole B the all C whole the D all
8 Please _________ early tomorrow mum
A wake up me B wakes me up
C wake me up D will wake me up
9 He will go to the Great Wall if it __________ tomorrow
A won't rain B doesn't rain C don't rain D isn't raining
10 Can you tell us _________
A where have you gone B where you have gone
C where have you been D where you have been
11 Li Lei sit down please I'll ________ you some tea
A take B to bring C get D give
12 Don't forget to _________ your dictionary here tomorrow
A take B bring C carry D borrow
13 He couldn't wash ________ when he was five years old
A his B him C himself D herself
14 Why did you leave your daughter at home all by ________
A yourself B himself C herself D myself
15 I bought my son a bike _________ he like it a lot
A and B but C or D at
16 _______ Li Lei was far behind the others at first
A At the 800metre race B In the 800metres race
C In the 800metre rece D At the 800metres race
17 My parents are teachers They _________ teach English
A Both B all C both D are
18 Kate is an __________ girl
A eightyearold B eightyearsold
C sixyearold D sixyearsold
19 Who jumped _________ of all in the long jump
A longest B longer C farther D farthest
20 The runner fell but he quickly got up and _______
A went on running B went on to run
C went on run D went on ran
二 完型填空
Mr Smith left his car 1 his house one night but when he came down the nest_2 to go to his office he found the car 3 there He called the police and told them the 4 And they said they must 5 him to find the car
6 Mr Smith came home from his office that evening the car was back again in its usual (通常) place 7 his house He examined (检察) it carefully to see if (否) it was damaged (损坏) and found 8 theatre (剧院) tickets on one of the seats (座位) and a letter It said We feel very 9 We took your car because we had an mergency (急诊)
Mr and Mrs Smith went to the theatre with the two tickets the next night and 10 themselves very much
When they got home they found thieves (贼) took away everything in their house
1 A inside B outside C from D under
2 A evening B morning C afternoon D night
3 A wasn't B was C left D went
4 A wrong B matter C thing D idea
5 A made B let C help D ask
6 A If B Because C When D Before
7 A in the front of B in front of
C on the front of D on front of
8 A many B no C two D one
9 A sorry B afraid C happy D sad
10 A helped B taught C hurt D enjoyed
三 阅读理解
(A)
Do you live in a city Do you know how cities begin Long ago the world had only a few thousand people These people moved from place to place They moved over the land hunting (猎) animals for food
No one knows how or where these people learned about growing food But when they did their lives (生活) changed They didn't have to look for food any more They could stay in one place and grow it
People began to live near one another And so the first villages grew
Many people came to work in the village These villages grew very big
When machines came along (出现) life in the villages changed again Factories were built (建立) More and more people lived near the factories The cities grew very big
Today some people are moving back to small towns Can you tell why
根短文容判断正误：正确答A错误答B
1 Long ago a few people could stay in one place hunting animals for food
2 When these people learned to grow food their lives changed
3 Factories were built after the cities grew big
4 Today some people don't live to live in big cities
5 Everyone knows how and where cities began
(B)
Almost everyone likes dogs and almost everyone likes to read stories about dogs I have a friend He has a large police dog named Jack Police dogs are very clever Every Sunday afternoon my friend takes Jack for a long walk in the park Jack like these long walks very much
One Sunday afternoon a young man came to visit my friend He stayed a long time He talked and talked Soon it was time for my friend to take Jack for his walk But the visitor still stayed Jack became very worried He walked around the room several times and then sat down in front of the visitor and looked at him But the visitor paid not attention He went on talking Finally Jack got angry He went out of the room and came back a few minutes later He sat down again in front of the visitor but this time he took the visitor's cap in his mouth
1 The young visitor stayed a long time didn't he __________
A Yes he did
B Yes he didn't
C No He didn't
D No he did
2 Jack became very worried because ____________
A he wanted to have something to eat
B he wanted to play with him
C he wanted to go out
D he didn't know the young man
3 Jack sat down in front of the visitor because _____________
A he wanted to join the talk
B he wanted the visitor to leave
C he wanted the visitor to talk with him
D he wanted to show the visitor how clever he was
4 The visitor went on talking and ________________
A he didn't like Jack
B he paid no attention to Jack
C he paid no attention to his cap
D he didn't care that his cap was his cap was taken away by Jack
5 Jack went out of the room with nothing but came back with ________ in his mouth
A something
B nothing
C the visitor's cap
D the visitor's shoe
(C)
Mr White and his wife wanted to paint(油漆) the outside of their house To save(节省) money they wanted to do it themselves On Saturday morning they bought some paint and two brushes(刷子) They began that afternoon with the back ol the house The next Saturday Mr White went to a football match(赛) but his wife painted the front of the house On Sunday they found they couldn't open any of the front windows They got them all open in the end But they broke three of the seven They were very dear to mend Next time when they want to save money they’ll certainly ask somebody to do the work
l Mr White wanted to paint ___________________
A the front of the house B the back of the house
C the front windows D the outside of the house
2 They wanted to do the work themselves because_________________
A the windows were very easy to break
B the windows were very hard to open
C nobody could do this work well
D they didn't want to give more money
3 The work lasted for about ___________________
A two days B less than a week
C three days D more than a week
4 They have to ask somebody to mend the ________________ windows
A three B four C five D seven
5 Next time they will ask somebody to work for them because
A they want to go to football matches
B it is no longer an interesting thing for them
C they have no more paint and brushes
D they really want to save some money
四 句意方框中词短语填空
A catch up with F a moment later
B fell behind G passing …on to
C getting ready to H At the same time
D dropped I neck and neck
E On the first lap J won
1_________________ the boys and the girls passed the ball to each other
2The teacher shouted to the runners_______________ Come on Come on
3The Class 4 runner fell and ___________________the others
4The monkey is ___________the hat _____________the other small monkeys
5What are they doing They’re _______________do some cleaning
6The runner from Class 2 _____________his slick Bad luck
7LingFeng and Jim were __________________at first
8____________________ the students ran very fast but on the second lap they were too tired to ran farther
9Look The short girl from Class 3 is beginning to ______________the girls in front
10At last Class One ____________________the boys’ relay race
五 完成句子
1 英语班受欢迎科目
English is _____________ in our class
2．请盒子带办公室
Please __________ to the office
3．应该雷锋志学
We should _____________ comrade Lei Feng
4．正算电影
She _________ see a film
5．莉莉1987年6月29日出生海
Lily _______________
6．见高兴
I _________ to see you
7．舒服
She seems __________sell
8．喜欢开妹妹玩笑
He also likes to __________ his younger sister
9．难算出道题
It is hard for me to _________ the problem
10．确定第名？
_______________ he got the first prize
练答案
1 C 2 B 3 B 4 D 5 B 6B 7 A 8C 9B 10D 11C 12 B 13C 14C 15A 16 C 17 C 18 B 19 D 20 A
二 1B 2B3A 4B 5C 6C 7B 8C 9A 10D
三 (A) 1 B 2A 3B 4A 5B
(B) 1 A 2 C 3 B 4 B 5 C
(C) 1 D 2D 3D 4A 5D
四 1H 2F 3B 4G 5C 6D 7I 8E 9A 10J
五 1 one of the most popular subjects
2 take the box
3 learn from
4 is planning to
5 was born in Shanghai on June 29 1987
6 am happypleased
7 not to be
8 play jokes on
9 work out
10 Are you sure
初三系列复资料（26）Book3 (Unit1Unit6)考点集汇讲解训练
二十六Book3 (Unit1Unit6)
知识梳理
I 重点短语
1 at the moment
2 used to
3 for a while
4 walk away with sth
5 leave for some place
6 sooner or later
7 pay for
8 come up with an idea
9 think of
10 have a try
11 all over the world
12 be famous for
13 large numbers of
14 all the year round
15 no matter what
16 give up
17 for example
18 by the way
19 on business
20 so far
21 come true
22 set off
23 slow down
24 go on doing
25 wait for
26 be proud of
27 be afraid of
28 speak highly of
29 a year and a half
30 half a year
31 pick up
32 as soon as
33 keep… clean
34 take care of
35 cut down
36 make a contribution to
37 base on
38 make sure
39 take away
40 begin with
41 right now
42 as soon as possible
43 leave a message
44 all kinds of things
45 walk around
46 fall asleep
47 wake up
48 go on a trip
49 have a good time
50 take photos
51 come out
52 come on
53 have a family meeting
54 talk about
55 go for a holiday
56 go scuba diving
57 write down
58 by oneself
59 walk along
60 get a chance to do sth
61 have a wonderful time
62 book a room
63 have an accident
64 be interested in
65 use sth to do sth
66 make a TV show
67 be amazed at
68 take part in
69 feed on
70 get out of
II 重句型
1 Why don’t you do sth
2 make sb Happy
3 borrow sth from sb
4 forget to do sth
5 pay fro sth
6 return sth To sb
7 learn sth from sb
8 be famous for sth
9 No matter what…
10 be with sb
11 go on doing sth
12 speak highly of sb
13 keep doing sth
14 allow sb To do sth
15 encourage sb to do sth 16 It is said that…
III 交际语
1 Excuse me have you got …
Yes I have (Sorry I haven’t)
2 Why don’t you …
Thanks I will
3 Thanks a lot (Thank you very much)
You are welcome
4 Have you ever done…
Yes I have once (No never)
5 I’ve just done…
Really
6 What’s …like
7 How long have you been…
Since…
8 Have you ever been to…
I’ve never been there (None of us has Only …has )
9 Would you like to have a try
I don’t think I can…
10 What have you done since…
11 How long have you been at this …
For…
12 How long has she he worked there…
She’s He’s worked there for… all her his life
13 I’m sorry he isn’t here right now
14 May I help you
15 That’s very kind of you
16 Could we go scuba diving
17 Could you tell us how long we’re going to be away
18 Let’s try to find some information about it OK
19 Could you please tell me how to search the Internet
20 Go straight along here
21 Please go to Gate 12
22 Please come this way
23 Could you tell me what you think about Hainan Island
24 That sounds really cool
IV 重语法
1 宾语句
2 现完成时
3 般时现完成时法较：
名师讲解
1 Maybe may be
(1) maybe副词意思概许常作状语
Maybe you put it in your bag许放包里
Will he come tomorrowMaybe not 明天？许
(2) may be相情态动词maybe动词搭配起作谓语意思许……
It may be 900 when they arrive九点达
The man may be a lawyer 许律师
2 borrow lend keep use
(1) borrow表示里东西通常说进
We often borrow books from our school library常学校图书馆书
I borrowed this dictionary from my teacher 老师字典
borrow瞬间完成动作时间段连
You can borrow my recorder for three days ( 错误 )
I have borrowed this book for only one week ( 错误 )
(2) lend表示东西通常说出
Thank you for lending me your bike谢谢行车
He often lends money to his brother常钱弟弟
lendborrow样瞬间完成 动作段时间连
(3) keep意思般指保存阶段段持续时间时间段连
You can keep my recorder for three days录音机三天
I have kept this book for only one week书刚星期
(4) use讲意
May I use your ruler 尺子？
He had to use this public telephone部公电话
3 leave leave for
(1) leave意思离开留
We left Shanghai two years ago两年前离开海
He left his cell phone in the taxi last week周手机落出租车里
(2) leave for意思前表示目
We will leave for Tibet next month月西藏
The train is leaving for Moscow趟火车开莫斯科
4 since for
(1) since完成时态作介词作连词常接时间点意思
He has been a worker since he came into this city
城市工
I have never seen him since we last met in Shanghai
次海见没见
since作连词然意思
Since you are interested in it just do it 然感兴趣做吧
You can have fun now since you’ve finished your work
然已做完功课开心玩会吧
(2) for完成时作介词常接段时间意思…
I have learned English for five years已学五年英语
They have waited for you for 30 minutes已等三十分钟
for作连词意思
They missed the flight for they were late完误航班
He fell ill for many reasons种原病倒
5 neither either both
(1) neither作代词两者进行否定意思两者作语时谓语动词单数
Neither of the boys is from England两男孩英国
I know neither of them 两认识
neither作形容词修饰单数名词意思作代词时相作连词时般nor搭配表示 …作语时谓语动词遵循原
She neither ate nor drank yesterday 昨天吃喝
Neither he nor we play football on Sundays 星期天踢球
(2) either作代词时指两者中意方(两者)作语时谓语动词单数
Either of the books is new两书新
She doesn’t like either of the films两部电影喜欢
either作形容词 修饰单数名词意思作介词时相
Either school is near my home (两学校中)学校离家
Either question is difficult两问题(中)难
either作连词时般or搭配表示两者选意思…作语时谓语动词遵循原
Either he or I am right
Either my sister or my parents are coming to see me姐姐父母
(3) both作代词时指涉两者 作语时谓语动词复数形式
I like both of the stories两事喜欢
Both of my parents are teachers父母两老师
both作形容词时修饰两者意思作代词时相
Both his arms are hurt两胳膊受伤
Both these students are good at English 两学生擅长英语
both作连词时and搭配表示… 仅… 作语时谓语动词复数形式
Both piano and violin are my bobbies钢琴提琴爱
They study both history and physics 学历史学物理
6 findlook for find out
(1) find强调找结果意思找外发现发觉意思接宾语句
Jim couldn’t find his hat吉姆找着帽子
Have you found your lost keys 找丢失钥匙？
He found the lights were on along the street发现街灯亮
(2) look for意思寻找指找动作非结果外盼期意思
She is looking for her son正找子
We’ve been looking for the car since early this morning天早开始找辆车
I look for the coming holiday期着假期
(3) find out含观察研究探索知意思常接较抽象事物意思找出发现查明（真相）等
I can find out who took my money away查出谁钱
Could you find out when the plane arrives 设法知道飞机时？
7 forget to do forget doing
(1) forget to do指忘记做某件事该事没做
Please don’t forget to call this afternoon天午忘电话
I forgot to take some small change with me身忘带零钱
(2) forget doing指忘记某件已做事情该事已做忘记
He forgot telling me his address忘告诉址
They forgot having been here before忘前
8 stop doing stop to do
(1) stop doing指停止做某事doing动作继续
They stopped debating停止辩（辩）
He had to stop driving as the traffic lights changed in to red 交通灯变成红色停车
(2) stop to do指停开始做件事停止原先事开始做do
动作
She stopped to have a rest停休息会（开始休息）
They stopped to talk停开始交谈
9 except besides
(1) except指包括面提物理解撇开…谈表示两部分
Everyone is excited except me
外激动（激动激动）
All the visitors are Japanese except him
外游客日（日）
(2)besides包括面提物理解外…外…表示两部分相似性
Twentyfive students went to the cinema besides him
外25学生电影(外25)
We like biology besides English
英语外喜欢生物（生物英语喜欢）
besides作副词意思外常句首句尾
He is a great thinker and besides he is a politician
名伟思想家外位政治家
They encouraged me and they supported me with money besides
仅鼓励金钱支持
10 keep doing keep on doing
(1) keep doing指连续坚持断做某事中间间断
It kept blowing for a whole day刮整天风
The temperature keeps dropping温度持续降
(2) keep on doing指反复坚持做某事动作间略间隔
They have kept on writing to each other for many years已互相通信年
After drinking some water he kept on talking喝水坚持讲话
11 seem look
(1) seem般着重客观迹象意思似象起…
The baby seems to be happy婴似高兴
He seemed to be sorry for that似件事感抱歉
seemto do结构连look
It seems to rain 似雨
They seemed to have finished their work似已完成工作
it作形式语句型中seem
It seems that he is quite busy now现起忙
It seems to us that there is nothing serious没什
(2) look作起时常物体外观样貌判断视觉接受印象
The room looks clean间房起干净
The girl looks like her mother女孩起妈妈
12 such so
(1)such常作形容词修饰名词
Don’t be such a fool傻
He is such a clever boy聪明男孩
(2)so副词修饰形容词副词
He is so kind 真心
Why did you come so late 回晚？
名词前many much few little等表示少时应该so
He has so many friends朋友
Only so little time is left 剩点时间
13 either too also
(1)either作时副词常否定句句尾
She is not a Japanese I’m not either日
My sister doesn’t like this song either妹妹喜欢首歌
(2)too常肯定句疑问句尾表示
He likes China too喜欢中国
Are you in Grade 3 too 三年级？
(3)also常肯定句疑问句般位句中
We are also students学生
He also went there on foot走着
Did you also want to have a look 想？
14 if whether
列情况whether非if：
(1)or not连时whether
We want to know whether you are ill or not 想知道否生病
Please tell me whether or not you have finished your work
请告诉否完成工作
(2)接动词定式时whether
Adam didn’t know whether to go or stay亚知道走留
He hasn’t decided whether to have dinner with me没决定否进晚
餐
(3)引导宾语句放句前时whether
Whether it will rain or snow we don’t mind 刮风雨
Whether I won or lost she didn’t want to know赢输想知道
(4)引导语句表语句时般whether
The most important was whether they had gone重已
走
Whether he will go with me is a secret否会起秘密
if引导条件状语句表示果假whether没法
We’ll have a football match if it doesn’t rain tomorrow果明天雨
进行足球赛
I’ll tell him if I sees him见告诉
If you’re in danger please call 110果遇危险请拨110
15 cost spend pay take
(1) cost般某物做语表示（某物）值…花费…指花费时
间指金钱
The new bike costs me 300 yuan辆新行车花三百元
It will cost you a whole to read through this book通读书会花费整整
周时间
cost 作名词表示成费价格代价等
What’s the cost of this TV set 台电视机成少钱？
They succeeded at the cost of hard work辛苦工作换成功
(2) spend般某作语表示（某）花费…付出…指时间
金钱指时间时常 in搭配指金钱时常onfor搭配
We spent two days in repairing this machine花两天时间修理台机器
Mr Lee spends 20 on books every month李先生月花二十美元书
(3) pay作动词时般某作语般指花钱付款等少
指花费时间常for搭配
They paid 70 yuan for the tickets花七十元买票
He was too poor to pay for his schooling穷交起学费
pay作名词意思薪水工资等
It’s hard for me to live with such low pay难低薪水生活
(4)take指花费(时间金钱)通常某事某物做语形式语it
How long will the meeting take 会议开久？
It took me several hours to get there 花时
16 bad badly
两词意思含坏糟严重等意思较级worse
高级worst
(1) bad形容词意思坏糟糕差严重
I don’t think he is a bad person认坏
I had a bad headache头疼厉害
(2)badly副词意思差表示程度意严重
非常极度
We need help badly急需帮助
His arm was badly hurt胳膊严重受伤
17 interested interesting
(1) interested指…产生兴趣…感兴趣般做语常
介词in
He was interested in biology before前生物感兴趣
I’m not interested in art艺术感兴趣
(2)interesting意思趣指够带兴趣某某事物
He is an interesting old man趣老头
The interesting story attracted me 趣事吸引
18 dead die death dying
(1) dead形容词意思死生命表示状态段时间
连
The tree has been dead for ten years棵树死十年
The rabbits are all dead 兔子死
(2) die动词意思死死亡瞬间动词段时间连
My grandpa died two years ago爷爷两年前世
The old man died of cancer老死癌症
(3) death名词意思死亡世等
The memorial hall was built one year after his death死年纪念馆建成
His death is a great loss to us死巨损失
(4) dying die现分词作形容词意思垂死死
The doctors have saved the dying man医生救活垂死
The poor dog had no food it was dying怜狗没食物快饿死
考点扫描
中考考点单元集中：
1 宾语句时态语序
2 般时完成时法区
3 单元学词汇短语句型
4 单元学日常交际语
考试形式单项填空完型填空短文填空完成句子
中考范例
1 （2004年北京市海淀区中考试题）
Do you know ________________
Only ten months old
A when does Tiger Woods start golfing
B when did Tiger Woods start golfing
C when Tiger Woods starts golfing
D when Tiger Woods started golfing
解析答案：D该题考查宾语句时态语序宾语句时态应般时应里说事情语序应陈述句语序正确答案 when Tiger Woods started golfing
2 （2004年北京市海淀区中考试题）
I’m interested in animals so I _____________ every Saturday working in an animal hospital
A pay B get C take D spend
解析答案：D该题考查pay get takespend四动词法区动词spendsb spends time doing sth 句型里正确答案影视spend
3 （2004年天津市中考试题）
Could I ________ your telephone I have something important to tell my parents
A keep B borrow C use D lend
解析答案：C该题考查keep borrow uselend四动词法区keep真正含义保留borrow含义入lend含义出use含义句子里实际意思应选use
4 （2004年鄂州市中考试题）
Hi Ann Where’s your brother I need his help
He left home two weeks ago and ________away ever since
A is B was C has been D had been
解析答案：C该题考查动词时态法区般现时表示常发生动作现处状态般时表示动作处状态完成时表示动作时间前发生事情现完成时表示动作状态某时间开始直延续现刚刚结束里现完成时
满分演练
单项填空
1 Mr Green asked the children to _____the words in the dictionary
A look at B look up C look for D look after
2 May I _____ your bike Certainly but you can't _____it to other
A lend lend B borrow lend C borrow borrow D lend borrow
3 Mr Brown _____in China since 20 years ago
A worked B works C is working D has worked
4 There______ be many trees here two years ago
A is B are C use to D used to
5 Neither my brother nor I ____a doctor
Ais Bam Care Dbe
6 ____of my parents ____ watching TY
ABoth likes BEither like CNeither like DNeither likes
7 I really don't know ____ next Can you tell me
Ahow to do Bwhat to do Chow will I do it Dwhat to do it
8 He has lived here ___ 1965
A since B for C in D from
9 If you are tired please stop ___ a rest
A having B have C to have D has
10She has never come to the farm before _____ she
A has B hasn't C does D doesn't
11 It is ____book that I have ____ it twice
Asuch an interesting…seen Bso an interesting…read
Cso interesting…looked Dsuch an interesting…read
12 The doctor was busy ____ on the boy at that time
Aoperate Bto operate Coperated Doperating
13 The policeman told the children _____play in the street
A didn't B to not C not to D don't
14 Mother returned home _____earlier than Father that evening
A very B too C more D much
15 I won't go to see the film tonight because I ______ my ticket．
A lost B have lost C will lose D didn't lose
二 完形填空
Children like to copy(模仿) what they hear They copy their parentstheir friends and even the TV This teaches them how to speak the language Copying also does good to students of a second ____1______ When you listen to foreigners speak English_____2_____ what they say as loudly as you can
Children don’t practise grammar but use the language to ____3_____ that interests them They don’t ____4_____ their vocabulary or poor grammar They find ways to ____5_____ themselvesand they do it successfully
Students of English should also pay their attention to ______6______ Look for chances to talk with people in English If you can’t find a ____7____ to talk to talk with other students of English instead _____8_____ an English discussion and talk about music movies or whatever _____9_____you Don’t worry about _____10___ The objective(目标) is to earn how to communicate(交流) easily and comfortably Remember that you can communicate successfully even with a small vocabulary
1 A year B grade C language D country
2 A repeat B hear C believe D remember
3 A write letters B keep diaries C talk to people D talk about things
4 A look for B complain about C laugh at D go over
5 A enjoy B help C relax D express
6 A grammar B vocabulary C communication D English
7 A foreigner B topic C chance D visitor
8 A Start B Build C Use D Make
9 A understands B interests C improves D allows
10 A lessons B exams C wasting time D making mistakes
三 阅读理解
(A)
We can see walls everywhere in the world But the Great Wall of China is the
biggest of all The Chinese call it The TenthousandLi Great Wall It is in fact
more than 6000 kilometres long It is 45 metres wide In most places five horses or
ten men can walk side by side
When you visit the Great Wall you can't help wondering how the Chinese
people were able to build such a great wall thousands of years ago Without any modern machine it was really very difficult to build it They had to do all the work by hand It took millions of men hundreds of years to build it
The Great Wall has a history of over two thousand years The kings began to build the first parts of it around two thousand seven hundred years ago Then Qin Shihuang had all the walls joined up He thought that could keep the enemy out of the country
Today the Great Wall has become a place of interest Not only Chinese people but also people from all over the world come to visit it
1 The Great Wall is the biggest of all walls in _________
A China B Europe C the world D Asia (亚洲)
2 How long is the Great Wall
A It's less than six hundred kilometres B It's over six million kilometres
C It's six thousand kilometres D It's more than six thousand kilometres
3 It took _____ men ______ years to build the Great Wall
A millions millions B hundreds of hundreds of
C millions of hundreds of D hundreds of millions of
4The Great Wall was built ______________
A by people all over the world B without any modern machines
C with some other countries' help D by all Chinese kings
5 Qin Shihuang thought the Great Wall could _________
A keep the enemy out of his country B keep his body in it
C be visited by all the people D make his country beautiful
(B)
In 776 BC the first Olympic Games were held at the foot of Mount Olympus to honor Greeks' chief god Zeus(希腊神祗宙斯献礼) The Greeks praised (注重)physical fitness and strength in their education of youth Therefore running boxing horseracing discus throwing and so on were held in each city and the winners competed every four years at Mount Olympus Winners were greatly honored by having olive wreaths(橄榄枝花环)placed on their heads and having poems sung about their deeds Originally(起初)these were held as games of friendship and any wars that were going on were stopped to allow the games
The Greeks regarded these games as so important that they counted time in fouryear cycles called Olympiads dating from 776 BC
1 Which of the following is NOT true
A The first Olympic Games were held to celebrate
B Winners were greatly honored by having olive wreaths placed on their heads
C Battles were stopped to let the games take place
D Poems were sung in the honor of winners
2 Nearly how many years ago did these games start
A 776 years B 1250 years C 2278 years D 2760 years
3 Which of the following matches was not mentioned in the passage
A Discus throwing B Boxing C Skating D Running
4 What conclusion can we reach about the ancient Greeks
A They liked to fight
B They were very good at sports
C They liked a lot of ceremony (仪式)
D They couldn't count so that they used Olympiads for dates
(C)
Over thirty thousand years ago people from northern Asia went to America Today we call these people Indians
The Indians went to America because the weather began to change Northern Asia became very cold Everything froze They had to move or die How did the first Indians go to America They walked
Later Columbus found the New World in 1492 At first only a few Europeans followed They traveled to America in boats For the next three hundred years about 500000 people went there Then the number grew very quickly From 1815 to 1915 over thirtytwo million Europeans left their countries and went to the United States The biggest groups were from Germany and Italy These Europeans spoke many different languages Most of them took almost no money They went to America so that they could find a better life
1 __________ went to America first
A People from northern Asia
B People from Europe
C People from Germany
D Columbus
2 Why did the Indians go to America Because ________
A northern Asia became very hot
B northern Asia became very cold
C they were interested in America
D they liked traveling
3 The New World was ___________
A Italy B northern Asia C Germany D America
4 The first Europeans went to America _______________
A by ship B by bike C by boat D by train
5 These Europeans ______________
A didn't speak the same language
B spoke English only
C spoke German only
D spoke both English and German
6 The Europeans went to America in order to _________
A find the New World
B find a better life
C build more boats
D learn English
四 补全话 面话空白处填适词话通符合逻辑
( Jim and Han Li are talking about the coming summer holiday)
Ben Hello Han li where are you going for your summer holiday
Han Li I'm ___1___ sure I'm thinking ___2___ going to Guilin What about you
Ben I'm going to Chongqing and Wuhan ___3___ my parents
Han Li ___4___ are you going there
Ben First we'll fly to Wuhan and then go to Chongqing ___5___ ship
Han Li That's a good idea I'm sure you'll enjoy it Wish you a pleasant journey
Ben Thank you
五 完成句子 根汉语句子意思完成列英语句子
1 什收音机开声？
______ do you turn your radio so loud _____
2 整会议持续3时
The whole meeting will ______ ______ 3 hours
3 喜欢狗玩
We all like ______ ______ with the dog
4 抱歉没带食物
I'm sorry I don't ______ any food ______ me
5 新录音机什样？
What ______ your new recorder ______
6 谢谢告诉消息
Thank you ______ ______ me the news
7 昨晚直十点停止谈话
They ______ stop talking ______ 11 o'clock last night
8 封露茜写帆信
This is a letter ______ Lucy ______ Xiaofan
练答案
1B 2B 3D 4D 5 B 6D 7B 8 A 9 C 10 A 11 D 12D 13 C 14 D 15 B
二 1C 2A 3D 4B 5D 6C 7A 8A 9B 10D
三 (A) 1 C 2 C 3 C 4 B 5 A
(B) 1 A 2 C 3 C 4 B
(C) 1 A 2 B 3 D 4 C 5 A 6 B
四 1 not 2 about 3 with 4 How 5 by
五 1 What for 2 last for 3 playing with 4 take with 5 is like 6 for telling 7 didn't until 8 from to
初三系列复资料（27）Book3 (Unit7Unit12)考点集汇讲解训练
二十七Book3 (Unit7Unit12)
知识梳理
I 重点短语
1 give up
2 try out
3 most of
4 not…any more
5 at the age of
6 at that time
7 send message by telegraph
8 graduate from
9 turn down
10 put up
11 at the top of
12 get together
13 from house to house
14 at the end of
15 on top of
16 as well
17 climb down
18 in a single night
19 even though
20 live on
21 once upon a time
22 according to
23 keep warm
24 on the other hand
25 on show
26 on display
27 in the future
28 look up
29 Tree Planting Day
30 just right
31 as often as possible
32 wash away
33 in this way
34 in a few years' time
35 point to
36 thanks to
37 more or less
38 so far
39 shut down
40 send up
41 put off
II 重句型
1set one's mind to do sth
2 put … together
3 stop…from…
4 keep…from…
5 be filled with sth
6 give birth to
7 be covered with
8 be made of
9 fill…with…
10 match…with
11 be used for
12 have nothing to do with
13 come up with
14 no matter how…
15 keep sbsthwarm
III 交际语
1 I'm trying to …
2 I'll …
3 Which of these would you like most to …
4 What do you want to …
5 I want to…
6 I hope to …
7 I plan to…
8 I'm going to…
9 I'm so happy that …
10 I'm glad …
11 me too
12 What's this called in English
13 What's it made of
14 It's made of …
15 What's it used for
16 It's used for …
17 English is widely used for business …
18 It is one of the world's most important languages as it is so widely used
19 Where is are … grown produced made
20 The (ground ) must be just right…
21 It's best to …
22 The hole should not be too deep
23 The Great Green Wall is 7000 kilometres long and between 400 and 1700 kilometres wide
24 The more the better
25 More or less
26 The (ground ) must be just right…
27 The hole should not be too deep
28 掌握常见标志：
ENTRANCE EXIT PUSH PULL NO SMOKING NO PARKING
FRAGILE THIS SIDE UP NO PHOTOS DANGER BUSINESS HOURS
PLAY STOP PAUSE ON OFF
IV 重语法
1 动词动语态结构法
2 动词定式功法
名师讲解
1 be able to can
(1) 表示够具备干某件事力含义时互换
Mr Green is able to finish the work on time
Mr Green can finish the work on time
格林先生够时完成项工作
(2) be able to种时态can 情态动词现时式could
We are sure he will be able to be an artist when he grows up
相信长够成名画家
Miss Lin has been able to pay the car by herself
林姐已够负担辆车
(3) Can表示够力做某事外法be able to 没
表示请求语气没could委婉
Can I have a look at this picture 张图片？
Can we leave school after 600 pm 午6点离开学校？
表示性
That man can’t be our new teacher 新老师
The exam can’t be too difficult考试会太难
2 bring takecarryfetch
(1) bring般指处说话里翻译成带
He brought us some good news带消息
Please don’t forget to bring your homework tomorrow
明天请忘家庭作业带
(2) take般指说话里处翻译成带走
Please take the umbrella with you It’s going to rain雨请伞带
She took the dictionary away字典走
(3) carry强调方表示携带背着运送搬扛等意思
They carried the boxes into the factory 箱子搬进工厂
A taxi carried them to the station 出租车送车站
(4) fetch表示取等意思包含两趟
The waiter fetched them some apples侍者取苹果
Mother fetched the doctor for her ill son妈妈生病子请医生
3 whole all
(1) whole强调完整互分割整体
The whole country is suffering the war 整国家正遭遇战争
I just want to know the whole story仅仅想知道完整事
whole句中位置放格冠词指示代词
They will spend their whole holiday in Canada
加渡整假期（格）
She has finished writing the whole book 已写完整书（冠词
whole修饰数名词（名词单数）
He ate the whole cake 整蛋糕吃（强调整整蛋糕）
(2) all强调部分组成全部
Miss Green knew all the students in the class
格林姐认识班（全认识）
all句中位置放格定冠词指示代词前
Jim finished all his homework in twenty minutes
吉姆20分钟完成作业（格前）
Of all the boys here he sings best里男孩中唱（定冠词前）
The boy can answer all these questions男孩够回答问题（指示代词前）
all修饰数名词（名词须复数）修饰数名词
All these five books are mine五书（修饰数名词）
She was worried about her son all the time总子担心（修饰数名词）
4 fill full
(1) fill常作动词with连意思注满装满表示填空补缺意思
He filled the box with chalk粉笔装满盒子
The bucket is filled with water水桶里装满水
(2) full形容词翻译成满装满常of连外表示完全吃饱饱
All the rooms are full of people房间满
The bus was full He had to wait for the next one辆车满等辆
5 be made of be made from be made in be made into
(1) be made of表示…制成 般指够出原材料发生物理变
化
This table cloth is made of paper张桌布纸做
This salad is made of apples and strawberries种沙拉苹果草莓做
(2) be made from表示…制成般指出原材料发生化学变化
Bread is made from corn面包麦做
The lifeboat is made from some special material救生艇某种特殊材料制成
(3) be made in指产意思…制造
The caps are made in Russia帽子产俄罗斯
My mother likes to buy things which are made in China
妈妈喜欢买中国产东西
(4) be made into意思制成…
This piece of wood will be made into a small bench 块木头制成凳
The paper has been made into clothes for the doll 纸做成洋娃娃衣服
6 none no one neither
(1) none指指物意思没常作代词of连
None of us has heard of him before没前听说
I like none of the coats 外套件喜欢
none作语时谓语动词单复数皆
None of the answers is true没答案正确
None of the rooms are mine没间房子
(2) no one指of连
No one is absent没缺席
I knew no one there里认识
no one作语时谓语动词单数
No one agrees with you 没意说法
(3) neither作代词两者进行否定意思两者作语时谓语动词单数
Neither of the boys is from England 两男孩英国
I know neither of them两认识
7 found find
(1) find意思找发现式分词found
I can't find my glasses找着眼镜
He found it boring to sit here alone发现独坐里没劲
(2) found外词find没关系意思成立建设常作
物动词
The People's Republic of China was founded in 1949中华民国成立1949年
The school was founded by the local residents学校居民修建
8 hear hear of hear from
(1)hear意思听见听说知面接名词代词宾语句
We heard the news just a moment ago刚听说消息
Can you hear me 听见说话？
(2) hear of意思听说般指非直接听见听说接
宾语句
I have never heard of her未听说
They heard of the film long time ago久前听说部电影
(3) hear from意思收信听关
I often hear from him 常收信
He hasn't heard from his mother for a long time久没收妈妈信
9 send send for
(1) send意思送派遣发信寄信意思
The company sent him to study abroad公司派国外学
Mr Brown sent her children away布郎夫送走孩子
(2) send for意思召唤派取派非亲
They have sent for a repairman已派请名修理工
She sent for some flowers派买花
10 get to arrive reach
(1) arrive直接接点物动词表示达相
点arrive in 表示相点arrive at
The delegation will arrive in China at 500 pm代表团午500达北京
It was dark when they arrived at the railway station达火车站时候天已黑
When did she arrive here last time 次什时候？（副词前省略介词）
(2) reach直接接达点物动词
They reached London on Friday星期五达伦敦
The news only reached me yesterday昨天接消息
reach伸手取伸手触联络等意思
Can you reach that apple on the tree 够树苹果？
He can always be reached on the phone时电话联系
(3) get表示达时物动词应to搭配
We often get to school on foot常步行学校
They got to the top of the hill at noon中午达山顶
考点扫描
中考考点单元集中：
1 动词动语态结构法
2 动词定式功法
3 单元词汇短语句型
4 单元学交际语
考试形式单项填空完型填空短文填空完成句子
中考范例
1 (2004年北京市中考试题)
Aunt Li often asks her son ________ too much meat It’s bad for his health
A don’t eat B not to eat C not eat D to not eat
解析答案：B该题考查动词定式构成法句子基句型ask sb not to do sth 里not to eat 定式否定式做宾语补足语
2 (2004年嘉兴市中考试题)
China is becoming stronger and stronger so Chinese ________ in more American schools now
A was taught B is taught C teaches D taught
解析答案：B该题考查动词语态时态Chinese 种语言教动语态说现情况动词般现时
选B
3 (2004年河北省中考试题)
This painting ________ to a museum in New York in 1977
A sells B sold C was sold D is sold
解析答案：C该题考查动词语态时态This painting卖动语态1977年卖般时
4 (2004年扬州市中考试题)
If you ________ a new idea please call me as soon as possible
Sure I will
A keep up with B catch up with C feed up with D come up with
解析答案：D该题考查短语动词法单元学短语动词come up with a new idea意思想出新意正符合题意
满分演练
选择填空
1 The boy is too hungry he has already eaten an apple but he asks for_______ one
A the other B other C another D others
2 It’s going to rain You’d better __________ there
A don’t go B to not go C not to go D not go
3 He spent much time __________ the work
A at B in C on D for
4 Mr Green would like to meet the headmaster _______ 800 ______ 900 tomorrow
morning
A from to B at at C between and D from and
5 When _______ his uncle _________
A did dead B has died C did die D has been dead
6 They ________ this city last week
A reached to B got C arrived D arrived in
7 The TV set doesn't ______ too much I can afford it
A take B spend C cost D pay
8 His father will be back from Beijing ________a month
A between B after C in D for
9 He read nothing _________he
A does B doesn’t C did D didn’t
10 There’s _____ milk in the bottle is there
A little B few C a little D a few
11 Look there is a map of China ______ the two windows
A between B among C about D in
12 Two languages are very _____ used One is English Chinese is ______ one
A wide another B widely the others C wide the other D widely the other
13 I was badly ill yesterday That's ______ I didn't go to school
A why B because C as D since
14 Have a good time this weekend ________
A That's OK B Thanks The same to you
C That's all right D Have a better time than me
15 ______ of the money is yours
A None B No one C Neither D Nothing
16 ______ of the apples are red
A One thirds B First third C Two third D Two thirds
17 It's getting dark You'd better ______ out alone
A don't go B not to go C not going D not go
18 His home is ______ the northeast of China
A among B in C at D to
19 All the old things were invented ______ ago
A hundreds of year B hundreds of years
C a hundreds of years D a hundred of years
20 Jack likes to ______ others but never writes to them
A hear of B hear about C hear from D hear
二 括号词适形式填空
1 This job can _________ quite quickly (do)
2 ________ you ________ your homework yet (finish)
3 That pen isn't yours It's _________ (her)
4 Can you help __________ with my English(I)
5 Lin Lin is the __________ in our class(young)
6 Who is _____________ Mike or Jack (tall)
7 We live on the ___________floor (twenty)
8 English _________ in many countries today (speak)
9 I __________ born on July 2nd 1989 ( be)
10 You’d better __________ here as soon as possible (leave)
三 完型填空
One day a poor farmer was taking a bag of wheat to town Suddenly the bag 1__ from his horse onto the road He did not know 2_ to do about it because it was 3__ heavy for him to lift by himself He only hoped that someone would soon pass by and 4__ him a hand
Just at this moment a man 5__ a horse came up to him But the farmer’s heart 6__ when he saw who he was It was the __7___ man living nearby The farmer had hoped to ask another farmer or a poor man like him to come along and help him He couldn’t ask such a great man to help him But to his 8__ the great man got off his horse as soon as he came nearer He said to the farmer I see you 9_ help friend How good it is that I’m here just at the right time Then he took one end of the bag the farmer took the other they together raised it and put it on the horse
Sir asked the farmer how can I pay you
It’s quite easy The great man replied with 10_
Wherever you see anyone else in trouble do the same for him
1 A fall B fell C falling D fallen
2 A what B how C that D it
3 A very B so C quite D too
4 A lend B ask C borrow D gave
5 A riding B ride C rode D rides
6 A falls B sinks C sank D rose
7 A poor B great C good D bad
8 A surprised B surprising C surprise D surprises
9 A needs B need C to need D needed
10 A smiles B smile C a smile D an smile
四 阅读理解
(A)
The war finally ended in 1945 During the next years two great things
happenedmy dad came home from the army and I was born I was the first child but I wasn't alone for long In the next four years my mother had three more boys
It was great having a big family The four of us were very close in age so we played
together all the time We liked the game policemen and thieves best It was exciting
Everybody always wanted to be a thief Of course someone had to be the policeman
and it was usually me
Well I have grown up now but I still love the game There is only one thing
different I'm a real policeman Policeman Joe so it's not a game any more
判断列句子否符合短文容符合A表示符合B表示
1 Joe's father was once a soldier
2 During the war his father came back home
3 Joe was the youngest child in the family
4 He got on well with his brothers
5 He always had to be the thief in the game
(B)
Michael Jordan is the most famous basketball player in the world He was born in Brooklyn New York He didn’t like to talk to other people about himself He was very short He didn’t play very well when he joined the basketball team in his high school at first But the next year things changed greatly for him as he grew much taller
Michael Jordan became famous when he joined the university basketball team in North Carolina Michael used his speed and strength(力量) to reach the basket again He played so well that people called him Air Jordan
After college Michael became a basketball team member in the Chicago Bulls The NBA was very surprised at this highflying player He was named Rookie(新秀) of the year in 1985 and Most Valuable(价值) Player in 1987 He once set
a record(创纪录) by getting 63 points in one game
1 Jordan is a basketball superstar in ____________________
A England
B America
C Canada
D Japan
2 When he joined the basketball team in his high school he ___________ at first
A didn’t play very well
B played very well
C grew much taller
D set a record
3 He began to become famous in __________________________
A the university basketball team
B the NBA
C his high school at first
D the Chicago Bulls
4 He is often called _________________
A Rookie
B the NBA
C Air Jordan
D Most Valuable Player
5 The NBA was very surprised at the superstar when __________________
A he was young
B he joined the basketball in his high school
C he joined the university basketball team
D he joined the Chicago Bulls
(C)
The 29th Olympic Games will be held in our country in 2008 As a great many people will visit our country the government(政府) will build new hotels a large stadium(体育馆) and a fine new swimming pool They will also build new roads The games will be held just outside the capital and the whole area(区) will be called Olympic City Workers will build a railway and some new roads by the end of 2005 The fine modern buildings have been designed(设计) by the best designers
The people old and young in the capital are getting ready for the Olympic Games by learning English We will be very glad to see the new buildings go up We are very excited and looking forward to the Olympic Games because they have never
been held in our country before
1 Because of the 29th Olympic Games _________________________
A a lot of new buildings have been finished
B a large number of people visited our country
C many new roads and a railway line have been built
D a lot of new buildings have been planned
2 From the passage we know that the Olympic Games _______________
A have just been held in our country
B will be held in our country for the first time
C are held in our country every four years
D were held in our country four years ago
3 The passage tells us that everyone in the capital ____________ for the Olympic Games
A is busy building roads
B is studying English
C is designing buildings
D is having sports and games
4 The whole area with hotels stadiums swimming pools is called ___________
A buildings
B stadium
C Olympic City
D Olympic Games
5 Go up in the last passage means ______________
A 建起 B涨 C增长 D升
五 补全话
1How are you I’m _______________
2 Shall I call you Jim or James It doesn’t ___________
3I didn’t win in the sports meeting Bad __________
4What does that word mean ______________ one
5 I think foreign languages are more important than science
I really can’t _________ with you
6 What were you doing at that time when your father came back yesterday
I was ___________ the floor
7 Thank you for your help That’s all ____________
8 Have you found my ruler yet I’m __________ I haven’t
9 Is Bill as tall as Li Lei No he isn’t _________ tall as Li Lei
10 Well _________ Congratulations Thank you
六 句型转换求填词完成句型转换
(A）面题B句空格里写单词B句意思A句相
1 A My eyes started to fail at the age of seven
B My eyes started to fail when _________ _________ ________ _______ old
2 A He is so tired that he can’t do anything else
B He is _____________ tired ___________ do anything else
3 A We’ll remember Comrade Lei Feng for ever
B Comrade Lei Feng ________ _______ ______ by us for ever
4 A How expensive the car is
B ____________ ____________ expensive car it is
5 A We use computers in many ways
B Computers ____________ __________ in many ways
(B)面题汉语意思英语完成句子答案写横线词数限
1．明天力赢场足球赛’
Tomorrow we will __________________________ to win the football game
2．教师走进时学生停止谈话
When the teacher came in the students ______________________________
3．国家变越越强
Our country has become __________________________________________
4．画明天学校展出
His picture __________________________________ at our school tomorrow
5 花费两时完书
It ________ me two hours _______ _______ reading the novels
练答案
1C 2D 3C 4A 5C 6D 7C 8C 9C 10A 11 A 12 D 13 B 14 B 15 A 16 D 17 D 18 B 19 B 20C
二 1be done 2Have finished 3hers 4me 5youngest 6taller 7twentieth 8is spoken
9was 10leave
三 1B 2A 3D 4A 5A 6C 7B 8C 9B 10C
四 (A) 1A 2B 3B 4A 5B
(B) 1B 2A 3A 4C 5D
(C) 1D 2B 3B 4C 5A
五 1fine 2matter 3luck 4Which 5agree 6sweeping 7all right 8sorry 9so 10done
六 (A) 1I was seven years 2too to 3will be remembered 4What a 5 are used
(B) 1do our best 2stopped talking 3stronger and stronger 4will be on display
5took to finish
初三系列复资料（28）Book3 (Unit13Unit18)考点集汇讲解训练
二十八Book3 (Unit13Unit18)
知识梳理
I 重点短语
1 beg one's pardon
2 multiply …by…
3 slow down
4 wear out
5 try on
6 make a decision
7 a place of interest
8 make a mistake
9 drop off
10 think about
11 make up one's mind
12 at all
13 at least
14 by the time
15 carry on
16 never mind
17 from now on
18 come down
19 hands up
20 before long
21 no one
22 not…any longer
II 重句型
1 be busy doing sth
2 prefer to do sth
3 regard as
4 be pleased with sthsb
5 be angry with sb
III 交际语
1 How much does… cost …
2 It can cost as little as … yuan and as much as … yuan
3 It costs …
4 It's worth …
5 I don't agree with …
6 I wasn't sure whether…
7 I wonder if …
8 What size …
9 Have you got any other colour size kind
10 Have you got anything cheaper
11 How much are they
12 How much does it cost
13 How much is it
14 That's a bit expensive
15 Even though they're a little expensive I'll take them
16 I'll think about …
17 I don't think I'll take …
18 I like …
19 I don't really like …
20 Can I help you girl
21 Would you like me to look in the back
22 We can find …
23 Do you like being …
24 Can I ask you some questions
25 Sure
26 It was great
27 Wow
28 Yeah
29 Oh dear
30 Hands up
31 I’ll shoot anyone who moves
32 There’s no need to thank me
33 Can you remember anything else about him
34 Come down Polly
35 There is a little traffic accident．
36 There's a big traffic jam
37 Well I'm sure he'll be here before long
38 I'm beginning to get angry with him
39Yes we can't wait any longer Let's go without him
40 That's terrible
41 That's a really bad excuse
IV 重语法
1 时
2 完成时
3 动词定式
4 定语句
名师讲解
1 think thinkabout think of
(1) think 单独时表示思考 接that 宾语句时意认觉
I am thinking how to work out the problem
I think she is a good student
宾语句含否定概念时通常形式否定think 意义否定
宾语句
I don't think he can come
I don't think it will be windy
(2)think about 接名词动词ing 形式疑问词引导定式宾语
句意思考虑……
I have thought about it for a long time
Please think about how to tell her the bad news
(3)think of 表示认 般疑问句中what 连
What do you think of the TV play How do you like the TV play
2 big large great
述形容词表示侧重点程度
(1) big指具体事物强调正常形体标准普通场合
正式场合指身材高长表示伟重意：
Can you lift up this big stone
On the last day I made a big decision
(2) large特强调远远超标准指体积面积容积数量：
A whale is a large animal
A large crowd collected at the gate of the theatre
(3) great表示数量体积外指抽象程度意味着伟性重性 优越性常抽象形东西形东西时常带伟令吃惊等意思含定感情色彩：
China is a great country with a long history
He was one of the greatest scientists
3 cost take spend pay
(1) cost表示花钱花费付出（钱精力生命等语必须物）
The book cost me five yuan
(2) take语动词定式 通常it做形式语
It took me five yuan to buy the book
(3) spend动语句中语
I spent five yuan on (for) the bookI spent five yuan (in) buying the book
(4) pay语
I paid five yuan for the book
4 expensive high cheap low
四词谈价格高低时注意expensivehigh涉价格高cheap low涉价格低
(1) expensive昂贵花钱单词谈价格高货贵时语
价格必须货物物品身：
This watch is expensive 表贵
These glassproducts are not expensive 玻璃制品值钱
注意：cheap表示价廉便宜语价格必须物品身：
The cheap table was bought from him 张便宜桌子卖
This cloth doll is very cheap 布娃娃便宜
(2)high表示价格时含义高low表示价格时含义低两词物品身价格：
The price of this watch is very high 表价格太高
The price of this book is not low for me 书价格说低
面试句子正误：
The price of this computer is expensive
(宜改：This computer is expensive The price of this computer is high )
The price of this pen is not cheap for him to buy
(宜改：This pen is not cheap for him to buy The price of this pen is not low for him )
5 alone lonely
lonely alone意思较接时区：
(1)lonely作形容词意思孤单寂寞指心灵寂寞指
偏僻点句中作表语作定语
(2)alone 作形容词副词意思单独独指心理寂寞感觉
She was taken to a lonely island lived alone but she never felt lonely
带荒岛居住感寂寞
6 before long long before
(1)before long 作久讲切字面译长时间前久
前：
We hope to finish our experiment before long 希久（）实验做完
(2)long before 作久前讲原意……前久译老早long before before long 前者面接名词句文明确时名词句省略Before long 没述搭配法
They began the test yesterday but we had made experiment long before 昨天开始做实验前久已做准备
7 as when while
(1)as 连词意思……时候面……面（强调时般连
续时间长）：
As we were talking about Titanic our teacher came in 正谈泰坦尼克号部电影时教师进
The students sing as they go along 学生边走边唱
(2)Whenas样连词注意when……时候（般表示动作紧接着发生）时（等立连词前逗号分开）
I stayed till sunset when it began to rain 直呆太阳山时天开始雨
(3)while……时候……时（强调时发生般连续时间较长）
While I was watching TV he was reading 电视时候正书
While there is life there is hope 生命希
8 beatwin hit
(1)beat 动词意思连续 败 敲beat接队名意思
击败手：
I can beat you at swimming
(2)win意思赢某项目面常接match game：
He won a game 胜局
We won a match 赛胜
(3)hit意思击中（时表示）：
The mother hit her child out of anger 妈妈生气孩子
9 keep doingkeep on doing
(1)keep doing侧重表示持续停做某事持续某种状态：
The girl kept crying all the time 女孩直哭
The baby kept sleeping about four hours 婴连续睡约四时
(2)keep on doing 表示总断做某事表示静止状态sitting sleeping lying standing类词连：
It kept on raining for seven days
Don't keep on asking such silly questions
10 get turn become
三词作系动词表示状态变化表语三词法稍
get强调情感气候环境变化turn强调色彩变化become强调
职务职称等变化：
The days are getting shorter and shorter in winter．冬天白天越越短
She couldn't answer the question and her face turned red．回答出问题脸红
When did you become a teacher Ten years ago什时候老师？十年前
11 steal rob
意思讲steal表示偷窃意思rob表示抢劫意思搭配讲steal sth from sbsth robrob sbsth of sth 例：
He stole money from the rich to give it to the poor
They robbed the bank of one million dollars
12 seelookwatchnotice
英语中seelookwatchnotice意思注意区
see意表示视觉器官意识意识物体强调结果
look意表示意识观强调动作
watch意观注视指较注意力观
notice意注意指意识注意含注意注意变化意义例：
What can you see in the picture？图画中什？
Look How happily they are playing玩高兴啊
He’s watched TV for over two hours．两时电视
He noticed a purse lying on the road．注意钱包
13 Shoot shoot at
shoot物动词意思射中射死宾语动物等shoot at动词词组意……射击射中射死否知：
The man shot five birds in the forest．森林里射死（中）五鸟
The hunter shot at the bear．猎熊射击
They shot at the she－wolf but didn't shoot her．母狼射击没射中／死
14 escape run away
(1)escape作逃跑逃脱逃避讲时会成功意：
The old man escaped death．老死里逃生
The thief escaped from prison．偷越狱
(2)run away作逃跑跑走讲时强调动作：
Don't let him run away． 跑
口语中escaperun away互
15 so that so that
(1) so that便 引导目状语句句中情态动词引导结果状语句：
I left at 500 so that I could catch the early bus
Speak loudly so that they can hear what you say
He didn't study English so that he lost a chance to work in a foreign company
(2) so that引导结果状语句引导目状语句
：The classroom was so noisy that I could hardly study
I got up so early in the morning that I could catch the train
考点扫描
中考考点单元集中：
1 时
2 完成时
3 动词定式
4 定语句
5 单元学词汇短语句型
6 单元学交际语
考试形式单项填空完型填空短文填空完成句子
中考范例
1 (2004年济宁市中考试题)
He wanted to know ______________
A whether he speaks at the meeting B when the meeting would start
C what he’s going to do at the meeting D where would the meeting be held
解析答案：B该题考查宾语句语序时态句时态般时句应时排AB宾语句时态应该陈述句语序B
2 (2004年烟台市中考试题)
Why didn’t you go to the movie yesterday
Because I ___________ it before
A had watched B have seen C have watched D had seen
解析答案：D该题考查动词搭配现完成时完成时法区电影惯商see a movie 说昨天前发生事情应该完成时D正确
3 (2004年重庆市中考试题)
Did you win the football game
Bad luck Our team __________ in the final one
A won B beat C was won D was beaten
解析答案：D该题考查动词搭配动词语态动词win通常赛类词连队连排ACbeat物动词然运气输应该动语态
4 (2004年广州市中考试题)
Who is the man ________ was talking to our English teacher
Oh It’s Mr Baker our maths teacher
A he B that C whom D which
解析答案：B该题考查引导定语句关系代词选择先行词排AD该词定语句中作语B合适
满分演练
单项选择
1 Though he is ____________ seventy years old he takes exercise every day
Apast Babove Con Dover
2 The sun rises ___________ and goes down ____________
Ain the east in the west Bin the west in the east
Cto the east to the west Dfrom the east from the west
3 Which would you like Madam tea or coffee
____________ thanks I’d like a glass of water please
AEither BBoth CNeither DOK
4 One of the boys is ________ all the other boys are _________
AEnglish China Ban English Chinese
CEngland China DEnglish Chinese
5 How soon will you finish the building
__________________________
AIn two months BTwo months
CAbout two months DAfter two months
6 They did ______________ their father told them
Alike Bas Cabout Dwith
7 The fish smells ______________ You mustn’t eat it
Anicely Bheavily Cterrible Dterribly
8 Either you or he _______________ the team
Ais in Bare on Cis on Dare in
9 He was made _____________ thirteen hours a day by his boss
Ato work Bwork Cis on Dare in
10 ___________ you work ___________ you will do
AHarder better BThe harder the worse
CHardest best DThe harder the better
11 Mrs Hu asked Liu Fang and __________ to take part in the English meeting
AI Bmy Cme Dmine
12 Tell the students _____________ their English books
Ato take Bto carry Cto bring Dbring
13 It _____________ us two hours’ walk to get to our school
Atake Btakes Cspend Dpaid
14 My little sister is so tired she can hardly walk ____________
Adoes she Bcan she Cdoesn’t she Dcan’t she
15 __________ Yellow River is the second longest river is our country
A BThe CAn DA
16 Do you want to _____ at the meeting
No I have nothing to ______________
Asay speak Btell talk Csay say Dspeak say
17You need something to drink don’t you
________________________________
ANot at all BI needn’t CNo please DYes please
18 She asked me _____ he could dance or sing
Aif Bwhat Cwhether Dthat
19 Aren’t you Mary’s sister
_____________________ I’m her aunt
AYes I am BNo I’m not CYes I’m not DNo I am
20 _____________ no man has travelled farther than the moon
ATo now BTo far CSo far DTill now
二 动词适形式填空
1 Class 3 won the football match and our class _____ by them (beat)
2 By last Friday the students _____ (learn)all their new lessons
3 He will be a worker after he _____ (finish) middle school
4 I felt like ______ (have) a rest after lunch
5 Is there another way of ______ (answer) the question
6 I’ll tell him the news that our class ______ (win)
7 Jim made us ______ (agree) with him
8 The teacher _____ (give) us a lesson when Tom walked into the room
9 Someone saw him ______ (fall) off the horse just now
10 Look A group of policemen ______ (run) into that room
三 改写句子
1 None of the doctors knows about the matter
_____ _____ know about the matter
2 Tom is taller than John
Jonh is not _____ _______ _____ Tom
3 The jacket cost so little that he bought it
The jacket _____ ______ _____ for him to buy
4 Jim had a good journey home
Jim ______ _____ very much ____ ____ _______ home
5 I didn’t finish my work in time because my pen was broken
The ____ pen stopped ______ _____ finishing my work in time
四 完形填空
Hundreds of years ago life was 1 than 2 today People didn’t have modern machines There 3 modern medicine 4
Life today 5 new problems One of the biggest is pollution (污染) Water pollution has 6 our rivers and lakes dirty It kills our fish and affects (影响) our drinking water Noise pollution makes us 7 louder and 8 Air pollution is the most serious kind of pollution It affects 9 living thing in the world
Cars planes and factories all pollute (污染) our air every day Sometimes the pollution is so 10 that it is like a quilt (状物)over a city This kind of quilt is called smog (烟雾)
1 Amore hard Bmore harder Cmuch harder Dmuch more harder
2 Athey are Bthey were Cit was Dit is
3 Awere not Bwas no Cwere Dwas
4 Aeither Btoo Calso Dneither
5 Abring Bhave Chave got Dhas brought
6 Amade Blet Ctaken Dchanged
7 Asay Btalk Ctell Dspoke
8 Afeel happy more happily Bget angry much more easier
Cget angry much easier Dfeel and more slowly
9 Amost Ball Cone Devery
10 Athin Bthick Chard Dlight
五 阅读理解
（A）
Since the beginning of time man has invented many interesting things Some of these inventions like numbers and the radio have certainly changed history
Since 1946 one of the most important inventions has been the computer It will change all our lives
The first computer was built at Harvard University（哈佛学） in 1944 it was as large as a room and quite difficult and slow to operate（运行） But since the invention of the silicon chip（硅片） computer have become smaller easier to use and faster to operate Some computers are as small as television sets Some computers can be made smaller than a book And computers are getting smaller all the time
There are several reasons（原） why computer is useful to us First it can store（储藏） very very large amount（数量） of information（信息） Second the computer can operate very quickly Third modern computer can be built into other kinds of machines like radios cars and planes They can do a lot of work for us
Soon almost everyone either at home or at work will use some kind of computer The lives of all of us will be changed by this invention
判断列句子否符合短文容符合A表示符合B表示
1 According to（根）this passage many inventions have changed history and
people’s life
2 The first computer was built in the middle of the 19th century（世纪）
3 A modern computer can be made smaller than silicon chip
4 The computer has been made much better since the invention of the silicon chip
5 The computer is useful because it can store lots of information it can operate very
quickly and can be built into other machines
(B)
Joe Biggs was a butcher (屠夫) His shop was in a village in one of the most beautiful parts of southern England He worked in it for many years while his father was there Then when his father reached the age of 65 he stopped working in the shop Joe was alone in it so he had to work harder
Joe worked five and a half day a week His shop shut at one o’clock on Thursday and it was shut the whole of Sunday Saturdays were the busiest days
Joe had a big refrigerator (冰箱)in his shop but he tried not to buy too much meat at a time
One Thursday a woman came into the shop at five minutes to one I’m sorry I’m very late she said but some people have just telephoned to say that they are going to come to dinner tonight and I need some more meat
Joe only had one piece of good meat in the shop He had sold all the rest earlier in the day He took the piece out and said to the woman This is ￡715
That piece is too small the woman answered Haven’t you got anything bigger
Joe went into the room behind his shop opened the refrigerator put the piece of meat into it took it out again and shut the door of the refrigerator with a lot of noise Then he brought the piece of meat back to the woman and said This piece is bigger and more expensive It’s ￡930
Good the woman answered with a smile give me both of them please
6 Joe worked alone in the shop ________
Aon Saturdays Bon Thursdays
Cafer his father died Dafter his father stopped working
7 Joe sold meat in his shop _______
Aon Thursday afternoons Bon Sundays
Con Fridays Devery day
8 One day a woman came to his shop ________
Aat 155 Tuesday
Bat 105
Cto say sorry to him
Dbecause someone had suddenly telephoned her
9 Which of the following is true
APeople bought all the meat from him
BThe woman didn’t want the expensive piece of meat
CJoe brought the woman a different piece
DThe woman wanted to buy the two pieces of meat together
10Joe only had one piece of good meat because ______
AJoe’s refrigerator had broken
Bhe tried not to buy too much meat at a time
Che knew that the meat would go bad (变质)
Dhe had no money to buy more
(C)
If you go into the forest with friends stay with them always If you don’t you may get lost If you really get lost this is what you should do Sit down and stay where you are Don’t try to find your friendsLet them find you by staying in one place
There is another way to help your friends or other nearby people to find you Give them a signal by shouting or whistling (口哨) three times Stop Then shout or whistle three times Any signal given three times is a call for help
Keep up the shouting or whistling always three times together When people hear you they will know that you are not just making noise for fun They will let you know that they have heard your signal They will give two shouts two whistles or two gun shots (枪声) When someone gives a signal it is an answer to a call for help
If you don’t think that you will get help before night comes try to make a little house — cover up the holes with branches(树枝) with lots of leaves Make yourself a soft bed with leaves and grass
What should you do if you get hungry or need drinking water You would have to leave your little branch house to look for a river Don’t just walk away Pick off small branches and drop them as you walk so that you can find your way back
The most important thing to do when you are lost is — stay in one place
11 If you got lost in the forestyou should _______
Astay where you are and give a signal three times
Bwalk around the forest and shouted so that your friends might hear you
Ctry to find your friends as soon as possible
Dtry to get out of the forest and shouted for help
12 If you want to let people believe that you are not just making noise for fun you should ________
Ashout that you are lost
Bkeep up the shouting or whistling
Cshout at the top of your voice
Dshout or whistle once in a while
13 When you hear _______ shouts or whistles or gun shotsyou know that _______
Atwo people will soon come to help you
Bthree some one is asking for help
Cthree people will soon come to help you
Dtwo someone is asking for help
14 When you are lost in the forest but you want to leave your place to get water you should ________
Ajust go to the river
Bfind a bowl or a glass and then go
Cmake a fire so that you might make yourself some hot tea
Dleave marks (标志)as you go to the river so that you can find your way back
15 This story mainly ()tells you _______
Athat when someone gives a signal always three times it is a call for help
BWhat you should do if you get lost in the forest
Cthat when any signal given twice means an answer to a call for help
D What you should do if you get lost in the street
六 书面表达
根提示写篇关天活动日记
求：1字数60—80单词左右
2日期天气状况等放日记行文格式
3天2005年3月3日星期六早晨6点45分起床匆忙学
学校停课然学公园野餐车回家9点睡觉
练答案
1D 2A 3C 4D 5A 6B 7C 8C 9A 10D 11C 12C 13B 14B 15B 16D 17D 18C 19B 20C
二1 was beaten 2 had learntlearned 3 finishes 4 having 5 answering 6 hashave won 7 agree 8 was giving 9 fall 10 are running
三 1No doctors 2 soas tall as 3 was cheap enough 4 enjoyed himself when he travelled 5broken me from
四 1C 2D 3B 4A 5D 6A 7B 8C 9D 10B
五 1A 2B 3B 4A 5A 6D 7C 8D 9D 10B 11A 12B 13A 14D 15B
六 Saturday Mar32005 Sunny
Today is Saturday I got up at 645 this morning I had a quick breakfast and then went to school in a hurry but we don’t have classes on Saturday Then I telephoned some classmates and asked them to have a picnic They were very pleased We got to the park and enjoyed ourselves At about 500 in the afternoon we went home by bus I was too tired so I’ll go to bed at 900
文档香网(httpswwwxiangdangnet)户传
《香当网》用户分享的内容，不代表《香当网》观点或立场，请自行判断内容的真实性和可靠性！
该内容是文档的文本内容，更好的格式请下载文档
名词
考点直击
1．数名词数名词法
2．名词格构成法
3．义名词辨析
名师点睛
名词数
1．单数复数
数名词单数复数两种形式复数形式通常单数形式加词尾s构成变法：
（1）般情况词尾加s例：book→booksgirl→girlsboy→boyspen→pensdoctor→doctors boy→boys
（2）sxchsh结尾词加es例：bus→busesclass→classesbox→boxeswatch→watchesbrush→brushes
（3）ce se ze（d）ge结尾名词加s例：orange—oranges
（4）辅音母加y结尾词变yi加es例：city→cities factory→factories country→countries family→families注意元音字母加y结尾名词复数形式加s：boy→boys day→days
（5）o结尾词数加es例hero→heroespotato→potatoestomato→tomatoes词末两元音字母词加s例：zoo→zoosradio→radios某外词加s例：photo→photospiano→pianos
（6）ffe结尾词数变fv加es例：knife→knivesleaf→leaves half→halves
复数词尾s（es）读音方法表示
复数词尾s（es）读音方法
情 况
读法
例 词
[p][t][k][f]等清辅音
[s]
cups hats cakes
[s][z][t][][F]等音
[iz]
glasses pages oranges buses watchesfaces
[b][d][][v]等浊辅音
[z]
beds dogs cities knives
（7）少数名词规复数形式例：man→menwoman→womentooth→teethfoot→feetchild→childrenmouse→mice
注意manwoman构成合成词复数形式menwomen例：an Englishmantwo EnglishmenGerman合成词复数形式 Germansman woman等作定语时单复数修饰名词单复数定：men workers women teachers
名词单复数样例：ChineseJapanesesheepdeerfish等fish表示种类鱼时加复数词尾
（8）单数形式意复数名词：people police等
（9）数词+名词作定语时名词般保留单数形式中间加连字符例：tenminutes’ walk an 8yearold girl a tenmile walk
（10）名词仅复数形式：trousersclotheschopsticksglassesgoodsashesscissorscompasses
（11）作单数复数形式名词：
科学名词：physics mathematicsmaths
游戏名称：bowls
专名词：the United States Niagara Falls
名词：news falls
2．数名词量表示方法
英语中数名词果表示量概念两种方法：
（1）much a little a lot oflots of some any等表示少例：
The rich man has a lot of money．
There is some milk in the bottle．
Is there any water in the glass？
I don't like winter because there's too much snow and ice．
（2）a piece of 类定语例：
a piece of paper a piece of wood a piece of bread
a bottle of orange a glass of water（milk） a cup of tea
a cup of tea a bag of rice three bags of rice
果表示两杯茶四张纸类概念时容器加复数例：
two cups of tea
four pieces of paper
three glasses of water
数名词a lot of lots of some any much等修饰
二名词格
名词格表示物领属关系
1 表示生命名词格单数形式加 's复数形式s'例：a student's room students' rooms father's shoes
2 结尾s复数形式加 's：Children's Day
3 表示时间距离长度重量价格世界国家等名词格 's例：a twenty minutes' walkten miles' journeya boat's lengthtwo pounds' weight ten dollars' worth
4 生命名词格必须of结构例：a map of Chinathe end of this termthe capital of our country the color of the flowers
5 双重格例：a friend of my father's
注意
果两名词列分 's表示分例：John's and Mary's rooms（约翰玛丽间两间）Tom's and Mary's bikes（两行车）
两名词列's表示例：John and Mary's room（约翰玛丽间）Tom and Mary's mother（TomMary兄妹）
实例解析
1（2004年海徐汇区中考试题）
These _________ have saved many children’s lives
A woman doctors B women doctor
C women doctors D woman doctor
答案：C该题考查名词作定语时变化woman 作定语时修饰名词保持数致
2 (2004年河北省中考试题)
This is _________ bedroom The twin sisters like it very much
A Anne and Jane B Anne’s and Jane’s
C Anne’s and Jane D Anne and Jane’s
答案：D该题考查列名词格两房间时面名词加’s
3 (2004年吉林省中考试题)
Are there any ________ on the farm
Yes there are some
A horse B duck C chicken D sheep
答案：D该题考查特殊名词复数形式谓语动词判断语应该复数名词sheep作复数名词
4 (2004年佛山市中考试题)
What would you like to drink ________ or orange
Orange please
A hamburger B chip C tea
答案：C该题考查名词类三种东西中tea喝
中考演练
单项填空
1． Where have you been Tim
I’ve been to ______
A the Henry house B the Henry family
C The Henry’s home D Henry’s
2．In England if ____ is in the middle of the day the evening meal is called supper
A food B lunch C breakfast D dinner
3．You looked for it twice but you haven’t found it Why not try ____
A three times B a third time C the third time D once
4． They are thirsty Will you please give them ______
Certainly
A some bottles of waters B some bottles of water
C some bottle of water D some bottle of waters
5．Mike hurt one of his ______ in the accident yesterday
A tooth B feet C hand D ear
6．There is some _______ on the plate
A cakes B meat C potato D pears
7．In England the last name is the _______
A family name B middle C given name D full name
8．The are going to fly _______ to Beijing
A Germen B Germany C Germanys D Germans
9．The______ has two _______
A boys watches B boy watch C boy watches D boys watch
10．The little baby has two _______ already
A tooth B tooths C teeth D teeths
11．What’s your _______ for being late again
A idea B key C excuse D news
12． It’s dangerous here We’d better go out quickly
But I think we should let _______ go out first
A woman and children B women and child
C woman and child D women and children
13． You can see Mr Smith if there is a sign _______ on the door of his shop
Thanks
AENTRANCE BBUSINESS HOURS
CTHIS SIDE UP DNO SMOKING
14．Are they going to have a picnic on _______
A Children’s Day B Childrens’s Day
C Childrens Day D Children Day
15．Where are the students Are they in _______
A the Room 406 B Room 406 C the 406 Room D 406 Room
二 根列句子情景汉语注释写出缺单词
1 We’ve got a lot of new ________(杂志) in our school library
2 Please turn to another _______（频道） I don’t like this show
3 Yesterday the _________(航班) to London was put off because of the bad weather
4 Autumn is my favourite (季节)
5 How many _______(刀) do you have
Three
6 __________ are widely used in the modern world
7 June 1st is __________(童) Day
8 Mary would you please tell me your new ________(址) so that I can write to you
9 Does this piece of ______(音乐) sound nice
Yes It’s wonderful
10 May 12th is the International _______(护士) Day Let’s say Thanks to them for their work
三 根句意首字母写出缺单词
1 What’s your n_______
Li Lei
2 How many d_______ does your uncle have
3 Please close the w______ It’s cold outside
4 If you want study English well you must pay attention to your p________
5 A computer is one of the greatest i_________ in the world
6 Zhang Hui is very excited He will go to Japan with his p_______ during the Spring Festival
7 At the a______ of seven the lonely girl had to work to make living
8 It’s only about an h_____ flight from Qingdao to Beijing by air
9 Health is more important to me than m_______
10 Be careful It’s d__________ to run across the street now
练答案
．1D 2B 3B 4B 5B 6B 7A 8D 9C 10C 11C 12D 13B 14A 15B
二．1magazines 2Channel 3 flight 4season 5 knives 6 Computers 7 Children’s 8 address 9 music 10 Nurses’
三．1name 2daughters 3 window 4 pronunciation 5 inventions 6parents 7 age 8 hour’s 9 money 10 dangerous
初三系列复资料（2）形容词副词考点集汇讲解训练
二形容词副词
考点直击
1 形容词法
2 副词法
3 形容词副词原级较级高级法
4 形容词副词句中区位置
名师点睛
1 形容词法
(1) 形容词句中作定语 表语 宾语补足语 例：
Our country is a beautiful country （作定语）
The fish went bad （作表语）
We keep our classroom clean and tidy （作宾语补足语）
(2) 形容词修饰something anything nothing everything等定代词时形容词放名词面
I have something important to tell you
Is there anything interesting in the film
(3) and or 连接起两形容词作定语时般放修饰名词面起进步解释作
Everybody man and woman old and young should attend the meeting
You can take any box away big or small
(4) the＋形容词表示类物
The rich should help the poor
2 副词法
(1) 副词句中作状语表语定语
He studies very hard （作状语）
Life here is full of joy （作定语）
When will you be back （作表语）
副词途含义分面五类：
1)时间副词
时间副词通常表示动作时间常见时间副词：now today tomorrow yesterday before late early never seldom sometimes often usually always等例：
He often comes to school late
What are we going to do tomorrow
He is never been to Beijing
2)点副词
点副词通常表示动作发生点常见点副词：here there inside outside home upstairs downstairs anywhere everywhere nowhere somewhere down up off on in out等例：
I met an old friend of mine on my way home
He went upstairs
Put down your name here
3)方式副词
方式副词般回答样？类问题中绝部分形容词加词尾ly构成 少数方式副词带词尾ly 形容词形常见方式副词：anxiously badly bravely calmly carefully proudly rapidly suddenly successfully angrily happily slowly warmly well fast slow quick hard alone high straight wide等例：
The old man walked home slowly
Please listen to the teacher carefully
The birds are flying high
He runs very fast
4)程度副词
程度副词数修饰形容词副词少数修饰动词介词短语常见程度副词：much (a) little a bit very so too enough quite rather pretty greatly completely nearly almost deeply hardly partly等例：
Her pronunciation is very good
She sings quite well
I can hardly agree with you
5)疑问副词引导特殊疑问句副词常见疑问副词：how when where why等例：
How are you getting along with your studies
Where were you yesterday
Why did you do that
(2)副词句中位置
1)数副词作状语时放动词果动词带宾语放宾语例：
Mr Smith works very hard
She speaks English well
2)频度副词作状语时通常放行动词前情态动词助动词be动词例：
He usually gets up early
I’ve never heard him singing
She is seldom ill
3)程度副词般放修饰形容词副词前面 enough作副词时通常放修饰词面例：
It is a rather difficult job
He runs very fast
He didn’t work hard enough
4)副词作定语时般放修饰名词例：
On my way home I met my uncle
The students there have a lot time to do their own research work
(3)部分常副词法
1) very much
两副词表示法Very修饰形容词副词原级much修饰形容词副词较级例：
She is a very nice girl
I’m feeling much better now
Much修饰动词very例：
I don’t like the idea much
They did not talk much
2) too either
两副词表示too肯定句either否定句例：
She can dance and I can dance too
I haven’t read the book and my brother hasn’t either
3) already yet
already般语肯定句yet般否定句例：
He has already left
Have you heard from him yet
He hasn’t answered yet
4) so neither
soneither倒装句 so表示肯定neither表示否定
例：
My brother likes football and so do I
My brother doesn’t like dancing and neither do I
3 形容词副词较级高级
(1) 两事物较时（定方事物）较
级
Our teacher is taller than we are
The boys in her class are taller than the boys in your class
(2) most 形容词连 the表示 极非常 十分
It's most dangerous to be here
太危险
(3) The+形容词较级 the+形容词较级表示 越 越
The more you study the more you know
(4) 形容词较级 + and + 形容词较级 表示 越越
It's getting hotter and hotter
(5) 语+谓语(系动词)+as+形容词原形+as+句表示两者相
This box is as big as mine
(6) the + 形容词 表示某种
He always helps the poor
(7) 形容词副词高级三三物进行较
Shanghai is one of the biggest cities in China
实例解析
1 (2004年北京市中考试题)
Which is ________ the sun the moon or the earth
Of course the moon is
A small B smaller C smallest D the smallest
答案：D该题考查形容词较等级法太阳球月亮三者进行较选形容词高级高级前加定冠词the选D
2 (2004年海徐汇区中考试题)
He has made _______ progress this term than before
A little B less C fewer D much
答案 B该题考查形容词较等级法现进行较较级修饰数名词less fewer
3 (2004年江西省中考试题)
What delicious cakes
They would taste _______ with butter
A good B better C bad D worse
答案：B该题考查形容词较等级答话意思应该果加点黄油蛋糕会更吃里种较：加黄油加黄油然较较级里讲吃更吃CD舍选better
4 (2004年河北省中考试题)
Bob never does his homework ________ Mary He makes lots of mistakes
A so careful as B as carefully as C carefully as D as careful as
答案：B该题考查形容词副词法区该词修饰动作做家庭作业副词表示方方句型not as+副词原级+as选B
中考演练
单项填空
1．There are many young trees on sides of the road
A every B each C both D all
2． It’s so cold today
Yes it’s than it was yesterday
A more cold B more colder C much colder D cold
3．Little Tom has friends so he often plays alone
A more B a little C many D few
4．She isn’t so at maths as you are
A well B good C better D best
5．Peter writes of the three
A better B best C good D well
6．He is enough to carry the heavy box
A stronger B much stronger C strong D the strongest
7．I bought exercisebooks with money
A a few a few B a few a little
C a little a few D a little a little
8．The box is heavy for the girl carry
A too to B to too C so that D no to
9．The ice in the lake is about one meter It’s strong enough to skate on
A long B high C thick D wide
10．Wu Lin ran faster than the other boys in the sports meeting
A so B much C very D too
11 Jone looks so _______ today because she has got an A in her maths test
A happy B happily C angry D angrily
12 The smile on my father’s face showed that he was ______ with me
A sad B pleased C angry D sorry
13 Mum could you buy me a dress like this
Certainly we can buy ______ one than this but ______ this
A a better better than B a worse as good as
C a cheaper as good as D a more important good as
14 This digital camera is really cheap
The ______ the better I’m short of money you see
A cheap B cheaper C expensive D more expensive
15 If you want to learn English well you must use it as _______ as possible
A often B long C hard D soon
16 Paul has ______ friends except me and sometimes he feels lonely
A many B some C few D more
17 English people _____ use Mr Before a man’s first name
A never B usually C often D sometimes
18 One more satellite was sent up into space in China in May
Right The government spoke ______ that
A highly for B high of
C well of D highly of
19 Remember this children ______ careful you are ______ mistakes you will make
We know Miss Gao
A The more the more B The fewer the more
C The more the fewer D The less the less
20 I have ________ to do today
A anything important B something important
C important nothing D important something
二 单词适形式填空
1 My purse was stolen on the bus yesterday __________ (Fortunate) there was no money in it
2 Mobile phones are _________ (wide) used in most of the cities in China
3 He put on his coat and went out ________ (quick)
4 She is ______ (good) than Li Ping at swimming
5 A lot Chinese people are _______ (pride) of Yao Ming a famous basketball star in NBA
6 To our surprise he suddenly returned on a cold ______ (snow) night
7 Allie asked me ______ (polite) to put the things away
8 It’s snowing hard You must drive ________(careful)
9 The earth we live on is _______ (big) than the moon
10 Hainan is a very large island It’s the second ________ (large) island in China
三 适形容词副词填空(首字母已出)
1 A large number of mouths must be fed in those less d________ countries
2 That evening Beethoven played the music for the girl as well as u______
3 Hawaii is f_______ its beautiful beaches
4 He often takes an a______ part in the sports meeting and he can get very good results each time
5 The performance was so w_______ that everyone gave a long and loud applause(鼓掌)
6 Jiefang Road is the b_____ street in our city
7 She lay a______ for hours thinking over her business
8 I like ball games very much but my f_______ sport is playing basketball
9 The boy is too l______ He doesn’t want to do anything
10 The dictionary is very u________ It will help you a lot
练答案
1C 2C 3D 4B 5B 6C 7B 8A 9C 10B 11A 12B 13C 14B 15A 16C 17A 18D 19C 20B
二 1 Fortunately 2 widely 3quickly 4 better 5 proud 6 snowy 7 politely 8 carefully 9 bigger 10 largest
三 1 developed 2 usual 3 famous 4 active 5 wonderful 6 busiest 7 awake 8 favourite 9 lazy 10 useful
初三系列复资料（3）动词考点集汇讲解训练
三动词
考点直击
1动词八种时态构成法
2动词动语态构成法
3非谓语动词构成法
4义动词法区
名师点睛
1动词时态
英语时态十六种时态中常8种：般现时般时般时现进行时现完成时进行时完成时时
（1）般现时基法
1) 常性惯性动作常表示频度时间状语连
时间状语： every… sometimes at… on Sunday
I leave home for school at 7 every morning
2) 客观真理客观存科学事实
The earth moves around the sun
Shanghai lies in the east of China
3) 表示格言警句中
Pride goes before a fall
注意法果出现宾语句中句时句谓语般现时
例：Columbus proved that the earth is round
4) 现时刻状态力性格性
I don't want so much
5) 某动词 come go move stop leave arrive be finish continue start 等般现时句中表示肯定会发生动作
The train comes at 3 o'clock
6) 时间状语句条件状语句中般现时代般时
I'll help you as soon as you have problem
Tell Xiao Li about it if you meet him
（2）般时法：
表示某时刻某段时间发生动作情况通常般式带表示动作时间状语词词组句 yesterday the day before last last week two days ago 等文清楚时带时间状语
I worked in that factory last year
注意
1) 常反复发生动作used towould加动词原形表达例：
I used to go fishing on Sundays
2) used to表示存状态例：
This river used to be clean
（3）般时法
1）表示动作状态例：
I shall attend the meeting tomorrow
2）表示反复发生动作存状态例：
He will go to see his mother every Saturdays
3）表示意愿决心许诺 命令等时常will征求方意见语第称时常shall
I will do my best to catch up with them
Shall I open the door
4）be + going + 动词定式种时句型表示算计划
作某事
I am going to Beijing next week
5）be + 动词定式表示职责义务约定意图等
There is to be a meeting this afternoon
We are to meet the guests at the station
6）be about + 动词定式表示马快作某事
They are about to leave
（4）现进行时法
1) 现进行时法表示说话者说话时正发生者进行动作 注重
现正进行动作动作什时间开始什时间结束
What are you doing now
I am looking for my key
2) 现进行时表示目前段时间正进行动作（说话时动作定进行）
The students are preparing for the examination
3) 某动词现进行时表示发生动作动词 arrive come leave start等
They are going to Hong Kong tomorrow
注意动词般进行时态
①表示状态动词尤静态动词：be have
②表示认识知觉情感动词：know think hear find see like want wish prefer等
（5）现完成时法
1) 现完成时表示说话前已完成刚完成动作
I have bought a tenspeed bicycle
They have cleaned the classroom
2) 现完成时表示动作开始持续现者持续动作状态 现完成时常for since 引导短语句连
We have lived here since 1976
They have waited for more than two hours
注意
般时现完成时区
时表示某时发生动作单纯叙述事情强调动作现完成时发生强调事情现影响强调影响般时常具体时间状语连
试较：
I saw this film yesterday（强调动作发生涉现）
I have seen this film （强调现影响电影容已知道）
（6）进行时法
表示某时正进行状态动作例：
I was watching TV when she came to see me
注意
进行时般时发生事情进行时侧重表示某时刻正进行动作处状态强调动作连续进行般时表示单纯事实例：
They were building a house last month （月正建造建造否知）
They built a new house last month （月建造动作已完成）
（7）完成时法
完成时表示某时刻某动作前完成动作处状态完成时常 by before 等词组成短语句连
We had already learned two thousands words by the end of last year
When we arrived at the station they had waited for more than twenty minutes
（8）时法
时表示某时间发生动作存状态时较运宾语句中例：
They were going to have a meeting
I told him that I would see him off at the station
2动词语态
语态两种：动语态动语态
语动作发出者动语态语动作接受者动语态
（1）动语态
1) 动语态基句型结构： be +物动词分词
2) 动语态中谓语动词定物动词
动句中语动作承受者某短语动词look after think of take care of work out laugh at等动语态
The children were taken good care of by her
注意
短语动词中介词副词变成动语态时遗漏
3) 动语态变动语态加to情况
宾语补足语带to 定式变动语态时该定式前加to类动词感官动词：feel hear help listen to look at make observe see notice watch等例：
The teacher made me go out of the classroom
I was made to go out of the classroom (by the teacher)
4) 动形式表示动意义
wash clean look cut sell read wear feel draw write sell等动词然做动形式表示动意义例：
The food tastes good
3非谓语动词
非谓语动词考点：感官动词定式作宾语补足语动词ing形式作宾语补足语法特殊动词动词定式作宾语补足语时带to变动语态时带to动词接定式接动词ing形式作宾语表达意思历年中考重点
（1）非谓语动词形式
非谓语动词指句中起名词形容词副词作动词形式作谓语动词形式 动词非谓语形式分动名词分词动词定式
（2）定式作宾语补足语
Father will not allow us to play on the street
（3）定式作目状语
He ran so fast as to catch the first bus
（4）定式分词作补足语动词
样动词感官动词：see hear look notice observe feel等役动词：have make leave keep get等接定式表示动作完整性真实性+doing 表示动作连续性进行性
I saw him work in the garden yesterday
昨天见花园里干活(强调见事实)
I saw him working in the garden yesterday（强调见正干活动作）
昨天见正花园里干活
（5）带to定式情况
役动词： let have make等感官动词： see watch hear listen to smell feel find 等作宾补省略to动语态中to省掉
（6）接动名词定式意义
1) stop to do 停止中断做某事做件事
stop doing 停止做某事
2) forget to do 忘记做某事 (未做)
forget doing 忘记做某事 (已做)
3) remember to do 记做某事 (未做)
remember doing 记做某事 (已做)
4) try to do 努力企图做某事
try doing 试验试着做某事
5) go on to do 做件事接着做件事
go on doing 继续做原做事
6) mean to do 算想
mean doing 意味着
4 容易混淆常动词辨析
(1) say speak talk tell法
1) say表示讲话作物动词宾语宾语句
He said he would go there
It's time to leave We have to say goodbye to you
2)speak表示讲话般作物动词时作物动词面种语言作宾语
Do you speak English
May I speak to Mr Pope please
3) talk表示谈话物动词to about with等连接宾语
What are you talking about
Mr Jackson is talking with my father in the office now
4) tell 表示告诉讲述物动词带双宾语复合宾语
She told us an interesting story yesterday
My teacher told me that we would have an English exam the next month
(2) look see watchwatch法
1) look强调动作物动词常at连然接宾语
Look The girl is swimming in the lake
Look at the picture carefully Can you find something unusual
2) see 指见某物强调结果
They can't see the words on the blackboard
Does Lily often go to see a film on Sunday
3) watch 指观注视意
The twins are watching TV now
He will go to watch a volleyball match
4） read指书报阅读意
Don't read in the sun
I like to read newspapers when I am free
(3) borrow lendkeep区
1) borrow意思入常常from连非延续性动词表示瞬间完成动作
Meimei borrowed a book from the library just now
May I borrow your dictionary
2) lend 出意常常to连borrow样非延续性动词表示瞬间完成动作
Uncle Wany has lent his car to Mr Li
Could you lend us your radio please
3) keep保存意思动作延续
How long can the recorder be kept
The farmer kept the pat for two weeks
(4) bring take carry get法
1) bring意思带指某物某处带
Bring me the book please
May I bring Jim to see you next Saturday
2) take意思走带走某物某里带某处意
It looks like rain Take a raincoat with you
Mother took the little girl to the next room
3) carry 带着搬运携带意思指身携带背着扛着抱着提着含义表明方
Do you always carry a handbag
The box is heavy Can you carry it
4) get某处某物回
Please go to my office to get some chalk
There is no water in the bottle Why not get some
(5) wear put ondress区
1) wear穿着戴着意思穿衣服穿鞋戴帽子戴手套佩戴首饰等强调穿着状态
Tom always wears black shoes
He wears a raincoat even when it is fine
She doesn't like to wear a red flowers in her hair
2) put on穿戴意思穿衣服穿鞋戴帽等着重穿戴动作
It's cold You'd better put on your coat
He put on his hat and went out of the room
3) dress作物动词物动词穿着扮意思作穿着解时穿衣服穿鞋戴帽戴手套作物动词时宾语衣服dress sb （某穿衣服）wear作穿着时物动词宾语物wear sth（穿着衣物）
She always dresses well
Get up and dress quickly
Mary is dressing her child
(6) take spend use法
1) take指做某事少时间句型：It takestook will take + sb +some time + to do sth
It took me three days to finish the work
It will take you a while week to travel thought the forest
It takes only one hour to fly to Shanghai
2) spend指某某事（物）花费时间钱句型：
Someone spends + moneytime + on something(in) doing sth
She spent more than 500 yuan on that coat
He didn't spend much time on his lessons
He spent much time (in) correcting students' exercises
Mother spent her evenings (in) washing clothes
3) use表示工具手段等
Do you know how to use the computer
Shall we use your car
(7)reach get arrive区
1) reach物动词面直接表示点名词作宾语
After the train had left they reached the station
We reached the top of the mountain at last
2) get动词常to连接名词面接表示点副词时toget to常口语中
When the students got to the cinema the film had begun
My sister was cooking when mother got home
3) arrive物动词表示达方时arrive at 达方时arrive in
The soldiers arrived at a small village
The foreigners will arrive in Shanghai tomorrow
实例解析
1 (2004年北京海淀区中考试题）
I’m interested in animals so I ________ every Saturday working in an animal hospital
A pay B get C take D spend
答案：D该题考查pay get take spend四动词法区四动词中spend常 spend …ding sth句型里选D
2 (2004年安徽省中考试题)
Listen Helen is singing in the next room
It _________ be Helen She has gone to Beijing
A can’t B mustn’t C may D should
答案：A该题考查情态动词法表示否定推测通常can’t
3 (2004年江西省南昌市中考试题)
I called you yesterday evening but there was no answer
Oh I am sorry I _________ dinner at my friend’s house
A have B had C was having D have had
答案：C该题考查动词时态谈昨天晚某时刻发生事情进行时
4 (2004年哈尔滨市中考试题)
How long have you _______ the moteobike
For about two weeks
A bought B had C borrowed D lent
答案：B该题考查延续性动词非延续性动词法区四动词中had 延续性动词现完成时表示段时间时间状语连
中考演练
单项填空
1 Listen Some of the girls ________ about Harry Potter Let’s join them
A are talking B talk
C will talk D talked
2 Our teacher Miss Chen ________English on the radio the day bore yesterday
A teaches B taught
C will teach D had taught
3 I don’t think I _________ you in that dress before
A have seen B was seeing
C saw D see
4 Susan’s parents have bought a large house with a swimming pool It _______ be very expensive
A must B can C mustn’t D can’t
5 Coffee is ready How nice it ________ Would you like some
A looks B smells C sounds D feels
6 Mr Zhu you’d better _______ too much meat You are already over weight said the doctor
A not to eat B to eat C not eat D eat
7 Don’t always make Michael ________ this or that He is already a big boy dear Mr Bush said to his wife
A do B to do C does D did
8 Sorry I can’t hear you clearly Will you please ________ your Email address I’ll
write it down
A review B recite C report D repeat
9 Don’t ________ your coat Tom It’s easy to catch cold in spring
A take away B take off C take down D take out
10 You _______ go and ask Meimei She _______ know the answer
A must can B must may C need can D can may
11 I’m sorry you’ve missed the train It ________ 10 minutes ago
A left B has left C had left D has been left
12 I bought a new dictionary and it ________ me 30 yuan
A paid B spent C took D cost
13 Mum may I go out and play basketball
_______ you _______ your homework yet
A Do finish B Are finishing C Did finishing D Have finished
14 I have to go now Please remember to ________ the lights when you leave
A turn off B turn down C turn up D turn on
15 A talk on Chinese history ________ in the school next week
A be given B has been given C will be given D will give
16 Look How heavy the rain is You’d better ________
A don’t go now B stay here when it stops
C not leave until it stops D not to leave at once
17 You may go fishing if your work ________
A is done B will be done C has done D have done
18 Cotton _______ nice and soft
A is felt B is feeling C feel D feels
19 Who cleaned the blackboard yesterday Dick
John _________
A cleaned B does C did D is
20 Linda had nothing for breakfast this morning _______
No She got up too late
A had she B hadn’t she C did she D didn’t she
二 阅读短文括号中动词适形式填空
A
My name is Wang Bing I’m from China Now I ___1____ (study) at this school I ____2___ (arrive) here on January 8 Since then I ____3____ (make) a lot of friends At school we speak English all the time Next week some new students from Africa Asia and Latin America ____4____ (come) to our school I’m very glad to know this because I enjoy ____5____ (meet) people from other countries
1 studyam studying 2 arrived 3 have made 4 will come 5 meeting
B
Since 1946 one of the most important inventions has been the computer It has been changing all our lives
The first computer ____1___ (build) in 1946 It ____2____ (be) as large as a room and very difficult and slow ____3____ (use) But since the invention of silicon chip（硅片）computers ____4____ (become) smaller easier and faster to operate Some computers ____5____ (be) as small as TV sets Some can even ____6___ (make) smaller than a book And computers ____7____ (get) smaller and smaller all the time Who knows what the computers of tomorrow ____8___ (be) like
There ____9___ (be) several reasons why the computer is useful to us First a lot of information can ____10____ (put) into computer Second the computer works very quicklythousands of times faster than a man and it will not be tired Third modern computers can be built into other kinds of machines like radios cars and planes So today people can spend less time doing more work with a computer
三 动词适形式填空
1 No matter what the weather is like you can always find surfers out _______ (ride) the waves
2 What do you use the key for
It is ________ (use) for making the robot work
3 No news _______ (be) good news I’m sure Jane is still all right
4 Are you feeling better these days
Yes much better I _______ as well as these days for a long time
5 It ________ (rain) heavily you’d better not go out now
6 The city of Xian _______ (become) cleaner and cleaner
7 The boys enjoy _______ (see) fight films very much
8 He left the room without _______ (say) goodbye
9 Rice ________ (grow) in the south of China
10 Many trees ________ (plant) in our school yard these years
四 方框中动词动词词组适形式填入列句子里意思通动词动词词组次
Allow fall not be phone receive show send for
pay for be used for turn it off keep on
1 It’s rather hot today but the weather report says the temperature _______ to 28C tomorrow
2 Remember nobody ________ to eat or drink in the computer room the assistant said to the new students
3 Hi Mike I _________ your invitation Thank you very much I’ll come on time
4 This time yesterday I ________ the foreigners around the ancient church
5 My uncle phoned the booking office of the airline and he was told there _______ any flights to Singapore in the following three days because of the bad weather
6 Don’t lose heart and ________ trying
7 Don’t watch TV It’s too late Please _______ and go to bed right now
8 Computers are useful They can ________ sending Email
9 If you’ve lost this book you have to _______ it
10 Both of his feet were hurt in the accident _______ a doctor please
练答案
1A 2B 3A 4A 5B 6C 7A 8D 9B 10D 11A 12D 13D 14A 15C 16C 17A 18D 19C 20C
二 1 was built 2was 3 to use 4 have become 5 are 6 be made 7 are getting 8 will be 9 are 10 be put
三 1riding 2used 3is 4have not felt 5is raining 6 is becoming 7seeing 8sayig 9is grown 10have been planted
四 1will fall 2is allowed 3have received 4was showing 5would not be 6keep on 7turn it off 8be used for 9pay for 10Send for
初三系列复资料（4）数词冠词考点集汇讲解训练
四冠词数词
考点直击
1定冠词aan法
2定冠词the法
3零冠词
4基数词法
5序数词法
名师点睛
冠词法
冠词虚词放名词前说明名词指事物冠词两种
A(an)定冠词the定冠词A辅音前an元音前
1 定冠词法
(1) aan均单数名词前表示某类事物例：
John is a student
Mary is an English teacher
(2) 指某类事物中例
A steel worker makes steel
Pass me an apple please
(3) 指某某物具体说明物例：
A student wants to see you
A girl is waiting for you outside
(4) 表示意思相every例：
Take the medicine three times a day
They go to see their parents once a week
2 定冠词法
(1) 特指某（）某（）事物例：
The book on the desk is an English dictionary
Beijing is the capital of China
(2) 指说话听话熟悉事物例：
Open the door please
Jack is in the library
(3) 文提事物例：
Yesterday John’s father bought him a new bike The bike cost him 200 yuan
(4) 表示世界独二事物例：
The sun rises in the east and sets in the west
(5) 序数词形容词高级前例：
Shanghai is the biggest city in China
January is the first month of the year
(6) 某形容词前表示某类事物例：
The nurse is kind to the sick
We should take good care of the old
(7) 某专名词前某惯语中例：
the Great Wall the Summer palace in the morning in the open air等
(8) 姓氏复数前表示某某家某某夫妇例：
the Browns the whites等
3 冠词情况
(1) 某专名词抽象名词物质名词前般冠词例：
China Canada Japanese glass water love等
(2) 名词前已作定语this that my your whose some any no each every等代词时冠词例：
That is my cap
I have some questions
Go down this street
(3) 复数名词表示类事物时冠词
They are workers
We are students
(4) 称呼语前冠词表示头衔职务名词前加冠词例：
I don’t feel well today Mother
Bush was made president of the US
(5) 三餐饭名称前球类活动学科节目名词前常冠词例：
I have lunch at home
He often plays football after class
We have English and maths every day
(6) 某固定词组里名词前常冠词例：
By air at night at home go to bed go to school on foot from morning till night 等
二 数词法
数词分基数词序数词基数词表示数目序数词表示序
1 基数词法
(1) 基数词句中作语宾语定语表语位语例：
Thirty of them are Party members（语）
How many would you like？
Three please．（作宾语）
The nine boys are from Tianjing（定语）
Six plus four is ten（表语）
We four will go with you（位语）
(2) 表示具体数字时hundred thousand million律复数表示确定数字时复数例：
Our country has a population of 1300 million people
There are three thousand students in our school
After the war thousands of people became homeless
Maize is the most important food crop for millions of people in the world
They arrived in twos and threes．
(3) 表示……十数词复数形式表示岁数年代例：
He is in his early thirties．
He died still in his forties．
This took place in 1930s．
(4) 表示时刻基数词例：
We get up at six
The workers begin work at eight
表示点分介词past须半时例：
ten past ten
a quarter past nine
half past twelve
表示点差分介词to 分数须半时例：
twenty to nine
five to eight
a quarter to ten
表示点分直接基数词例：
seven fifteen
eleven thirty
nine twenty
2 序数词法
（1）序数词作定语前面加定冠词例：
The first truck is carrying a foot baskets．
John lives on the fifteenth floor．
（2）序数词时前面加定冠词表示样意思例：
We'll have to do it a second time．
Shall I ask him a third time？
When I sat downa fourth man rose to speak．
（3）序数词基数词拼写时应容易写错应特注意：onefirst twosecond threethird fivefifth eighteighth nineninth twelvetwelfth
（4）表示年月日时 年基数词表示日序数词表示例：
1949年十月日读作 October (the) first nineteen sixty
2004年九月十日读作：September (the) tenth two thousand and four
（5）表示分数时分子基数词表示分母序数词表示分子1时分母加s例：
three fourths
one second
two fifths
（6）序数词时缩写形式：
first→1st second→2nd
third→3rd fourth→4th
twentysecond→22nd
实例解析
1 (2004年海市徐汇区中考试题)
About ________ students in our class can describe that place in English
A threefifths B threefifth C thirdfive D thirdfifths
答案：A该题考查分数表示法分子基数词表示分母序数词表示分子1时分母应加s应选A
2 (2004年河北省中考试题)
Nine _______ pounds a week That’s very good
A hundred of B hundreds of
C hundreds D hundred
答案：D该题考查数词法Nine hundred具体数量数词复数形式面加of应选D
3 (2004年北京市海淀区中考试题)
We often have sports after class and I like to play _______ basketball
A a B an C the D 填
答案：D该题考查冠词法球类运动前加冠词应选D
4 (2004年江西省中考试题)
This is _______ song I’ve told you about Isn’t it _______ beautiful one
A the the B a a C the a D a the
答案：C该题考查冠词法第空特指特指说首歌第二空表示某类应选C
中考演练
单项填空
1 This morning I had ________ egg and a bottle of milk for my breakfast
A an B a C the D
2 What’s the matter with you
I caught ________ bad cold and had to stay in ________
A a B a the C a a D the the
3 Have you seen _______ pen I left it here this morning
Is it ________ black one I think I saw it somewhere
A a the B the the C the a D a a
4 _______ sun is shining brightly
A A B An C The D
5 There is _______ h in the word hour
A a B the C an D
6 Did you enjoy your stay in Xian
Yes I had _______ wonderful time
A a B an C the D
7 ______ sun is bigger than _______ earth
A A the B A an C The an D The the
8 There is _______ apple and some pears on the table
A the B C a D an
9 David has _______ cat It’s very nice
A a B an C the D
10 I’m reading _______ novel It is _______ interesting story
A a an B a a C the the D an
11 It is said that SARS has killed more than ________ people worldwide
A three hundreds B three hundreds’
C three hundred’s D three hundred
12 How many workers are there in your factory
There are two __________
A hundreds B hundred C hundred of D hundreds of
13 Which is the smallest number of the four
_______________
A Twothirds B A half C A quarter D Threefourths
14 What do you think of a war Li Ming
I’ve no idea But it’s a fact that _______ people had to leave their hometown during the War on Iraq
A three thousands B thousand of
C thousands of D several thousands
15 We all think that the _______ century will bring us more hopes
A twentyfirst B twentiethfirst
C twentyone D twentiethone
16 Can you write the number eightyfive thousand six hundred and twentysix
Yes it is __________
A 856620 B 85626 C 58662 D 58626
17 When was the PRC founded It was founded on _________
A July 1 1921 B October 1 1949
C August 1 1927 D May 1 1922
18 I was 8 years old when my father was 31 This year my father is twice my age How old am I
A 21 B 22 C 23 D 24
19 _______ Chinese are looking for ways to learn English well before Beijing 2008 Olympics
A Thousand B Thousands C Thousand of D Thousands of
20 Both of the two rulers are broken I want to buy a _______one
A three B third C forth D
二 句子改错：面句A B C D中处错误请指出改正
1 May is a fifth month of the year
A B C D
2 The film has been on for half a hour
A B C D
3 The boys and the girls often play the foot ball in the afternoon
A B C D
4 It looks rain Why not take a umbrella with you
A B C D
5 Li Mei often gives us some good information by the emeil
A B C D
6 We’ve planted two hundreds trees in the centre of our city this year
A B C D
7 Five million of dollars is a lot of money
A B C D
8 There are thousand of children in the park now
A B C D
9 By the end of twenty century the world population had passed six billion
A B C D
10 Over three fifth of the world’s books and newspapers are written in English
A B C D
练答案
1A 2A 3D 4C 5C 6A 7D 8D 9A 10A11D 12B 13C 14C 15A 16B 17B 18C 19D 20B
二 1B a→the 2D a→an 3C 掉the 4C a→an 5D掉the 6B two hundreds→two hundred 7B 掉of 8B thousand→thousands 9B twenty→twentieth 10A three fifth→three fifths
初三系列复资料（5）代词考点集汇讲解训练
五代词
考点直击
1 称代词格宾格形式法
2 名词性物代词形容词性物代词形式区法
3 反身代词形式意义法
4 常见定代词般法
5 指示代词般法解文中指代法
6 相互代词基法
7 疑问代词基法
8 关系代词基法
名师点睛
代词代名词形容词数词词意义特征句中作分：称代词物代词指示代词反身代词相互代词疑问代词定代词关系代词等
称代词
1称代词称数格表示
2称代词格宾格分通常格作语宾格作宾语：
I like table tennis （作语）
Do you know him（作宾语）
3称代词作表语作表语时宾格：
Whos is knocking at the door
It’s me
4称代词than事物进行较时格宾格：
He is older than me
He is older than I am
二 物代词
1表示关系代词物代词物代词分形容词性物代词名词性
物代词表示
2 形容词性物代词作相形容词句中作定语例：
Our teacher is coming to see us
This is her pencilbox
3 名词性物代词作相名词句中作语宾语表语
Our school is here and theirs is there（作语）
Is this Englishbook yours （作表语）
No Mine is in my bag
I've already finished my homework Have you finished yours （作宾语）
三 指示代词
指示代词包括：thisthatthesethose
1 thisthese般指时间空间较事物thatthose
指时间空间较远事物例：
This is a pen and that is a pencil．
We are busy these days．
In those days the workers had a hard time．
2 时thatthose指前面讲事物this these指面讲
事物例：
I had a cold That's why I didn't come
What I want to say is this pronunciation is very important in learning English．
3 时避免重复提名词常thatthose代例：
Television sets made in Beijing are just as good as those made in Shanghai．
4 this 电话语中代表that 代表方例：
Hello This is Mary Is that Jack speaking
四 反身代词
英语中表示
等意义代词称反身代词称身代名词形式表示
反身代词句中作宾语表语位语
1 作宾语表示动作承受者动作发出者语宾语指
He called himself a writer．
Would you please express yourself in English
2 作表语
It doesn't matter．I'll be myself soon．
The girl in the news is myself．
3 作语宾语位语表示亲
I myself washed the clothes．（I washed the clothes myself）（作语位语）
You should ask the teacher himself．（作宾语位语）
五 定代词
指明代特定名词代词做定代词句中作语表
语宾语定语现常定代词举例说明：
1 someany区
1）some肯定句表示作形容词时面接①数名词+单数动词②数名词+复数动词
Look Some of the students are cleaning the library
Some rice in the bag has been sold out
2）any疑问句条件句否定句中表示作形容词时面接①数名词+单数动词②数名词+复数动词
If you have any questions please ask me
There isn't any orange in the bottle
Have you got any tea
3）anysome作代词表示any疑问句否定句中some肯定句中
How many people can you see in the picture
I can't see any
If you have no money I'll lend you some
注意：some any结合词something somebody someone anything anyone anybody肯定句否定句疑问句条件句中法致some any法相
2 few a few little a little法区
1）作形容词：
含义
法
表示肯定
表示否定
数名词
a few少
few没
数名词
a little少点
little没什
I'm going to buy a few apples
He can speak only a little Chinese
There is only a little milk in the glass
He has few friends
They had little money with them
2）a littlelittle作副词a little表示点稍微little表示少
I'm a little hungry (修饰形容词hungry)
Let him sleep a little (修饰动词sleep)
Mary go a little faster please (修饰副词较级)
She slept very little last night
3 other the other another others the others区
法
代名词
形容词
单数
复数
单数
复数
定
another
others
another (boy)
（男孩）
other (boys)
男孩
特定
the other
the others
余物
the other (boy)
男孩
the other (boys)
余男孩
1）other作形容词面单数复数名词意思
Where are his other books
I haven't any other books except this one
2）other作代词冠词the连构成the other表示两物中常one搭配构成one the other 句型
He has two brothers One is 10 years old the other is 5 years old
She held a ruler in one hand and an exercisebook in the other
3）other作代词时复数others泛指外物常some搭配构成some others 句型
Some went to the cinema others went swimming
This coat is too large Show me some others please
4）the others表示特指某范围物
We got home by 4 o'clock but the others didn't get back until 8 o'clock
In our class only Tom is English the others are Chinese
5）another作形容词修饰面名词意代词one
You can see another ship in the sea can't you
Mary doesn't want to buy this skirt Would you please show her another one
6）another作代词表示
I'm still hungry after I've had this cake Please give me another
4 everyeach区
each
every
1)单独
1)单独
2)做代名词形容词
2)仅作形容词
3)着重
3)着重全体毫例外
4)两者两者中物
4)三者三者物
The teacher gave a toy to each child
Each ball has a different colour
说each child each studenteach teacher时想情况说every childevery student时想全体情况every意思all接表示
Every student loves the English teacher All students love the English teacher
Every child likes playing All children like playing
5 allboth法
1）all指三者数东西谓语动词单数作复数句中作语表语宾语位语定语
All of us like Mr Pope 喜欢Pope先生（作语）
We all like Mr Pope (作位语)
All the water has been used up (作语)
That's all for today (作表语)
Why not eat all (of) the fish (作宾语)
All the leaders are here (作定语)
2）both作代词
①名词代词列出现表示两
Lucy and Lily both agree with us
They both passed on their sticks at the same time
How are your parents They're both fine
②of +代词（名词）连表示两者
Both of them came to see Mary
Both of the books are very interesting
③单独表示两者（）
Michael has two sons Both are clever
I don't know which book is the better I shall read both
3）both作形容词放名词前修饰该名词表示两者
Both his younger sisters are our classmates
There are tall trees on both sides of the street
六 相互代词
表示相互关系代词做相互代词相互代词each other one another两种形 式代英语中each otherone another没什区相互代词句中作宾语定语作定语时相互代词格形式
We should learn from each other one another （作宾语）
Do you often write to each other one another （作宾语）
We often borrow each other's one another's books （作定语）
The students corrected each other's one another's mistakes in their homework
（作定语）
七 疑问代词
疑问代词whowhomwhosewhatwhich等疑问代词特殊疑
问句中般放句首句子中作某句子成分例：
Who is going to come here tomorrow （作语）
What is that (作表语)
Whose umbrella is this (作定语)
Whom are you waiting for (作宾语)
八关系代词
关系代词种引导句起连接句句作代词关系代词 who whose whom that which 句中作语表语宾语定语 句中代表着句修饰名词代词例：
I hate people who talk much but do little
I’m looking at the photograph which you sent me with your letter
With the money that he had saved he went on with his studies
Do you know the lady who is interviewing our headmaster
实例解析
1 (2004年北京市中考试题)
Mary please show ________ your picture
A my B mine C I D me
答案：D该提考查称代词物代词法题中动词show面双宾语空白处缺少间接宾语应选me
2 (2004年北京市中考试题)
What’s on TV tonight Is there _________ interesting
I’m afraid not
A something B anything C nothing D everything
答案：B该提考查定代词法疑问句疑问句中通常anything
3 (2004年海徐汇区中考试题)
________ of them has his own opinion
A Both B Some C Every D Each
答案：D该题考查定代词法谓语动词单数形式BothSomeEvery 作语Each合适
4 (2004年安徽省中考试题)
Where is my pen
Oh sorry I have taken _______ by mistake
A yours B his C mine D hers
答案：A该题考查物代词法根题干背景判断出错钢笔应该方选yours
中考演练
单项填空
1 Tom Please pass ________ the glasses I want to read the newspapers
A you B me C him D her
2 The English novel is quite easy for you There are ______ new words in it
A a little B little C a few D few
3 You want ________ sandwich
Yes I usually eat a lot when I’m hungry
A other B another C others D the other
4 The doctors and nurses are doing their best to fight SARS They think more of others than _______
A they B them C themselves D theirs
5 Which do you prefer a bottle of orange or a bottle of milk
______________ thanks I’d like a cup of tea
A Either B Neither C Both D None
6 Oh I came in a hurry and forgot to bring food
Never mind You can have ________
A us B ours C you D yours
7 Can I come this evening or tomorrow morning
_______ is OK I’m free today and tomorrow
A Either B Neither C Both D None
8 How are you going to improve _______ this term
Work harder than last term
A ourselves B myself C himself D yourself
9 Could you tell me _______ she is looking for
Her cousin Susan
A that B whose C who D which
10 Is _______ here
No Li Lei and Han Mei have asked for leave
A everybody B somebody C anybody D nobody
11 Paul has _______ friends except me and sometimes he feels lonely
A many B some C few D more
12 If you want to book a roundtrip ticket you’ll have to pay ______ 30
A more B other C the other D another
13 Do you live by yourself Mr Wang
Yes I have two sons But ______ of them lives with me They are now studying in America
A neither B both C none D either
14 Have you sent your parents an Email telling them you arrived safe
No _______ of them can use a computer
A None B Both C Neither D All
15 Who taught _______ English last term Was _____ Mr Smith
A you it B you he C your it D your that
16 That woman has a bag in her right hand What’s in her _____ hand
A another B other C one D the other
17 We decided to go for a field trip with some friends of _______
A us B our C ours D ourselves
18 Is there a bus to the zoo
I’m afraid there’s _______ bus to the zoo
A no B any C some D none
19 You forgot your dictionary You may have _______
A me B my C mine D myself
20 This is ______ classroom Where is _______
A our them B us they C our theirs D ours theirs
二 代词适形式填空
1 This is not my pencilbox _______ ( I ) is in the bag
2 Trees are planted in ______ ( we ) country every year which makes our country more and more beautiful
3 Is that bike Miss Gao’s
Yes it is ______(she) Beautiful isn’t it
4 Help ______ (you) to some fruit Jack
5 Who taught your brother to surf
Nobody He learnt all by _______ (he)
6 Their English teacher is from America but ______ (we) is from England
7 Mary’s answer is different from ________ ( I )
8 My watch keeps good time What about _______(you)
Mine Oh two minutes slow
9 Sam is my brother Do you like to play with ______ (he)
10 Did you enjoy _______ (you) Mary and Kate
三 适代词填空
1 The old man has two sons One is a worker _______ is a teacher
2 Students are usually interested in sports Some like running some like swimming _______ like ball games
3 Let’s go and have a drink We’ve got _______ time before the train leaves
4 We were all very tired but _______ of us would like to have a rest
5 ______ of the twins are in our class
6 Boys don’t touch the machines or you may hurt _______
7 It is said there is going to be ________ important in the CCTV news
8 We couldn’t buy anything because _______ of the shops opened at that time
9 They didn’t learn _______ new in this lesson
10 Why is ______ easy for such a young girl to learn three foreign languages so well
Because Britain Germany and France are all very near ______ country
四 适疑问代词关系代词填空
1 ______ is the population of the world today
2 _______ jumped the longest of all in the long jump
3 _______ colour is your mother’s dress
It’s black
4 ______ is your car
The red one in front of the tree
5 ______ of the following can you often find on a medicine bottle
I know sir It’s instruction
6 The necklace ______ she is wearing is beautiful
7 Do you know the person _______ lost his bike
8 Most people _______ live in less developed countries are quite poor
9 The boy ______ is helping the old man is John’s brother
10 People ______ use credit cards to buy things online should be very careful
练答案
1B 2D 3B 4C 5B 6B 7A 8D 9C 10A 11C 12D 13A 14C 15A 16B 17C 18A 19C 20C
二1Mine 2our 3hers 4yourself 5himself 6ours 7mine 8yours 9him 10yourselves
三 1the other 2others 3a little 4 none 5Both 6yourselves 7something 8none 9anything 10it her
四 1 What 2 Who 3 What 4 Which 5 Which 6 that which 7 that who 8 whothat 9 who that 10 who that
初三系列复资料（6）介词连词考点集汇讲解训练
六介词连词
考点直击
1 常介词词组法意义
2 常动词形容词介词副词固定搭配意义
3 列连词and but or so等法
4 常属连词基法
名师点睛
1 介词功
介词种虚词表示名词相名词词语句中词关系单独介词名词相名词词构成介词短语介词短语句中作定语状语表语宾语补足语例：
The boy over there is John’s brother (定语)
The girl will be back in two hours (状语)
Our English teacher is from Australia (表语)
Help yourself to some fish (宾语补足语)
2 常介词法辨析
（1）表时间介词
1）at in on
表示时间点at例：at six o’clock at noon at midnight表示某世纪某年某月某季节早晨午午晚时in例：in the ninettenth century in 2002 in may in winter in the morning in the afternoon等表示具体某天某天午午晚时on例：on Monday on July 1st on Sunday morning等
2） since after
sinceafter 引导词组表示某点开始时段since词组表示时段直延续说话时刻现完成时连after词组表示时段纯系般时连例：
I haven’t heard from him since last summer
After five days the boy came back
3） in after
in时态连时表示长时间意思面表示段时间词语After时态连时面表示时间点词语After时态连时面表示段时间词语例：
He will be back in two months
He will arrive after four o’clock
He returned after a month
（2）表示点介词
1）at in on
at般指方in般指方某范围on表示某物体表面例：
He arrived in Shanghai yesterday
They arrived at a small village before dark
There is a big hole in the wall
The teacher put up a picture on the wall
2） over above on
over onabove表示……面具体含义Over表示位置高某物某物正方反义词under above表示位置高某物定正方反义词belowOn指两物体表面接触面例：
There is a bridge over the river
We flew above the clouds
They put some flowers on the teacher’s desk
3） across through
acrossthrough均表示边边法Across含义on关表示动作某物体表面进行Throgh含义in关表示动作三维空间进行例：
The dog ran across the grass
The boy swam across the river
They walked through the forest
I pushed through the crowds
4) in front of in the front of
in front of 表示某某物前面某范围外in the front of 表示……前部某范围例：
There are some tall trees in front of the building
The teacher is sitting in the front of the classroom
3 介词固定搭配
介词词类形成固定搭配关系记住种固定搭配关系正确介词
（1）介词动词搭配
listen to laugh at get to look for wait for hear from turn on turn off worry about think of look after spend…on… 等
（2）介词名词搭配
on time in time by bus on foot with pleasure on one’s way to in trouble at breakfast at the end of in the end等
（3）介词形容词搭配
be late for be afraid of be good at be interested in be angry with be full of be sorry for等
4 连词功
连接词短语句句子词连词连词种虚词句中单独连词分两类：列连词属连词
5 列连词
列连词连接具列关系词短语句子常见列连词：
(1)表列关系and both…and not only…but also neither…nor等
(2)表选择关系or either…or等
(3)表转折关系but while等
(4)表果关系for so等
6 属连词
属连词引导句常见属连词：
(1)引导时间状语句after before when while as until till since as soon as等(2)引导条件状语句if unless等
(3)引导原状语句because as since等
(4)引导目状语句so that in order that等
(5)引导步状语句though although even if等
(6)引导结果状语句so that so…that such…that等
(7)引导较状语句than as…as等
(8)引导名词句that if whether等
7 常连词法辨析
（1） while when as
三连词引导时间状语句法
1) 某事正进行时候发生件事While when as 引导表示背景时间状语句例：
AsWhenWhile I was walking down the street I noticed a police car
2) 两长动作时进行时候常while例：
While mother was cooking lunch I was doing my homework
3) 两动作表示发展变化情况时常as例：
As children get older they become more and more interested in things around them
4) 两短动作时发生时表示边…边…时常as例：
Just as he caught the fly he gave a loud cry
She looked behind from time to time as she went
5) 句动作先句动作时通常when例：
When he finished his work he took a short rest
6) 句瞬间动作句延续性动作时通常when例：
When John arrived I was cooking lunch
（2）as because since for
四词表原法区
1) 果原构成句子部分般becausebecause引导句放句末例：
I stayed at home because it rained
Why aren’t you going
Because I don’t want to
2) 果原已知句子部分重assinceSinceas稍微正式点Assince 引导句般放句子开头例：
As he wasn’t ready we left without him
Since I have no money I can’t buy any food
3) for补充说明种理for引导句放括号里For引导句子放句子开头例：
I decided to stop and have lunchfor I was feeling quite hungry
（3）if whether
ifwhether作否讲引导宾句般互换例：
I wonder whether (if) you still study in that school
I don’t know whether (if) he likes that film
列情况whetherif：
1) 引导语句时例：
Whether he will come to the party is unknown
2) 引导表语句时例：
The question is whether I can pass the exam
3) 定式前例：
I haven’t made up my mind whether to go there or not
（4）so…that suchthat
1) so…that中so副词形容词副词suchthat中such形容词接名词名词短语例：
I’m so tired that I can’t walk any farther
It was such a warm day that he went swimming
2) 果名词前many much little few时sosuch例：
He has so little education that he is unable to get a job
I have had so many falls that I am black and blue all over
（5）either…or… neither…nor not only…but also…
三连词词组连接两列成分连接两列语时
谓语动词相邻语变化例：
Either you or he is wrong
Neither he nor his children like fish
Not only the teacher but also the students want to buy the book
（6）although but
两连词句子中例：说Although he is
over sixty but he works as hard as others句子应改：Although he is over sixty he works as hard as othersHe is over sixty but he works as hard as others
（7）because so
两连词样句子中例：说Because John
was ill so I took him to the doctor 句子应改Because John was ill I took him to the doctorJohn was ill so I took him to the doctor
实例解析
1（2004年北京市中考试题）
When will Mr Black come to Beijing
___________ September 5
A On B To C At D In
答案：A表示时间介词法表示某天介词on
2 (2004年安徽省中考试题)
The boys felt sad as they lost ________ the girls in the talk show
A by B in C to D on
答案：C该题考查介词动词固定搭配lose表示输谁时候介词to应选C
3 (2004年吉林省中考试题)
I like riding fast It’s very exciting
Oh You mustn’t do it like that ________ it may have an accident
A and B or C so D but
答案：B该题考查列连词法答语意思样做否会发生事四列连词中or含样意思应选B
4 (2004年天津市中考试题)
John fell asleep ________ he was listening to the music
A after B before C while D as soon as
答案：C该题考查引导时间状语句常属连词法句含义约翰听音乐时候睡着表示干某事时发生某事情 通常while应选C
中考演练
单项填空
1 We traveled overnight to Paris and arrived _______ 5 o’clock ______ the morning
A on in B at in C at on D in on
2 Where’s Lily We are all here _______ her
A beside B about C except D with
3 She sent her friend a postcard _______ a birthday present
A on B as C for D of
4 Jack has studied Chinese in this school _______ the year of 2000
A since B in C on D by
5 What is a writing brush do you know
It’s _______ writing and drawing
A with B to C for D by
6 English is widely used ______ travellers and business people all over the world
A to B for C as D by
7 ______ the help of my teacher I caught up with the other students
A Under B In C With D On
8 Hong Kong is ______ the south of China and Macao is ______ the west of Hong Kong
A in to B to to C to in D in in
9 You’d better not go out now It’s raining
It doesn’t matter My new coat can keep ______ rain
A in B of C with D off
10 Japan lies ______ the east of China
A to B in C about D at
11 Will the foreigners have any problems talking with Chinese in 2008
I don’t think so Now ______ the young ______ the old can speak some English
A either…or B not only… but also
C neither…nor D both…or
12 We didn’t catch the train _______ we left late
A so B because C but D though
13 Tom failed in the exam again _______ he wanted to pass it very much
A if B so C though D as
14 I won’t believe that the fiveyearold boy can read five thousand words ______ I have tested him myself
A after B when C if D until
15 The book was so interesting that he had read it for three hours ______ he realized it
A when B until C after D before
16 This dress was last year’s style
I think it still looks perfect ______ it has gone out this year
A so that B even though C as if D ever since
17 Hurry up _______ you will miss the train
A and B so C however D or
18 The mountain was ______ steep _____ few people in our city reached the top
A so…as B so…that C as…as D too…to
19 Do you remember our pleasant journey to Xi’an
Of course I remember everything ______ it happened yesterday
A as soon as B even though
C rather than D as if
20 ______ you can’t answer this question we have to ask someone else for help
A Although B While C Whether D Since
二 适介词填空
1 How are you going to the train station to meet your aunt
I’m going there _______ my car
2 Mum today is Mother’s Day Mike and I want to invite you to have dinner _____ us at Zhonglou Restaurant
3 Hangzhou is famous ______ the West Lake
4 Today some newlyproduced mobile phones can take pictures ______ a camera
5 Could you tell me if there is a flight to the capital ______ March 25th
6 We all agree ______ you Let’s start at once
7 There is a big shop ______ the other side of the road
8 Which necklace have you lost
The one you gave me _____ my birthday
9 You should take more exercise It’s good ______ your health
10 It is clear that fish cannot live _______ water
三 适连词填空
1 ______ they are brothers they don’t look like each other at all
2 The dress was very expensive ______ I didn’t buy it
3 Do you know ______ I could pass the exam
Sorry I’ve no idea
4 Mr Brown knows little Japanese ______ he can’t understand the instructions on the bottle of the pills
5 The war was over about a year ago ______ the American soldiers in Iraq are still having a lot of trouble to deal with
6 Is David at school today
No He is at home _______ he has a bad cold
7 _____ Lily _____ Lucy may go with you because one of them must stay at home
8 Study hard _____ you are sure to have a good result in the exam
9 Please have a wash _______ you go to bed
10 The twins have learned a lot ______ they came to China
练答案
1B 2C 3B 4A 5C 6D 7C 8A 9D 10A11B 12B 13C 14D 15D 16B 17D 18B 19D 20D
二 1in 2with 3for 4like 5on 6with 7on 8for 9for 10without
三 1Although Though 2so 3if whether 4so 5but 6because 7Either…or 8and 9before 10since
初三系列复资料（7）关英语句子考点集汇讲解训练
七句子种类
考点直击
句子途英语句子分陈述句疑问句祈句感叹句句子结构英语句子分简单句列句复合句中考句子考查集中方面：
1 陈述句构成形式基法
2 祈句构成形式基法
3 般疑问句特殊疑问句选择疑问句反意疑问句构成形式基法
4 what how引导感叹句构成形式法区
种句法面分述
名师点睛
陈述句构成形式基法
1 陈述句：
陈述句陈述事实表达说话法（包括肯定否定）句子通常降调句末句号
Tom has a new car
The flower isn’t beautiful
2 陈述句否定式构成
(1) 果肯定陈述句谓语部分含助动词情态动词连系动词be需动词加not构成否定式
He is playing the guitar（肯定）
He is not playing the guitar（否定）
We can get there before dark（肯定）
We can’t get thee before dark（否定）
(2) 果陈述句谓语动词实义动词中没情态动词助动词时需根称时态该实义动词前加don’t doesn’tdidn’t时该实义动词变原形
He plays the violin well（肯定）
He doesn’t play the violin well（否定）
She won the game（肯定）
She didn’t win the game（否定）
(3) 果句子there be结构谓语动词have（）behave加not外句中果some变any例：
There is some water in the cup →There is not any water in the cup
He has some books →He has not any books
(4) not外否定词no never nothing nobody few等构成否定句例：
There is something wrong with his bike →There is nothing wrong with his bike
I have seen the film →I have never seen the film
二 祈句构成形式基法
祈句表示命令请求建议号召等句子谓语动词原形句末感叹号句号朗读时般降调
1 肯定祈句：
（1）祈句语you时you常省略果特强调方表达某种强烈情绪时语称呼语
Be quiet
You be quiet
（2）Do+祈句表示种强烈感情请求do起强调作
Do come back at once
Do be careful
（3）please祈句中表示种客气语气please句末时必须逗号余部分分开
Open the window please
（4）Let引导祈句时面需称代词称呼语称代词般第第三称
Let Jack wait a minute
Let’s go to school
（5）祈句中Let’s Let us区Let’s包括说话者Let us包括听话者点反意疑问句时明显出
Let’s go skating shall we（表示部建议）
Let us try again will you（表示发出请求）
2 否定祈句通常Don’tNever开头结构通常：Don’t(Never)+动词原形+成分 例：
Don’t do that again
Never leave today’s work for tomorrow
Don’t be late next time
三 般疑问句特殊疑问句选择疑问句反意疑问句构成形式基法
1 般疑问句：
（1）般疑问句肯定形式
般疑问句般指助动词情态动词be动词have（）开始通常求yesno回答疑问句般疑问句读时通常升调
Do you know Mr Smith
Can you swim
（2）般疑问句否定结构
① 般疑问句否定结构中副词not放般疑问句语果not简略形式n’t须n’t般疑问句句首be have助动词情态动词写起实际运中般采简略式
Are you not a football fan
Aren’t you a football fan
Will she not like it
Won’t she like it
② 汉语英语般疑问句否定结构答语否定肯定全答语否定肯定决定答语肯定yes加肯定结构答语否定no加否定结构
Aren’t you a football fan 足球迷？
Yes I am
No I am not
Won’t she like it
Yes she will
No she won’t
2 特殊疑问句
特殊疑问句疑问代词疑问副词+般疑问句构成句子般倒装语序果语疑问代词疑问代词修饰时陈述句语序特殊疑问句yesno回答读时降调例：
Who is on duty today
How long have you been in Beijing
What time do you get up every morning
What must I do now
常特殊疑问句
询问容
疑问词句型
例 句
回 答
职业身份
what
What is your father
He is a doctor
姓名关系
who
Who is that boy
He is Jack
He is my brother
相貌特征
what…like
What is she like
What does she look like
She is beautiful
目
what…for
What did they come here for
To attend a meeting
原
why
Why did they come here
Because they have a meeting to attend
天气
how
what…like
How is the weather today
What is the weather like today
It’s fine
颜色
what color…？
What dolor is her skirt
It’s red
服装尺寸
what size
What size does he wear
He wars 40
点钟
what time
What time is it
It’s 730
星期
what day
What day is today
It’s Tuesday
号日期
what is the date…
What is the date today
It’s May 2
年龄（）
how old
How old is he
He is 38
持续长时间（久）
how long
How long have you been here
For five months
长度（长）
how long
How long is the bridge
It’s 500 metres
距离（远）
how far
How far is it from here to the zoo
It’s 6 kilometres
频度
（常）
how often
How often do you come back
Once a week
时间
（快）
how soon
How soon will she arrive
In an week
数量
（少）
how many（数名词）
how much（数名词）
How many jackets do you have
How much coffee do you want
Three
Two cups
价格
how much
How much is it
How much does it cost
Five dollars
高度
（高）
how tall（树）
how high（山建筑物）
How tall is she
How high is the tower
She’s 173 metres
It’s 450 metres
3 选择疑问句：
选择疑问句说话者提出两种两种情况方选择回答疑问句结构疑问句+选择部分选择部分or连接or前面部分读升调or面部分读降调
选择疑问句yesno回答必须具体选择答复
Is your bag yellow or black It’s black
Would you like some tea or coffee Either will do
Which do you like better singing or dancing I like dancing better
4 反意疑问句：
反意疑问句指陈述句附加意思相反简短问句问方否赞疑问句附加问句否定式必须缩写
（1）肯定陈述句否定附加问句否定陈述句肯定附加问句
I am your teacher aren’t I
He didn’t study hard did he
（2）果陈述句中含否定副词never（决）hardly（）表示否定代词形容词nothing none no one nobody neither few little等附加问句肯定式：
They hardly write to each other do they
He has found nothing has he
Few people knew the secret did they
（3）反意疑问句否定陈述句+肯定附加问句时英语汉语回答惯存差异英语回答时实际情况答语具体容肯定Yes+肯定结构答语具体容否定No+否定结构译成汉语时必须yes译no译成
You won’t be away for long will you 会离开太久？
Yes I will会离开久
No I won’t会离开久
I don’t think she’ll come by bike will she 认会骑行车会？
Yes she will会骑行车
No she won’t会骑行车
四 what how引导感叹句构成形式法区
感叹句表示喜怒哀乐惊异等感情句子句末感叹号读时降调感叹句whathow引导what修饰名词how修饰形容词副词动词
1 what引导感叹句：
（1）what + aan +形容词+单数数名词+陈述句（语+谓语）
What a beautiful city it is
What an interesting story she told
（2）what+形容词+复数数名词数名词+陈述句（语+谓语）
What expensive watches they are
What terrible weather it is
2．How引导感叹句：
（1）How+形容词副词+陈述句（语+谓语）
How cold it is
How hard he works
（2）How+陈述句（语+谓语）
How he loves his son
How I miss you
（3）How+形容词+aan+单数数名词+陈述句（语+谓语）
How tall a tree it is
（4）述两种感叹句互相转换例：
What a clever boy he is→How clever the boy is
What a cold day it is→How cold it is
实例解析
1 (2004年海徐汇区中考试题)
_________ useful computer it is
A What B What a C What an D How
答案：B该题考查感叹句结构感叹句中心词单数数名词computer what修饰useful第发音辅音what定冠词aan
2 (2004年嘉兴市中考试题)
________ is it from Jiaxing to Hangzhou
I’m not sure but it takes about ninety minutes to get there by bus
A How many B How often C How much D How far
答案：D该题考查特殊疑问句疑问词选择问话者问距离应how far提问
3 (2004年河北省中考试题)
_______ will it take us to get there by bus
About two hours
A How soon B How often C How long D How quick
答案：C该题考查特殊疑问句疑问词选择问话者问时间应how long提问
4 (2004年长沙市中考试题)
Help There is a snake near the house
________ afraid It will go away later
A Don’t B Not C Don’t be D Be
答案：C该题考查祈句结构祈句否定结构：Don’t(Never)+动词原形+成分 符合求C
中考演练
单项填空
1 Excuse me _______ is the nearest bookshop
Go down the street and turn left at the second corner
A how B what C where D who
2 ______ is it from our school to the Bell Tower
About half an hour’s bus ride Shall we go and visit it
A How long B How often C How far D How much
3 Linda had nothing for breakfast this morning _______
No She got up too late
A had she B hadn’t she C did she D didn’t she
4 The room is so dirty ______ we clean it
Of course
A Will B Would C Do D Shall
5 __________ sir
Size 41 I think
A What size do you need B What can I do for you
C How do you like this shirt D What’s the matter with you
6 _______ good weather Why not go out for a walk
A What B How C What a D How a
7 It’s a nice car ______ have you been in it
Just to Shanghai
A How much B How long C How soon D How far
8 _______ to the United States
No never but I went to Canada a few years ago
A Have you been B Have you gone
C Did you go D Will you go
9 _______ were you away from school last year
About two weeks
A How often B How soon C How long D When
10 ______ do you want
I want a CD of popular songs
A Which CD B How many CDs
C What CD D How much
11 _______ is your mother a teacher or a doctor
A What B Which C Who D whose
12 ______ is your mother today Jim
She is much better
A How B What C Where D How old
13 ______he ______ at this school last term
Yes I think so
A Did…study B Does…study
C Was…study D Did…studied
14 _______ did you begin to learn English
Three years ago
A When B Why C Where D What
15 ________ do you write to your penfriend
Once a week
A How long B How soon C How far D How often
16 _______ nice flowers Where did you pick them
A How B What C What a D How a
17 The sick man’s allowed to take a walk in the garden every day _______
A is he B isn’t he C has he D hasn’t he
18 ______ cross the road before the traffic lights turn green
A Not B Won’t C Don’t D Doesn’t
19 He found nothing in the room _________
A doesn’t he B does he
C didn’t he D did he
20 You haven’t changed your mind ________
A do you B are you
C have you D did you
二 句型转换（求改写列句子）
1 Bruce bought a dictionary yesterday (改否定句)
Bruce ________ ________ a dictionary yesterday
2 Mr Smith does morning exercises every day (改般疑问句)
________ Mr Smith ______ morning exercises every day
3 Allan will go back to England by plane next month (划线部分提问)
________ _______ Allan go back to England next month
4 There are some apples on the table (改否定句)
There _______ _______ apples on the table
5 When she sees you she will tell you the news(划线部分提问)
_______ ______ she tell you the news
6 Uncle Wang likes making things (改写否定句)
Uncle Wang _______ _______ making things
7 Ann returned the book to the library yesterday (改般疑问句)
________ Ann _______ the book to the library yesterday
8 Our city is very beautiful (改感叹句)
_______ _______ our city is
9 He has worked in this school for five years (划线部分提问)
_______ _______ has he worked in this school
10 Both of them are my best friends (改否定句)
_______ of them _______ my best friend
11 They are happy to see each other (改感叹句)
_______ ______ they are to see each other
12 The exam begins at nine (改般疑问句)
________ the exam _______ at nine
13 He was playing basketball at four yesterday afternoon (划线部分提问)
______ ______ he ______ at four yesterday afternoon
14 He had nothing for breakfast (改反意疑问句)
He had nothing for breakfast ______ _______
15 She doesn’t think I can surf on the Internet (改反意疑问句)
She doesn’t think I can surf on the Internet _______ _______
16 He’s put the tree in the hole (改般疑问句)
______ he ______ the tree in the hole
17 How useful the book is (改陈述句)
It is ______ ______ useful book
18 The population of Australia is about 19500000 (划线部分提问)
_______ ______ population of Australia
19 The meeting will start in ten minutes (划线部分提问)
_______ ______ will the meeting start
20 Don’t tell him to come to my office (改肯定祈句)
______ ______ to come to my office
三 句子翻译根汉语完成英语句子空词
1 母亲通常星期日扫卫生洗衣服
My mother usually _________ some cleaning and __________ on Sundays
2 晚聚会肯定会玩痛快
We’re __________ to have __________ at the party this evening
3 明天结束项工作
Do you think _________ ________to finish the work tomorrow
4 样邻居相处
________can you get on well ________ your neighbours
5 西安新变化参观者感惊奇
The _________ are __________ at the new changes in Xi’an
6 天冷请穿暖衣服
It’s cold Please _______ _______ warm clothes
7 爱迪生时候科学感兴趣
Edison _______ _______ _______ science even when he was a small boy
8 失败次没灰心
Even though he had failed many times he didn’t _______ ________
9 发生什事情会起
___________happens I’ll be with you
10楼噪音害整晚法入睡
The noises upstairs made me not able to _______ _______all night
练答案
1C 2C 3C 4D 5A 6A 7D 8A 9C 10C 11A 12A 13A 14A 15D 16B 17B 18C 19D 20C
二 1 didn’t buy 2Does do 3How will 4aren’t any 5When will 6doesn’t like 7Did return 8How beautiful 9How long 10Neither is 11How happy 12Does begin 13What was doing 14did he 15 does she 16Has put 17such a 18What’s the 19How soon 29Tell him
三 1 does washing 2 sure fun 3 it it’s possible 4 How with 5 visitors amazed surprised 6put on 7 was interested in 8 lose heart 9 Whatever 10 fall asleep
初三系列复资料（8）宾语句考点集汇讲解训练
八宾语句
考点扫描
中考宾语句考查集中方面：
1 引导宾语句连词代词选择
2 宾语句语序
3 宾语句时态
考查形式单项填空完型填空短文填空完成句子阅读理解书面表达肯定宾语句
名师精讲
宾语句种类
宾语句种名词性句句中作物动词宾语介词宾语
形容词宾语根引导宾语句连词宾语句分三类
1 that引导宾语句That语法作没实意义口语
非正式文体中省略例：
He said (that) he wanted to stay at home
She doesn’t know (that) she is seriously ill
I am sure (that) he will succeed
2 连接代词who whom whose what which连接副词when where why how引导宾语句连接代词连接副词宾语句中充某成分例：
Do you know who (whom) they are waiting foe
He asked whose handwriting was the best
Can you tell me where the No3 bus stop is
I don’t know why the train is late
3 ifwhether引导宾语句Ifwhether句中意思否例：
I want to know if (whether) he lives there
He asked me whether (if) I could help him
二 宾语句语序
宾语句语序应陈述句语序例：
I hear (that) physics isn’t easy
I think (that) you will like this school soon
Can you tell me how I can get to zoo
Please tell me when we’ll have the meeting
三 宾语句时态
1 果句时态般现时宾语句该什麽时态什麽时态
：
I don’t think (that) you are right
Please tell us where he is
Can you tell me how I can get to the railway station
2 果句时态般时宾语句相应时态（般时 进行时 时完成时）例：
He asked what time it was
He told me that he was preparing for the sports meet
He asked if you had written to Peter
He said that he would go back to the US soon
3 果宾语句陈述客观真理时态常般现时例：
Our teacher said that January is the first month of the year
Scientists have proved that the earth turns around the sun
中考范例
1 (2004年北京市中考试题)
Miss Green didn’t tell us _______ in 2002
A where does she live B Where she lives
C where did she live D where she lived
解析答案：D该题考查宾语句语序时态宾语句应陈述句语序时态应选D
2 (2004年海市徐汇区中考试题)
Would you please tell me ________
A when did he come home
B where he would play football
C if he had seen the film
D why he didn’t watch the game
解析答案：D该题考查宾语句语序时态句实际现时宾语句句子里应陈述句语序般时
3 (2004年哈尔滨市中考试题)
I don’t know when __________
A will the train leave B the train will leave
C would the train leave D the train leave
解析答案：B该题考查宾语句语序时态B语序时态符合求
4 (2004年常州市中考试题)
We don’t know _____________
It is said that he was born in Sweden
A what he is B if he lives here
C where he comes from D which country is he from
解析答案 C该题考查宾语句语序谈话题知：说某里AB排掉D语序C正确
满分演练
单项填空
1 Do you know _______ during the coming summer holiday
A what will Tom do B what did Tom do
C what Tom will do D what Tom did
2 I want to know_________
A what is his name B what’s his name
C that his name is D what his name is
3 Do you know ________ I could pass the exam
A that B whether C what D which
4 Jim doesn’t understand ____________
A which is the way to the museum
B why his wife always goes shopping
C what is the way to the museum
D why does she always go shopping
5 Could you tell me ______ she is looking for
A that B whose C who D which
6 Mr King didn’t know _______ yesterday evening
A when does his son come home
B when his son comes home
C when did his son come home
D when his son came home
7 Could you tell me _______ the bike this morning
A how does he mend B how he mends
C how he mended D how did he mend
8 I’m waiting for the mail Do you know ________ it will arrive
Usually it comes by 4 00
A how B where C when D what
9 Excuse me would you please tell me ________
Certainly Go straight along here It’s next to a hospital
A how we can get to the post office
B how can we get to the post office
C how get to the post office
D how could we get to the post office
10 Can I help you
Yes I’d like a ticket to Mount Emei Can you tell me ______ take to get there
A how soon will it B how soon it will
C how long it will D how long will it
11 He wanted to know ___________
A whether he speaks at the meeting
B when the meeting would start
C what he’s going to do at the meeting
D where would the meeting be held
12 Could you tell me _________ the Bamboo Garden
The day after tomorrow I think
A when will you visit B when you will visit
C when would you visit D when you would visit
13 Would you please tell me _________ next Mr Wang
A what should we do B we should do what
C what we should do D should we do what
14 You can’t imagine _________ when they received these nice Christmas presents
A how they were excited B how excited they were
C how excited were they D they were how excited
15 I want to know ________ you will come back at 800 tomorrow
A that B when C where D whether
16 Could you tell me ____________
Sorry I don’t know I was not at the meeting
A what does he say at the meeting
B what did he say at the meeting
C what he says at the meeting
D what he said at the meeting
17 Could you tell me _________ last night
Er I was watching Euro 2004 at home
A what you were doing B what were you doing
C what you are doing D what are you doing
18 The teacher asked the students __________
A if they were interested in dinosaurs
B when was Albert Einstein born
C what they will do with the computers
D how many trees they have planted
19 Every morning the patients are asked if ________ their temperature taken
A they had had B have they had
C they have had D had they had
20 It’s up to you to decide _______ you’ll go there by air or by road
A how B why C that D when
二 根汉语句子意思完成列英语句子
1 李明说玩电脑游戏感兴趣
Li Ming says _______ _______ interested in playing computer games
2 认玛丽回
I don’t think Mary ______ ______
3 山姆说准备海
Sam told me that he _______ _______ for Shanghai
4 请告诉钟楼麽走？
Could you tell me _______ I can get to the Bell Tower
5 父亲说买台新电脑
Father said that he ________ ________ a new computer
6 想知道天晚没北京火车
I want to know _________ there is a train to Beijing
7 知道双间少钱？
Do you know ______ _______ a double room ______
8 请告诉外出长时间？
Could you tell me ______ ______ we’re going to be away
9 叔叔说正写新说
Uncle said that he ______ _______ a new novel
10 杰克说重事情做
Jack said he _______ something important to do
练答案
1C 2D 3B 4B 5C 6D 7C 8C 9A 10C 11B 12B 13C 14B 15D 16D 17A 18A 19C 20A
二 1he is 2will come 3was leaving 4how 5had bought 6if (whether) 7how much 8how long 9was writing 10had
初三系列复资料（9）状语句考点集汇讲解训练
九状语句
考点直击
1 时间状语句
2 条件状语句
3 原状语句
4 结果状语句
5 较状语句
6 目状语句
7 步状语句
8 点状语句
名师点睛
修饰句中动词副词形容词句状语句根含义状语句分时间状语句点状语句条件状语句 原状语句结果状语句较状语句目状语句步状语句
1 时间状语句
(1)时间状语句常when as while before after since till until as soon as等连词引导例：
It was raining hard when got to school yesterday
While he was doing his homework the telephone rang
As he walked along the lake he sang happily
He had learned a little Chinese before he came to China
After he finished middle school he went to work in a factory
(2)时间状语句里通常时态现时态表示动作状态例：
I’ll ring you up as soon as I get to New York
I will tell him everything when he comes back
He won’t believe it until he sees it with his own eyes
(3)带tilluntil引导时间状语句复合句里果句肯定式含义直……时谓语动词延续性动词果句否定式含义直………… ……前…… 谓语动词瞬间动词例：
The young man read till the light went out
Let’s wait until the rain stops
We won’t start until Bob comes
Don’t get off until the bus stops
2 条件状语句
(1)条件状语句通常if unless引导例：
What shall we do if it snows tomorrow
Don’t leave the building unless I tell you to
(2)条件状语句里谓语动词通常现时态表示动作状态例：
I’ll help you with your English if am free tomorrow
He won’t be late unless he is ill
(3)祈句 + and (or)+ 陈述句 意思相带条件状语句复合句例：
Hurry up or you’ll be late
If you don’t hurry up you’ll be late
Study hard and you will pass the exam
If you study hard you will pass the exam
3 原状语句
(1)原状语句通常because since as引导例：
He didn’t come to school because he was ill
As it is raining we shall not go the zoo
Since you can’t answer the question I’ll ask someone else
(2)because表示直接原语气强Because引导原状语句放句回答why提出问题becauseAssince语气较弱般表示明显原assince引导原状语居放句首例：
Why aren’t going there
Because I don’t want to
As he has no car he can’t get there easily
Since we have no money we can’t buy it
(3)becauseso句子里
4 结果状语句
(1)结果状语句so…that such…that so that引导例：
He is so poor that he can’t buy a bike for his son
She is such a good teacher that everybody likes her
My pencil fell under the desk so that I couldn’t see it
(2)so…that语suchthat互换例：
sothat引导结果状语句中so副词形容词连结构 so + 形容词（副词）+ that + 句例：
He was so glad that he couldn’t say a word
The hall is so big that it can hold 2000 people
Mother lives so far away that we hardly ever see her
such…that引导结果状语句中such形容词修饰单数复数数名词数名词名词前面带形容词带果单数数名词前面需加定冠词aan例：
It was such a hot day that nobody wanted to do anything
He had such long arms that he could almost touch the ceiling
He made such rapid progress that he did very well in the midterm
时述两种结构互换例：
It was such a wonderful film that all of us wanted to see it again
The film was so wonderful that all of us wanted to see it again
It is such an important match that nobody wants to miss it
The match is so important that nobody wants to miss it
(3)果名词前many much little few等词修饰时so such例：
Soon there were so many deer that they ate up all the wild roses
He has so little time that he can’t go to the cinema with you
5 较状语句
较状语句通常as…as 较级 + than…等连词引导例：
Tom runs faster than John does
This classroom is as big as that one
6 目状语句
(1)目状语句通常 so that in order that引导例：
We started early so that we could catch the first train
He studies hard so that he could work better in the future
We used the computer in order that we might save time
(2)so that引导目状语句引导结果状语句区两种句办法两：1)目状语句里带情态动词can could may might等2)意思目状语句表示目明确例：
Speak clearly so that they may understand you (目状语句)
Jack is badly ill so that he has to rest (结果状语句)
7 步状语句
(1)步状语句通常although though等连词引导例：
Though he is young he knows a lot
Although I am tired I must go on working
(2)although(though)句子中例：
说：Though it was raining hard but he still went out
应该说：Though it was raining hard he still went outIt was raining hard but he still went out
8 点状语句
点状语句常常where引导例：
Go where you like
Where there is a will there is a way
实例解析
1 (2004年北京市海淀区中考试题)
You will stay healthy _______ you do more exercise such as running and walking
A if B how C before D where
答案：A该题考查引导状语句属连词选择意思句应条件状语句四选项中if引导条件状语句选A
2 (2004年江西省中考试题)
Shall we go on working
Yes _________ I prefer to have a rest
A when B if C because D though
答案：D该题考查引导状语句属连词选择意思选though说通
3 (2004年徐州市中考试题)
None of us knew what had happened _________ they told us about it
A when B until C after D though
答案：B该题考查引导状语句属连词选择句意思……前没知道件事表达着意思应not…until 句型
4 (2004年泉州市中考试题)
I hope you’ll enjoy your trip dear
Thank you mum I’ll give you a call _________ I get there
A until B as soon as C since D till
答案：B该题考查引导状语句属连词选择题意思里电话表达意思应选as soon as
中考演练
单项填空
1 _______ he’s old he can still carry this heavy bag
A Though B Since C For D So
2 Do you know if he _______ to play basket ball with us
I think he will come if he ______ free tomorrow
A comes is B comes will be C will come is D will come will be
3 In the zoo if a child _____ into the water and can’t swim the dolphins may come up ______ him
A will fall to help B falls to help
C will fall help D falls helping
4 I don’t remember ________ he worked in that city when he was young
A what B which C where D who
5 We will stay at home if my aunt ________ to visit us tomorrow
A comes B come C will come D is coming
6 The police asked the children _______ cross the street ________ the traffic lights turned green
A not before B don’t when C not to until D not after
7 I was late for class yesterday _______ there was something wrong with my bike
A when B that C until D because
8 I’ll go swimming with you if I ________ free tomorrow
A will be B shall be C am D was
9 In the exam the ________ you are ______ the _______ mistakes you will make
A careful little B more careful fewest
C more careful fewer D more careful less
10 You should finish your lessons _______ you go out to paly
A before B after C when D while
11 I hurried _____ I wouldn’t be late for class
A since B so that C as if D unless
12 When you read the book you’d better make a mark _______ you have any questions
A which B that C where D though
13 The teacher raised his voice _______ all the students could hear him
A for B so that C because D in order
14 He took off his coat _______ he felt hot
A because B as C if D since
15 It is ______ that we’d like to go out for a walk
A a lovely day B too lovely a day
C so lovely a day D such lovely a day
16 Mary had ______ much work to do that she stayed at her office all day
A such B so C too D very
17 _______ I felt very tired I tried to finish the work
A Although B Because C As D As if
18 ______ the day went on the weather got worse
A With B Since C While D As
19 ______ well you can drive you must drive carefully
A So long as B In order that
C No matter how D The moment
20 Write to me as soon as you ________ to Beijing
A will get B get C getting D got
二 根中文意思完成列英语句子
1 开什麽玩笑生气
I am not angry with him _______ _______ ______ jokes he ______ on me
2 布鲁斯太太学生非常亲切学生做母亲
Mrs Bruce was _______ kind to her students ______ they ______ her _____ their mother
3 竭全力父母会满意表现
Our parents will be pleased with our performance _____ _____ ______ we try our best
4 海电话？
Will you please call me ______ ______ ______ you get to Shanghai
5 七岁女孩酷爱钢琴已坚持练两年
The sevenyearold girl likes playing the piano ______ ______ ______ she has kept
practicing for two years
6 然忙坚持学英语
_______ _______ ______ _______ she kept on learning English by herself
7 长相名记者
He wants to be a journalist ______ _______ _______ _______
8 刮风雨老师总第校
_______ _______ windy or rainy our teacher is always the first to get to school
9 果保护环境做出贡献世界会变更美
______ ______ ______ _____ _______ to protecting the environment the world will become much more beautiful
10 李明昨天没学病
Li Ming didn’t come to school _______ _______ ______ ______
练答案
1A 2C 3B 4C 5A 6C 7D 8C 9C 10A 11B 12C 13B 14A 15C 16B 17A 18D 19C 20B
二 1 no matter what plays 2so that regarded as 3 as long as 4 as long as 5 so much that 6 Though she was busy 7 when he grows up 8Whether it’s 9 If everyone makes a contribution 10 because he was ill
初三系列复资料（10）定语句考点集汇讲解训练
十定语句
考点扫描
中考定语句考查集中方面：
1． 定语句功结构
2． 关系代词关系副词功
3． 关系代词关系副词具体法
考查形式单项填空完型填空短文填空完成句子阅读理解书面表达肯定定语句
名师精讲
定语句功结构
复合句中修饰某名词代词句做定语句定句修饰词做先行词定语句必须放先行词引导定语句关联词关系代词关系副词例：
This is the present that he gave me for my birthday
Do you know everybody who came to the party
I still remember the night when I first came to the village
This is the place where Chairman Mao once lived
二 关系代词关系副词功
关系代词关系副词引导定句先行词定语句间起纽带作二者联系起关系代词关系副词定语句中充成分关系客做语宾语定语关系副词作状语
1 作语：关系代词定语句中作语时句谓语动词称数须先行词致例：
I don’t like people who talk much but do little
The cars which are produced in Hubei Province sell very well
2 作宾语：
She is the person that I met at the school gate yesterday
The book that my grandmother gave me is called The Great Escape
3 作定语
关系代词whose定语句中作定语例：
What’s the name of the young man whose sister is a doctor
The girl whose father is a teacher studies very hard
4 作状语
I’ll never forget the day when I first came to Beijing
This is the house where I was born
三 关系代词关系副词具体法
1 who 指定语句中作语例：
The person who broke the window must pay for it
The boy who is wearing the black jacket is very clever
2 whom指定语句中作宾语例：
Do you know the young man (whom) we met at the gate？
Mr Lee (whom) you want to see has come
3 whose 指定语句中作定语例：
The girl whose mother is ill is staying at home today
I know the boy whose father is a professor
4 which指物定语中作语宾语例：
A dictionary is a book which gives the meaning of words
Here is the book (which) the teacher mentioned yesterday
5 that指物时指定语句中作语宾语例：
I’ve read the newspaper that(which) carries the important news
Who is the person that is reading the newspaper over there
6 when 指时间定语句中作状语例：
I’ll never forget the time when we worked on the farm
He arrived in Beijing on the day when I left
7 where 指点定语句中作状语例：
This is the house where we lived last year
The factory where his father works is in the east of the city
四 关系代词 whom which 定语句中作介词宾语时介词起放先行词定语句间时关系紧凑 whom which 先行词紧挨着书写介词置定语句面：
That was the room in which we had lived for ten years That was the room
which we had lived in for ten years
五 具体时注意列问题：
1 thatwhich 情况：
(1) 先行词all few little nothing everything anything 等定代词时例：
All that he said is true
(2) 先行词only no any all等词修饰时例：
He is the only foreigner that has been to that place
(3) 先行词序数词序数词修饰词例：
He was the second (person) that told me the secret
(4) 先行词形容词高级形容词高级修饰词
This is the best book (that) I have read this year
(5) 先行词包括包括物时例：
He talked about the people and the things he remembered
2 whichthat 情况：
(1) 非限制性定语中例：
The meeting was put off which was exactly what we wanted
(2) 定语句介词+关系代词引导先行词物时例：
The thing about which he is talking is of great importance
中考范例
1 (2004年哈尔滨中考试题)
Does the teacher know everybody _______ planted the trees
Yes he does
A which B whose C where D who
解析答案：D该题考查引导定语句关系代词选择先行词关系代词定语句中作语who合适
2 (2004年常州市中考试题)
The letter _______ I received from him yesterday is very important
A who B where C what D that
解析答案：D该题考查定语句关系代词选择先行词物关系代词定语句中作宾语that合适
3 (2004年扬州市中考试题)
Where is the scientist ________ gave us the talk yesterday
He has gone back to Qinghua University
A whom B who C whose D which
解析答案：B该题考查引导定语句关系代词选择先行词关系代词定语句中作语who合适
4 (2004年益阳市中考试题)
I hate people _______ talk much but do little
A whose B whom C which D who
解析答案：D该题考查引导定语句关系代词选择先行词关系代词定语句中作语who合适
满分演练
单项填空
1 Who is the man _______ was talking to our English teacher
Oh It’s Mr Baker our maths teacher
A he B that C whom D which
2 I hate the people ________ don’t help others when they are in trouble
A who B which C they D where
3 The foreigner _________ visited our school is from Canada
A which B when C who D whom
4 George Mallory was an English school teacher _______ loved climbing
A who B whom C he D which
5 This is the place _____I have ever visited
A there B when C where D which
6 Nobody knows the reason ______ she didn’t come to the meeting
A that B which C why D when
7 The moon is a world ______ there is no life
A that B which C where D why
8 He has forgotten the day _______ he arrived
A when B where C that D which
9 He still remembers the days ______ he spent with your family
A when B where C that D on which
10 Mr White ______ car had been stolen came to the policeman
A who B that C whose D which
11 He got to the village _______ his family once lived before liberation
A that B which C when D where
12 This is the house _______ I want to buy
A in which B that C whose D where
13 This is the house _______ our beloved Premier Zhou once lived and worked
A which B that C when D where
14 He didn’t tell me the place _______ he was born
A that B which C when D where
15 He lived in a small village ______ was a long way from the railway station
A that B which C where D when
二 关系代词关系副词列句子连成复合句
1 The boy is my younger brother He was here a minute ago
2 The old man is a professor He teaches chemistry in a college
3 Beijing Hotel is near Tian An Men Square The foreign visitors live there
4 The woman is here now You were talking about her
5 This is the hall We listened to the report in it the other day
6 The car was going 90 miles an hour The car just passed us
7 The man waved to us The man was my uncle
8 I enjoyed reading the book You gave me a book last week
9 I prefer the subject The subject is science
10 I spoke to the man The man is a professor
三 适关系代词关系副词填空
1 The house _______ we live in is very big
2 The boy ______ is wearing the black jacket is very clever
3 This is the present _____ he gave me for my birthday
4 The man _______ talked to you just now is an engineer
5 He talked about the teachers and schools _______ he had visited
6 There is nothing in the world _______ can frighten him
7 She wears a gold ring _______ is very uncommon in our class
8 We visited a factory _______ makes toys for children
9 Is this the place _______ your father once lived
10 I’ll never forget the days _______ I joined the League
练答案
1B 2A 3C 4A 5D 6C 7C 8A 9C 10C 11D 12B 13D 14D 15B
二 1The boy who was here a minute ago is my younger brother
2 The old man who teaches chemistry in a college is a professor
3 Beijing Hotel where the foreign visitors live is near Tian An Men Square
4 The woman whom you were talking about is here now
5 This is the hall where we listened to the report the other day
6 The car which just passed us was going 90 miles an hour
7 The man who waved us was my uncle
8 I enjoyed reading the book you gave me last week
9 The subject I prefer is science
10The man I spoke to is a professor
三 1that which 2who that 3that which 4who that 5that 6that 7which 8which that 9where 10when
初三系列复资料（11）谓致考点集汇讲解训练
十谓致
考点直击
1 语法致原
2 意义致原
3 邻致原
名师点睛
谓语受语支配须语称数保持致做谓致谓
致般遵循三条原：语法致原意义致原致原
1 语法致原
（1）单数名词代词动词定式短语作语时谓语动词单数语复数时谓语复数例：
He goes to school early every morning
The children are playing outside
To work hard is necessary for a student
（2）andboth……and连接列成分作语时谓语动词复数例：
Both he and I are right
Mr Black and Mrs Black have a son called Tom
列语果指事物概念谓语动词单数例：
His teacher and friend is a beautiful girl
The poet and writer has come
（3）and连接列单数语前果分each every修饰时谓语动词单数形式例：
In our country every boy and every girl has the right to receive education
Each man and each woman is asked to help
（4）语单数时面 but except besides with 等介词短语谓语动词单数例：
The teacher with his students is going to visit the museum
Nobody but two boys was late for class
Bread and butter is a daily food in the west
（5） 复数形式名词people police cattle clothes等作语时谓语动词复数例：
A lot of people are dancing outside
The police are looking for lost boy
（6）each some any no every 构成复合代词作语时谓语动词单数例：
Is everybody ready
Somebody is using the phone
（7）两部分构成物体名词glasses shoes trousers chopsticks scissors 等作语时谓语动词复数例：
Where are my shoes I can’t find them
Your trousers are dirty You’d better change them
果类名词前a pair of等作单数谓语动词单复数形式取决pair单复数形式例：
Here are some new pairs of shoes
My new pair of socks is on the bed
2 意义致原
（1）表时间距离价格度量衡等名词作语时谓语动词通常单数例：
Twenty years is not a long time
Ten dollars is too dear
（2）集合名词family team等作语时作整体谓语动词单数指中成员复数例：
My family is big one
My family are watching TV
（3）定代词all most more some any none作语时代词表示意义决定谓语动词单复数形式果代词代表复数数名词谓语动词复数果代词代表单数数名词数名词谓语动词单数例：
All of the work has been finished
All of the people have gone
（4）疑问代词作语时谓语动词两种情况：语表示复数意义谓语动词复数语表示单数意义谓语动词单数例：
Who is your brother
Who are League members
（5）分数百分数+of+名词构成词组作语时谓语动词of面名词定名词复数谓语动词复数：名词单数谓语动词单数例：
It is said that 35 per cent of the doctors are women
Three –fourths of the surface of the earth is sea
（6）half the rest等表示定数量名词作语时果指复数意义动词复数果指单数意义动词单数例：
I have read a large part of the book the rest is more difficult
Only ten students attended the class because all the rest were off sick
（7）what 引导句作语时通常谓语动词单数形式果指容复数意义时谓语动词复数形式例：
What she said is correct
What she left me are a few old books
（8）定冠词+形容词（分词）作语根意义致原决定谓语动词单复数形式果种语指类谓语动词复数果指抽象概念谓语动词单数形式例：
The sick have been cured and the lost have been found
The dead is a famous person
3 邻致原
（1）连词or either……or neither……nor not only…but also等连接列语果单数复数谓语动词致原语致例：
Either you or I am right
Neither the children nor the teacher knows anything about it
（2）There be 句型中谓语动词语致
There are two apples and one egg in it
（3）as well as 名词连时谓语动词第名词相致
He as well as I is responsible for it
件事责
（4）here开头句子谓语动词语致
Here is a letter and some books for you
实例解析
1 (2004年天津市中考试题)
How time flies Ten years ________ passed
A have B has C is D are
答案：B该题考查谓致Ten years通常作时间整体谓语动词单数形式
2 (2004年南通市中考试题)
Not only his parents but also his brother ________ to the Summer Palace They haven’t been back
A have been B have gone C has been D has gone
答案：D该题考查谓致果not only…but also连接两列语谓语动词相邻语保持致谓语动词应单数形式没回has gonehas been
3 (2004年吉林市中考试题)
Neither my father ________ going to see the patient
A nor I am B nor I are
C or me are D or me is
答案：A该题考查谓致Neither…nor组连词连接连列语谓语动词应语I保持致 应选A
4 (2004年包头市中考试题)
Look There _______ playing with the tourists on Yinhe Square
A are a number of deer B are a number of deers
C is a number of deer D is a number of deers
答案：A该题考查谓致句子语a number of deer 复数概念谓语动词应复数形式（deer单复数相）
中考演练
选择填空
1 They said the eighteenth and last lesson _______ quite easy
A is B was C are D were
2 When are you going to Kumming for your holidays
I haven’t decided ______ this Sunday ______ next Sunday is OK
A Both and B Either or C Neither nor D Not only but also
3 ______ Helen ______ Joan speaks beautiful Chinese after they came to China
A Neither nor B Not only but also C Both and D A and B
4 _______ of them has his own opinion
A Both B Some C Every D Each
5 Are there any _______ on the farm
A horse B duck C chicken D sheep
6 My shirt _____ white and my trousers _____ blue
A are are B are is
C is is D is are
7 Two months _______ quite a long time
Yes I’m afraid that he will miss a lot of lessons
A is B are C was D were
8 The old man has two children but _____ of them lives with him
A both B none C neither D all
9 Our knowledge of computer _____ growing all the time
A be B is C are D were
10 Everyone except Tom and John _____ there when the meeting began
A is B was C are D were
11 Most of the houses _______ this year
A has built B have built
C has been built D have been built
12 I think maths _____ very difficult to learn
A is B are C has D have
13 A large number of students _____ to work in Xingjiang
A have gone B has gone C goes D is going
14 The number of the students in the class ______ small
A are B is C have D were
15 There _____ a lot of good news in today’s newspaper
A is B are C was D were
二 动词适形式填空
1 _____ (be) everything OK
2 Nobody _______ (know) the answer to the question
3 Ten divided by two _______ (be) five
4 Most of the drinking water ______ (be) from the Black River
5 Not only she but also I _______ (do) morning exercises every day
6 Either you or she _____ (have) made a wrong decision
7 The family _____(be) spending the weekend together
8 Bread and butter ______ (be) her daily breakfast
9 The police _____ (be) trying to catch the thief
10 The number of people invited _____ fifty but a number of them ____ absent for different reasons
三 翻译列句子
1两没部电影
___________________________
2茶杯里没水
___________________________
3
___________________________
4学生老师知道件事
___________________________
5家正起度周末
___________________________
练答案
1 B 2B 3D 4D 5D 6D 7A 8C 9B 10B11D 12A 13A 14B 15A
二 1Is 2knows 3is 4is 5do 6has 7are 8is 9are 10was were
三 1Neither of us has seen the film
2There is no water in my cup
3Either he or I is going there
4Neither the students nor the teacher knows this matter
5Our family are spending the weekend together
初三系列复资料（12）短语动词句型考点集汇讲解训练
十二 短语动词句型
考点直击
1 短语动词辨析
2 英语句子基句型结构
3 初中阶段句型法
名师点睛
短语动词中考重容初中阶段已学少短语
动词加纳总结进行重点复十分必英语中许短语动词意义整体法相物动词相物动词兼物动词物动词特征
1 短语动词分类
(1)动词＋介词
常见look for look after ask for laugh at hear of 等类短语动词宾语放介词：
Don’t laugh at others
Tom asked his parents for a bike
(2)动词＋副词
常见give up pick up think over find out hand in等类短语动词宾语果名词放副词前边放副词边宾语果称代词反身代词放副词前边：
You’ll hand in your homework tomorrow
Please don’t forget to hand it in
(3)动词＋副词＋介词
常见 go on with catch up with等类短语动词宾语放介词边：
Go on and I’ll catch up with you in five minutes
After a short rest he went on with his research work
(4)动词＋名词＋介词
常见take care of make use of pay attention to make fun of 等类短语动词宾语放介词边：
You should pay attention to your handwriting
We should make full use of our time
(5)动词＋形容词
常见leave open set free cut open等类短语动词宾语果名词宾语放形容词前边放边宾语果称代词反身代词必须放形容词前边：
The prisoners were set free
He cut it open
(6)动词＋名词
常见take place make friends等类短语动词作物动词：
This story took place three years ago
I make friends with a lot of people
2 短语动词辨析
(1)be made in（……生产制造）be made of(……组成构成)
(2)come down(落)come along()come to oneself(苏醒)come true(实现)come out(花开发芽出现出)come over（便访）come in(进)come on(吧着赶快) come up with(找提出)
(3)do one’s best(努力) do well in(……干) do one’s homework(做作业)do some reading(阅读)
(4)fall asleep(入睡)fall behind(落…面)fall off(……掉)fall down(跌倒)
(5)get down(落)get on(车)get to(达)get up(起床)get back(回取回)get off()get on well with(……相处融洽)get married(结婚)get together(相聚)
(6)give up(放弃)give…a hand(……帮助)give a concert(开音乐会)
(7)go back(回)go on(继续)go home(回家)go to bed(睡觉)go over(遍仔细检查)go out(外出外面)go wrong(走错路)go on doing(继续做某事)go shopping(买东西)go boating(划船) go fishing(钓鱼)go hiking(徒步旅行)go skating(滑冰)go straight along(着……直前走)
(8)have a look() have a seat（坐） have supper（吃晚餐） have a rest（休息） have sports（进行体育活动） have a cold（感） have a cough（咳嗽） have a good time（愉快） have a headache（头痛）have a try(尝
试努力)
(9)look for(寻找)look out(留神 注意)look over(仔细检查)look up(抬头)look after(顾 )look at( 观)look like(起)look the same(起)
(10)make friends(交朋友)make phone calls(电话)make money(赚钱)make the bed(整理床铺)make a noise(吵闹)make a faces(做鬼脸)make one’s way to(……走)make room for(……腾出方)make a decision(做出决定)make a mistake(犯错误)make up one’s mind(决心)
(11)put on(演穿戴)put up(挂起举起)put down(某物放)put away(某物收起) put off(推迟)
(12)take off(脱掉衣服)take photos(相)take time(花费时间)take out(取出)take a seat(坐)take an active part in(积极参加)take care of(顾料注意)take exercise(做运动)take one’s place(坐某位置代某职务)take turn(轮流)
(13)talk about(谈话交谈)talk with(……交谈)
(14)turn on(开电灯收音机煤气水等)turn off(关电灯收音机煤气水等)turn down(关调低)turn…over(…翻)
(15)think of(认想起)think about(考虑)
3句子基句型结构
根句子动词句子纳五基句型
(1)语+连系动词+表语例：
My mother is a doctor
Her voice sounds nice
(2)语+物动词例：
He runs fast
We study hard
(3)语+物动词+宾语例：
Children often sing this song
He studies English
1)常ing形式 定式作宾语动词：enjoy finish feel like consider practise keep suggest mind等例：
She enjoys reading novels and swimming
I finished reading the book last night
2)常定式ing形式作宾语动词：wish hope agree plan decide refuse等例：
Where do wish to sit
Tom agreed to lend some money
3)物动词定式ing形式作宾语意义类动词常见：remember forget等例：
Please remember to post the letter for me
请记住发封信
I remember posting the letter
记封信寄
Stop法面词相仿stop面定式作宾语作状语试较列句子：
He stopped to smoke 停吸烟
He stopped smoking 停止吸烟
4)物动词宾语定式ing形式意义基相类动词常见：like love hate begin start continue等例：
I like to swim in summer
I like swimming in summer
(4)语+物动词+ 间接宾语+直接宾语例：
My father bought me a new bike
He gave me an apple
1)物动词双宾语指指物指间接宾语
指物直接宾语般情况间接宾语前直接宾语果
间接宾语放直接宾语间接宾语前需加介词例：
Please pass me a cup of tea Please pass a cup of tea to me
Show me your new book please Please show your new book to me
2)间接宾语放直接宾语间接宾前时加介词to 时加介词for取决谓语动词般动词give tell sell lend show加to动词buy make get等加for例：
Would you lend me your dictionary please Would you lend your dictionary to me please
Tom’s mother bought him a pair of new shoes Tom’s mother bought a pair of new shoes for him
(5)语+物动词+宾语+宾语补足语例：
We keep our classroom clean and tidy
I hear someone singing in the next room
1)物动词指复合宾语宾语宾语补足语宾语宾语补足语间逻辑谓关系例：
We call him Jack
Don’t get your hands dirty
2)物动词定式作宾语补足语ing形式作宾语补足语表示
意思定式作宾语补足语指事情全程ing形式作
宾语补足语指正进行动作部分例：
I heard him sing that song (听唱首歌)
When I came back I heard him singing in the room
(回时听见正房间里唱歌)
3)感官动词see hear feel watch listen to look at役动词let make have等复合宾语种定式须省to变动句时省to加例：
I saw him go into the room
He was seen to go into the room
4 初中阶段句型法
1 It's time to (for) 表时间该干…时间意
It's time to go home
It's time for school
注意：to面接动词短语for面接名词
2 It's bad (good) for 表示…害（益）含义
Please don't smoke It's bad for your health
Please take more exercise It's good for your health
3 be late for (school) 学（迟）意for面接meetingclass
He was late for school this morning
Don't be late for class please
4 had better do not do sth 表示做做某事意
You had better put on the coat when you go out It's cold outside
We had better stop to have a rest
注意：had better时面定直接动词原形决加to do sth 否定定第二动词前动词定式否定式
5 be (feel) afraid of 表示恐怕害怕…意
He is afraid of snakes
Mary feels afraid of going out alone
6 enjoy doing sth 喜欢（爱）做某事意doing动名词作动词enjoy宾语enjoy欣赏意
Are you enjoy living in Beijing
Do you enjoy listening to music
7 stop doing sth 停止做某事
stop to do sth 停做某事
It's time for class Stop talking please
When she saw me she stopped to talk with me
8 Let (make) sb do （）某做某事
Let's go to school
Father made his son clean the room again
注意：make sb do sth 动语态时第二动词前面定加to：
His son was made to clean the room again
he was made to work twelve hours a day in the past
9 like to do like doing sth 喜欢做某事意
like to do sth 表示较具体喜欢做某事like doing sth 表示宠统喜欢做某事：
I like to swim in the swimming pool
喜欢游泳池中游泳（喜欢具体方游泳）
I like swimming 喜欢游泳（讲喜欢项运动）
10 ask (tell) sb to do (not to do) sth 请（）某（）做某事
Jim asked his mother to help him with his lessons
When did you tell him not to shout loudly
11 give (lend) sb sth give (lend) sth to sb （）某某物
Mike gave me a new pair of stockings
Please lend us your car
12 be busy doing sth 表示忙做某事意
The students are busy getting ready for the exams
Is Mrs Black busy washing clothes
13 too to 表示太…致…含义
She is too young to go to school
The old man was too tired to walk farther
14 not……until …… 直…………意
My daughter didn't go to bed until 11 o'clock last night
We won't have time to rest until the summer holiday comes
15 so ……that ……致……意思
Peter is so clever that all the teachers like him very much
The song is so wonderful that everyone likes to listen to it
16 neither ……nor ………………意
Mr Smith is neither a worker nor a soldier He is a scientist
Neither you nor I am free
17 enough to do sth 足做某事意
She is old enough to go to school
Peter was tall enough to reach the apple
19 prefer……to ……起……喜欢……喜欢意
I prefer English to maths I like English better than maths
He prefers playing football to playing basketball
20 not ……at all ……根……意
I don't know Mr King at all
David doesn't like singing at all
21．keep sb doing sth 某继续做某事意
Mr Wang didn't come to school on time She kept me waiting for two hours
Don't keep your mother doing everything for you You should do it by yourself
22 keep sth + adj 保持某物处某种状况意
Please keep our classroom clean and tidy
That wool sweater kept her body warm enough
23 see sb doing sth 表示见某正做某事意
When my brother passed the post office he saw a little boy crying at the door
Did you see a car coming here
24 see sb do sth 见某做某事意
That girl saw an old woman fall down on the road yesterday
Have you seen the leaves drop into the river
25 hear sb doing sth 听某正做某事意
Listen Can you hear someone singing on the hill
We heard him talking with Mr Li loudly just now
26 hear sb do sth 表示听见某做某事意
He was often heard to sing in his room in the past
Why didn't you hear me come into the sitting rom
27 be used for doing sth 做某事意思
Knives are used for cutting things
Teapot is used for keeping tea warm
28 It's three metres long high wide 三米长（高宽）形容词放面作置定语句型It 语+ be +数词+米公里+形容词
His father is one and seventy metres tall
That river is fifty metres wide
29 What's wrong with What's the problem with What's the trouble with What's the matter表示出什毛病？…舒服？啦？含义
What's wrong with your car
What's wrong with you little girl
What's the matter with your watch
30 Would you like (to do) 想…？意思like面接名词词组动词定式提出种建议邀请
Would you like some fish
Would you like to go to the cinema with me
31 Will you please do sth 想做……？
Will you please say it more slowly
Will you please not open the window I feel cold
32 It takes sb some time to do sth 做某事花费某段时间意般现时般式般时态
It will take us two hours to go over all the words and expressions
It took Mr Wang half an hour to clean the bedroom
33 I'd like sb to do sth 希某做某事意
I'd like my friend to help me with my lessons
He'd like Jim to teach him how to use the computer
34 There's sth wrong with 某物出问题某物毛病意
There is something wrong the TV set Something is wrong with the TV set
There must be something wrong with the car It doesn't move
35 I don't think that + clause 想…会…认……意
I don't think that any of the questions is difficult
We don't think he will have time tomorrow
36 What about 表示征求意见询问消息…？…样？意
What about some tea
What about your mother Is she all right
37 Why not do 表示建议什……？意
Why not have a rest You have already worked for four hours
Why not come to play games with us Why don't you come to play games with us
38 What do you mean by 请问…什意思？意
What do you mean by scientist please
What do you mean by manager please
说What is the meaning of managerWhat does the manager mean
39 You like singing very much So do I 非常喜欢唱歌非常喜欢
So do I I like singing very much too
So句型so + be (have助动词情态动词)+语中样意思表示前面说情况适合（物）
He saw the accident and so did I
She can ride a horse and so can I
40 It's easy for him to learn English well 学英语说容易
It's + adj + for sb + to do sth 某说做某事样意It代词作形式语真正语动词定式（短语）避免句子头重脚轻语放面
It is dangerous for children to play in the street
It was easy for her to tidy her room just now
实例解析
1 (2004年北京市中考试题)
When he ________ home he saw his mother cleaning the room
A got up B got back C got off D got on
答案：B该题考查短语动词法根题意空白处填短语动词意思应该回选got back
2 (2004年北京市中考试题)
Father is sleeping You’d better ________ quiet
A to keep B keep C keeping D kept
答案：B该题考查常见句型had better 接动词原形应选keep
3 (2004年北京海淀区中考试题)
Would you mind _________ my pet dog while I’m away
Sure no problem
A setting up B looking after C turning down D keeping out
答案：B该题考查短语动词法根题意空白填短语动词意思应该选B
4 (2004年常州市中考试题)
Mum I’m offered 8000 yuan a month of the job
Really It just sounds ________ to be true
A so well B too good C good enough D too well
答案：B该题考查too…to句型应too good to be true 表示太会真
中考演练
单项选择
1 Would you please drive faster My flight is _________
A taking off B getting off C turning off D putting off
2 On October 15 2003 China _______ its first manmade spaceship which made Yang Liwei a hero to many kids
A set out B Set off C sent up D sent out
3 How is the play going
We are going to _______ the day after tomorrow
A put on it B put it off C put it on D put it off
4 Mr Green is busy _______ the newspaper while his wife is busy ______ the housework
A reading with B to read with C to read doing D with to do
5 We have to _______ our things if we travel on a train or a bus
A look at B look up Clook like D look after
6 If you ______ a new idea please call me as soon as possible
Sure I will
A keep up with B catch up with C feed up with D come up with
7 Zhou Jielun is so cool I’m his fan
____________
A So do I B So I do C So am I D So I am
8 Your new sweater looks beautiful Is it _______ pure wool
Yes and it’s _______ Inner Mongolia
A made by made for B made of made by
C made of made in D Made by made from
9 Please _______ the box carefully It is filled with glasses
A put down B put on C put off D put together
10 ________ There’s a car coming
Oh Thanks
A Look over B Look up C Look on D Look out
11 Look The bus is coming
But it’s full of people We can’t ______
Aget off B get down C get on with D get on
12 Excuse me Where’s the Science Museum
Take No3 bus and ______ at the fourth stop
A get on B get off C get up D get to
13 It’s very cold today You’d better put _____ your coat when you go out
A away B down C on D up
14 Miss Li told the children to walk one after another She didn’t want them to ______ in the park
A get wrong B get away C get lost D get ready
15 The flowers start to _____ in spring
A come in B come out C come from D come to
16 Lucy could you please help me _____ the map on the blackboard
A put into B put up C put out D put on
17 Get a ladder please I can’t _____ Jim said in a tall tree
A come back B come out C come down D come over
18 I have ____ my parents and now I’m answering it
A heard of B heard from C heard D heard about
19 I can’t see the words clearly Can I _____ the light
A turn on B put off C hold on D take off
20 As soon as the man walked into the warm room he _____ his heavy coat and sat down
A took away B took down C took off D took up
二 非谓语动词填空
1 The bus was very crowded so she wanted ______ a taxi
2 She enjoys _______ novels before going to bed
3 It took him two hours _______ his homework
4 He has made up his mind _____ hard
5 Would you like _______ the football match this afternoon
6 The child stopped ______ and listened to the music
7 Beethoven taught me ______ the music
8 Thank you for _______ me to the party
9 He lost his money so he asked his friend ______ a train ticket for him
10 Mark Twain liked to tell funny stories to make people ______
三 完成列句子
1 请花送？
Will you send ____ _____ _____
2 离开教室时候忘记关窗户
Don’t forget _____ _____ _____ _____ when you leave the classroom
3 学校时候听见唱歌
When I got to school I hear ____ _____
4 仅学生老师喜欢电影
Not only the students but also their teacher _____ _____ ____
5 喜欢跳舞
None of us is fond of _________
6 两时修车
It _______ me two hours _______ _______ the bike
7 直妈妈回时完成作业
He ______ finish his homework _______ his mother came back
8 老师
______ he _______ I am a teacher
9 数学感兴趣
He became ________ in maths when he was ________
10 火车
You'd _______ ______ a train
练答案
1A 2C 3C 4A 5D 6D 7C 8C 9A 10D 11D1 2B 13C14C 15B 16B 17C 18B 19A 20C
二 1to take 2reading 3to do 4to study 5 to watch 6 playing 7to play 8inviting 9to buy 10laugh
三 1her these flowers 2to close the windows 3her singing 4likes the film 5dancing 6 took to mend repair fix 7 didn’t until 8 Neither nor 9 interested young 10 better take
初三系列复资料（13）交际语考点集汇讲解训练
十三交际语
考点扫描
年中考试题中日常交际语考查重越越涉种情景问答涉英语国家文化俗涉口语书面表达考查形式听力理解补全话单项选择情景反应书面表达
名师精讲
初中阶段掌握30日常交际项目：
1问候 Greetings
aGood morningafternoonevening
HelloHi
How are you
bFine thank you And you
Very well thank you
2介绍 Introductions
aThis is MrMrsMissComrade…
bHow do you do
NiceGlad to seemeet you
cMy name is…
I’m a studentworker etc(here)
3告 Farewells
aI think it’s time for to leave now
bGoodbye (Byebye Bye)
See you latertomorrow (See you)
Good night
4电话 Making telephone calls
aHello May I speak to …
Is that… (speaking)
bHold on please
HeShe isn’t here right now
Can I take a message for you
cI called to tellask you…
dGoodbye
5感谢应答 Thanks and responses
aThank you (very much)
Thanks a lot
Many thanks
Thanks for…
bNot at all
That’s all right
You’re welcome
6祝愿祝贺应答 Good wishes congratulations responses
aGood luck
Best wishes to you
Have a nicegood time
Congratulations
cThank you
dHappy New Year
Merry Christmas
Happy birthday to you
eThe same to you
7意愿 Intentions
I’m going to…
I will
I’d like to…
I wanthope to…
8道歉应答 Apologies and responses
aI’m sorry (Sorry)
I’m sorry forabout…
Excuse me
bThat’s all right
It doesn’t matter
That’s nothing
9遗憾情 Regrets and sympathy
What a pity
I’m sorry to hear…
10邀请应答 Invitations and responses
aWill you come to…
Would you like to…
bYes I’d love to…
Yes it’s very kindnice of you
cI’d love to but…
11提供（帮助等）应答 Offers and responses
aCan I help you
What can I do for you
Here take thismy…
Let me…for you
Would you like some…
bThanks That would be nicefine
Thank you for your help
Yes please
cNo thanksthank you
That’s very kind of you but…
12请求允许应答 Asking for permission and responses
aMay I…
CanCould I…
bYesCertainly
Yes do please
Of course (you may)
That’s Okall right
cI’m sorry but…
You’d better not
13表示意意 Expressing agreement and disagreement
aCertainlySureOf course
Yes please
Yes I think so
bThat’s trueOK
That’s a good idea
I agree (with you)
cNo I don’t think so
I’m afraid not
I really can’t agree with you
14表示肯定肯定 Expressing certainty and uncertainty
aI’m sure
I’m sure (that) …
bI’m not sure
I’m not sure whetherif…
cMaybePerhaps
15喜厌恶 Likes and dislikes
aI likelove… (very much)
I likelove to…
bI don’t like (to) …
I hate (to) …
16谈天气 Talking about the weather
aWhat’s the weather like today
How’s the weather in…
bIt’s finecloudywindyrainy etc
It’s rather warmcoldhotetc today isn’t it
17购物 Shopping
aWhat can I do for you
MayCan I help you
bI wantI’d like…
How much is it
That’s too muchexpensive I’m afraid
That’s fine I’ll take it
Let me have…kilobox etc
cHow manymuch do you want
What coloursizekind do you want
dDo you have any other kindsizecolouretc
18问路应答 Asking the way and responses
aExcuse me Where’s the men’sladies’ room
Excuse me can you tell me the way to…
How can I get to… I don’t know the way
bGo down this street
Turn rightleft at the firstsecond crossing
It’s about …metres from here
19问时间日期应答 Asking the time or date and responses
aWhat day is (it) today
What’s the date today
What time is it
What’s the time please
bIt’s MondayTuesday etc
It’s January 10th
It’s five oclockhalf past fivea quarter to fivefive thirty etc
It’s time for…
20请求 Requests
aCanCould you…for me
Willwould you please…
May I have…
bPlease givepass me…
Please wait (herea moment)
Please wait for your turn
Please stand in lineline up
Please hurry
cDon’t rushcrowd
No noise please
No smoking please
21劝告建议 Advice and suggestions
aYou’d better…
You should…
You need (to)…
bShall we…
Let’s…
What How about…
22禁止警告 Prohibition and warnings
aYou can’tmustn’t…
If you… you’ll…
bTake care
Be careful
Look out
23表示感情 Expressing certain emotions
a喜悦 Pleasure joy
I’m gladpleasedhappy to…
That’s nice
That’s wonderfulgreat
b焦虑 Anxiety
What’s wrong
What’s the matter (with you)
I’mHe’sShe’s worried
Oh what shall Iwe do
c惊奇 Surprise
Really
Oh dear
Is that so
24餐 Taking meals
aWhat would you like to have
Would you like something to eatdrink
bI’d like…
Would you like some more…
Help yourself to some…
cThank you I’ve had enoughJust a little please
25约会 Making appointments
aAre you free this afternoonevening
How about tomorrow morningafternoonevening
Shall we meet at 4 30 at…
bYes that’s all right
Yes I’ll be free then
cNo I won’t be free then But I’ll be free…
a All right See you then
26传递信息 Passing on a message
aWill you please give this notemessage to…
basked me to give you this note
cThanks for the message
27病 Seeing the doctor
aThere’s something wrong with…
I’ve got a cough
I feel terrible(bad)
I don’t feel well
I’ve got a pain here
This place hurts
bTake this medicine three times a day
Drink plenty of water and have a good rest
It’s nothing serious
You’ll be rightwell soon
28求救 Calling for help
aHelp
bWhat’s the matter
29语言困难 Language difficulties
Pardon
Please say that againmore slowly
What do you mean by…
I’m sorry I can’t follow you
I’m sorry I know only a little English
30常见标志说明 Some common signs and instructions
BUSINESS HOURS FRAGILE
OFFICE HOURS THIS SIDE UP
OPEN MENU
CLOSED NO SMOKING
PULL NO PARKING
PUSH NO PHOTOS
ON DANGER
OFF PLAY
ENTRANCE STOP
EXIT PAUSE
INSTRUCTIONS
学中考复时首先应熟记教材第三册中出现常交际语惯表达法重点掌握问路电话购物病餐谈天气等六种情景中表达方法明确学交际语目培养讲英语士进行口头交际力学日常交际语解西方风土情必须记住典型日常交际语明确谈话场合象许交际场合问答约定俗成语言注意中西文化传统背景体语言学必须熟悉套话熟练掌握样结合处环境知道什时候什方什方式什恰语言表达出意思予正确应答应付种形式测试单项选择号入座补全话排列序等
做类题目思路方法纳起九点：
1 根情景表达法
2 正确判断出话情景
3 问话答语离题
4 筛选法选择正确话
5 语意进行判断
6 根惯法进行选择
7 答语符合西方文化风俗惯
8 文明礼貌语言
9 遵口语交际特点死套语法规
中考范例
1 (2004年北京市中考试题)
Would you like to go out for a walk with us
_________ but I must finish my homework first
A Of course not B That’s all right
C I’d love to D Yes I do
解析答案：C该题考查婉拒邀请方邀请出散步做家庭作业婉言拒绝符合情景答语C
2 (2004年江西省中考试题)
I haven’t seen Jack for three days Is he ill
________ His mother told me that he was in hospital
A I am afraid so B I hope not
C I don’t expect D I am afraid not
解析答案：A该题考查回答询问方询问某否病答话已知道某病（句答语知）出肯定回答
3 (2004年济宁市中考试题)
Thank you for your delicious dinner
__________
A Don’t say that B It’s nothing
C I don’t think so D I’m glad you enjoyed it
解析答案：D该题考查回答感谢赞扬说英语国家回答感谢赞扬时中国惯 谦虚表示高兴
4 (2004年济宁市中考试题)
Turn the box over please Can’t you see the words ________
A DANGER B MENU C THIS SIDE UP D FRAGILE
解析答案：C该题考查常英语标志说明箱子 THIS SIDE UP样标志发现箱子放倒会方箱子反
满分演练
单项选择
1 I hope you don’t mind my pointing out your mistakes
_________
A Not at all B You’re welcome
C Of course D It’s a pleasure
2 I’m sorry I’ve broken your cup
_______
A It doesn’t matter B Thank you
C Not at all D Excuse me
3 Shall we go to the zoo tomorrow
_________
A It doesn’t matter B That’s nothing
C Good idea D You’re welcome
4 Will you go shopping together with us this Sunday Jenny
Yes __________
A I do B I’d like to C I’d love to do D I’m busy
5 What a nice meal Thank you for having us
________
A It doesn’t matter B It was a pleasure
C Not nice enough D With pleasure
6 Wish you a happy New Year
________
A The same to you B You do too
C The same as you D You have it too
7 Hello May I speak to Tom Smith
Yes _______
A My name’s Tom Smith B I’m Tom Smith
C This is Tom Smith D Tom Smith’s me
8 What are Johnson’s family like
____________
A His family is just like mine B They all like sports and games
C Oh it’s really a big one D They are all warmhearted and helpful
9 Do you mind if I open the door
_______
A No of course not B Yes please
C Yes you can D No you can’t open it
10Help yourself to some fruit
__________
A Thank you B Yes I like it very much
C OK It’s nothing serious D Really
二 交际英语
1 __________________
Hold on please
A Are you Bruce please
B Who are you
C Are you at home Bruce
D May I speak to Bruce please
2 Could you tell me how to get to Peterson Building please
________________
A Don’t ask me
B Sure You can take the No3 bus
C You’re welcome
D Thank you all the same
3 Oh what a nice picture You draw very well
________________
A Yes it’s very bad
B Yours is good
C Of course not
D Thank you
4 What’s wrong with you
_________________
A I’ve got a headache
B She’ll take some medicine
C I’ve got a new bike
D I’m a doctor
5 Happy New Year
________________
A You are happy
B The same to you
C Happy birthday
D Yes I’m happy too
6 What’s the weather like
_______________
A I like the weather
B It’s sunny
C I don’t like the weather
D It’s rain
7 ________________
It’s Saturday
A What’s the date
B What time is it
C What day is it today
D How much is it
8 Would you like to come to my house for supper
__________________
A I’d love to But I’m afraid I can’t
B Yes I can’t
C No I would
D Yes I wouldn’t
9 What can I do for you madam
__________________
A I can help myself
B No I don’t need
C Yes please help me
D I’d like to buy a pair of shoes of my daughter
10 I’ve passed the exam
__________________
A Congratulations
B Bad luck
C Thank you for telling me
D It’s nothing
三 补全话
John Hello Jim May I come in
Jim Oh hello John Yes come in please
John You don’t look well What’s the matter
Jim __1__
John Oh dear Why don’t you go to bed for a rest
Jim __2__
John shall I call him and tell him you’re ill
Jim __3__
John OK I’ll do that I’m going to the shops now Can I get you some medicice
Jim __4__
John Yes of course Is there anything else I can do
Jim __5__
John see you later then Take care
A Oh yes please His number is in the phone book
B No I’ll be all right Thanks for your help
C My head hurts and I feel really hot
D Could you buy me a bottle of aspirinplease
E It doesn’t hurt very much
F I can’t I will play pingpong with our teacher this afternoon
G Do you think it’s a good idea
练答案
1A 2A 3C 4B 5B 6A 7C 8D 9A 10A
二1D 2B 3D 4A 5B 6B 7C 8A 9D 10A
三 1C 2F 3A 4D 5B
初三系列复资料（14）听力理解考点集汇讲解训练
十四听力理解解题方法
考点扫描
听力理解题求：
1 听懂基没生词贴学生生活语言材料
2 听懂正确辨听句子
3 听懂声音材料中涉信息重细节
4 听懂话短文中谈点中心意思根题目求做出合理判
断：推理出话发生时间点话物关系身份等
名师解难
训练方法
学认面听力总种手感觉实中考听力难猜题压题复中考中听力测试部分意设计遵循英语课程标准规定求学注意方法听练会发现听力部分没想象中难利年时间争取听力水提高呢？
1 首先充分利英语老师课堂语言般英语老师英语课堂
利英语组织教学老师说说少学成练听力机会听明白情况仔细听文老师前语言中猜测判断语意根老师手势眼神动作等分析千万听懂放弃果利老师课堂语言听力会少帮助
2 时学生活中充分利国国外优秀英语广播电视节目等选择较适合水节目较简单英语原声电影等等现电视频道广播针中学生开辟栏目学妨天定期收作听力记录够听懂东西记录明白句子单词记录（记录）等节目结束揣摩问老师坚持会形中提高听力助增长词汇量知识帮助学者牢固听力基础较方法建立语言沟通力信心效途
3 泛听基础必须安排定时间进行专项综合强化性听力训练选择难易适度材料先易难先慢快进行
二 解题技巧
1 先题听音：做听力题时定做听前先听力试卷全部遍尤听话听短文两种类型概掌握题容缩听力范围
2 握全文：听第遍时急做答应仔细全文听完弄明白文章意
3 边听边记：听程中适做记录：时间点数字物天气等等时正确答案做记号
4 抓关键词：谈话题什麽总会涉类题专门语抓住关键词谈话点物关系确定
5 前误：时词句子没听懂必着急没听清楚词句子放影响道题
中考范例
陕西省听力题目分三部分面题目类型分加说明：
1 听句子选答语
类题目求考生听完句子录音书面三备选项中找出听句子答语类题型考察中般属较易题考察重点纲中日常交际语表中列项目请2004年陕西省听力部分第1题：
1 A I think so B Thanks a lot C I hope so
录音材料：
1 Wish you good luck in this exam
解答题前学通快速浏览书面选择项通特定情景语分析问题容基推测出方表示良祝愿回答然表示感谢答案B
II 听话选答案
类题目考生听组话听完话接着第三者根话容提出问题求考生领会谈话旨基础书面三备选项中挑选回答听问句正确答案考生辨说话职业者两间关系推断谈话发生场合点等请2004年陕西省听力部分第6题：
6 A Weather B Business C Season
录音材料：
6 W I am going to London on business Can you tell me if it rains a lot there
M Yes it often rains there
Question What are they talking about
该题中女士问雨事男士回答雨事谈话题然天气答案A
III 听短文选答案
听短文注意听意善捕捉整体信息切莫词词听听句翻译句更必词短语没听懂停步前定带着短文求指令听听短文通常结构紧凑事选围绕who when where what how why设问题听时候应紧紧围绕选项容作速记记关键词语理清线索抓前联系准确做出答案请2004年陕西省听力部分第1620题：
16 Where did Jack work
A On a farm B In an office C In a factory
17 How often did he get his money
A Every month B Every week C Every half month
18 What happened this month
A Jack got more money
B Jack got less money
C Jack got enough money
19 From this passage we know that ________
A the manager believe Jack
B Jack wasn’t an honest (诚实) man
C Jack was an honest man
20 Could Jack go on working in this factory
A The story didn’t tell us
B Yes he could
C No he couldn’t
录音材料：
Jack worked in a factory and at the end of last month he got his money in a paper bag He opened the bag and found it was wrong He got fifty more dollars He put the money carefully in his pocket and said nothing to others A month later he got his money again He found it was wrong again this time There was not enough money in his paper bag Then he went to see the manager
That’s right said the manager after Jack told his story I made a mistake last month For one mistake I can close my eyes But for two I can’t Thank you Jack I’ve known you already I have to choose another man instead of you I think you should know what do to in the future
题听短文选择正确答案题型中属较容易题学听题前通快速浏览试题5问题选项根提供信息推测出短文涉容Jack工作问题5问题分涉Jack里工作长时间次工资工资出现少问题Jack诚实诚实决定否留继续工作带着问题开始听录音第遍听音时听记注意力集中关问题容握全文意第二遍听音时边听边边记重点短文中关容相关题目号分析判断快选出正确答案：1C 2A 3B 4B 5C
满分演练
（1）
听话选答案
1 A It’s Friday B It’s April 23rd C It’s fine today
2 A Yes I’d love to B No I don’t C I enjoy reading books
3 A Sure B Certainly not C Thanks
4 A Me too B You’re welcome C Thank you
5 A Yes I will B Yes please C Thank you It’s lovely
6 A That’s a good idea B I’ll take your advice C It’s hard to say
7 A No you can’t B Sure I’d love to C Yes I want
8 A Me too B Thank you C That’s all right
9 A From 800 to 1100 B Five hours C At 800
10 A No she hasn’t B Yes he hasn’t C Yes never
听力材料：
1 What’s the date today
2 Do you enjoy listening to music or reading books
3 Can I ask for leave tomorrow afternoon
4 You speak English very fluently
5 Shall I get a taxi for you
6 Let’s go to the concert shall we
7 Would you like to have a game with us
8 I’m so happy that you could be here at Christmas time
9 Could you tell me what time the plane leaves
10 She has never been abroad has she
（2）
听话选答案
1 A Go to the cinema B Watch TV C Go to a concert
2 A In a classroom B In a hospital C In a clothes shop
3 A To Beijing B To Tianjin C To Beijing and Tianjin
4 A Dumplings B Bread and milkC Bread only
5 A 745 B 815 C 730
6 A He was ill in bed all dayB He had toothache yesterday
C He was hurt in a traffic accident
7 A By bus B By car C By taxi
8 A Eight B Nine C Five
9 A Your sister B The man’s sister C Alice’s sister
10 A Emily is not in B The man has got a wrong number
C She knows Emily very well
听力材料：
1 M What do you want to do tonight Jenny
W I want to go to the cinema What about you Jim
M Just watch TV at home
Q What is Jim going to do tonight
2 M This shirt is too expensive Do you have a cheaper one
W How about this one It’s only five dollars
M But I don’t like the colour
Q Where are the two speakers
3 M I want to take a business trip tomorrow
W How long will you be away Dad
M Five or six days
W And where are you going
M To Beijing first and then to Tianjin
Q Where’s the girl’s father going
4 M What do you usually eat for breakfast
W I used to eat dumplings but now I’m used to eating bread and milk
Q What does the lady now eat for breakfast
5 M It’s a quarter to eight Let’s hurry
W Well your watch is 15 minutes fast My watch is only half past seven
Q What time is it by the girl’s watch
6 M Why didn’t Peter come to school yesterday do you know Alice
W It is said he got the flu and stayed in bed all day
Q What was the matter with Peter yesterday
7 M Excuse me where is the nearest hospital
W It’s far from here You can catch the No 8 bus But there is no bus now You’d better take a taxi
Question How will the man go there
8 M Did you speak at the meeting
W Yes I was the third one Then five other people spoke after me
Question How many people made their speeches
9 M What’s your sister’s name Alice
W Her name is Betty
Question Who is Betty
10M May I speak to Emily
W Emily Oh no There is nobody named Emily here
Question What does the woman mean
（3）
听短文选答案
I
1 What did the man have to do in the morning
A He fed the chickens
B He cleaned the bathroom
C He carried water for the family
2 Why did the man go to school on foot
A No bus ran in the direction
B The school was near
C His family was poor
3 What did the man do every Sunday
A He was taken to church three times
B He stayed at home all day
C He played in the street
4 What can we learn from what the speaker said
A He is a retired teacher of history
B He thinks children were happier in the past
C He lives on a farm far away from cities
听力材料：
Now you want to know about life in the past right I can tell you When I was a boy things were different I had to get up at six every morning That was not very bad in summer but in winter it was cold And we didn't have any hot water in the house We had to wash in cold water We didn't have a bathroom My dad had some chickens I had to feed them every morning and then I had to walk to school with my little sister It was two miles to school and two miles back in the evening And we had to go to bed at seven o'clock every night We couldn't watch TV because there wasn't any On Sundays we had to go to church three timesmorning afternoon and evening And we couldn't play outside on Sundays But it wasn't too bad We had some good times We could go out and our parents didn't have to worry about us There weren't so many cars on the roads then so the streets were safe to play in And there were not many robbers and thieves in those days We had to work hard and we weren't able to buy all those things in the shops today Life was hard but it was simple and people were happier
II
1 A Three B Four C Five
2 A Because of the food B Because of their homework
C Because of watching TV too long
3 A Surf the Internet B Paint pictures C Play games
4 A Boring B Colourful C Amazing
5 A Watching TV less B Watching TV more C Stopping watching TV
听力材料：
Are you a TV lover Can you think of your life without TV
Many people think if you turn off your TV your life will be colourful They also suggest children should watch less TV TV can give children big problems First it’s bad for your studies you spend too long on TV you can’t do well in school Second it’s bad for your health because you watch too long on TV you can’t do well in school Second it’s bad for your health because you watch too much TV you’re getting overweight Your eyesight is getting worse Third it’s bad for your family life While your families are watching TV they don’t talk too much Also it has too much fighting Some children always follow the fighting in real life
If you turn off your TV for a week maybe you can find something fun to do Maybe you can read books learn to swim or paint pictures What do you think Would you want to have a try
Questions 16 How many TV problems are there in the passage
17 Why are more children getting fatter
18 What other things can we do according to the passage
19 What will our lives be like without TV
20 How can you make your life more interesting
练答案
(1)1B 2C 3A 4C 5B 6A 7B 8A 9C 10A
(2)1B 2C 3C 4B 5C 6A 7C 8A 9C 10B
(3)I 1 A 2C 3A 4B
II 1B 2C 3B 4B 5A
初三系列复资料（15）单项填空考点集汇讲解训练
十五 单项填空解题方法
考点扫描
单项选择题省市中考必考题型特点考点覆盖面广题量考查点：
1 考查基语法
2 考查义词义词辨析
3 考查种词汇惯法固定搭配
4 考查掌握运日常交际语力
名师解难
单项选择题考查范围较广想做类题具备扎实英语基础知识二紧扣语境抓住关键词具体应注意点：
1 复时弄清初中阶段出现种时态语态法结构
连状语特殊法重点分清现完成时般时
法宾语句状语句动词定式较等级法规
弄清楚注意固定搭配惯语动词时态语态动
词辨析词性词法
2 解题方面突出语境语境中选语句词汇防止汉语思维干扰
英语中关键词含义处语义环境（文）决定
答题时忽视语境容易答错题
3 解题时注意句型结构语序掌握初中阶段出现句型结构注
意宾语句感叹句语序
4 掌握语日常交际语应掌握纲词汇惯语文化背景
风俗惯日常交际语应记牢
年全国中考试卷分析出单项选择题考点分布：名词动词形容词副词代词冠词连词介词情态动词时态语态词义辨析语序种句交际语
做单项选择题时学应具较扎实语言基础知识善思考外掌握解题方法必
单项选择覆盖面广解题思路种样面举例谈谈常解题方法
1 直接法：
直接利相关语法知识通题干中已供信息捕捉解题线索出正确答案解题方法例：
Will you come to the net bars（网吧）with me
Sorry My mother always tells me ___________there
A not go B go C not to go D to go
根句意知题考查动词定式否定形式tell sb not to do sth题应选C
2 关键词法
许题目中样词快速准确判定答案起着关重作称词关键词（key words）找句中关键词找解题突破口例：
He hardly hurt himself in the accident _______________
A doesn't he B didn't he C did he D does he
该题中hardlyhurt起关键词作陈述部分含hardly never little few等否定意义词时反意疑问句肯定形式hurt词式原形相处hurt未加s应式题答案C正确
What did you see Mary
I saw a lot of trees on_______________of the lake
A either side B all sides C both sides D other side
时练中接触列表达：on both sides of the road street river题中lake两边分四周正确答案B题中lake词成关键词
3 类推法
果题目备选答案没十分握握妨利果AB类推法AB予否定例：
Who's the man at the door
___________________________
A He is a doctor B He is a friend of mine
C He is a famous singer D He is twenty
仔细分析备选答案发现：AC选项针职业AC会D回答年龄惟B正确
4 前应法
方法两句子话形式命题题目解题前透彻理解然联系文捕捉隐含信息方准确找出答案例：
He isn't a teacher is he
__________________ He works in a hospital
A Yes he is B No he isn't C Yes He isn't D No he is
题考查否定句反意疑问句回答半句回答知道身份教师否定反意疑问句回答中Yes实际含义No实际含义应选择B：
It's dangerous to play here
All right Let's go and find a _______________place
A quiet B safe C bright D dark
联系文弄清语境：然里玩危险找安全方题应选B
5 排法
根题干提供信息先眼出干扰项排缩选择范围然剩余选项填入空白处进行检验辨真伪例：
The girl asked the teacher _______________
A what does the museum looks like B what did the museum look like
C what the museum looks like D what the museum looked like
题考查宾语句中语序时态应关系句动词时句谓语动词应时某种时态AC排B中词序错误D正确答案
6 交际法
方法30交际语联系文直接解题例：
Would you like to have another cup of tea
_______________________________
A Yes I do B Not al all C No thanks D Help yourself
题考查简答交际语应答邀请果表示接受时应委婉说出断然拒绝选C佳答案
六种方法家具备扎实基础知识条件灵活运时提醒家注意点：
（1）受母语思维惯影响学外语常常会受母语惯影响解题时常会受母语思维模式影响例：
__________________is the capital of America
Washington
A Where B What C In where D In which
汉语中常样发问美国首会选A英语中where副词表示点句问美国首城市正确选择B：
___________it's difficult to learn English well __________you should never drop it
A Though but B Though ×
C Because so D Because ×
汉语中关联词然…………英语中thoughbut becauseso搭配题意知B正确答案
（2）防止定势思维固定搭配惯表达法家掌握较牢正受惯表达影响犯思维定势错误例：
I won't come back _______________August 5 and 7
A until B both C between D for
受not…until固定搭配影响会选A仔细审题答案应选C回动作时发生两日期：
Canada is larger than _____________country in Asia（亚洲）
A any other B other C any D all others
较级 + any other + 单数名词种典型较级结构会选ACanada美洲国家亚洲国家相存身相较问题other排身正确答案选C
（3）防止鱼目混珠词词性词义法应注意辨例：
Do you know if he ________________to play basketball with us
I think he will come if he ________________free tomorrow
A comes is B comes will be
C will come is D will come will he
注意审题容易误选A仔细分析会发现前者if作否解者意果二者分引导宾语句条件状语句英语中时间条件状语句时句中般现时代时句中法C正确答案：
He made faces _____________the baby _____________crying
A to make stop B make stop C make to stop D to make to stop
题中两make法make faces意做鬼脸接动词定式作目状语make意役动词接动词原形作宾补make sb do sth 题应选A
中考范例
(2004年陕西省中考试题)
21 Have you ever heard from your aunt since she went to Hong Kong
Yes I’ve just got a letter from __________
A her B hers C she D herself
解析答案：A该题考查代词法句子基结构时get a letter
from sbfrom介词面代词应称代词宾格her
22 I’m reading now Please tell him _______ the TV a bit
A turn up B turn off C to turn down D to turn on
解析答案：C该题考查短语动词辨析题干提供语境正书应告诉电视拧应选turn down
23 I’m sure you know the difference _________ look for and find
A from B for C to D between
解析答案：D该题考查介词法题干意思确信知道look for’find’两者间区两者间between
表示
24 There ________ a football match on TV this evening
A will have B is going to be C has D is going to have
解析答案：B该题考查动词have句型there be区
A C D句型there be 动词have混合错误B选项正确
25 A talk on science _______ in our school next Monday
A will give B will be given C has given D has been given
解析答案：B该题考查动词时态语态时间状语next Monday动词应般时应排CD语动作承受者应动语态选项B正确
26 Since China has been a member of WTO English is ________ useful than before
A more B most C much D very
解析答案：A该题考查形容词较级句末than before字样表明形容词较级useful较级more useful 应选more
27 It _______ Yang Liwei about 21 hours _______ the earth 14 times in his spaceship
A spent circling B took travelling
C spent to travel D took to circle
解析答案：D该题考查动词法句子结构It took sb some time to do sth D结构中
28 The students are sorry to hear that the famous singer _______ for half an hour
A has left B has gone C has been away D has gone away
解析答案：C该题考查延续性动词非延续性动词法句中时间状语for half an hour表示段时间应延续性动词连四选项中has been away表示延续性动作
29 I am waiting for my friend _________ I will go swimming alone
A If he doesn’t come B If he won’t come
C If he will come D If he is coming
解析答案：A该题考查时间状语句里时态时间状语句里通常般现代般时
30 Could you tell me _______
Sorry I don’t know I was not at the meeting
A what does he say at the meeting B what did he say at the meeting
C what he says at the meeting D what he said at the meeting
解析答案：D该题考查宾语语语序时态第宾语句应陈述句语序第二表示会说话应般时
满分演练
单项天空
1 Ann is so careful that she always goes over her exercises to _______________there are no mistakes
A look for B make sure C find out D think about
2 Which of the two English dictionaries will you buy
I'll buy _________ of them so I can give one to my friend Hellen
A either B neither C all D both
3 He __________ two thousand trees since 1985
A plants B planted C will plant D has planted
4 ___________ you free last night
A Were B Was C Are D Do
5 Dad when will you be free You agreed to go to the seaside with me four days ago
I am sorry Jean But I think I will have a _____________holiday soon
A fourdays B fourday C four days D four day
6 In the bookshop a reader asked the shopkeeper ____________Who Moved My Cheese was an interesting book
A that B how C what D if
7 ___________comes from cows
A Wool B Chicken C Pork D Milk
8 Which of the following does paper burn in
A CO2 B N2 C O2 D He
9 Today the forests have almost gone People must ___________down too many trees
A stop to cut B stop from cutting
C be stopped to cut D be stopped from cutting
10 You must come back every month
Yes I __________________
A will B must C should D can
11 The doctor did what he could _________________that child
A save B to save C saved D saving
12 Can you guess if they _____________to play basketball with us
I think they'll come if they _______________tree
A come are B will come will be
C will come are D come will be
13 I will tell you how to get to the place you'd better _____________it __________
A try on B get off C take down D pick up
14 Ann has gone to Shanghai
So _____________her parents
A do B had C did D have
15 How long can I ______________these books
Two weeks
A borrow B lend C keep D buy
16 It takes us _________hour or more to go to my hometown by ________train
A an a B a an C an 填 D a 填
17 Lucy tried her best to find a good job in the city but she had no _________
A trouble B idea C luck D time
18 There are three _______________students in the school
A thousands B thousands of C thousand of D thousand
19 I have to speak to my grandpa loudly because there's ___________with his ears
A wrong something B something wrong
C anything wrong D nothing wrong
20 I've had enough bread Would you like_____________
No thanks
A a few more B one more C another more D some more
21 I'm old enough to wash _________clothes by myself You can just wash ______
A my your B mine yours C my yours D your my
22 The father wished the twins to be doctors but __________of them liked to study medicine
A both B neither C either D none
23 Now Helen works ______________than before
A more carefully B more careful C much careful D much carefully
24 We are doing much better __________English ________our teacher's help
A in at B at in C in with D with with
25 If you like the chicken you may have as_____________as you can
A much B many C more D little
26 Mum Bill is coming to dinner this evening
OK Let's give him _____________to eat
A something different B different anything
C anything different D different something
27 The letter is ___________in French I cannot read it
A writing B written C wrote D writes
28 Your spoken English is much better
Thank you My teacher often asks us ___________English as __________as possible
A to speak many B not to speak much
C to speak much D not to speak more
29 It's getting dark Please ______________the light
A turn off B turn on C turn down D turn up
30 Martin is good at fishing ________________
A is he B does he C isn't he D doesn't he
31 Do you know him well
Sure We _____________friends since ten years ago
A were B have been C have become D have made
32 Cars and buses ___________stop when the traffic lights turn red
A can B need C may D must
33 John fell asleep _____________he was listening to the music
A after B before C while D as soon as
34 May I speak to John
Sorry he ____________Japan But he _________in two days
A has been to will come back B has gone to will be back
C has been in would come back D has gone to won't cone back
35 Do you know __________________
They moved here soon after their son was born
A when would the Greens move here B when the Greens moved here
C the Greens would move here D when the Greens would move here
36 Your bedroom is very big but ___________is rather small
A she B Jane C her D hers
37 _____________book on the desk is___________ useful one
A．The an B．A a C．The a D．The
38 When was our Party founded
It was founded _________________
A．on October 11949 B．in May 1922
C．on July 11921 D．in August 1927
39 This maths problem is____________ and I can do it_____________
A．easy easily B．easily easily C．easy easy D．easily easy
40 They are thirsty Will you please give them_____________
Certainly
A．some bottles of waters B．some bottles of water
C．some bottle of water D．some bottle of waters
41 There is still a little orange here but_____________ people want to drink it
A．little B．a little C．few D．a few
42 Mr Yu gave some new words to Lucy and asked her to_____________ on the blackboard
A．write it down B．write them down
C．write down it D．write down them
43 Must I finish my homework now
No you__________ You may have a rest first
A．mustn't B．can't C．may not D．needn't
44 When did you go to bed last night
I didn't go bed ____________my father got home
A．until B．while C．after D．when
45 Does you sister remember to return the library book today
Oh yes Thank you She's_______________ it for two weeks
A．kept B．had C．borrowed D．keeping
46 The teacher told Xiao Ming_______________ late for school again
A．not to be B．not be C．don't be D．not to
47 Could you tell me__________________
A．where does Li Lei work B．where did Li Lei work
C．where Li Lei works D．where Li Lei worked
48 Jone could swim when she was only four years old
______________clever the girl was
A．How B．What a C．What D．How a
49 Where's Tom now
He________________ the post office
A．has been to B．has gone to C．went to D．goes to
50 Hi Kate We're going to help Grandma Li with her housework this Saturday afternoon
_________________________
A．So I am B．So do I C．So I do D．So am I
练答案
1B 2D 3D 4A 5B 6D 7D 8C 9D 10A 11B 12C 13C 14D 15C 16C 17C 18D 19B 20D 21C 22B 23A 24C 25B 26A 27B 28C 29B 30C 31B 32D 33 C 34B35A 36D 37C 38C 39A 40B 41C 42B 43D 44A 45A 46A 47C 48A 49B 50D
初三系列复资料（16）完形填空考点集汇讲解训练
十六完形填空解题方法
考点扫描
完形填空题种旨考查学生语法词汇知识综合运力典型题型结合单项选择题短文填空优点考查词语搭配义词辨异动词时态句型结构复合句关联惯法等考查逻辑推理事理推断力
完形填空题求填入词：
1 语法结构求功词连接词连接代词连接副词关系代词关系副词等
2 具语法变化普通词动词时态语态语气名词数代词格形容词副词级等
3 固定搭配短语词组中特定词
4 义词义词等易混淆词
5 根文意思结构必须填入确定词
见完形填空种综合性较强题型突出特点起点高容量学具备扎实语言基功较阅读力纳判断力适应题型
完形填空题考查目：
1 考查学阅读理解力
2 考查学语法知识
3 考查学综合运英语知识水实践力
名师解难
完形填空题命题特点
完形填空题通阅读考查学生语言知识语言知识 综合运力种测试形式命题段难度适度文章中留出10空白求考生A B C D四选项中选出佳答案补足短文意思通结构完整
完形填空介单项填空阅读理解间种题型说根篇文章提供情景进行选择填空说缺少单词情况阅读理解完形填空语法规惯法词语搭配考查文章容通篇理解完形填空考查三方面容：
1词汇：
类题目考查容：义词区词语固定搭配惯法年陕西省中考题中完型填空题考查词汇类涉名词代词动词介词连词形容词副词短语动词
2语法：
类题目考查：种语法规文章中运中包括名词单复数形容词副词较等级动词时态语态介词数词代词连词法谓致种句法等
3结构：
类题目考查：文章中间句子句子间段落段落间文文间逻辑关系
设空类型分三层次：
1句子层次
2句组层次
3全篇层次
设空难度句子层次句组层次全篇层次次增加
分析年陕西省完形填空题出陕西省完形填空题设空句子层次句组层次辅没全篇层次题目总体难度较低
二完形填空解题技巧
前面已分析完形填空全面理解短文基础选择填空做完型填空题应遵循列步骤：
1通读全文解意
做类题目首先应该文章通读遍解文章概容千万读句填句完形填空题里数选项填入单句成立全文取例：2002年北京海淀区中考试题中完形填空题：
A hot dog is one of the most popular American foods It was named after frankfurter a German food
You may hear hot dog 1 in other ways People sometimes say hot dog to express 2 For example a friend may ask 3 you would like to go to the cinema You might say Great I would love to go Or you could say 4 I would love to go
People 5 use the expression to describe (描写)someone who is a show off who tries to show everyone else how 6 he is You often hear such 7 called a hot dog He may be a baseball player for example who 8 the ball with one hand making a (n) 9 catch seem more difficult You know he is a hot dog because when he makes such a catch he bows (鞠躬) to the crowd hoping to win their 10
1 A eaten B used C cooked D picked
2 A strength B practice C pleasure D reply
3 A if B how C when D where
4 A Hot dog B Don’t worry C Never mind D Excuse me
5 A ever B also C still D yet
6 A hopeful B careful C kind D great
7 A a dog B a land C a person D an action
8 A catches B plays C passes D throws
9 A hard B funny C exciting D easy
10 A thanks B cheers C medals D matches
果面文章容短文第题第四选项填入空白处语法角度句子意思完整角度够站住脚果继续完段短文会领悟hot dog里吃做选used
学完形填空题着手填填发现选答案语全文意思符头开始费时费力易做准确种方法取
2瞻前顾逐步填空
解文章意逐步填空 般说文章面选择答案分三类：类语法正确意思类意思正确语法错误第三类语法正确意思正确选择答案时定考虑文意思考虑句子结构惯法固定搭配词类功量选出答案复合语法符合原文意思
3认真复查适调整
填空全部做完应短文头尾读遍检查填空文章否连贯情节否合理语法结构否正确般说果意思连贯情节合理语法结构正确意味着选答没问题果发现填空文章文理通语法结构问题说明选答正确样填空应该认真推敲进行调整
中考范例
（2004年陕西省中考试题）
Once upon a time some children were playing at seaside when they found a turtle(海龟) They began to beat the turtle Just at that time a young man came and said to them Stop The children ran 31 quickly The turtle was very thankful and said Thanks for your kindness I really would like 32 you to a wonderful palace now
The young man rode on the back of the turtle and was taken to the secret palace in the sea When he 33 the palace he was very surprised and said to the turtle What a nice palace To thank him the king of the turtles gave him 34 He had never seen such a dinner before He received a warm welcome there and was very 35 everything
After dinner the king of the turtles said I am going to give you two boxes 36 you can open only one You mustn’t open both Don’t forget it the turtle warned him All right I will open only one the young man promised(许诺) At this time a large wave sent him out of the sea
After he 37 he opened the bigger one of the two boxes38 the box was full of gold My God he cried I’m 39 now Then he thought Things in the other box must be expensive too He could not wait any longer He broke his promise and opened the other box As soon as he opened it he became an old man His hair turned white His face 40 an old man over eighty years old It all happened in a moment He was sorry for what he did but it was too late
31 A through B away C into D out
32 A wanting B asking C to let D to invite
33 A left for B arrived on C arrived at D got away
34 A a very big dinner B a very poor dinner
C a very bad dinner D a very small dinner
35 A pleased with B strict in C angry with D sorry for
36 A so B or C but D as
37 A went back to home B was back home
C went back to the sea Dwas back the sea
38 A To his surprising B To one’s surprising
C To one’s surprise D To his surprise
39 A a poor man B a rich man
C an old man D a young man
40 A liked B felt like C looked like D looked
31 B 根文判断孩子应该跑走应选away
32 D would like 应接定式年轻海龟命海龟应邀请年轻宫殿
33 C 达某方应arrived at
34 A 逻辑海龟国王感谢必然设盛宴招应选a big dinner
35 A 海龟国王盛情招切满意pleased with everything表示意思
36 C 海龟国王两盒子准开里转折关系应选but
37 B 年轻海里见海龟国王两盒子应该回家回海里回家应went back home
38 D 感惊讶英语表示To his surprise
39 B 金子然应该a rich man
40C 贪心头发变白脸起八十岁老头
2004年完形填空题难度全部题目属句子层次懂短文意思掌握短语固定搭配做精选练做完形填空题难
满分演练
(1)
A very new yung officer was at a railway station He was on his way to visit his mother in 1 town He wanted to telephone her to tell her the time of his train 2 she could meet him at the 3 in her car He looked at all his pockets but 4 that he did not have the right money for the telephone so he went on and looked 5 for someone to help him At last an old soldier came by and the young officer stopped him and said Can you change the money 6 me
Wait a moment the soldier 7 and he began to put his hand in his 8 I’ll see whether I can help you
Don’t you know how to speak to an officer the young officer said angrily Now let’s 9 again Can you change the money for me
No sir the old soldier answered 10
1．A．other
B．the other
C．another
D．one
2．A．so
B．so that
C．because
D．when
3．A．place
B．station
C．street
D．stop
4．A．knew
B．thought
C．found
D．found out
5．A．up
B．down
C．around
D．into
6．A．to
B．with
C．for
D．and
7．A．answered
B．spoke
C．told
D．smiled
8．A．coat
B．handbag
C．wallet
D．pocket
9．A．start
B．to begin
C．doing
D．ask
10．A．easily
B．fast
C．happily
D．quickly
(2)
One of Charlie Chaplin’s most famous films was The Gold Rush The film was set in California in the middle of the 1 century At that time gold was discovered in California and thousands of people 2 there to look for gold so it became 3 as the gold rush People said gold could 4 be picked up by washing sand from the river in a pan of water This was known as panning for gold
In the film Chaplin and his friend are in California So far they have been 5 in their search for gold and have no money at all They 6 in a snow storm in a small wooden house They have 7 They are so hungry that they 8 a pair of shoes by boiling them in a pan of water Chaplin sits down 9 the table and eats the shoe He makes it seem as if this is one of the 10 meals that he has ever enjoyed
1A．nineteen
B．ninetieth
C．nineteenth
D．ninth
2A．went
B．left
C．climb
D．found
3A．famous
B．known
C．wonderful
D．great
4A．hard
B．easily
C．difficulty
D．slowly
5A．unhappy
B．unsuccessfully
C．unlucky
D．unluckily
6A．have got
B．meet
C．are caught
D．live
7A．a little food
B．some water
C．nothing
D．nothing to eat
8A．wear
B．cook
C．make
D．mend
9A．at
B．by
C．near
D．beside
10A．biggest
B．dearest
C．cheapest
D．most delicious
(3)
Once there was a boy in Toronto His name was Jimmy He started drawing when he was three years old and when he was five he was already very ___1___ at it He drew many beautiful interesting pictures and many people ___2___ his pictures They thought this boy was going to be ___3___ when he was a little older and then they were going to ___4___ these pictures for a lot of money
Jimmy's pictures were quite different from other ___5___ because he never drew on all of the paper He drew on ___6___ of it and the other half was always ___7___
That's very clever everybody said ___8___ other people have ever done that before
One day somebody asked him Please tell me Jimmy Why do you draw on the bottom (底部) half of your pictures ___9___ not on the top half
Because I'm small Jimmy said and my brushes (毛笔) can't ___10___ very high
1 Apoor Bsad Cglad Dgood
2 Abought Bbrought Csold Dtook
3 Adifferent Bclever Cfamous Drich
4 Abuy Bshow Cleave Dsell
5 Amen's Bpeople's Cboy's Dchild's
6 Ahalf Bpart Cside Dend
7 Afull Bempty Cwrong Dready
8 ANo BSome CAny DMany
9 Athen Band Cbut Dor
10 Achange Bturn Cpull Dreach
(4)
Jane please let me borrow a dollar Jenny asked as they stood in the school lunch I have one in my jacket but I don't want to ___1___ and lose my place
OK agreed Jane
Jane waited all day for Jenny to ___2___ back the dollar she borrowed but Jenny seemed to be ___3___ She's just forgotten thought Jane I don't want to ___4___ her angry Still her money didn't go far Some classmates like Jenny were getting five dollars a week
Weeks went by At last Jane got up enough courage to tell her about the ___5___
Oh Jane I forgot Jenny said I'll ___6___ the dollar tomorrow
The next day Jenny seemed to have forgotten again During the noon hour Jane saw her ___7___ sweets for Mary and Ann Jenny saw Jane looking at her ___8___ she said something in a low voice to the other two girls Jane felt ___9___ and asked her teacher if she could go back to the classroom In the classroom Jane saw two new pencils in Jenny's desk An ___10___ came to her
Jenny's not kind lately and anyway she really owes me A dollar doesn't mean anything to her but it means a lot to me
1 Astay Bwait Cleave Dtake
2 Areturn Blend Cshow Dpay
3 Abusy Bhappy Cfree Dsad
4 Alet Bmake Ckeep Dfind
5 Amoney Blunch Cplace Dclassmate
6 Aremember Bbring Cgive Dpass
7 Aborrowing Bmaking Cselling Dbuying
8 AEven BAgain CThen DInstead
9 Aalone Bsad Chungry Dlucky
10 Aend Banswer Cidea Dexcuse
(5)
Monday is the beginning of the week it is the day most Americans like worst The day they ___1___ most is Saturday Saturday is the ___2___ of the workweek it is the beginning of the weekend
Life is ___3___ on the weekend most Americans ___4___ care of their houses cars and gardens They sleep ___5___ in the morning They enjoy the feeling that the time ___6___ to move more slowly
The workweek is for things you ___7___ to do the weekend is for things you ___8___ to do Some people may get in a car for a ___9___ in the country They like to take part in a sports activity out of doors And on Saturday night they might go to public eating ___10___ or a film
1 Alike Bdislike Cspend Dleave
2 Amiddle Bbeginning Cend Dday
3 Aworse Bdifficult Cbetter Ddifferent
4 Amake Btake Clook Dpick
5 Aearlier Blater Cfaster Dshorter
6 Adecides Bwants Cspends Dseems
7 Aenjoy Bhate Chave Dfind
8 Alike Bstart Cget Dcheck
9 Adrive Bwalk Cfishing Dwashing
10Aplace Bhouse Croom Dapartment
(6)
In the old days in London the smog was very thick Car and bus drivers ___1___ to drive very slowly They ___2___ saw the road in front of them even during the daytime People did not like going out in the smog ___3___ they had to go out they wore smogmask over their faces
In December 1952 a very ___4___ dark cloud came down over London It was the ___5___ smog Londoners had ever had ___6___ of it was bad factory smoke Nearly fifty people died in road accidents But many more people became unhealthy The smog was very ___7___ for old people and children One man said The streets were almost ___8___ because people stayed at home as much as possible The air was very thick and you could almost cut it with a knife
After three weeks the smog began to ___9___ But in the following weeks and months over 4000 people died as a ___10___ of the smog
1 Ahurried Bstayed Chad Dstopped
2 Aeasily Bhardly Calready Dfreely
3 AIf BSo CThough DBecause
4 Aclear Bthick Cthin Dsmall
5 Ahottest Bnicest Cworst Dbest
6 AMuch BMany CA few DA little
7 Afavourite Bstrong Cdangerous Dweak
8 Aempty Bfull Cdirty Dclean
9 Aremember Bforget Carrive Dlift
10 Apart Busual Cend Dresult
(7)
Mother's day is a holiday for mothers It is celebrated in the United States England Sweden India Mexico and any other ___1___ Little by little it ___2___ widely celebrated
Mother's day falls on the second Sunday in May ___3___ many people send ___4___ of love to their mothers Those whose mothers are still living ___5___ a pink or red rose while those whose mothers are ___6___ wear a white one
The ___7___ of a day for mothers was first given by Miss Ana Jarvis of Philadelphia As a result of her hard work the celebration for the first American Mother's Day ___8___ in Philadelphia on May 10 1908 Soon the ___9___ became popular all over the ___10___ and around the world
1 Ahomes Bschools Ccountries Dcities
2 Agives Bbecomes Cstays Dbegins
3 AFor a long time BIn the morning CAt a time DOn that day
4 Apresents Bthings Chello Dcalls
5 Aput Btake Cwear Ddress
6 Aill Bhealthy Cdead Dbusy
7 Aidea Bplan Cneed Dmeeting
8 Aheld Bwas holding Cwas held Dis held
9 64day Bholiday Cmonth Dtime
10 Acountry BAmerica Cplace DEngland
(8)
The ideal (理想) teacher may be young or old tall or short fat or thin He should ___1___ his subject very well and like learning something about other subjects The ideal teacher must be full of strong feelings of wonder or interest He must ___2___ teach anything he himself is not ___3___ in He should be like a man who can act and should not be afraid to ___4___ his feelings and tell other people what he likes and what he doesn't like clearly He must like his students and respect them and he must also respect himself and be proud of his work ___5___ he doesn't he cannot respect his students and ___6___ respect from them The ideal teacher should have an ___7___ of his students and be able to get on well with them He needs students' understanding too The ideal teacher should be kind and ___8___ and he should give hope to his students to learn knowledge The ideal teacher should see his students' ___9___ so that he can know how to encourage the growth of ___10___ of his students The ideal teacher is one who grows learns and makes himself better along with his students
So what about the teacher around you
1 Alike Bknow Cchoose Dremember
2Anever Bever Ceven Dstill
3 Aweak Bwell Cinterested Dstrict
4 Ahold Bshow Cpass Dkeep
5 ASince BAs CIf DBecause
6 Agive Blose Cchange Dwin
7 72Aunderstanding Bidea Cexercise Dexcuse
8Aforgetful Bhelpful Cquick Dlucky
9 Alists Bmistakes Ccards Ddifferences
10Aeach Bevery Cone Deither
(9)
Hawaii is famous for its beautiful beaches Every year water sports especially surfing and water skiing attract 1 tourists to the island
Hawaii has ben a magical name to people who like to travel 2 many years People on 3 sides of the Pacific Ocean（太洋) in Japan and in America dream of 4 these beautiful islands in the middle of the ocean In the tropical（热带) lands the sun drops like a ball of golden fire into the sea and it drops so 5 that you can almost see it moveThe sun leaves behind a glow（落日余辉) that lights the sky in the quiet water
People often have a quiet enjoyable time walking along the water This scenery
is not very different from the exciting beauty that greeted the first tourists to these islands centuries ago They came in canoes not much 6 than small boats
They found the beautiful white sand beaches and the waving palm trees（棕榈树)but there were no grand hotels like 7 we see today The first people came to Hawaii nearly 8 years ago but skyscraper（摩天楼) hotels were only built in the last 25 years Now aeroplanes make it possible to fly to Hawaii for a weekend from Tokyo 9 San Francisco
10 people come from they really want to see the earliest beauty of Hawaii They want to see the lovely beaches and the mountains which are almost hidden by the tall hotels
1 A many B much C any D no
2 A by B with C for D since
3 A both B each C either D every
4 A to see B Seeing C See D saw
5 A happily B quietly C heavily D quickly
6 A big B biger C bigger D biggest
7 A the one B the ones C this D that
8 A two thousands B two thousands of C two thousand D two thousand of
9 A to B of C in D or
10 A Wherever B Whatever C However D Whenever
(10)
Mobile phones are becoming more and more popular not only with grown ups but also with students Meanwhile they also 1 a problem for middle schools in the past few years Some children have got mobile phones as Christmas or birthday gifts and more will 2 want them
Many like SMS because it is easy and 3 Some parents felt happy because they could get in touch 4 their children Some teachers said mobile phone use was a distraction（分心事) to students during school hours and it also gave them much 5 in their classrooms Sometimes students 6 use phone messages to cheat（作弊) during exams A new study found that some teenagers send messages in class even hurt their fingers because they can’t stop 7 SMS
Many teachers suggested that students should not have phones at school 8 if there was a good reason they could 9 their phones at school office Many people think they understand 10 parents would want their children to have them but they agree school should let the students know when they can use their mobile phones
1 A because B had become C have become D will become
2 A still B yet C already D too
3 A quickly B quick C hurry D sharp
4 A against B on C with D to
5 A business B information C things D trouble
6 A dare B have to C should D might
7 A using B to use C used D used to
8 A and B but C though D however
9 A miss B leave C lie D fetch
10 A whether B because C why D since
(11)
I first saw the baby panda when she was only 10 days old She looked like a white mouse We 1 her Xi Wang It means hope
When Xi Wang was born she weighed(重) 2 100 grams(克) Xi Wang drank her mother’s milk for as much as 14 hours a day When she was six months old she started to eat bamboo shoots(嫩芽) and 3 Eight months later she was not a small baby any more She grew into a 4 young panda and weighed 35 kilos When Xi Wang was 20 months old she had to look after herself 5 her mother had another baby
6 it is very difficult for pandas to live in the wild(野外) Here are some of the 7 that pandas like Xi Wang may have in the future
If hunters(猎) catch a panda they will kill it for its fur(毛皮) If farmers 8 trees and forests pandas will have no place to live in
When mothers leave baby pandas alone people will often take them away People think that the baby pandas need 9
If pandas are in danger we should try our best to protect them If we do 10 soon there will be no more pandas in the world
1 A made B called C told D kept
2 A quite B mostly C just D hardly
3 A leaves B vegetables C trees D chips
4 A strange B weak C famous D healthy
5 A though B until C because D whether
6 A Luckily B Suddenly C Sadly D Especially
7 A examples B questions C matters D problems
8 A cut down B plant C protect D water
9 A money B help C clothes D family
10 A nothing B everything C anything D something
(12)
In the USA children start school when they are five years old In some states(州) they must stay in school 1 they are sixteen But most students are seventeen or eighteen years old when they 2 secondary(中等) schools There are two kinds of schools in the USA public schools and private(私立) schools 3 children go to public schools Their parents dont have to 4 their education because the school get 5 from the government（政府） If a child goes to a private school his parents have to get enough money for his schooling Some parents 6 like private schools though they are much more expensive
Today about half of the high school students 7 in universities after they finish secondary schools A student at a state university doesnt have to pay very much 8 his parents live in that state
Many students 9 while they are studying at universities In this way they get into 10 working habits(惯) and live by their own hands
1 A and Bso Ctill Dsince
2 A leave Benter Creach D pass
3 A Several BMost CA few DFew
4 A worry about Bpay for Cask for Dthink of
5 A books B teachers Cfood Dmoney
6 A still Bnever Csurely Dalready
7 A play Bchange Cstudy Dmeet
8 A before Bbecause Cif Dthough
9 A smoke Bdrink Cfight Dwork
10 A good Bbad Chappy Dwrong
练答案
(1) 1C 2B 3B 4C 5C 6C 7A 8D 9A 10D
(2) 1C 2A 3B 4B 5C 6C 7D 8B 9A 10D
(3)1D 2A 3C 4D 5B 6A 7B 8A 9C 10D
(4)1C 2D 3A 4B 5A 6B 7D 8C 9B 10C
(5)1A 2C 3D 4B 5B 6D 7C 8A 9A 10A
(6)1C 2B 3A 4B 5C 6A 7C 8A 9D 10D
(7)1C 2B 3D 4A 5C 6C 7A 8C 9B 10A
(8)1B 2A 3C 4B 5C 6D 7A 8B 9D 10A
(9)1A 2C 3A 4B 5D 6C 7B 8C 9D 10A
(10)1C 2A 3B 4C 5D 6D 7A 8B 9B 10C
(11)1B 2C 3A 4D 5C 6C 7D 8A 9B 10A
(12)1C 2A 3B 4B 5D 6A 7C 8C 9D 10A
初三系列复资料（17）阅读理解考点集汇讲解训练
十七阅读理解解题方法
考点扫描
阅读理解力培养中学英语学项重务中考项重容中考阅读理解题考查学生语篇阅读力分析判断力求学生较快通阅读理解短文意获取中信息做出正确判断然根试题求A B C D四选项中选出佳答案做出正误判断文章难易程度初三课文基相求阅读速度分钟4050词
中考阅读理解阅读材料选取般遵循三原：
1 阅读文章少三篇阅读量1000单词左右
2 题材广泛包括科普社会文化政治济等
3 体裁样包阔记叙文说明文应文等
中考阅读理解考查容：
1 考查掌握读材料旨意力
类考查旨意题数针段落（短文）题题思想标题目提问方式：
(1) Which is the best title of the passage
(2) Which of the following is this passage about
(3) In this passage the writer tries to tell us that______
(4) The passage tells us that______
(5) This passage mainly talks about_______
2 考查握文章事实细节力
类考查事实细节题目数针文章细节设计提问方式：
(1) Which of the following is right
(2) Which of the following is not mentioned
(3) Which of the following is Not True in the passage
(4) Choose the right order of this passage
(5) From this passage we know ________
3 考查根文猜测生词含义力
类猜测词义题目求考生根文确定某特定词短语准确含义提问方式：
(1) The word in the passage probably means ________
(2) The underlined word It in the passage refers to _______
(3) In this story the underlined word means ________
(4) Here it means________
4 考查阅读材料全篇逻辑关系理解文章段句间逻辑关系理解力
类题目考查句语句间短语短间逻辑关系提问方式：
(1) Many visitors come to the writer’s city to ________
(2) Some shops can be built Donfeng Square so that they may _____
(3) Air pollution is the most serious kind of pollution because _____
(4) Why did the writer get off the train two stops before Vienna station
5 考查短文容考生应常识进行推理判断力
类题目文章中没明确答案需考生理解全文基础进行推理判断提问方式：
(1) We can guess the writer of the letter may be a ______
(2) We can infer from the text that _______
(3) From the letters we’ve learned that it’s very _____ to know something about American social customs
(4) From the story we can guess ______
(5) What would be happy if …
6 考查推断作者意图态度力
(1) How did the writer feel at Vienna station
(2) The writer writes this text to ______
(3) The writer believes that ______
(4) The writer suggests that ______
名师解难
明确阅读理解题考查点现研究破解阅读理解题方法技巧
1．获取段落旨意？
效办法找出题句篇文章（段文章）通常围绕中心意思展开中心意思句子概括概括文章段落中心意思句子做题句理解段落篇文章中心意思首先学会寻找题句题句般具三特点：
（1）表述意思较概括相句种概括性更明显
（2）句子结构较简单数采长难句形式
（3）段落中句子必定解释支撑发展题句表述题思想
篇短文段落中部分题句情况三种：
（1）题句段首篇首
题句段首篇首情况相普遍般新闻报道说明文 议文采先总述分述叙事方法例：2003年陕西省英语中考试题阅读材料B第段：
All living things on the earth need other living things to live Nothing lives alone Most animals must live in a group and even a plant grows close together with others of the same kind Sometimes one living thing kills another one eats and the other is eaten Each kind of life eats another kind of life in order to live and together they form a food chain(食物链)Some food chains become broken up if one of the links disappears
第句题句句子概括段中心意思球生物生存离开生物面讲述量事实部分动物必须成群生活甚种植物类植物起生长时种生物杀死种生物种生物吃种生物种生物吃列举量事实作者指出：果食物链中链环消失食物会断掉事实围绕第句子展开
篇短文道考查题阅读理解题：
59 Which of the following do you think is the best title for this passage
A Animals B Plants C Food Chains D Living Things
根题句意思容易判断：篇短文标题Food Chains
（2）题句段末篇末
纳法写文章时表述细节句子前概述性句子结尾种位段末篇末题句前面细节总结纳结例2002年陕西省中考试题阅读材料A段：
If you buy some wellmade clothes you can save money because they can last longer They look good even after they have been washed many times Sometimes some clothes cost more money but it does not mean that they are always better made or they always fit better In other words some less expensive clothes look and fit better than more expensive clothes
段文章前面列举两件事实：果买制作优良衣服会省钱衣服穿时间长洗次然起时衣服花前更意味着衣服做更句话两事实概括：价钱便宜衣服价钱贵衣服更更合身段末句子题句
（3）题句
时篇文章里没明显题句时应该样确定文章题中心意思呢？实难首先找出段中心意思段中心意思围绕中心展开者说说明问题中心问题篇文章题中心意思
请2004年江西省中考试题阅读理解A
Killer bees started in Brazil 1957 A scientist in Sao Paulo wanted bees to make
more honey（蜂蜜) So he put fortysix African bees with some Brazilian bees The bees bred(繁殖) and made a new kind of bees But the new bees were a mistake They didn’t want to make more honey They wanted to attack Then by accident twentysix African bees escaped and bred with the Brazilian bees outside
Scientists could not control（控制) the problem The bees increased fast They went from Brazil to Venezuela Then they went to Central America Now they are in North America They travel about 390 miles a year Each group of bees grows four times a year This means one million new groups every five years
Why are people afraid of killer bees People are afraid for two reasons First the bees sting（叮) many more times than usual bees Killer bees can sting sixty times a minute nonstop for two hours Second killer bees attack in groups Four hundred bee stings can kill a person
Already several hundred people are dead Now killer bees are in Texas In a few years they will reach all over the United States People can do nothing but wait
篇短文表面起没题句末样确定中心意思呢？面说明先找出段意：第段讲killer bees产生第二段讲killer bees 急剧增加第三段讲害怕killer bees原第四段讲killer bees已杀死数状况段意出篇文章始终围绕killer bees中心展开换句话说killer bees篇文章题
篇短文面出道样阅读理解题：
59 The best title of the passage is ____________
A How to make more honey B Killer bees
C A foolish scientist D How to feed killer bees
毫疑问答案应该：B
2．根文猜测词义？
猜测词义种英语阅读力英语阅读理解试题中少样题目
实词定文中表示确定词义谓文(context)正英语辞典解释作帮助确定文中词短语句子意义利文猜测词义已知推求未知熟悉词短语猜测熟悉词词义猜测词义时三方面考虑：1）根文已知部分进行逻辑推理2）运语法知识进行语法分析3）常识验做出判断根文猜测词义方法列种：
(1)根定义解释猜测词义例：甘肃省2002年中考英语试题阅读材料B
A bag is useful and the word bag is useful It gives us some interesting phrases(短语) One is to let the cat out of the bag It is the same as to tell a secret…
Now when someone lets out (泄漏)a secret he lets the cat out of the bag
短文面理解题目：
John lets the cat out of the bag means he ________
A makes everyone know a secret
B the woman bout a cat
C buys a cat in the bag
D sells the cat in the bag
篇文章里let the cat out of the bag然新出现短语紧接着面出解释It is the same as to tell a secret根解释判断出正确答案应A
(2)根情景逻辑进行判断例：2004年北京市海淀区中考试题阅读材料A中第三段样：
As they go around town the police help people Sometimes they find lost children They take the children home If the police see a fight they put an end to it right away Sometimes people will ask the police how to get to a place in town The police can always tell the people which way to go They know all the streets and roads well
文章面样道题：
53 In the text put an end to means ___________
A stop B cut C kill D fly
根文章提供情景果警察架肯定会制止制止架斗殴警察职责根推理答案应该A
(3)根列位关系猜测词义例：福州市2004年中考英语试题阅读材料B
There is a place on our earth where hot water and steam come up under the ground It is on a large island in the Pacific Ocean The island is North Island in New Zealand
101 What does the word steam mean in Chinese
A 水B 气C 冰川D 蒸汽
语法steamhot water列关系断定两种东西相关类第物质第四选项中蒸汽种
(4)根背景常识判断请2004年北京市海淀区中考试题阅读材料C
Watching some children trying to catch butterflies one August afternoon I was reminded of an incident in my own childhood When I was a boy of twelve in South Carolina something happened to me that made me never put any wild creature (living thing) in a cage(笼子)
We lived on the edge of a forest and every evening at dusk the mockingbirds would come and rest in the trees and sing There isnt a musical instrument made by man that can produce a more beautiful sound than the song of the mockingbird
I decided that I would catch a young bird and keep it in a cage and in that way I would have my own private musician
I finally succeeded in catching one and put it in a cage At first being scared the bird fluttered(扑腾) about the cage but finally it settled down in its new home I felt very pleased with myself and looked forward to some beautiful singing from my little musician
On the second day of the bird’s captivity my new pet’s mother flew to the cage with food in her mouth The baby bird ate everything she brought to it I was pleased to see this Certainly the mother knew better than I how to feed her baby
The following morning when I went to see how my captive (caged) bird was doing I discovered it on the floor of the cage dead I was terribly surprised What had happened I had taken extremely care of my little bird or so I thought
Arthur Wayne the famous ornithologist who happened to be visiting my father at the time hearing me crying over the death of my bird explained what had happened A mother mockingbird finding her young in a cage will sometimes bring it poison berries(毒莓) She thinks it better for her young to die than to live in captivity
Never since then have I caught any living creature and put it in a cage All living creatures have a right to live free
60 An ornithologist is probably a person who ____________
A studies birds
B loves creatures
C majors in habits
D takes care of trees
Ornithologist 词没见通语言判断出鸟研究爱鸟鸟装笼子里细心料鸟母亲飞喂鸟鸟死理解家详细解释鸟死原说明非常懂鸟断定答案影视A
前面提方法外面方法：
(5)根义反义关系猜测词义
(6)根果关系猜测词义
3．确定细节事实？
阅读理解题目中相部分考查细节事实题目类题目相容易题目两特点：（1）属针特定细节考题正确答案阅读材料中找应文字部分作验证部分词短语句子相关干句子句式词表达方式（2）干扰项体思想细节混杂正确答案细节非正确答案细节混杂甚真假混杂做阅读理解中确定细节事实题目文章中找出相应信息点二排干扰项请2003年陕西省中考英语试题阅读理解题第48题：
What do plants make food from They make food from _______
A sunlight water and things in the soil and air
B water sunlight and things in the soil
C water and things in the soil and air
D water sunlight and things in the soil
题考查文章细节事实细节事实表述文章中直接找：Plants are factories They make food from sunlight water and things in the soil and air
4．进行推断？
谓推断根阅读材料中提供信息推断出未知信息关文字作已知部分中推断出未知部分推断关文字词句子干句子甚全文
中考英语试题中推断题包括面类型种：
（1）事实推断：种推断常常针某具体细节较简单推断进行种推断首先文章中找出推断关文字然加分析尤悟出字里行间意思
请2002年南京市中考英语试题阅读理解第14题：
According to the passage which of the following can you most possibly watch on TV
A You often play football with your friends after school
B Your teacher has got a cold
C A tiger in the city zoo has run out and hasn’t been caught
D The bike in front of your house is lost
阅读材料中样段文字：
Secondly a news story has to be interesting and unusual People don’t want to read stories about everyday life As a result many stories are about some kind of danger and seem to be bad news
根段文字推断：电视报道新闻事硬趣常正确答案应C
推断题包括方面：
（2）指代推断：确定指代词含义指代象阅读理解题常见题目确定指代词指代象关键文正确理解指代名词指代词单复数形式英语指代词致数形式作识指代象第辅助标志
（3）逻辑推断 类题目求根文章提供背景物表情动作语言推断出物态度感觉
（4）作者意图态度推断
类考题求考生作者述象持什样态度做出推断 作者陈述观点赞反犹豫定记述描写物事件赞颂情冷漠厌恶作者种思想倾感情色彩定直接表述出隐含字里行间进行种推断时短文题思想作推力前提注意作者措辞尤形容词类修饰语
中考范例
请2004年陕西中考英语试题阅读理解A部分
A) 根面篇短文容判断列句子正误正确A表示错误B表示（5题计5分）
(A)
Now TV programs play an important part in our daily life We can get a lot of knowledge and a lot of fun from it Today is Saturday The following are some TV programs on different channels today Now read these TV programs and try to find some information for you and your family members
SXTV Channel 7
13 12 Football Match
XATV Channel 4
15 30 TV Play
SXTV Channel 6
18 30 Cartoon Film
CCTV Channel 1
12 38 Law Today
CCTV Channel 1
19 00 News Report
CCTV Channel 3
21 00 The Latest Music
41 My grandfather is interested in laws He can watch CCTV Channel 1 at noon
42 My father is a football fan He prefers football matches He can watch CCTV Channel 1
43 My mother likes watching TV plays She wants to watch XATV Channel 4 in the afternoon
44 My sister is only six years old I want to find a program for her I think she can watch CCTV Channel 6
45 I’m a student I like music but I am very busy tonight So I can watch CCTV Channel 3 this evening
41 A道考查细节事实题目表中中午12点38分中央电视台1频道日说法节目父亲然观
42 B道考查细节事实题目查中央电视台1频道节目没播放足球赛陈述错误
43 A道考查细节事实题目表中15点30分陕西电视台4频道播放电视剧母亲完全
44 B道考查细节事实题目表中查中央电视台6频道节目没六岁妹妹童节目
45 B道考查细节事实题目天晚忙电视
2004年阅读理解B部分：
B) 阅读面连篇短文题四选项中选出回答提问题完成句子佳答案（10题计20分）
(B)
The undersea world is very beautiful Now more and more people want to dive in
the water to find the secrets there Scuba diving is a new sport today It can take you
into a wonderful undersea world
You will find many strange animals in the sea Some are as large as a school bus
Many sea animals give out light in the dark and some have sharp teeth
During the day there is enough light Here under the sea everything is blue and
green When fish swim nearby you can catch them with your hands When you have
bottles of air on your back you can stay in deep water for a long time However you
can’t dive too deep And you must be very careful when you dive in deep water
The deep sea is not an easy place to live in It’s cold and it’s dark too The deeper
it is the less sunlight there is At about 3000 feet there is no light at all It is dark in
the sea Many fishes have no eyes Some have big eyes A few have eyes on one side
Besides () the cold and darkness deepsea animals face a third danger
other animals
Animals eat They must find food to eat Many animals eat plants However some
Animals eat meat This means these sea animals have animals have two big jobsThey
need to find animals as food and they have to try not to become other animals’ meal
46 Why do people want to dive in the sea Because ________
A they want to catch fish
B they want to find the secrets of the undersea world
C the sea is deep
D there are all kinds of plants in the sea
47 In the daytime when you dive in the sea you _________
A can see everything green and blue
B can’t be in danger
C can atch nothing
D can’t see anything clearly
48 How many dangers will animals meet in the deep sea
A One B Two C Three D Four
49 When you do scuba diving you can __________
A stay in deep water for a long time
B dive very very deep
C live in deep water easily
D dive freely without any dangers
50 Which of the following is WRONG
A One animals finds something to eat and it may be eaten by others
B At the depth of 3000 feet under the sea many animals can find their way by hearing and feeling
C The deeper the sea is the darker and colder it is
D At the depth of 3000 feet under the sea all animals can find their way by seeing
46 B道考查细节事实题目文章开头第二句明确说明点现越越想潜水寻找海世界秘密
47 A道考查细节事实题目文章第三段开头说明事实During the day there is enough light Here under the sea everything is blue
and green
48 C道考查细节事实题目文章第5段说明问题：Besides
() the cold and darkness deepsea animals face a third danger other animals
49 A道考查细节事实题目文章第三段样句话：When you
have bottles of air on your back you can stay in deep water for a long time 背着
空气瓶潜水scuba diving
50 D道考查细节事实题目文章第四段样叙述：At about
3000 feet there is no light at all It is dark in the sea Many fishes have no eyes
3000米深处点光线没没眼睛麽够通
找路呢？
满分演练
(1)
根面篇短文容判断列句子正误正确A表示错误B表示
Young people are often unhappy when they are with their parents They say that their parents don’t understand them They often think their parents are too strict with them and they are never given a free hand
Parents often find it difficult to win their children’s trust(信) and they seem to forget how they themselves felt when they were young
For example young people like to do things without much thinking It’s one of their ways to show that they grow up and they can do with any difficult things Older people worry more easily Most of them plan (计划) things ahead and don’t like their plans to be changed
When you want your parents to let you do something you will have better success (成功) if you ask before you really start doing it
Young people often make their parents angry by clothes they want the music they enjoy and something else But they don’t mean to cause (引起) any trouble They just feel that in this way they can be cut off from the old people’s world and they want to make a new culture (文化) of their own And if their parents don’t like their music or clothes or their manner of speech the young people feel very unhappy
Sometimes you even don’t want your parents to say Yes to what you do You want to stay at home alone and do what you like
If you plan to control (控制) your life you’d better win your parents trust and try to get them to understand you If your parents see that you have high sense of responsibility (责感) they will certainly give you the right to do what you want to do
1 When young people are with their parents they don’t feel pleased
2 What young people think is different from what older people do
3 What young people do is to make their parents unhappy
4 When children grow up they hope to let them do everything alone
5 If you try to get your parents to understand you you must do well in everything
(2)
根面篇短文容判断列句子正误正确A表示错误B表示
Yesterday evening when I went to town with my mother we met a strange old man It was raining hard and we had no umbrella (伞) We were trying to get into a taxi when he came up to us He was carrying a nice umbrella and he said that he would give it to us for only a pound He had forgotten his wallet he said needed taxifare (出租汽车费) to go back home My mother didn’t believe what he had said at first and asked him a lot of questions But the old man didn’t get into a taxi We followed () him and found he went into a pub (酒店) and bought himself a glass of whiskey (威士忌) with the pound After he drank it he put on his hat and took up one of the many wet umbrellas there and went off with the new one Soon after that he sold it again
1 The old man sold an umbrella to the writer and her mother
2 He gave it to them for only a pound because he had forgotten his wallet and needed taxi fare to go back home
3 The umbrella was worth more than one pound
4 The old man sold his own umbrella
5 He was an honest man
(3)
根面篇短文容判断列句子正误正确A表示错误B表示
In 1605 a scientist took a willow branch(柳枝) and planted it He didn’t plant it in the ground however He planted it in a vase of soil(泥土) For the next five years the scientist watered that willow carefully
The willow grew and grew Where did it get the food for its growth To most people this was an easy question The willow plant of course took the food from the soil
The scientist however wanted evidence(证)If the willow took the food from the soil for its growth then as it grew and weighed more the soil ought to weigh less He weighed the willow branch before he planted it It weighed five pounds Then he weighed the soil It weighed 200 pounds After five years he weighed the plant and the soil again The willow tree weighed 169 pounds but the soil weighed almost the same
The result(结果) was surprising Where did the 164 pounds come from
After many investigations(调查) the scientist got the answer He had given water to the willow and the willow got its food from the water
He was right in a way Today we know more about the question
1 The scientist did the experiment in the sixteenth century
2 Most people thought the plant got the food from the soil for its growth
3 The soil in the vase weighed two hundred pounds
4 The scientist found that the willow grew and weighed more and the soil weighed less
5 The soil weighed 164 pounds after five years
6 Now we know about the question as much as the scientist did
(4)
根面篇短文容判断列句子正误正确A表示错误B表示
One afternoon Bob and Jane were walking along a quiet street when they heard a big noise from the street corner They ran there and found that a small car had knocked into the side of a truck Both the car driver and the truck driver were hurt
Bob said Jane run back down the road to Mrs Day’s house Ask her to call the police and the ambulance(救护车) Hurry up I’ll stay here
Bob went off as fast as he could There was nothing Jane could do but wait She knew that when people were hurt in an accidentthey shouldn’t be moved
It wasn’t long before the police car and the ambulance arrived The policemen got the car door open and moved the man out Then they got the truck driver out Luckilythe men weren’t badly hurtbut they were both taken to hospital The policemen thanked Bob and Jane You were very good to act so quickly when you saw the accident Thank you for all your help
1 The accident happened in a quiet street one afternoon
2 BobJaneMrs Day and the policemen heard the noise
3 Both of the drivers were hurt in the accident
4 Jane asked Bob to call the police
5 Jane had got the drivers out before the policemen arrived
(5)
In America just as in Europe men usually open doors for women and women always walk ahead of men into a room or a restaurant unless （非）the men have to be ahead of the ladies to choose the table to open the door of a car or do some other things like the above On the street men almost always walk or cross the street on the closer side of the ladies to the traffic But if a man walks with two ladies he should walk between them Then if the host （男）or hostess （女）or both of them come in a car to get their guest for dinner the guest should sit at the front seat and leave the back seat though there is no people sitting on it
1．In America men usually _______
A．walk ahead of women B．eat in a restaurant
C．walk behind women D．drive a car to work
2．In the street men ________
A．cross the street
B．walk on the right side of the ladies
C．walk on the closer side of the ladies to the traffic
D．walk near the ladies
3．If a man walks with two ladies he should _________
A．walk between them B．run before them C．follow them D．go away
4．If Mrs Green wants you to her house in a car you should _________
A．sit beside a guest B．sit at the front seat
C．sit at the back seat D．drive the car
(6)
Last Sunday I saw the worst storm（暴风雨）in years It came suddenly and went on for more than three hours After lunch I went into my room to have a rest The air was hot and all was quiet
Then strong wind started blowing into my room Pieces of paper on my desk flew high into the air and some flew out of the open window As I ran out to catch them big drops of rain began to fall
When I came back into the house it was raining harder and harder I tried very hard to close the window Then I heard a loud crashing（碰撞）sound from the back of the house I ran out of my room to rind out what it was a big tree had fallen down and broken the top of the back room
1．Before the storm the weather was __________
A．cold B．cool C．warm D．hot
2．The wind blew some of the paper ___________
A．all over the floor B．out of the door
C．into the back room D．out of the open window
3．The top of the back room was broken because of __________
A．the strong B．the falling tree C．the rain D．the crashing sound
(7)
Light travels at a speed which is about a million times faster than the speed of sound You can get some idea of this difference by watching the start of a race If you stand some distance away from the starter you can see smoke from his gun before the sound reaches your ears
This great speed of light produces some strange facts Sunlight takes about 8 minutes to reach us If you look at the light of the moon tonight remember that the light rays left the moon 13 seconds before they reached you The nearest star is so far away that the light that you can see from it tonight started to travel towards you four years ago at a speed of nearly 2 million km per minute In some cases the light from one of tonight's stars had started on its journey to you before you were born
Thus if we want to be honest we can't say The stars are shining tonight We have to say instead The stars look pretty They were shining four years ago but their light has only just reached the earth
1．Light speed is ________ sound speed
A．as fast as
B．a million times slower than
C．about millions of times faster than
D．about a million times faster than
2．If you stand 200 metres away from a man who is firing a gun to start a race you
will find out that _______
A．you can hear the sound before you see the smoke
B．the sound does not travel as fast as light
C．the sound will reach you before the man fires
D．sound travels about a million times faster than light
3．Sunlight obviously（明显）_________ than the light of the moon
A．has to travel a greater distance B．moves less quickly
C．travels much more quickly D．is less powerful（力）
4．The scientific way of saying The stars are shining tonight should be ________
A．the stars have been shining all the time
B．the stars seen tonight will shine four years later
C．the stars were shining long ago but seen tonight
D．the starlight seen today could be seen four years ago
(8)
Drinking too much alcohol （酒酒精）seems to give pleasure to many people Habit alone can keep people drinking However many heavy drinkers can offer some other reasons for their actions
Right now doctors are getting some attention in their protests against heavy drinking Many people have cut down on their drinking In general everyone believes the doctors' warnings
It is sometimes very easy to stop drinking heavily For example at a party a man has just one drink He can stop thinking about having another one Both health considerations and the high cost of drinking help him to stay away from alcohol All of his friends help too They always understand his problem and are really concerned The heavy drinker needs friends like these
1．Drinking too much alcohol ________
A．seems to give pleasure to many people
B．is a habit
C．is reasonable
D．will do good to people
2．Paragraph（段落）2 says
A．Doctors are against heavy drinking
B．People usually believe the doctors' warnings
C．Many people have cut down on their drinking
D．all of the above
3．A heavy drinker _________
A．believes the doctors' warnings
B．has no reasons for drinking
C．needs friends to help him stop drinking heavily
D．can't stay away from alcohol
4．The best title for the passage is ________
A．Alcohol B．No Drinking C．A Heavy Drinker D．Give It Up
(9)
Tom didn't live too far away from school So he went there and came back on foot every day On his way to school he passed a wet playground when it rained One day the boy came home very wet His mother became very angry and said Don't play in the water on your way home or to school
The next day he came home very wet again His mother became even angrier I will tell your father if you come home wet again she said Then he'll punish you
The next day the young boy was dry when he came home from school You were a good boy today his mother said You didn't play in the water No he answered sadly There were so many big boys in the water when I got there this afternoon that there wasn't any room for me at all
1 There was a ______ on his way to school
A park B lake C playground D river
2Tom's mother got angry because ________
ATom was all wet BTom was dry
CTom didn't go to school Dit rained
3The meaning of the underlined word punish is ________
A意 B惩罚 C怜悯 D放弃
(10)
WHERE TO STAY IN BOSWELL YOUR GUIDE TO OUR BEST HOTELS
Name Address
Room Number
Single Room
Double Room
Special Attractions
FIRST HOTEL
222 Edward Road
Tel 4146433
120
25
35
Airconditioned (空调) rooms French restaurant
Night club
Swimming pool
Shops
Coffee shop and bar
Telephone radio and TV set
in each room
Close to the city center
FAIRVIE HOTEL
129 North Road
Tel 5915620
450
12
18
Close to the airport
Telephone in each room
Bar Restaurant Garage (车库)
Swimming pool
ORCHARD HOTEL
233 Edward Road
Tel 6416446
470
15
20
Facing First Hotel
European (欧式) restaurant
TV set
Coffee shop
Laundry (洗衣店) and
drycleaning shops
OSAKA HOTEL
12364 Venning Road
Tel 6438200
180
30
50
Airconditioned (空调) rooms
Japanese and Chinese
restaurants
Swimming pool
Large garden
Shops
Choose the best answers according to the table above
1If you want to eat Chinese food you will go to the restaurant in ________
Athe Fairview Hotel
Bthe First Hotel
Cthe Orchard Hotel
Dthe Osaka Hotel
2The cheapest price for a single bed is ________ in ______ in Boswell
A12 the First Hotel B15 the Osaka Hotel
C12 the Fairview Hotel D25 the Orchard Hotel
3The number of the rooms in the hotel with the best special attractions is _______
A120 B470 C450 D180
4If a Japanese traveler likes to eat in a French restaurant _________ is the right place for him to go to
A233 Edward Road B12364 Venning Road
C222 Edward Road D129 North Road
5Which hotel faces the Orchard Hotel
AThe First Hotel BThe Osaka Hotel
CThe Fairview Hotel DNo Hotel
(11)
Ron is ten years old He loves to watch TV But for one full year he did not watch TV at all What was the reason Ron’s parents said they would give him 600 if he didn’t watch TV for a year
Ron’s parents thought he watched too much TV One day his mother saw a news paper story about a boy who didn’t watch TV for a year She showed the story to Ron Ron liked the idea He turned off the TV right away and said It doesn’t bother me not to watch TV I just want the money
At first Ron’s parents were very happy Ron read books and newspapers played outside played computer games and played cards with his mother But after some time he got bored(厌烦) Every morning he asked his parents What are we doing tonight Sometimes his mother and father wished he would watch TV just for one evening Ron always said No it would cost me money
Finally the year was over Then Ron stared watching his favourite TV shows all day long again Ron got the money from his parents What does he plan to do with the 600 I want to buy myself a TV set he said
1 Ron didn’t watch TV for one year because ________
A he wanted the money B watching TV too much is bad
C he wanted to study harder D he wanted to learn from the boy
2 It doesn’t bother me not to watch TV means It’s _______ to watch TV
A waste time B important for me
C not use D not important for me
3 Ron thought _________ for him to read and play all the time
A it was great fun B it was no fun
C it was enjoyable D it was good
4 Ron’s last words would _______ his parents
A please B frighten C surprise D excite
5 The best title for the story is _______
A A Funny Story B A Year without TV
C A Good Boy D Buying a TV Set
(12)
JK Rowling is the writer of Harry Potter which is now one of the bestsellers in the world
JK Rowling was born in Bristol on July 31st 1965 She has one sister who is two years younger than her Both girls loved listening to their father reading bedtime stories to them They especially loved stories about magical worlds Rowling wrote her first story called Rabbit at the age of six
After she graduated from the university Rowling worked as a translator(翻译者)
in London During this time on a long train trip in the summer of 1990 the idea came to her of a boy who has magic but doesn’t know it In 1992 Rowling began to teach English She lived with her baby daughter Jessica and spent much time finishing the first Harry Potter book for young readers It appeared in June 1997 To her surprise the book was greatly successful The film came out in November 2001 Now Harry Potter series(系列) is popular with people of all ages and about 60 million books were sold in 200 countries
Why has the series been so successful There are a few things Many other magical stories take place in faraway lands or in past or future times But Harry lives in modern(现代) England He’s also a very normal(常) boy polite friendly brave and clever So when other children read about Harry they can imagine being like him
JK Rowling is very happy with the success and she is now busy finishing the whole series of seven books She’s writing full time and she’s really enjoying life She says she will go on living a normal life with her daughter and writing children’s books
1 From the passage we know ___________
A JK Rowling met a boy named Harry on a long train trip
B JK Rowling loved listening to stories when she was very young
C JK Rowling is two years younger than her sister
D Harry Potter is JK Rowling’s first story
2 The first Harry Potter book came out in __________
A July 1965
B the summer of 1990
C June 1997
D November 2001
3 The Harry Potter series is __________
A written for young people
B only enjoyed by children
C only sold in England
D about a young inspector
4 JK Rowling has been successful and she ___________
A likes to travel all over the world with her daughter
B is too busy to enjoy her life
C is excited about her success every day
D is still writing stories for children
5 How is Harry Potter series different from other magical stories
A There are magical things
B The stories happened in the modern world
C It has seven books
D It took much time to finish
练答案
(1) 1A 2A 3B 4A 5B
(2)1A 2B 3A 4B 5B
(3)1B 2A 3A 4B 5B 6B
(4)1A 2B 3A 4B 5B
(5)1C 2C 3A 4B
(6)1D 2D 3B
(7)1D 2B 3A 4C
(8)1A 2D 3C 4D
(9)1C 2A 3B 44C 45A 46D 47C 48D 49A 50D
(10)1D 2C 3A 4C 5A
(11)1A 2D 3B 4C 5B
(12)1B 2C 3A 4D 5B
初三系列复资料（18）短文填空考点集汇讲解训练
十八短文填空解题方法
考点扫描
短文填空两年创设种新题型种题型通常四种形式：
1出篇难易适中短文中间掉单词考生根文填缺单词
2出篇难易适中短文中间掉单词出单词第字母考生根短文文意思提示字母填缺单词
3出篇难易适中短文中间掉单词时方框出单词考生根短文容单词填入空白处文章正确通
4出篇难易适中短文中间掉单词短语时出单词短语汉语意思考生根短文文汉语提示填适单词短语陕西省短文填空题采基第四种形式
种题型考查考生整体阅读力基础语法运力书面表述力特单词短语拼写力介阅读理解书面表达间种题型
陕西省中考英语题中短文填空题什麽具体特点呢？
1文体议文叙事文
2002年陕西省短文填空题短文篇说文说题：母亲爱真正爱2003年中考说明样题短文篇叙事文讲述圣诞节情况2003年中考题中短文填空题篇叙事文讲述题特网历史2004年篇说文
2填空容词组短语
2002年短文填空题10空中6空填词组短语2003年中考说明中短文填空题10空中7空填词组短语2003年中考题中短文填空题10空中5空填词组短语2004年短文填空题10空中6词组短语说短文填空题填词组短语总体保持57
3考查范围英语特殊法
2002年短文填空题考enough作副词放修饰词法考with+名词构成介词短语法2003年中考说明中短文填空题次出现with+名词构成介词短语法2003年中考题短文填空题考查something wrong样形容词置特殊法2004年短文填空题考查twice a day 样特殊表示方式
4留空白出汉语提示
2003年中考说明短文填空题留出10空白中8处出汉语提示2处没提示2003年中考短文填空题样10空白全部出汉语提示2004年10空白全部汉语提示
名师解难
做短文填空题求考生具备坚实语法基础理解文章意旨力牢固掌握英语惯法固定搭配熟记英语单词拼写做短文填空方面着手：
1语法方面考虑
短文填空题涉语法容通常包括：名词单复数形容词副词较等级谓致动词时态语态介词连词选等例2003年中考短文填空题第空：Most of us 1 (忙)talking about and using the Internet every day… 里英语表示忙仅busy busy前加be be语most of us保持致变成are2004年中考题中第7空but soon you’ll 7 _____(惯) doing it 惯必须be get used to 短语般时中助动词
2惯法固定搭配方面考虑
说陕西省短文填空词组短语词组短语必然会涉惯法固定搭配例2003年中考说明短文填空第8空： 8 （圣诞夜）children are very happy 英语表示圣诞夜必须On Christmas Eve某天晚惯介词on2004年考题中第5空固定搭配at least
3文结构方面考虑
空白必须根文结构判断应该填什麽样单词短语例2003年考试说明短文填空第9空：They put their stocking at the end of their beds 9 their parents can put presents in them文文出长筒袜放床头父母亲够礼物放里面判断面句子应目状语句应填so that2004年10空Eat a lot of fruits and vegetables and drink water 10_______ (代) drinks 句子中已谓语动词eat drink 代动词需介词instead of
中考范例
（2004年陕西省中考试题）
V 短文填空（10空空1分计10分）
根文括号里汉语提示面空白处写出正确单词短语短文意思完整
When you laugh you will 1 ______(张开) your mouth and your teeth The healthier those teeth are the happier you look Why is that
It’s 2 _______() your teeth are important in many ways If you take care of them they’ll help to take care of you Strong healthy teeth help you eat the right food to help you grow They also help you speak clearly
You can take care of your teeth by doing like these
Brush your teeth 3_______ (日两次) after breakfast and before bedtime If you can brush 4 _______(午饭) or after eating sweet cakes
Brush all of your teeth not just the front ones Spend some time on the teeth along the sides and in the back
Take your time while brushing Spend 5_______ (少) 3 minutes each time you brush
Be sure your toothbrush is soft(柔软) Ask your parent to help you get a new toothbrush 6 ________(三月)
Learn how to floss(牙线清理) your teeth which is a very important way to keep them healthy It feels strange when you do it at first but soon you’ll 7 _____(惯) doing it The floss gets rid of food that’s hidden between your teeth
Brushing and flossing 8 ______(保持) your teeth healthy You also need to care about what you eat and drink Eat 9 ______(许) fruits and vegetables and drink water 10_______ (代) drinks
1 open 张开嘴张开应open
2 because 回答前面why提出问题应because
3 twice a day 英语常见种表示方法
4 after lunch after常常时间点lunch作时间点
5 at last 固定短语
6 every three months every果数词修饰名词名词复数形式：every three days every four years
7 be get used to 惯语接名词定名词
8 keep keep somebody something +形容词常见句型
9 lots of a lot of many 限定词修饰数名词复数
10 instead of 短语介词接名词活动名词
满分演练
(1)
Everyone needs friends We all like to feel close to someone It is nice to have a friend to talk laugh and do things with Surely there are times when we need to be alone We don't always want people1________(周围) But we would feel lonely if we never had a friend
No two people are just the same Sometimes friends don't 2_________(相处) That doesn't mean that they no longer like 3_________(互相) Most of the time they will make up and 4__________(继续)being friends
Sometimes friends move away Then we feel very sad We 5_______(想念) them very much But we call them and write to them It could be that we would even see them again And we can 6__________(结交新朋友） It is surprising to find out how much we like new people when we get to know them
Families sometimes name their children after a close friend 7_________(许方)are named after men and women who have been friendly to people in a town Some libraries are named this way So are some schools We 8_______（想起）these people when we go to these places
There's more good news for people who have friends They live 9________(长)than people who don't Why It could be that they are happier Being happy helps you stay well Or it could be just knowing that someone cares If someone cares about you you take better care of 10________（）
(2)
Most great inventors often met with much trouble in their work Before they could succeed they had to overcome 1_________(数千计)difficulties which were put in their way The following is one of such examples
George Stephenson (1781~~1848) a 2__________ (著名)British inventor made the first train in 1825 using a stream engine When he was experimenting with the engine 3________ (火车) he met with troubles from the government the newspapers and the gentlemen in the country They said that the 4________ (噪音)and the smoke would kill cows horses and sheep that the engine would burst or that the hot coals from it would set fire to their houses People believe 5___________ (说话)
George Stephenson told the people that the train could go on small rails could pull carriages 6________ (装满) goods and passengers and that there was no great danger to them It was a very difficult matter for him to make them believe 7________ (然) after some time he was able to do it and the first train that was driven by George Stephenson himself proved what he had said On the train there was a new steam engine It was invented by him and was proved a complete 8_______ (成功)
The first day when the train ran on the rails people along the way heard the noise of the train in the distance and saw it running quickly to them They thought it was a genie They ran quickly back home for fear and closed their doors tightly They did not dare to 9________ (出)until it had passed 10________ (周)an old woman still said that her hen had been so frightened that it hadn't laid any eggs for three days
练答案
(3)
Most of American businesses are open five days a week American school children attend school five days a week as well
American families usually have a 1 ______（两天）weekend The weekend is Saturday and Sunday Over the weekend people spend their time 2 _______ (许方式) Many families enjoy weekends 3 ______(起) They may go shopping go for a drive or visit friends They may also invite friends over and 4 ______ (聚会) at home Many American families participate（参加）in sports during the weekend 5 _______ (跑步) biking playing volleyball and swimming 6 _____ (流行)in summer Skiing and skating are the 7 _____ (喜爱) winter sports
Weekends are also a time for American families to work on something in their yards or in 8 ______() houses Many families plant flowers and have vegetable gardens Some families use the weekends 9 _______（粉刷）or repair their houses 10 ______(部分美国说) weekends are very busy
(4)
Perhaps more than any other people Americans have come to depend on their cars The family car 1 _________(直) a common thing 2 _______(……) the early twentieth century and it has changed American life Many people have moved 3 _______(外面) of the large cities to the suburbs Some Americans spend 4 ________(天两时) or more in their cars 5 _______ (班) and home again Cars have become the 6 _______ (工具) of transportation for most Americans going shopping and even going on vacations
Americans 7 ______(常常) like big cars and gasoline used to be very inexpensive Recently 8 _______（然） the cost of gasoline has increased smaller cars have become 9 _______（更常见） Also foreign cars have become very common Americans have bought 10 _______（量）Japanese and German cars They have bought cars from several other countries as well
(5)
Each morning a rich man found a poor man sitting on a park bench（长凳） The poor man always sat there 1___________ (着)the big hotel in which the rich man lived 2_________（天）the rich man got out of his car and said to the poor man Excuse me but I just want to know why you sit here and look at my hotel 3_________ (天早晨) Sir said the poor man I am a failure I have no money no home I sleep 4________ (条长凳) and every night I dream（梦想）that one day I'll sleep in that hotel The rich man said Tonight your dream will 5________ (变现实) I'll pay for the best room in that hotel for you a whole month
6_________ (天) the rich man went by the poor man's room to ask him how he was enjoying himself 7___________ (惊讶) he found that the man had 8__________ (搬出)the hotel back to his park bench When the rich man asked why the poor man said You see when I'm down here sleeping on my bench I dream I'm up there 9____________ (宾馆里) It's a wonderful dream But when I was up there I dreamed I was back to this cold bench It was a terrible dream and I couldn't get any sleep 10________ (根)
(6)
On October 12 1989 some Chinese scientists were working at the computers to 1________ (寻找)the information they needed Suddenly they saw a lot of very bright spots crossing the computers’ screens 2__________(时) they stopped their work to check some parts of the computers To their horror they 3___________ (发现)that most of their stored information was got rid of by computer viruses Obviously all these computers had been infected by computer viruses
4___________ (说)that the computer viruses were made by a group of young men like playing tricks They all had excellent 5_________ (教育) They created the viruses just to show their intelligence 6___________ (种)computer viruses is named Jerusalem Viruses These viruses can stay in computers 7___________ (长时间) When the time comes they will attack the computers by lowering the functions damaging their normal programs or even getting rid of all the information
We now come to know that Jerusalem Viruses often attack computers 8__________ （星期五）and they are spreading to a lot of computers Among the countries that suffered computer viruses are Britain Switzerland the US and some 9________ ()countries But till now how to get rid of the terrible viruses 10__________ (然)a problem
（7）
In American high school 1 _______(数) students take English science math and history
2 _______(英语课堂) the students study grammar and read famous literature In science class they study biology chemistry or physics History is 3 ________(更趣) to some students because they learn about important events and places 4 ________(美国) Students take 5 ______（） courses too These are electives Some study 6 ________（音乐）because they feel it is more enjoyable Some study 7 _________（计算机科学）because they 8 ________(认)it is more practical
9 ______（课堂） teachers give students exams Some exams are more difficult than others but a good student can always do 10 ______（）
(8)
One kind of vacation that many Americans enjoy is camping Each summer 1_____ (数百万) Americans drive to the countryside where they find places 2_____ （野营） The national parks many of which are 3 _____(山里) are favourite camping places Campers enjoy the 4 _______（新鲜空气） the lakes and the forests which they find in these parks Campers hike swim and fish They can also find 5 ______（许种）animals and plants in the parks Mostly campers have trailers which they drive or pull behind their cars to their campsites Trailers are like houses 6 ______（轮子） They have many conveniences which people have in their homes 7_______（例）electricity and hot water But 8 _______（数） campers don’t have trailers They camp in tents which they 9________ （搭起）in their campsites Campers in tents don’t have the conveniences that campers in trailers have Tent campers enjoy 10 _________(种简单生活)
（9）
All big cities are quite similar Living in a modern Asian city is not very 1 （於）living in an American city The same cannot be said about living 2 （农场） however
In many parts of the world farmers and their families live 3 (村庄城镇里) In the United States however each farm family lives on its own fields often beyond the sight of any neighbors 4 （） traveling from a village to the fields every morning American farmers stay 5 （土）throughout the week They travel to the nearest town 6 （星期六）for shopping or on Sundays for church The children ride on buses to large schools which serve 7 (农场家庭) living in the area In some areas there are small schools serving a few farm families and the children walk to school
8 （然）life keeps changing for everyone including farmers Today there are cars good roads radios and television sets And of course there are modern machines for farming All of these have changed farm life
For many years however farming in America was often a lonely way of living Farmers 9 （）deal with their own problems instead of getting help from others They 10 （学会）to try new methods and to trust their own ideas instead of following older ways
(10)
A teacher from a western country visited a school in an 1_______ (东方国家) In one class she watched sixty children as they learned 2_______ (画)a cat The teacher drew a big ○ 3_________ (黑板) and sixty children copied it on their papers The teacher drew a small ○ on the top of the first and then put two △△ on top of it The children drew 4_________ (样方式) The lesson went on until there were sixtyone cats in the classroom Each student’s cat 5________ ()exactly like the one on the board
The visiting teacher watched the lesson and 6________ (感惊讶) The teaching methods(ways) were very much different from the way of teaching in her country A children’s art lesson in her own country produced a roomful of pictures each one is quite 7_________ ()the others Why What makes this difference in educational methods In a classroom in any country the teacher teaches more than art or history or language
8__________ (国家里)such as the United States or Canada students are asked to work by themselves and find answers 9_________ () The students are helped to learn to have their own ideas In countries such as China and Japan students often work together and help each other in the classroom but the teachers teach and the students listen The students are asked to memorize a lot They 10__________ (必须)learn the same textbook They do the same homework and give the same answers
(11)
He was born in Atlanta Georgia on January 151929 He was black He lived 1________ （仅仅）thirtynine years but he became worldfamous in that short time He 2 _______(长) in the southeastern part of the United States He studied at Morehouse College where he met many outstanding men whose ideas he found important and exciting There he read the writings of Thoreau which gave him many ideas 3 ________(关)
After he graduated from Morehouse he 4 ______(接着) to study at the University of Pennsylvania Harvard University and Boston University At Boston University he met his wife Coretta 5 ________（1954） after he got his PhDdegree he became the minister of a small church 6 _________（南方） There he became the leader of the black people who were poor and without power He gave speeches and led marches For his ideas and actions he went to jail 7 ____（段时间）
8 _______(许年) in Washington DC he spoke to a crowd of 250000 people He told them I have a dream That speech is still 9 ______(著名) In 1964 he won the Nobel Peace Prize His work was not 10______(结束) when he died on April 4 1968 Who was he He was Martin Luther King
(12)
Dear Mr Costa
I’m sorry it has taken me so long to write I’ve been very busy with work and school but I’ve 1 ________（想起）you often
How’ve you been lately Did you have a good Christmas and New Year’s Mac says you’ve been working hard at the restaurant and that business is very good What 2 _______() have you been doing
I had a short but good vacation Mac and I went to Chicago for 3_______ (天)before Christmas but I 4 ______() come back and work between Christmas and New Year’s (including Christmas Day and New Year’s Eve) 5 _____（次）something like that 6 _______（发生）I wonder if I really want to work in the hotel business
The other day I was thinking about the fun we used to have 7 ______(英语课堂) I haven’t seen many of our classmates since the course was over 8_____ （事实） the only one I see very often is Tomiko I’d really like to get in touch with Franco Does he 9 _______() write to you If so could you please send me his address
Well Mac and I are going skating and he 10 ______（等） so I guess I’d better say goodbye now Write as soon as you can
Love
Maria
练答案
(1)1 around 2 get along well 3 each other 4 go on 5 miss 6 make new friends 7 Many places 8 think of 9 longer 10 yourself
(2)1 thousands of 2 famous 3 on the train 4 noise 5 what they said 6 full of 7 However 8 success 9 come out 10 A week later
(3)1 twoday 2 in many different ways 3 together 4 have a party 5 Running 6 are popular 7 favourite 8 their 9 to paint 10 For most Americans
(4)1 has been 2 since 3 outside 4 two hours a day 5 going to work 6 means 7 used to 8 however 9 more common 10 large numbers of
(5)1 looking at 2 One day 3 every morning 4 on this bench 5 come true 6 A few days later 7 To his surprise 8 moved out of 9 in that big hotel 10 at all
(6)1 look for 2 At the same moment 3 found out 4 It is said 5 education 6 This kind of 7 for a long time 8 on Fridays 9 other 10 remains
(7)1 most 2 In English class 3 more interesting 4 in the United States 5other 6 music 7 computer science 8 think 9 In each class 10 well
(8)1millions of 2 to camp 3 in the mountains 4 fresh air 5 many kinds of
6 on wheels 7 such as 8 most 9 set up 10 a very simple life
(9)1 different from 2 on farms 3 in villages or towns 4 Instead of 5 on their land 6 on Saturdays 7 all of the farm families 8 Of course 9 had to10 learned
(10)1 eastern country 2 to draw 3 on the blackboard 4 in the same way 5 looked 6 was surprised 7 different from 9 themselves 10 have to
(11)1 only 2 grew up 3 about freedom 4 went on 5 In 1954 6 in the south 7 for a short time 8 Many years later 9 famous 10 finished
(12)1thought about 2 else 3 a few days 4 had to 5 Every time 6 happens7 in our English class 8 In fact 9 ever 10 is waiting for me
初三系列复资料（19）补全话考点集汇讲解训练
十九补全话解题方法
考点扫描
补全话书面形式考查考生英语口头交际力逻辑思维力种题型该题考生三段话段话挖34句子考生挖句子补全考查点：
1 情景会话力
2 逻辑思维力
名师解难
补全话命题范围集中初中阶段学30交际项目牢固掌握着30交际项目包括种句型惯语关重外做面点：
1 通读话全文摸清话发生点时间物身份话容
2 理清句逻辑关系填入话整篇话文理通融体
3 符合说英语国家惯中国惯应答
4 注意空白处标点问号应填问句句号应填陈述句
中考范例
请2004年陕西省中考试题：
VI 补全话（10空空15分计15分）
根面话中情景空中填入适语句话恢复完整
(A)
A Good afternoon John
B 1______________ Li Wei
A I hear you are going to Kunming for a winter holiday
B Yes I’ll go next week
A 2____________________________
B It’s neither too cold nor too hot It’s warm there
A 3____________________________________
B Thank you
解析段话发生JohnLi Wei间Li Wei John问午说英语国家惯John应该回答午第1空应填：Good afternoon第二空句回答昆明天气情况推断第2空应该询问昆明天气应填：What’s the weather like in Kunming How is the weather there 第3空答语Thank you推断方定说祝愿话空填：Have a good time Have a good journey I’m sure you will have a good time
(B)
A Hi Peter How are you today
B 4__________________________________ And you
A I’m OK Are you free tomorrow
B 5__________________________________
A We’re going to the park 6____________________
B Of course I’d like to go with you 7___________________
A We are going to meet at the school gate at one o’clock Please be there on time
B OK Thank you
解析段话写两熟见面互相问候相约公园事第4空应该回答方问话How are you today答语应：Fine (I’m fine) thank you 第5空紧接问句Are you free tomorrow 根整谈话容判断：应回答Yes why Yes what’s up 第6空问句句末问号答语：Of course I’d like to go with you 判断方邀请起公园空应填：Would you like to go with us Will you go with us 第7空问句答语：We are going to meet at the school gate at one o’clock Please be there on time 判断方问见面时间点应填：When and where are we going to meet When and where shall we meet
(C)
A Dad I can’t find my socks 8__________________
B Let me see Are they white
A Yes 9______________________
B I saw them in our sittingroom just now You may go and get them
A Oh Here they are
B You should put your things away
A 10____________________________________
解析父子（女）间段谈话谈话容找东西第8空问句空前句子Dad I can’t find my socks 判断：子（女）想问父亲见没英语应该：Have you seen them 父亲问白色时候回答Yes 然父亲知道白色肯定见第9空应填子（女）问话：什麽方见？英语：Where did you see them Where are they 第10空前面句父亲教训话末紧接着应该表示接受英语：Yes I will OK I will OK I won’t do that again
满分演练
(1)
A Hi Bill You’re reading the novel again
B Yes Tom I’ll never be tired of it
A 1____________________________________
B Three times Every time I read it I can always learn something new
A Really 2__________________________________________________
B Charles Dickens I think he is a great English writer What about you
A 3__________________________________________ He is also my favorite foreign writer Please let me have a look at it
B OK here you are What do you think of this novel
A 4__________________________________ I haven’t seen such a novel for long Where did you buy it
B In the Rose Bookshop
A I don’t know where it is 5______________________________________
B No Only 10 minutes walk from here next to the People’s Cinema
A Oh I see I’m going there to get one too Thank you
B You’re welcome
(2)
(Li Meng and John have just finished swimming)
Li Meng How nice and cool the water is But I’m feeling a bit hungry now
1______________________________________________
John Sounds good
Li Meng Do you know 2_____________________________
John Yes there is
Li Meng 3____________________________________________？
John It’s only five minutes’ walk Let’s go
Li Meng Yeah let’s go Oh I almost forgot my CD player
John 4______________________________________________
Li Meng Pop music I often listen when I’m not busy How about you
John Light music I think it can relax myself 5________________________
Li Meng Sure
John OK I can lend you some CDs I’ll bring them to our school tomorrow
(3)
Paul 1____________________________________________
Fred No I don’t But I have to cook this evening
Paul 2____________________________________________
Fred Because my mother is going out on business I’ll have to cook myself
Paul 3_____________________________________________
Fred My mother does She can cook very well
Paul Can your father cook
Fred No he can’t
Paul 4______________________________________________
Fred I’ll cook Italian noodles
Paul 5______________________________________________
Fred Thank you
(4)
Mrs Lee Hello 68178502
David Hello1_______________________________
Mrs Lee Sorry 2_______________________ Can I take a message
David Yes This is David Bruce’s friend I want to ask him for some Chinese ancient coins He told me he had got some recently 3__________________________________ I don’t care if they were made of different metals I just want to add some more coins in my collection
Mrs Lee OK I’ll tell him Would you like him to ring you back later
David Well I won’t be at home later this day Would you please ask him to ring me tomorrow morning
Mrs Lee Sure 4______________________________
David Oh sorry 5___________________________________ The new number is 66129853
Mrs Lee OK I’ll write a message for him
David It’s really nice of you Madam Thank you very much Goodbye
Mrs Lee Bye
(5)
A Excuse me I want to go to the library 1__________________________
B Go down this street and turn right at the second crossing Go up the road to the end you’ll find it
A 2______________________________
B It’s about 1000 metres away from here
A Oh That’s quite a long way
B Yes You’d better take a bus
A 3__________________________________
B You can take the No5 bus It’ll take you there
A 4__________________________________
B It takes about fifteen minutes
A 5_________________________________
B It’s a pleasure
(6)
Kate Hello 1______________________
Mrs Read I’m sorry Ann isn’t here right now 2____________________________
Kate This is Kate
Mrs Read She isn’t back yet 3_______________________________________
Kate That’s very kind of you I’m calling to ask her if she is free tomorrow It’s March 12th Tree Planting Day tomorrow And 4___________________
Mrs Read I think she’ll be very glad to join you
Kate We’ll meet at the school gate at 700 5_________________________
Mrs Read OK I’ll let her know
Kate Many thanks Goodbye
Mrs Read Goodbye
(7)
A：Good afternoon What can I do for you
B：I’d like to buy a washing machine
A：Well1___________________________________Some are made in China and some are made in other countries
B：This one looks very nice 2____________________________
A：In Germany
B：3______________________________________
A：Sure You put the clothes in the machine close the door and press this button
B：It’s easy How much is it
A：4000 yuan
B：Wow that’s too expensive4 _____________________
Do you have a cheaper one
A：How about this one
B：Ohthis one looks very good And the price is OK
5___________________________________
(8)
(Two friends meet each other after May Day)
A：Nice to see you
B：1__________________________________________
A：How did you spend May Day
B：2__________________________________________
A：Did you go to any other places
B：No What about you
A 3________________________________________________ I felt a bit sick then
B：Oh what a pity
练答案
(1)1 How many times have you read it
2 Who wrote it Who is the writer
3 So do I Me too
4 It’s exciting wonderful great
5 Is it far from here
(2)1 Shall we have something to eat Let’s have something to eat shall we How about having something to eat
2 if whether there is a restaurant near here
3 How far is it from here
4 What kind music do you like
5 Would you like to try
(3)1 Do you like cooking
2 Why do you have to cook this evening
3 Who cooks every day in your family
4 What will cook this evening
5 Enjoy your noodles
(4)1 Could I speak to Bruce please
2 He’s not in at the moment
3 I’m not sure he would give me one or two
4 Has he got your telephone number
5 My telephone number has changed
(5)1 Where is it How can I get to it
2 How far is it (from here)
3 Which bus should I take
4 How long does it take me to get there
5 Thank you very much
(6)1 May I speak to Ann please
2 Who’s that (speaking)
3 Can I take a message
4 we are going to plant trees
5 Please tell her to be there on time
(7)1 We have (There are) many different kinds of washing machines here
2 Where is it made
3 Can you show me how to use it？
4 I can’t afford it
5 I’ll take it
(8)1 Nice to see you too
2 I went to …
3 I stayed at home all the time
初三系列复资料（20）书面表达考点集汇讲解训练
二十书面表达解题方法
考点扫描
书面表达年中考必考题型考查学生交际力重组成部分书面表达通常三种形式：
1书信日记通知留言假条
2图作文
3根汉语提示作文
种书面表达形式考生写短文紧扣题文理通素完整语言准确格式正确写拼写错误标点符号正确达交际目
名师解难
训练方法
1 记认真系统复背诵基础知识优美句子句型中国句古话熟读唐诗三百首会吟诗会作样具较强写作力首先应该熟读背诵句型短文许学写出语言根符合英语语言惯相部分中文逐字翻译良惯理会中英文差异量背诵阅读提高写作力效办法学量现成语言积累脑海里写起文段做脱口出模仿套甚发挥
2 练练篇书面表达题真正学点东西贪边学边忘时采循序渐进灵活样练方式根提示词写单句开始写单句然写句话写流利文段量尝试种形式写作短信说明通知便条明信片图写作根表格记录写短文等
3 写进行实战写作求20分钟写出100词短文质量高容全形式正确样形成惯考试时心应手
二 应试策略
1 审题目：切中题意中考考试说明指出书面表达切中题意样切中题意？认真审题考题先急动笔仔细清题目求容头脑中构思出框架画面确定短文中心思想匆匆笔懂题意根图画图表提纲短文提供资料信息审题审题审格式体裁物关系事情节体时态活动时间点等
2 圈点：防止遗漏点点分重素防止写作程中遗漏点学充分发挥观察力情景中出点逐条列出
3 列提纲：写作做准备根文章点短文中心思想句型关键词语记形成提纲
4 定基调：定出时态称序开头结尾
5 写全文：写短文时做六方面：
(1)避免汉语式英语量熟悉句型种句型交避免重复呆板
(2)简单句型记事写般需复杂句型适陈述句般疑问句祈句感叹句少非谓语情态动词等较复杂句型
(3)注意语法句法知识灵活运
1）语态时态准确误
2）谓语致语称数谓语致
3）注意称代词宾格形式
4）注意冠词法例： He is an honest student中an写成a
5）注意拼写标点符号写例：receive believe fourteen forty ninth restaurant等
(4)描写物时生动具体例：
1）外表特征：tall short fat thin strong weak ordinarylooking 等
2）服饰颜色：red yellow blue white green brown black 等
3）心境界：glad happy sad excited anxious interested 等
4）感情描写：love like hate feel laugh cry smile shout 等
5）动作描写：come go get have take bring fetch 等
(5)文连贯文连贯性评分条原学应写句子根事情节事情发生先次序（时间空间）表示列递进等渡词进行加工整理文章连贯然流畅学应注意面渡法：
1）表示列关系：and as well as or… 2）表示转折关系：but yet however… 3）表示时间关系：when while after before then after that… 4）表示果关系：so therefore as a result… 5）表示目：in order to in order that so as to so that… 6）表示列举：for example such as… 7）表示总结性：in general in all in a word generally speaking…
(6)会表达辟蹊径中考作文分点语言准确度定文采分造句越简单准确越造复合句容易出错容易扣分阅卷场句话：错误面前等文采加分遇点表达出难表达采变通办法化难易化繁简总造句子正确体符合英语表达惯
(6)改病句：认真检查改正错误中考作文时时间紧容学出错难免改错环节必少中考作文评卷根点语言准确性文连贯性分根错误少扣分中考时花分钟时间检查错误显尤重检查错误应方面入手：
1）格式否错
2）拼写错误
3）语言否错
4）时态语态错误
5）标点错误
6）称否错
三 注意事项
书面表达特注意书写工整卷面整洁年阅卷老师十天时间里十万考生作文工作量时间紧想知书写否工整卷面否整洁分高低直接关
中考范例
（2004年陕西省中考试题）
VII 书面表达（1题计10分）
假张强请根面美国朋友Bob信容结合情况写篇语言连惯符合逻辑英文回信
求：1 认真阅读信容中获需信息
2 词数：80左右回信开头结尾已出计入总词数
注意：回信中出现真实址学校名称
Dear friend
HelloI’m your new friend My name is Bob I’m fifteen I’m American I live in New York
I am a middle school student I’m good at maths It is very interesting My favourite sport is basketball And I am not only a basketball fan but also a good player I like pop music My friends and I often sing pop songs together
After school I am interested in getting online I have known a lot about China from the Internet Now I’m learning Chinese I hope I will visit your country one day
Please write to me and tell me something about your life I’m looking forward to hearing from you
Yours
Bob
Dear Bob
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Yours
Zhang Qiang
解析根前面提第六步骤写篇书面表达
1审题目：通审题目知道：篇书面表达应写封回信写信张强收信Bob信容应介绍张强情况
2 圈点：根信判断写回信必须包括点：1收方信2愿意方交朋友3姓名年龄住址4身份特长爱 5希
3列提纲：1 got your letter 2 glad to be your friend 3 name zhang Qiang fifteen live in Shaanxi 4 a middle school student like English like sports good at drawing 5 hope we’ll meet in China
4定基调：1 时态：收信般时介绍情况般现时希般时2 称第称3提纲序写4 开头结尾题目已出
5写全文：
Dear Bob
I got your letter yesterday I’m very glad to be your pen friend My name is Zhang Qiang I’m fifteen years old too I live in Shaanxi
I’m a middle school student too I like English and physics very much I also like sports but I’m good at drawing I know a little about America Could you tell me something more about your country in your next letter
I hope we’ll meet in China some day I’m sure we’ll have a good time together
Please write (to) me soon
Yours
Zhang Qiang
6改病句：认真复查边错误加改正
满分演练
（1）
华山中国名山假设外国友校参观准备旅游请根
点外国友简单介绍华山（the Hua Mountain）
1．位陕西东部中国著名旅游胜年批中外游客前旅游观光
2．汽车约花1时火车
3．登山便领略云海（the sea of clouds）奇松（wondrous pines）怪石（unique
rocks）等秀丽风景清晨美丽日出
注意：
1．字数：80词左右
2．请逐字翻译
（2）
根提示求完成面短文
假（Li Lei）年夏令营认识朋友Jim英国寄件礼物—— 件红色衬衫附封信信中问想知道忙什请写封回信（100词左右）表示感谢回信包括容：
1 Jim问表示感谢
2 礼物喜欢颜色尺寸合适非常喜欢
3 告诉Jim周刚完生日生日聚会热闹询问Jim况表示希中国
注意1 信格式已出
2 信中真实名名
（3）
根中文意思英文提示词语写出意思连贯符合逻辑英文文段英文提示词语必须中文提示容必逐句翻译组英文提示写出句数限
天6月23日星期日天气晴朗学张宏参观西安市动物园里动物十分趣见爱位游客猴子投喂食物时前阻止说……
请英文写篇日记记述天历（请注意日记格式）
1．fine day sun bright
2．visit Beijing Zoo
3．animal so interesting people love
4．see visitor throw…to stop say
（4）
根中文设置情景英文提示词语表格提供信息写出语法正确意思连贯符合逻辑英文文段
注意1 字数60~80
2 英文提示词语表格提供信息必须（适发挥）
3 发言稿开头结尾已出
假设张斌年暑假参加学校组织赴加绿色旅夏令营活动请准备篇开营式介绍发言稿
name Zhang Bin fifteen years old live in Xi’an favorite subject biology…
Interest
Free Time Activities
Future Job
Hope
drawing
go camping
draw pictures of plants
enjoy the singing of birds in nature
biologist
grow up
good friends
do one’s best
make the earth…
Dear friends
I’m very glad to introduce myself to you_______________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
That’s all Thank you for listening
（5）
根中文提示英文提示词语写篇短文
年暑假批美国中学生学校访问请写篇关西安简介便交流
注意：1字数100左右
2必须英文提示
Capital of Shaanxi
Lie in the Northwest
many places of interest
autumn best season
（6）
图写话
根四幅图提示词语写出篇语法正确意思连贯语句通符合逻辑短文开头已出
求：1 叙述第三称
2 词数60~80左右
3 表达法想法
4 选列词语：rush hour cross make sure come over traffic rules
Last Monday Tim got up at 740 in the morning
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
（7）
请参考图文提示写篇60~80词短文
注意：1 语言规范语意完整容丰富
2 表达符合图意书写规范
3 出观点
4 文章开头已出
参考词：pollute turn off the tap(水龙头)dry save(节约 vt) water resources(水资源)
From the pictures we know that _______________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
（8）
请根面四幅图写篇70单词左右短文文章开头已出算入总词汇数
参考词汇： on fire 着火firefighter n消防员put out 灭火
Jack was woken up by the shouting Fire Help Fire Help
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
（9）
图写话
求：1 根图画提供语境写出意思连贯语言流畅语法准确符合逻辑短文 2 少两种时态70词真实姓名名学校名
3 标题第句已出计入70词
TAKING CARE OF TREES
One day Lin Tao and Mei Mei were playing in the garden
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
（10）
根图画英语写篇约80词短文
(11)
假学校出期英语壁报准备历件事写篇英语短文壁报投稿面五幅图记录星期六老师学南河边参加植树活动全程请五幅图写篇英文短文
注意：1 短文容包括图画中容
2 词数：70～90
3 生词提示： 桶bucket锄头hoe
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
（12）
请面6幅图表格提示写篇题Changes in Our Hometown英语短文（词数：50~80包括已出单词）
容点：
现
旧房 高楼
河水污浊 河水清澈
步行骑行车 公交车汽车
Changes in Our Hometown
Over the past ten years great changes have taken place in our hometown In the past___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
练答案
(1)
参考答案：
The Hua Mountain is one of the most famous mountains in China It lies in the east of Shaanxi Every year thousands of Chinese and foreigners pay a visit there It’s not far from here It takes you about one hour to get there by bus You can also go there by train When you are at the top of the mountain you’ll find clouds wondrous pines and unique rocks around you In the early morning when the sun rises the sky looks very beautiful It’s really a nice place to visit
(2)
参考答案：
36 Zhonghua street
Xian China
June21st 2004
Dear Jim：
How are you Many thanks for the shirt I’m very happy to hear from you again I love the shirt very much Jim and red is my favourite colour You remembered It’s just my size Every time I wear it I will think of you
I’m fine here in China Last week I had a birthday party Many of my classmates came and my mother made us a lot of good food We really had a wonderful time together How are you doing in England Jim I miss you very much I always miss the days we were together last summer I hope you can come to China someday
Please write back soon
Your friend
Li Lei
(3)
参考答案：
Sunday June 23rd
It was a fine day today and the sun was bright I visited Xi’an Zoo with my classmate Zhang Hong The animals there were so interesting that all the people loved them When I saw a visitor throwing food to the monkeys I wentran to stop himher and said Animals are our friends and we must take good care of them
(4)
参考答案：
Dear friends
I’m very glad to introduce myself to you My name is Zhang Bin I’m fifteen years old I live in Beijing One of my favorite subjects is biology I’m interested in drawing In my free time I often go camping draw some pictures of plants and enjoy the singing of birds in nature I want to be a biologist when I grow up
I feel lucky to join you I hope we can be good friends and do our best to make That’s all Thank you for listening
(5)
参考答案：
Xi’an is the capital of Shaanxi with a long history There are many places of interest such as the Dayan Pagoda the Xiaoyan Pagoda the Bell Tower and the Terra Cotta Warriors Since it lies in the Northwest of China the winter here is long and it sometimes snows Autumn is the best season in Xi’an for it’s neither too cold nor too hot One of the most famous traditional foods is Yangroupao
(6)
参考答案：
Last Monday Tim got up at 740 in the morning It was the rush hour He rode his bike to school very fast He was crossing the street when a car came at that moment Tim’s bike hit the car and he fell to the ground heavily The driver was very kind and stopped to make sure that Tim was all right Then a policeman came over He told Tim to ride more slowly next time and it was dangerous Tim thanked him and went to school All of the young men should obey the traffic rules
(7)
参考答案：
From the pictures we know that much water has been polluted Some factories are pouring waste water into rivers and lakes The water becomes dirty and lots of fish have died Many people often waste water For example they often forget to turn off the taps If we don’t have enough water land will be dry and crops will die We can’t live without water So we should try our best and encourage everyone to protect water resources We must save water and stop polluting it If we do that Things will be much better
(8)
参考答案：
Jack was woken up by the shouting Fire Help Fire Help What had happened He looked out of the window Wow He found that his neighbour’s house was on fire Jack jumped off the bed and rushed to the telephone He made a call to the police Then he ran out and helped his neighbour (to) fight against the fire Soon the fire fighters came and in a short time the fire was put out And the house owner and fire fighters thanked Jack and his neighbours a lot
(9)
参考答案：
TAKING CARE OF TREES
One day Lin Tao and Mei Mei were playing in the garden They found that a young tree there was dying They thought they must save the young tree Then they put a rope around the tree and watered it Some days later the tree came back to life again Their mother saw this and praised them You are good children
(10)
参考答案：
Yesterday afternoon Li Ping and I were going to school On the way we saw an old woman crossing the street Suddenly a car passed by very fast The old woman was frightened and fell down to the ground The apples in her basket were all out on the street Immediately we ran to the old woman helped her get up and picked up all the apples Li Ping helped her carry the basket and I helped her cross the street The old woman thanked us very much
（11）
参考答案：
容点：
（1）星期五老师告诉明天南河边植树
（2）星期六（第二天）早六点半起床
（3）带着桶学校学带着桶锄头校门口等
（4）南河边开始植树（描写动场面）
（5）着新种树高兴
Last Friday our teacher told us that we would go to plant trees by the South River the next day On Saturday morning I got up at six thirty and went to school with a bucket My classmates were waiting at the school gate with buckets and hoes
When we got to the South River we began to plant trees on the river bank (On the river bank some students were digging holes the others were planting or watering the young trees)
After we finished our work we were happy to see the young trees we planted on the river bank
（12）
参考答案：
Over the past ten years great changes have taken place in our hometown In the past the houses in our hometown were very poor but now many people have moved into tall buildings (there are many tall buildings here and there) The water in the rivers was very dirty but now the rivers are clean and people can swim in them People used to walk or ride bikes but now they can take buses or drive their own cars to go to work
初三系列复资料（21）Book1(Unit1Unit16)考点集汇讲解训练
二十Book1(Unit1Unit16)
知识梳理
I 重点短语
1 Sit down
2 on duty
3 in English
4 have a seat
5 at home
6 look like
7 look at
8 have a look
9 come on
10 at work
11 at school
12 put on
13 look after
14 get up
15 go shopping
II 重句型
1 help sb do sth
2 What about…
3 Let’s do sth
4 It’s time to do sth
5 It’s time for …
6 What’s… It is… It’s…
7 Where is… It’s…
8 How old are you I’m…
9 What class are you in I’m in…
10 Welcome to…
11 What’s …plus… It’s…
12 I think…
13 Who’s this This is…
14 What can you see？ I can see…
15 There is (are) …
16 What colour is it (are they) It’s (They’re)…
17 Whose …is this It’s…
18 What time is it It’s…
III 交际语
1 Good morning MissMr…
2 Hello Hi
3 Nice to meet you Nice to meet you too
4 How are you I’m fine thank youthanks And you
5 See you See you later
6 Thank you You’re welcome
7 Goodbye Bye
8 What’s your name My name is …
9 Here you are This way please
10 Who’s on duty today
11 Let’s do
12 Let me see
IV 重语法
1 动词be法
2 称代词物代词法
3 名词单复数格法
4 冠词基法
5 There be句型法
名师讲解
1 inon
表示空间位置时in表示某空间范围on表示某物体表面例：
There is a bird in the tree 树鸟
There is a picture on the wall 墙张图
2 thisthatthesethose
(1)this常常指时间点更接讲话事these时this复数形式that常常指时间点离讲话更远点事those时that复数形式例：
You look in this box and I’ll look in that one over there盒子边盒子
I want this car not that car 想辆汽车辆
Take these books to his room please 请书房间
This is mine that’s yours
These are apples those are oranges 苹果橘子
(2)电话语中this常常指that常常指方例：
This is Mary speaking Who’s that 玛丽谁？
3 There be have
There be 确切含意某处某时存某某物结构：There be + 某某物 + 表示点时间状语There be 面名词实际语be 动词形式语数保持致be动词面名词单数数名词时is名词复数时are例：
(1) There is a big bottle of coke on the table 桌瓶子乐
(2) There is a doll in the box 盒子里娃娃
(3) There are many apples on the tree 树许苹果
总There be结构强调种客观存have表示拥占具：某某物(sb have has sth)语般名词代词语属关系例：
(4) I have two brothers and one sister两兄弟姐姐
(5) That house has four rooms房子四房间
4 look see watch
(1)look 表示瞧着重指认真强调动作表示意识注意定提醒方注意：
Look The children are playing computer games 瞧孩子玩电脑游戏
Look What’s that over there 边什？
单独物动词强调某物接介词at带宾语：
He’s looking at me正着
(2)see强调结果着重look动作结果意思see物动词面直接宾语：
What can you see in the picture 图什？
Look at the blackboard What did you see on it黑板什？
(3)watch观注视侧重场面表示全神贯注观观察注视某事务活动强调程常电视足球演出等：
Yesterday we watched a football match on TV昨天电视场足球赛
4 put on in
put on意穿戴指穿动作 面接表示服装鞋帽名词
in 介词表示穿着强调状态句中做定语标语状语：
It’s cold outside put on your coat 外面冷穿外衣
He puts on his hat and goes out 戴帽子走出
The woman in a white blouse is John’s mother穿白色衬衣妇女John妈妈
5 house homefamily
house ：房子指居住建筑物 Home 家指家常居住方 Family 家庭家庭成员例：
Please come to my house this afternoon 天午请家
He is not at home 家
My family all get up early 全家起早
6 fine nice good well
四者作形容词表示意前三者作表语作定语
者仅作表语区：
(1) fine指物时表示质量精细形容时表示身体健康
指天气晴朗例：
Your parents are very fine 父母身体健康
That's a fine machine 台机器
It's a fine day for a walk today 天散步时候
(2)nice侧重物外表美漂亮意思问候赞扬例：
Lucy looks nice 露西漂亮
These coats are very nice 裙子
Nice to meet you 见高兴
It's very nice of you 真
初三系列复资料（22）Book 1 (Unit 17Unit 30)考点集汇讲解训练
二十二Book 1 (Unit 17Unit 30)
知识梳理
I 重点短语
1 a bottle of
2 a little
3 a lot (of)
4 all day
5 be from
6 be over
7 come back
8 come from
9 do one’s homework
10 do the shopping
11 get down
12 get home
13 get to
14 get up
15 go shopping
16 have a drink of
17 have a look
18 have breakfast
19 have lunch
20 have supper
21 listen to
22 not…at all
23 put…away
24 take off
25 throw it like that
26 would like
27 in the middle of the day
28 in the morning afternoon evening
29 on a farm
30 in a factory
II 重句型
1 Let sb do sth
2 Could sb do sth
3 would like sth
4 would like to do sth
5 What about something to eat
6 How do you spell …
7 May I borrow…
III 交际语
1 —Thanks very much
—You're welcome
2 Put itthem away
3 What's wrong
4 I think so
I don't think so
5 I want to take some books to the classroom
6 Give me a bottle of orange juice please
Please give it them back tomorrow OK
9 What's your favourite sport
10 Don't worry
11I’m (not) good at basketball
12 Do you want a go
13 That's right Thats all right All right
14 Do you have a dictionary any dictionaries
Yes I do No I don’t
15 We They have some CDs
We They don’t have any CDs
16 What day is it today tomorrow
It’s Monday
17 May I borrow your colour pens please
Certainly Here you are
18 Where are you from
From Beijing
19 What's your telephone number in New York
20 Do you like hot dogs
Yes I do ( A little A lot Very much)
No I don't ( I don't like them at all)
21 What does your mother like
She likes dumplings and vegetables very much
22 When do you go to school every day
I go to school at 700 every day
23 What time does he go to bed in the evening
He goes to bed at 1000
IV 重语法
1称代词法
2 祈句
3 现进行时构成法
4．动词have法
5．般现时构成法
6．数名词数名词构成法
名师讲解
1 That's right Thats all right All right
That’s right意表示赞方意见法行肯定方答案判断例：
I think we must help the old man想应该帮助位老
That's right You're right说
That’s all right意谢没关系回答方致谢道歉例：
Many thanks That's all right
Sorry It's broken That's all right
All right意行表示意方建议求时
表示身体
Please tell me about it 请事告诉
All right吧
Is your mother all right妈身体
2 makedo
两词解释做含义混make指做东西制东西do指做件具体事
Can you make a paper boat for me 做纸船？
He’s doing his homework now正做作业
3 sayspeaktalktell
say：口语化普通词意说出说道着重说话：
I want to go there by bus he said 说坐汽车里
Please say it in English 请英语说
speak 说话着重开口发声着重说容般作物动词 (面直接接宾语 ) ：
Can you speak about him 说说情况？
I don’t like to speak like this 喜欢样说话
speak 作物动词解时某种语言等连表达话中恰词汇力：
She speaks English well英语说
talk speak 意义相着重说话动作着重说话般作物动词 talk 暗示话某说较强话意味着重指连续谈话：
I would like to talk to him about it 想谈件事
Old women like to talk with children老年妇女喜欢孩子交谈
tell 告诉较少情况外般面总接双宾语：
He’s telling me a story讲事
tell a lie 撒谎
tell sb to do sth tell sb not to do sth
Miss Zhao often tells us to study hard
4 do cooking do the cooking
do cooking 作做饭解属泛指do the cooking 特指某顿饭某家饭cooking动名词作复数前面 some much修饰do some cooking引出许类似短语：
do some washing 洗衣服
do some shopping 买东西
do some reading 读书
do some writing 写东西
do some fishing 钓鱼
短语引申出类短语some much定冠词
go shopping 买东西
go fishing 钓鱼
go boating 划船
go swimming 游泳
5 like doing sth like to do sth
like doing sth like to do sth 意思相法区前者强调般性爱者表示动作惯性常性表示次性偶然性动作例：
He likes playing football but he doesnt like to play football with Li Ming
喜欢踢足球喜欢李明踢
6 other others the other another
other表余
Have you any other questions问题
others 东西
In the room some people are American the others are French屋子里
美国法国
the other表（二者中）one…the other…
One of my two brothers studies English the other studies Chinese
两哥哥中学英文学中文
another表三者
There is room for another few books on the shelf书架放点书
7 in the tree on the tree
in the tree on the tree译成中文均树英语中区in the tree表示某某事（属树身生长出东西）落树表示树枝叶花果等长树时on the tree：
There are some apples on the tree 棵树苹果
There is a bird in the tree 棵树鸟
8 some any
(1)some any修饰数名词修饰数名词两点需
注意
some常肯定句中any常否定句疑问句中：
There is some water in the glass
Is there any water in the glass
There isn't any water in the glass
(2)说话者希肯定答复般疑问句中表示请求邀请疑问句中然some：
Would you like some tea
9 tall high
(1)说动物树木等生命东西tallhigh例
a tall woman 高子妇女
a tall horse 高马
(2)说面接触物高时hightall站桌子时飞机飞天时例：
He is high up in the tree 高高爬树
The plane is so high in the sky 飞机空中高
(3)指建筑物山时tallhighhigh程度tall高
(4)high作副词tall
(5)tall反义词short high反义词low
10 can could
(1) can表示体力脑力方面力根客观条件做某种动作力
例：
Can you ride a bike？ 会骑行车？
What can I do for you？ 帮忙？
Can you make a cake？会做蛋糕？
(2) can否定句疑问句中时时表示说话怀疑猜测肯定例：
Where can he be？会什方呢？
Can the news be true？消息会真？
It surely can't be six o'clock already？已六点钟吧？
You can't be hungry so soonTomyou've just had lunch汤姆饿快刚吃午饭
What can he mean？会什意思？
日常会话中can代may表示允许may较正式例：
You can come in any time时
Can I use your pen？钢笔？
Of courseyou can然
You can have my seatI'm going now走坐座位吧
(3) could
could can式表示力性（否定疑问句中）例：
The doctor said he could help him（力）医生说帮助
Lily could swim when she was four years old（力）
丽丽四岁时候会游泳
At that time we thought the story could be true（性）
时说真
could代can表示现时间动作语气较婉转例：
Could I speak to Johnplease？约翰说话？
Could you？口语中表示请求方做事例：
Could you wait half an hour？请等半时？
Could you please ring again at six？六点钟请电话？
(4) can形式
现式can式could两种形式表示般现般两种
时态时表示时态（包括时）须be able to加动词定式表示例：
They have not been able to come to Beijing
没北京
11 look for find
look for 意寻找find意找发现前者强调找动作注重找结果者强调找结果例：
She can’t find her ruler 找尺子啦
Tom is looking for his watchbut he can’t find it汤姆正寻找手表没找
12 be sleeping be asleep
be sleeping 表示动作意思正睡觉be asleep 表示状态意思睡着：
What are the children doing in the room 孩子房间里做什？
They are sleeping正睡觉
The children are asleep now现孩子睡着
13 often usuallysometimes
often表示常sometimes表示时候表示发生频率often
高usuallyusually高sometimes三词表示常性般性动作情况常般现时连常位谓语动词前面谓语动词（be动词情态动词助动词）面时位句尾果加强语气放句首
We usually play basketball after school通常放学篮球
Sometimes I go to bed early时睡觉早
He often reads English in the morning常早晨读英语
14 How much How many
how much常询问某商品价格常见句式How much is are…
How much is the skirt 条裙子少钱？
How much are the bananas 香蕉少钱？
how much加数名词表示数量意少how many加
数名词复数形式
How much meat do you want 少肉呀？
How many students are there in your class 班少？
15 be good for be good to be good at
be good for 表示……处be bad for表示……害be good to表示……友be bad to表示……be good at表示擅长……方面做be bad at表示……方面做
Doing eye exercises is good for your eyes做眼保健操眼睛处
Eating too much is bad for you health吃太身体害
Miss Li is good to all of us李老师友
The boss is bad to his workers老板工
Li Lei is good at drawing but I'm bad at it李雷擅长画画擅长
16 each every
each every意思含义法相each体着眼every整体着眼each 两者两者every三者三者
We each have a new book
新书
There are trees on each side of the street
街两旁树
He gets up early every morning
天早晨起早
each作形容词副词代词every作形容词
Each of them has his own duty
义务
They each want to do something different
想做事情
17 般现时现进行时
般现时表示常性惯性动作存状态表示说话者力然现象现进行时表示正进行发生动作（构成方式amis are+doing）
I do my homework in the evening
晚做作业
I'm doing my homework now
现正做作业
现进行时常now these days at the moment Look listen等词连般现时常often always sometimes usually every day in the morning on Mondays等连
We often clean the classroom after school
常放学扫教室
Look They are cleaning the classroom
正扫教室呢
考点扫描
中考考点单元集中：
1．动词般现时现进行时法称代词法数名词数
名词构成法
2．册书中常见交际语
3．册书中重点词组短语
考试形式单项填空完形填空短文改错短文填空
中考范例
1（2004年安徽省中考试题）
Hurry up We’re all waiting for you
I ________ for an important phone call Go without me
A wait B was waiting C am waiting D waited
解析答案：C表示现正进行动作现进行时
2 (2004年长春市中考试题)
Could you help ____ with _______ English please
A I my B me me C me my D my I
解析答案：C第空作宾语应称代词宾格me 第二空作定语应形容词性物代词my
3(2004年长春市中考试题)
Dr White can _______ French very well
A speak B talk C say D tell
解析答案：A说什麽语言常动词speak
4（2004年黄冈中考试题）
English is spoken by ______ people
A a lot B much many C a large number of D a great deal of
解析答案：Ca large number of 修饰复数数名词people
满分演练
单项选择
1 There is some ______ on the plate
A cakes B meat C potato D pears
2 Uncle Wang wants ______ the machine like a bike
A ride B riding C rides D to ride
3 Tom usually goes to bed ________ ten o'clock in the evening
A at B in C on D of
4 ______ picture books in class please
A Not read B No read C Not reading D Don't read
5 The box is too heavy Let ________ help you to carry it
A we B us C ours D our
6 Hurry up ______ we'll be late for the meeting
A and B but C then D or
7 People usually ______ hello to each other when they make a phone call
A say B speak C tell D talk
8 Look She ________ a kite for her son
A makes B is making C make D making
9 These shoes are yours Please ________
A put on them B put on it C put them on D put it on
10 She often gets ______ very late
A home B at home C to home D in home
11 I think the shop is closed ________ this time of day
A in B on C at D for
12 I want ______ of meat please
A half kilo B a half kilo C half a kilo D a kilo half
13 Is this black ruler ________
No It's ________
A yours his B your his C yours him D you he
14 ________ book on the desk is a useful（重）one
A A B An C The D
15 Grandma is ill We have to take her to the ________
A farm B post office C hotel D hospital
16 Liu Mei often helps her mother ________ housework
A does B do Cdoing D to doing
17 We watch evening news on ________ at 700 in the evening
A CCTV B CAAC C WTO D MTV
18 There ________ a box of apples on the desk
A are B is C has D have
19 Would you like ________ with me
A go B to go C going D goes
20 Sometimes his brother ________ TV after supper
A watch B sees C watches D is watching
二 填空
A 根句义首字母写出缺单词
1 Kate's glass is empty She wants a f______ one
2 I think my father can help you m______ your broken bike
3 I have two pencils One is short the other is l______
4 Please open the w______ It's getting hot here
5 Something is w______ with my bike May I borrow yours
B 根句意括号中词适形式填空
1 There are some ________ there talking loudly (woman)
2 This blouse isn't hers It's ________ (my)
3 The people on the farm are very ________ (friend)
4 Do you know ________ (he)
5 Tom's uncle can drive cars He is a good ________ (drive)
C 选词适形式填空
work close look have teacher pen eat China play climb
1 This is our ________ desk Ours are over there
2 Bill has three ________ One is new and the other two are old
3 His uncle ________ very young but he is over forty
4 Let's ________ basketball after class
5 Look The cats are ________ up the trees
6 The shop isn't open It's ________
7 My brother ________ some new picture books
8 In our classroom there is a large map of ________
9 Mum please give me something to ________ I'm very hungry
10 Does Mr Green like ________ in this Chinese school
三 根话容方框中选择恰句子完成话
A Please give it back soon
B It's over there
C Certainly When do you want it
D Thank you very much
E Black and red and it's not very new
A Excuse me Lin Tao
B Yes
A My bike is broken Can I borrow yours
B __1____
A This afternoon
B OK Here's the key
A ____2__ But where is it
B __3____
A What colour is it
B __4____
A I see I think I can find it
B ___5___
A All right See you
四 完型填空
These days men and women young and old are ___1_____ the same kind of ___2____ and a lot of ___3_____ have long hair（头发） We often can't ___4_____whether （否）they are boys or girls men or women
___5_____ old man often goes to walk in the park He is sitting on a chair now A young person is ___6_____ ___7_____ him
Oh goodness the old man says to the other one Do you ___8_____ that person with long hair Is it a boy or a girl
A boy says the other one He is my son Oh says the old man Please ____9____ me I don't know you are his ____10____ I'm not his mother I'm his father says the other one
1 A having B wearing C putting D buying
2 A clothes B trees C pictures D Bags
3 A we B your C them D Theirs
4 A talk B teach C say D tell
5 A An B A C The D
6 A running B flying C standing D driving
7 A on B beside C in D At
8 A see B watch C look D Read
9 A help B excuse C teach D Ask
10 A baby B sister C father D Mother
五 阅读理解
( A )
Mr Li teaches Chinese in the USA He comes back to China every year He gives us a talk He says K Day in the USA is very interesting All children like it very much It is on March 7th When you go out on that day you can see children running with kites in the open air(露天) When you look up you can see different kites in the sky（天空） Some are big and some are small They are in different colours Every kite has a long string(长线) The children begin to run when they get the kites up Every child has a good time that day
1 Mr Li is _______________ He works in the USA
A a worker B an English teacher C a doctor D a Chinese teacher
2 Mr Li says something about _______________
A how to study English B K Day in the USA
C his work in the USA D playing in the open air
3 March 7th is _________________
A Children's Day B Teachers' Day C K Day D Tree planting Day(植树节)
4 Every kite has _____________________
A a short string B a long string C the same colour D the same size()
5 There are _______________ kites in the sky on that day
A all kinds of B one kind of C three kinds of D three
( B )
Paula
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Get up
710 am
710 am
710 am
710 am
710 am
morning
school
school
school
school
school
lunch
pizza
rice
rice
rice
rice
afternoon
Yoyo
Tabletennis
Tabletennis
Tabletennis
football
evening
homework
homework
television
homework
clothes
Go to sleep
1015 pm
1015 pm
1015 pm
1015 pm
1015 pm
根表格容选择佳答案
6 On _______________ Paula usually gets up at 710 am
A Thursdays B Wednesdays C weekdays D weekends
7 Pizza is a kind of _________________
A drink B fruit C toy D food
8 Paula's favourite sport is _________________
A volleyball B tabletennis C yoyo D football
9 On Wednesday evenings Paula usually ___________________
A watches TV B does her homework
C washes her clothes D goes to see her friends
10 Which is wrong
A Paula goes to school from Monday to Friday
B Paula goes to bed after ten o'clock
C Paula has sports in the afternoon
D Paula usually has Pizza for lunch
六 根中文提示英文词语提示写出意思连贯符合逻辑英文文段：（英文提示语必须
位老悉尼热爱中国现北京教英语喜欢北京工作
1 this man come Sydney
2 he China very much
3 now teach in Beijing
4 he say Beijing big beautiful like work here
练答案
1 B2 D3 A4 D5B6 D 7 A8 B9C10A 11 C12C 13 A 14 C 15 D16 B 17 A18 B19 B20 C
二 A1 full 2 mend 3 Long 4 window 5 wrong
B 1 women 2 mine 3 friendly 4 him 5 driver
C 1 teacher's 2 pens 3 looks 4 play 5 climbing 6 closed 7 has 8 China 9 eat 10 working
三 1C 2D 3B 4E 5A
四 1B 2A 3C 4D 5A 6C 7B 8A 9B 10D
五 1D 2B 3C 4B 5A 6C 7D 8 B9A 10D
六 This old man comes from Sydney He likes China very much Now he is teaching in Beijing He says Beijing is big and beautiful he likes working here
初三系列复资料（23）Book2(Unit1Unit9)考点集汇讲解训练
二十三Book2(Unit1Unit9)
知识梳理
I 重点短语
1 on time
2 best wishes
3 give a talk
4 for example
5 short for
6 a waste of time
7 go on a field trip
8 go fishing
9 I agree
10 next week
11 the day after tomorrow
12 have a picnic
13 have some problems doing sth
14 go the wrong way
15 hurry up
16 get together
17 in the open air
18 on MidAutumn Day
19 come over
20 have to
21 get home
22 agree with
23 in the country
24 in town
25 all the same
26 in front of
27 on the leftright side
28 next to
29 up and down
30 keep healthy
31 grow up
32 at the same time
33 the day before yesterday
35 last Saturday
36 half an hour ago
37 a moment ago
38 just now
39 by the way
40 all the time
41 at first
II 重句型
1 have fun doing sth
2 Why don’t you…
3 We’re going to do sth
4 start with sth
5 Why not…
6 Are you going to…
7 be friendly to sb
8 You’d better do sth
9 ask sb for sth
10 say goodbye to sb
11 Good luck(with sb)
III 交际语
1Welcome backto school
2Excuse me I’m sorry I’m late because the traffic is bad
3It doesn’t matter
4Happy Teachers’ Day
5That’s a good idea
6What are you going to do？
7Where are we going
8What are we going to do
9I’m good at…
10It’s not far from…
11 Are you free tomorrow evening
12Would you and Lily like to come over to my home for MidAutumn Festival
13I’m glad you can come
14Thanks for asking us
15How about another one
16May I have a taste
17Let me walk with you
18What do you have to do
19Do you live on a farm
20Which do you like better the city or the country
21Which do you like best dogs cats or chickens
22Shall we go at ten Good idea
23Let’s make it half past one OK
24Why not come a little earlier All right
25Excuse me Where’s the nearest post office please
26It’s over there on the right
27I’m sorry I don’t know
28You’d better…
29Thank you all the same
30Which bus do I take
31Go along this road
32What day was it yesterday
33I’m sorry to hear that
34I hope you’re better now
35Why did you call me
36I called to tell…
IV 重语法
1be going to法
2形容词较级高级
3形容词副词较
4般时
名师讲解
1 on the street in the street
表示街时on the street in the street 美国on the street 英国in the street 例：
We have a house in the street 街座房子
I met him on the street 街遇见
2 would like like
would like like含义like 意思喜欢爱 would like 意思想试较：
I like beerI’m fond of beer 喜欢喝啤酒
I’d like a glass of beer I want a glass of beer 想杯啤酒
Do you like going to the cinema 喜欢电影？
Would you like to go to the cinema tonight 晚想电影？
3 another the other
(1)another 通常三三确定数量中意 物体 例：
May I have another apple please 请苹果？
This coat is too small for me Please show me another件外套穿太请件
(2)the other 通常指两者中例：
He has two rulers One is short The other is long 两尺子短长
I have two brothers One works in Xi’an The other works in Beijing 两兄弟西安工作北京工作
4 have to must
(1)have to must 谈义务法略果某观觉必须做想时常must果谈某种外界义务常have to例：
I must stop smoking 必须戒烟（想戒烟）
They have to work for the boss
老板工作（条件逼工作）
(2)have to 种时态must 般现时例：
I’ll have to get up early tomorrow morning明天早晨必须早早起床
We had to work long hours every day in order to get more money
挣钱天长时间工作
(3)否定句时mustn’t意思决禁止don’t have to意思必相needn’t例：
You mustn’t be late again next time次决迟
You don’t have to go there today You can go there tomorrow
天必里明天
5 hear sb or sthdoing sth herar sb or sth do sth
hear sb or sthdoing sth意思听某某物做某事herar sb or
sth do sth意思听某某物做某事试较：
I hear him singing an English song听见唱英歌曲
I heard him sing an English song听见唱首英文歌
类似hear 种法see watch listen feel等感官动词
6 any some
anysome 数名词数名词复数形式连some般肯定句中any疑问句否定句中试较：
I want some money 想点钱
Have you any money 钱？
I don’t have any money 点钱没
some 时疑问句表示说话期肯定回答鼓励家说例：
Would you like some more beer请点啤酒？
Could I have some rice please请点米饭？
7 hear listen to
listen to hear 听意思含义Listen to强调听动作hear 强调听结果例：
Listen to me please I’m going to tell you a story 请听说讲事
Listen Can you hear someone crying in the next room 听听见隔壁房间里哭？
I listened but heard nothing听听什听见
hear 面果接宾语句常常表示听说例：
I hear some foreign students will visit our school听说外国学生访问学校
I hear there is going to be a film in our school this evening听说晚学校演场电影
8 Let’s… Let us…
Let’s… Let us… 表示…… 果us 包括听话含义相附带问句shall we 果us 包括听话含义Let us…附带问句will you例：
Let’s go shopping shall we 购物？
9 take bring carry get
四动词带意思含义take意带走走bring意带 get表示方某某物带carry强调方带负重意思试较：
My parents often take me there on holidays父母常常带里度假
I’m going to take you to Beijing准备带北京
Bring me a cup of tea please请端杯茶
I’ll bring the book to you tomorrow明天书带
The waiter carried the me to the table服务员肉送桌
The monkey carried the bag on her back猴子包背背
She went back to get her handbag折回手提包
Let me get the doctor请医生吧
10 far away faraway
(1)far away副词短语意思远例：
Some are far away Some are nearer离远离
The village is far away from here村子离远
(2)faraway形容词意思遥远句中作定语例：
He lives in faraway mountain village住遥远山村
11 find look for
findlook for 找意思含义find 强调找结果look for 强调找程请列例句：
He is looking for his bike找行车
I’m looking for my watch but can’t find it找手表找
I hope you will soon find your lost ring希快找丢失戒指
外find发现感等意思例：
I found a wallet in the desk课桌里发现钱包
I find this book very interesting觉书意思
12 in front of in the front of
In front of 表示某物前面某物范围In the front of 表示某物前部某物范围试较：
My seat is in front of Mary’s座位玛丽座位前面
He is sitting in the front of the car with the driver司机坐车前部
考点扫描
1 be going to法
2 形容词较级高级
3 形容词副词较
4 般时
5 单元学词汇短语句型
6 单元学日常交际语
中考范例
1 (2004年烟台市中考试题)
In the exam the ________ you are the ________ mistakes you’ll make
A carefully little B more carefully fewest
C more careful fewer D more careful less
解析答案：C该题考查形容词副词较较等级法第空应填形容词careful较级句中作表语第二空应填few较级修饰复数数名词
2 (2004年河北省中考试题)
Bob never does his homework _________ Mary He makes lots of mistakes
A so careful B as carefully as C carefully D as careful as
解析答案：B该题考查形容词副词法较该空应填副词修饰动词does该题not as+副词+as结构答案应B
3 (2004年重庆市中考试题)
That day I saw some parents _________ at the back of the classroom ________ to the teacher
A sitting listened B sat listened
C sitting listening D sat listening
解析答案：C该题考查see sb doing sth句型结构分词作状语法第空stting句中作saw宾语补足语第二空listening做伴状语
4 (2004年杭州市中考试题)
You ________ open the door before the train gets into the station
A don’t have to B mustn’t C needn’t D may not
解析答案：B该题考查情态动词否定式法区don’t have toneedn’t意思必may not意思mustn’t表示许禁止
满分演练
单项填空
1 Welcome back ________school
A in B at C to D on
2 Miss Gao is our new Chinese teacher ________
A in this term B this term
C on this term D that term
3 I’m sorry I’m late
_____________
A OK B It doesn’t matter
C All right D Thank you
4 Li Mu and Jill are talking _________where they are going
A about B to C with D for
5 There is very ______food in the house
A a few B little C a little D few
6 You’d better take a raincoat ____you
A to B with C on D for
7 The children are going to the Great Wall ______a field trip
A to B with C on D for
8 I’m______hungry May I have a mooncake
A a little B little C a few D few
9 I’m still hungry I’d like _________one
A other B another C an other D the other
10The moon looks ____than the sun but in fact the sun is ______than the moon
A big big B bigger bigger
C small small D smaller smaller
11 I can see them_____football on the playground
A play B playing C to play D are playing
12 Ji Wei runs_________than I
A fast B faster C fastest D the fastest
13 I think steamed bread is ____________ hamburger
A more delicious than B most delicious than
C more delicious to D most delicious to
14 What are you going to do this afternoon
__________ I’m free
A To do my homework B To clean my house
C To do some shopping D Nothing much
15 May I speak to Jack
____________ Who’s that
A I’m Jack B That is Jack
CThis is Jack speaking D I’m Jack speaking
16 Why not _________ and see the play
Good idea
Ago B going C to go D goes
17 It’s cold outside Please keep the door_________
A close B closing C closes D closed
18 My home is about two hundred metres_____our school
A from B far from C away D to
19 There are some apple trees ________her house
A in the front of B at the back of
C in the middle of D at the front of
20 Which floor do you ________
A live B live on C live at D live in
二 完形填空
The Xingqing Palace Park（兴庆宫公园）is __1___ park in Xi’an__2__ Saturdays or Sundays children like ___3___ there __4___ their parents There they can play games There is a lake and a hill in the park Today is Sunday Many children are playing in the park Look Some children __5___ on the lake They are good __6___ it Is the boat ___7___ a chicken No It looks like a duck Some boys are playing __8___ football on the grass(草)A few boys __9___the hill over there All the children are having a good time They think playing in the park is___10___ than having classes at school
1A bigger B the biggest C smaller D the smaller
2A In B On C At D With
3A walking B going C running Dflying
4A with B for C on D in
5A is swimming B is boating C are running D are boating
6A In B with C from D at
7A look B likes C looks D like
8A a B C an D the
9A are running B are walking C are climbing D are jumping
10A little better B much better C many better D the best
三 阅读理解
(A)
Mark Twain is traveling to Dijon by train He wants to sleep very much so he asks the conductor(服务员)to wake him up when the train gets to Dijon The he goes to sleep Later when wakes up it is early the next morning and the train has got to Paris He knows at once（立）that the conductor doesn’t wake him up at Dijon He is very angry He runs up to the conductor and says Why didn’t you wake me up and put me off the train at Dijon I am very angry about it
The conductor smiles and looks at him Another American is more angry than you But you can’t see him now I put him off the train at Dijon last night
根短文容判断列句正误：正确答A错误答B
1． Mark twain asks the conductor to wake him up in Paris
2． The train got to Dijon at night
3． Mark Twain was very angry with the conductor
4． The conductor made a mistake（错误） He put another American off the train at Dijon
5． Mark Twain can’t see that American because the American doesn’t like him
(B)
The worst tourist(游客) in the world is Nicholas Scotti of San Francisco(旧金山) Once he flew from the US to his home town in Italy(意利) to see someone at home The plane made a onehour stop to get oil(油) at Kennedy Airport(机场) of New York As he thought he had arrived home Mr Scotti got off the plane He thought he was in Rome(罗马)
When nobody was there to meet him Mr Scotti thought maybe they were held up by heavy traffic While looking for their addresses Mr Scotti found that the old Rome had changed a lot Many old buildings were replaced by high modern ones
He also found that many people spoke English instead of Italian and that many street signs were written in English
Mr Scotti knew very little English so he asked a policeman(in Italian) the way to the bus station He happened to meet a policeman who was also born in Italy and answered him in the same language
After twelve hours' traveling round on a bus the driver handed him over to a second policeman He asked the policeman why the Rome police employed(雇佣) so many people as policemen speaking English of Italian
To get him on a plane back to San Francisco He was sent to the airport in a police car with sirens(警报) on Look said Scotti to his interpreter(翻译) I know I'm in Italy That's how they drive
1 When Mr Scotti arrived at the airport nobody met him because ____________
A he was in New York
B he was in Rome
C policemen could help him
D he was in an Italian city
2 In what direction (方) did the plane fly when Mr Scotti went to Italy from the US
A To the east
B To the south
C To the west
D To the north
3 Why was Mr Scotti so sure that he was in Rome
A Because he traveled a lot
B Because he knew little about the US
C Because he knew little about Italy
D Because he didn't travel much
4 At last Mr Scotti _________
A knew he did something wrong
B still thought he was
C knew he was wrong
D knew he was home
5 Do you think many people do the same thing as Mr Scotti did
A Nobody but Mr Scotti made this kind of mistake
B Many people make this kind of mistake
C Few people make this kind of mistake
D 50 of people will make the same mistake
(C)
My wife and I stayed in London for a few weeks last year We went there in the autumn We think it is the best season to visit England The weather is usually quite good and there are not too many visitors in October
We stayed in a small restaurant (餐馆) in the West End We did most of our sightseeing (观光) on foot We went to look at all the places We went shopping and spent (花费) too much money We liked going to the theatre (戏院) We don't have the chance (机会) to see such good plays (戏剧) at home A lot of people say English food is very bad We didn't think so Most of the restaurants are French or Chinese but we had some very good meals
We enjoyed our holiday very much We want to go there again this year We are going to take our umbrellas (伞) I'm sure we'll need them sometimes
1 We went shopping and spent too much money means _________
A they didn't enjoy shopping and spent too much money
B prices (价格) were high in England
C there were so many good things in the shops and they bought a lot
D they liked to go shopping with lots of money
2 They didn't have the chance to see such good plays_________
A in their small restaurant B in their home town
C in France D in England
3 You can get _______ in a restaurant
A meals B clothes C books D cakes
4 I'm sure we'll need umbrellas sometimes because__________
A umbrellas can be very good presents for their friends in London
B it often rains in London
C the English people like to bring umbrellas with them
D the English people protect (保护) themselves with umbrella
5 The two visitors came from________
A England B France
C America D a country we don't know
四 根汉语完成列英语句子
1 Yesterday afternoon Miss Li came here _________ (道歉)
2 I did everything ___________ (求做)
3 We saw the old scientist ____________ (花园里散步) just now
4 My grandpa has ___________ (记忆) He can remember many things
5 Do you know who _______ (发明机器)？
6 I find ____________ (记住单词难)
7 I enjoy ____________ (吃肉)
8 Don’t stand ___________ (直) Please give me a hand
9 Wang Zheng __________ (出身)a worker’s family
10 ________________ (祝运) all the boys
练答案
1C 2B 3B 4A 5B 6B 7D 8A 9B 10B 11B 12B 13A 14D 15C 16A 17D 18A 19B 20B
二 1 B 2 B 3 B 4 A 5 D 6 D 7 D 8 B 9 C 10 B
三 (A) 1 B 2A 3A 4 A 5 B
(B) 1 A 2 C 3 B 4 B 5 A
(C) 1C 2B 3A 4B 5D
四 1to say sorry to you 2he asked me to do 3walking in the garden 4a good memory 5invented the robot 6it difficult to remember these words 7eating meat 8all the time 9was born in 10 Good luck
初三系列复资料（24）Book2(Unit10Unit18)考点集汇讲解训练
二十四Book2(Unit10Unit18)
知识梳理
I 重点短语
1 give a concert
2 fall down
3 go on
4 at the end of
5 go back
6 in ahurry
7 write down
8 come out
9 all the year round
10 later on
11 at times
12 ring sb up
13 Happy New Year
14 have a party
15 hold on
16 hear from
17 be ready
18 at the moment
19 take out
20the same as
21 turn over
22 gettogether
23 put on
24 take a seat
25 wait for
26 get lost
27 just then
28 first of all
29 go wrong
30 make a noise
31 get on
32 get off
33 stand in line
34 at the head of
35 laugh at
36 throw about
37 in fact
38 at midnight
39 enjoy oneself
40 have a headache
41 have a cough
42 fall asleep
43 again and again
44 look over
45 take exercise
II 重句型
1 be good for sth
2 I think …
3 I hope…
4 I love…
5 I don’t like…
6 I’m sure…
7 forget to do sth
8 take a message for sb
9 give sb the message
10 help yourself to sth
11 be famous for sth
12 on one’s way to…
13 make one’s way to…
14 quarrel with sb
15 agree with sb
16 stop sb from doing sth
III 交际语
1What’s the weather like today
2It’s cold but quite suuny
3How cold it is today
4Yes but it’ll be warmer later on
5Shall we make a snowman
6Ok Come on
7Happy New Year
8May I speak to Ann please？
9Hold on please
10Thanks a lot for inviting me to your party
11Ok But I’m afraid I may be a little late
12Can I take a message for you
13That’s OK It doesn’t matter
14I’m very sorry but I can’t come
15I’m sorry to hear that
16Happy birthday
17Would you like Would you like to
18Do you think Yes I think so No I don't think so
19Do you agree Yes I agree No don't really agree I really can't agree
20There are a few a lot of on it
21So do we
22I'm happy you like it
23Which is the way to please
24Turn rightleft at the crossing
25Go on until you reach
26How can I get to Go downupalong this road
27What's the matter
28It'll take you half an hour to
29We'd better catch a bus
30It may be in Ah so it is
31You must be more careful
32You mustn't cross the road now
33If you want to cross a street you must wait for the green light
34Please stand in line
35You must wait for your turn
36If you don't go soon you'll be late
37I don't feel very well
38My head hurts
39You mustn't eat anything until you see the doctor
40What's the trouble
41What's the matter with…
42She didn't feel like eating anything
43Nothing serious
44Haveget a pain in…
45No problem
46Take this medicine three times a day
IV 重语法
1 般时
2 反意疑问句法
3 般时
4 感叹句
5 简单句五种基句型
6 情态动词can maymust have to法
7 时间状语句条件状语句
名师讲解
1 above over on
三介词表示……含义on指某物表面某物接触above指某物方某物接触定某物正方over指某物正方某物接触试较：
There is a book on the desk课桌书
I raise my right hand above my head 右手高举头
There is a stone bridge over the river 河面座石桥
2 forget to do sthforget doing sth
forget to do sth意思忘记做某事实际没做forget doing sth意思
忘记做某事实际已做试较：
I forgot to tell him the news忘记告诉条消息
I forgot telling him the news已条消息告诉忘
类似词：remember regret等
3 hopewish
hopewish 汉语中希意思含义法区：
(1)wish表示实现愿hope表示实现愿例：
I wish I were 20 years younger愿年轻二十岁
I hope you’ll be better soon 希快起
I wish the weather wasn’t so cold 愿天气麽冷
I hope he will come too 希
(2)wish接sb to do sth 结构hope例：
Do you wish me to come back later 否希？
4 be sure to do sth be sure ofabout sb or sth
(1)be sure to do sth表示说话方提出求意思务必表示说话做出推断意思定肯定例：
Be sure to lock the door when you leave离开时务必门锁
It’s a good film You are sure to enjoy it部电影肯定会喜欢
(2)be sure ofabout sbor sth 表示某某事握例：
I’m sure of his success相信会成功
I think it was three years ago but I’m not sure about it想三年前事情没握
5 hear fromhear of
hear意思听里听from表示例：
I’ve heard from Xiao Wu that we’ll start out military training tomorrow
听吴说明天开始军训
Listen to the tape and write out what you hear from Han Mei
听录音写出韩梅里听容
hear from意思收某信（receive a letter from sb）例：
I heard from my pen friend in the USA last month
月受美国笔友信
I heard from her last week 周接信
hear ofhear from含义hear of 意思听说知（某事某存）常疑问句否定句里例：
Who is he I’ve never heard of him谁？没听说
I never heard of such a thing 样事没听说
6 It’s a pleasureWith pleasure
It’s a pleasure句话常作表示致谢时答语意思乐意做例：
Thank you for helping me 谢谢帮助
It’s a pleasure 乐意做
Thanks a lot Bye非常感谢 见
It’s a pleasure 乐意做见
类似话 Not at all You are welcome That’s all right
With pleasure作客气答语做某事非常愿意做场合例：
Will you please pass me the newspaper please
请报纸递？
With pleasure
然
7 seemlook
(1)二者作起讲seem暗示迹象作出根判断种判断接事实look着重强调视觉出印象两者(to be)+形容词as if句：
He seems looks (to be) very happy today 天起高兴
It looks (seems) as if it it is going to rain 雨
(2)列情况中seemlook：
1)定式to do时：
He seems to know the answer 似知道答案
2)It seems that 结构中：
It seems that he is happier now than yesterday昨天高兴
8 be ready to dobe ready for get ready to doget ready for
(1)be ready to dobe ready for…表示已作…准备强调状态
(2)get ready to doget ready for…表示…做准备强调行：
I'm ready to do anything you want me to do 愿意时准备做切做做事
I'm ready for any questions you may ask愿意时准备回答问问题
He's getting ready to leave for Tokyo正准备动身东京
Let's get ready for the hard moment艰难时刻作准备吧
(3)be ready to do 通常理解乐做某事思想总做某事准备be not ready to do表示轻易做某事：
He's usually not ready to listen to others通常轻易听
9 at tableat the table
at table吃饭at the table桌子旁边例：
The Greens are at table 格林家吃饭
Mr Black is sitting at the table and reading a book布莱克先生坐桌旁读书
10 reach arriveget to
三者达意reach物动词直接加名词getarrive物动词直接加名词须助介词get to加名词点副词点时to掉arrive at +方arrive in+方：
Lucy got to the zoo before 8 o'clock 露西8点前动物园
When did your parents arrive in Shanghai 父母时海？
It was late when I got home 家时天色已晚
11 sickill
二者形容词生病患病意时ill作表语作定语sick作表语作定语sick呕吐恶心意思作表语ill意：
Li Lei was ill last week (作表语)李磊周生病
He's a sick man （作定语）病说成：He's an ill man
My grandfather was sick for a month last year （作表语）祖父年病
月
12 in timeon time
in time时意思on time准时时：
I didn't get to the bus stop in time 没时赶汽车
We'll finish our job on time 时完成务
13 may bemaybe
It may be in your inside pocket Maybe it is in your inside pocket 许里边口袋里第句中may be情态动词+be 动词构成谓语部分意思许第二句中maybe副词意思常位句首位句中相副词perhaps：
Maybe you put it in that bag许放包里（说You maybe put it
in that bag）
It may be a hat顶帽子（说It maybe a hat It maybe is a hat）
14 noise voice sound
noise 指嘈杂声噪音吵杂声voice指说话声音嗓音嗓子sound指耳朵够听声音闹声等表示声音意普通字时作科学声音例：
Don't make so much noise 声喧哗
I didn't recognize John's voice on the telephone 电话里听出约翰声
音
He spoke in a low voice 低声说话
We heard a strange sound 听种奇怪声音
Sound travels fast but light travels faster 声音传快光传更快
考点扫描
中考考点单元集中：
1 般时
2 反意疑问句法
3 般时
4 感叹句
5 简单句五种基句型
6 情态动词can maymust have to法
7 时间状语句条件状语句
8 单元学词汇短语句型
9 单元学日常交际语
考试形式单项填空完型天空短文填空完成句子
中考范例
1 (2004年长沙市中考试题)
Do you know if we will go to the cinema tomorrow
I think we’ll go if we ________ too much homework
A will have B had C won’t have D don’t have
解析答案：D该题考查条件状语句时态条件时间状语句里通常般现表示动作
2 (2004年佛山市中考试题)
You have been to Tibet _________ I was told that the snowcovered mountains were very beautiful
A have you B haven’t you C don’t you
解析答案：B该题考查反意疑问句构成反意疑问句前部分肯定句部分应该否定疑问部分前部分保持时态致
3 (2004年扬州市中考试题)
Jacky look at that Japanese sumoist(相扑手)
Wow ______________
A How a fat man B What a fat man
C How fat man D What fat man
解析答案：B该题考查感叹句构成感叹句省略谓部分保留感叹部分果What开头应该What a fat man 果How开头应该How fat
4 (2004年福建省泉州市中考试题)
Thanks for your help
__________________
A It doesn’t matter B Don’t thank me
C You’re welcome D That’s right
解析答案：C该题考查日常交际语回答道谢通常That’s all rightYou’re welcome
满分演练
选择填空
1 Don’t forget _________your book here tomorrow
A to take B to bring C taking D bringing
2 Mrs Brown went to the cinema ______she
A didn’t B doesn’t C wasn’t D isn’t
3 It was half past four Everything _______ready
A is B was C are D were
4 Happy New Year
____________
A The same to you B I’m glad to hear that
C I’m very happy D Thank you It’s very kind of you
5 I got up late yesterday There _________no time to have breakfast
A has B had C was D is
6 Thank you for ______me to your party
A invite B inviting C to invite D invited
7 I’m sorry I took your pen by mistake yesterday
______________
A All right B That’s right C Right D That’s all right
8 Thank you for showing me the way
________________
A The same to you B It doesn’t matter
C It’s a pleasure D That’s right
9 Could I use your computer for a moment
_____________
A Sure B Really C Right D It doesn’t matter
10 I just lost my bike
________________
A I wish you to buy a new one
B You’d better buy a new one
C I’m sorry to hear that
D It’s always nice to ride a new one
二 选择代句中划线部分词语短语
1What’s the matter with your mother
Aproblem B question C message D wrong
2Thank you very much
It’s a pleasure
A I’m very glad B That’s right
C It doesn’t matter D Not at all
3What is he doing at the moment
Anow B a moment ago C late D later on
4Did you have a good time at the party
Astay long B sing and dance C enjoy yourself D eat enough
5May I speak to John please
Certainly
ASure B I think so C I’d love to D That’s all right
6Could I speak to Jim please
Sorryhe isn’t in
Ais at home B is not at work C is out D is free
7There is nothing but an old table in the room
A many B some
C any D only
8What’s the weather like
A When B Where C why D How
9Please let me look at your photo
Agive me B pass me C bring me D show me
10Please ask him to ring me up when he comes back
A see B help C call D thank
三 完形填空
When I __1__ in London last year it had one of the thickest fogs(雾) in years You could __2____ see your hand in __3___ of your face When evening fell it became even __4___ All traffic(交通) __5___ to a stop I decided to walk
A few minutes __6___ I couldn’t find my__7___ Then I saw a young man and asked him to help me He agreed As I was following him __8__ the streets he told me I know this part of London quite well And the thick fog ___9__ to me You see I’m __10___
1A is B was C am D are
2 A easily B hard C hardly D even
3 A front B the front C back D the back
4 A bad B worse C good D better
5A began B started C went D came
6A late B later C early D earlier
7A road B way C street D home
8A along B in C through D by
9A is not good B does good C is nothing D has something
10A strong B week C blind D clever
四 阅读理解
(A)
John was a very famous pianist When he was a small boy he once played at a
party at the home of a rich man He was only eight years old But he had played for
several years At the party he played a famous piece by Beethoven (贝芬) He
played wonderfully
The famous piece has in it several very long rests In each of these rests he took
his hands from the piano and waited To him this was very exciting But it seemed that
the mother of the rich man thought differently Finally during one of these rests she
came over to him She touched him on the head with a smile and said My boy why
don’t you play us what you know well
根短文容判断正误：正确答A错误答B
1John once played the piano at a party when he was only a little boy
2John began to play the piano at the age of eight
3In each of the rests John took his hands from the piano because he felt tired
4The rich man’s mother did not think John played the piece well
5I n fact the mother of the rich man knew the piece well
(B)
One day we had an English class The teacher saw a boy reading a picture book
and said Tom what do you usually do after lunch Tom nervously(紧张)got up
from his seat but he did not know what to answer He thought for some time and then
said Wait for supper
The teacher was displeased(高兴) and just at that moment he saw another boy
asleep The teacher was getting a little angry now but he was trying not to show it
Then he asked And you Joke
As Joke was asleep of course he could not hear what the teacher had said His
deskmate(桌) woke him up Joke stood up quickly and answered in a loud voice
So do I
1This story happened____________
A in the teacher’s office B after lunch
C in class D a home
2Tom’s answer made the teacher __________
A angry B displeased C surprising D laughing
3The teacher asked Joke ________
Awhat he wanted to do after class
Bwhat he did in class
Cthe same question as he asked Tom
Dto help Tom
4Joke’s answer meant that_______
Ahe knew what to do and what not to do after lunch
Bhe did the same thing as Tom did
Che read a picturebook
Dhe did many things after lunch
5From the above story we can see that ________
A Joke did not know what question the teacher had asked
BTom did well in his lessons
CJoke was good at his lessons
DTom and Joke worked hard at their lessons
(C)
Mrs Black the wife of a rich business man invited some of her friends to have
lunch She wanted to try a new way of cooking a fish and she was very pleased with
herself when the dish was ready As the dish was very hot she put it near the open
window to cool for a few minutes But five minutes later when she came back for it
she was shocked(震惊)to find the neighbour’s cat at the dish She was in time to stop
the car That afternoon was successful and everyone enjoyed the dish very much
They talked and laughed till four o’clock
At the end of the afternoon when she was alone again Mrs Black felt tired and
happy She was in a chair just near the window She looked out of the window and
shocked to see the neighbour’s cat dead in her garden Why the fish dish must be bad
What would happen to her friends She at once telephoned the family doctor for
advice The doctor told her to telephone each of the visitors to meet him at the
hospital as soon as he could Finally the danger was over Once again Mrs Black was
alone in her chair in the sittingroom still tired but no longer happy Just then the
telephone rang It was her neighbour Oh Mrs Black her neighbour cried My cat
is dead She was killed by someone in a car and put it in your garden
1Mrs Black invited _______to lunch
A Mr Black’s friends B her neighbour
C her parents D some of her friends
2Why was Mrs Black not happy after she had a good party
AShe was sad about the dead cat
BShe found her fish dish was bad
CShe never thought that she would have so much trouble
DShe felt tired after she had a busy day
3Mrs Black________________________
Astopped the cat before it began to eat the fish
Bwas too late to stop the cat in time
Cstopped the cat before it ate the fish up
Dstopped the cat but it was too late
4Why was Mrs Black so shocked to see the cat dead in her garden
AShe liked the cat very much
BShe worried about her friends
CShe was sure that her fish was bad
DShe didn’t know how the cat died
5Finally________________
AMrs Black found that all her friends were all right
Ba visitor told her that the cat was killed by someone in a car
CMrs Black felt happy as all her friends were safe
DMrs Black met all her friends at the hospital
五 根汉语句子意思完成列英语句子
1 收音机里说天晚时候雨会停
The radio says the rain____ ____ ____ ____today
2 喜欢冬天天气太冷
I don’t like winter _____it’s ____ _____
3 西安位中国西北部
Xi’an is ______the ______of China
4 吃面包啊
_____ _____ bread it is
5 明天白天温度保持零度
The temperature will _____ ____ _____ in the daytime tomorrow
六 句型转换第二句子第句子意思相相
1What a hot day today
_____ _____ it is today
2 Most of North and South China will have a cold wet day
____ will be cold and wet _____ most of North and South China
3 The radio says it will be cloudy sometimes
The radio says it will be cloudy ____ ____
4 The snow will be heavy in some places
It _____ _____ _____ in some places
5 Shall we go out for a walk
_____ _____ going out for a walk
练答案
1B 2 A 3 B 4 A 5 C 6 B 7 D 8 C 9 A 10 C
二 I 1 D 2 D 3 A 4 C 5 A 6 C 7 D 8 D 9 D 10 C
三 1 B 2 C 3 A 4 B 5 D 6 B 7 B 8 C 9 C 10 C
四 (A) 1A 2B 3B 4A 5B
(B) 1C 2B 3C 4B 5A
(C) 1D 2C 3A 4B 5A
五 1 will stop later on 2 because too cold 3 in northwest 4What delicious
5stay above zero
六 1 How hot 2 It in 3 at times 4 will snow heavily 5How about
初三系列复资料（25）Book2 (Unit19Unit26)考点集汇讲解训练
二十五Book2 (Unit19Unit26)
知识梳理
I 重点短语
1 on time
2 out of
3 all by oneself
4 lots of
5 no longer
6 get back
7 sooner or later
8 run away
9 eat up
10 take care of
11 turn off
12 turn on
13 after a while
14 make faces
15 teach oneself
16 fall off
17 play the piano
18 knock at
19 to one's surprise
20 look up
21 enjoy oneself
22 help yourself
23 tell a story stories
24 leavebehind ……
25 come along
26 hold a sports meeting
27 be neck and neck
28 as as
29 not so as as
30 do one's best
31 take part in
32 a moment late
33 Bad luck
34 fall behind
35 high jump
36 long jump
37 relay race
38 well done
39 take off
40 as usual
41 a pair of
42 at once
43 hurry off
44 come to oneself
45 after a while
46 knock on
47 take care of
48 at the moment
49 set off
50 here and there
51 on watch
52 look out
53 take one’s place
II 重句型
1 We’d better not do sth
2 leave one oneself
3 find one’s way to a place
4 stand on one’s head
5 make sb Happy
6 catch up with sb
7 pass on sth to somebody
8 spend time doing sth
9 go on doing sth
10 get on well with sb
11 be angry with sb
12 be fed up with sth
13 not…until…
14 make room for sb
III 交际语
1 We’re all by ourselves
2 I fell a little afraid
3 Don’t be afraid
4 Help
5 Can’t you hear anything
6 I can’t hear anything anybody there
7 Maybe it’s a tiger
8 Let’s get it back before they eat the food
9 Did she learn all by herself
10 Could she swim when she was …years old
11 She didn’t hurt herself
12 He couldn’t buy himself many nice things
13 Did he enjoy himself
14 Help yourselves
15 Bad luck
16 Come on
17 Well done Congratulations (to…)
18 It must be very interesting
19 I don’t think you’ll like it
20 It seems to be an interesting book
21 I’m sure (that)… I’m not sure if… I’m not sure what to…
22 I hope so
23 What was heshe drawing when…
24 I’m sorry to trouble you
25 Would you please…
26 What were you doing at ten o’clock yesterday morning
27 You look tired today
28 You’d better go to bed early tonight if you can
29 How kind
30 Let’s move the bag or it may cause an accident
31 It’s really nice of you
32 Don’t mention it
33 Don’t crowd around him
IV 重语法
1 定代词副词运
2 反身代词法
3 列句
4 形容词副词较等级
5 冠词法
6 动词进行时
名师讲解
1 bringtake
Bring表示带指处说话方带take表示带走表示方bring相反指说话走带走：
Bring me the book please 书
Take some food to the old man 位老带食物
2 somebody anybodynobody
般说somebody定句anybody否定句疑问句条件状语句例：
Somebody came to see you when you were out 出时见
Does anybody live on this island 岛住？
I didn't see anybody there 谁没见
Don't let anybody in I'm too busy to see anybody 进太忙谁想见
There is nobody in the room 房间里没
Nobody told me that you were ill so I didn't know about it 谁没告诉病知道
3 listen listen to hear
三词意思听法完全相区：
(1)listen 物动词面接物做宾语着重倾听指意识动作否听非强调重点：
Listen Someone is singing in the classroom 听教室唱歌
(2)listen to listen物形式面定接物做宾语里to介词：
Do you like listening to light music喜欢听轻音乐？
(3)hear 作物动词作物动词意思听听见指耳朵听某声音表示意识动作着重听力结果：
We hear with our ears耳朵听
She listens but hears nothing听听什没听见
4 many much a few a little few little
(1)many修饰数名词much修饰数名词表示许例：
He has many books许书
He drank much milk喝许牛奶
(2)a fewa little表示点侧重肯定相somea few修
饰数名词a little修饰数名词例：
He has a few friends in London伦敦朋友
Would you like some coffee Yes just a little喝点咖啡？点
(3)fewlittle表示没侧重否定few接数名词little接数名词例：
He is a strange man He has few words怪说什话
Hurry up there is little time left赶快没什时间
5 either neither both
either作形容词般指两者中时表示两
……意思名词单数形式neither 指两者中没全否定both 指两者肯定句中作语宾语定语both面应名词复数形式：
Neither of the films is good两部电影（没部）
Either of the films is good 两部电影错（谓语动词单数）
Both the teachers often answer the questions两老师常常解答问题
6 take part injoin
take part in参加某种活动 join参加加入某政组织例：
Can you take part in my party参加派？
We often take part in many school activities常参加学校里活动
He joined the party in 1963 1963年入
My little brother joined the army last year 弟年参军
7 quite rather very
(1)quite 表示程度十分完全相：
She is quite right极
That's not quite what I want 完全
(2)rather 表示程度相预想程度通常喜欢情况：It's rather cold today天天气相冷
(3)very表示程度甚极非常修饰形容词副词喜欢情况喜欢情况应注意a very +形容词+数名词单数结构中a应置very前该结构相quite aan +形容词+名词结构：
Two months is quite a long time a very long time 两月段长时间
It's a very nice day quite a nice day 天天气
考点扫描
中考考点单元集中：
1 定代词副词运
2 反身代词法
3 列句
4 形容词副词较等级
5 冠词法
6 动词进行时
7 单元学词汇短语句型
8 单元学日常交际语
考试形式单项填空完型填空短文填空完成句子
中考范例
1 (2004年江西省中考试题)
I called you yesterday evening but there was no answer
Oh I am sorry I ___________ dinner at my friend’s home
A have B had C was having D have had
解析答案：C该提考查动词时态表示某时刻正进行动作应进行时
2 (2004年北京市中考试题)
Which is _________ the sun the moon or the earth
Of course the moon is
A small B smaller C smallest D the smallest
解析答案：D该提考查形容词较等级三者进行较中应高级形容词高级前必须加顶冠词the
3 (2004年河北省中考试题)
Bob never does his homework _________ Mary He makes lots of mistakes
A so careful as B as carefully as C carefully as D as careful as
解析答案：B该提考查形容词副词法区空白处缺词修饰动词短语does his homework应该副词外表示某做事某细心应not as carefully as样结构
4 (2004年吉林省中考试题)
I like riding fast It’s very exciting
Oh You mustn’t do it like that ________ it may have an accident
A and B or C so D but
解析答案：B该提考查连接列句列连词选择And通常连接两意思致列句so连接两果关系列句but连接两转折关系列句or相if not意思否
满分演练
单项选择
1 Who jumps ________ in your class
A far B farther C farthest D longer
2 I made the cake by ________ Help __________ Tom
Thanks Jane
A ourselves yourself B myself yourself
C myself yourselves D ourselves yourselves
3 There ________ a football game on TV this afternoon
A is going to have B will be
C is going to play D will play
4 Wu Dong was _______ tired that he couldn't keep his eyes_________
A too open B so closed C too closed D so open
5 Can you hear __________
A something B anything C nothing D somebody
6 The students stop __________ when the teacher came in
A to talk B talking C talked D talk
7 I told him ________ story
A the whole B the all C whole the D all
8 Please _________ early tomorrow mum
A wake up me B wakes me up
C wake me up D will wake me up
9 He will go to the Great Wall if it __________ tomorrow
A won't rain B doesn't rain C don't rain D isn't raining
10 Can you tell us _________
A where have you gone B where you have gone
C where have you been D where you have been
11 Li Lei sit down please I'll ________ you some tea
A take B to bring C get D give
12 Don't forget to _________ your dictionary here tomorrow
A take B bring C carry D borrow
13 He couldn't wash ________ when he was five years old
A his B him C himself D herself
14 Why did you leave your daughter at home all by ________
A yourself B himself C herself D myself
15 I bought my son a bike _________ he like it a lot
A and B but C or D at
16 _______ Li Lei was far behind the others at first
A At the 800metre race B In the 800metres race
C In the 800metre rece D At the 800metres race
17 My parents are teachers They _________ teach English
A Both B all C both D are
18 Kate is an __________ girl
A eightyearold B eightyearsold
C sixyearold D sixyearsold
19 Who jumped _________ of all in the long jump
A longest B longer C farther D farthest
20 The runner fell but he quickly got up and _______
A went on running B went on to run
C went on run D went on ran
二 完型填空
Mr Smith left his car 1 his house one night but when he came down the nest_2 to go to his office he found the car 3 there He called the police and told them the 4 And they said they must 5 him to find the car
6 Mr Smith came home from his office that evening the car was back again in its usual (通常) place 7 his house He examined (检察) it carefully to see if (否) it was damaged (损坏) and found 8 theatre (剧院) tickets on one of the seats (座位) and a letter It said We feel very 9 We took your car because we had an mergency (急诊)
Mr and Mrs Smith went to the theatre with the two tickets the next night and 10 themselves very much
When they got home they found thieves (贼) took away everything in their house
1 A inside B outside C from D under
2 A evening B morning C afternoon D night
3 A wasn't B was C left D went
4 A wrong B matter C thing D idea
5 A made B let C help D ask
6 A If B Because C When D Before
7 A in the front of B in front of
C on the front of D on front of
8 A many B no C two D one
9 A sorry B afraid C happy D sad
10 A helped B taught C hurt D enjoyed
三 阅读理解
(A)
Do you live in a city Do you know how cities begin Long ago the world had only a few thousand people These people moved from place to place They moved over the land hunting (猎) animals for food
No one knows how or where these people learned about growing food But when they did their lives (生活) changed They didn't have to look for food any more They could stay in one place and grow it
People began to live near one another And so the first villages grew
Many people came to work in the village These villages grew very big
When machines came along (出现) life in the villages changed again Factories were built (建立) More and more people lived near the factories The cities grew very big
Today some people are moving back to small towns Can you tell why
根短文容判断正误：正确答A错误答B
1 Long ago a few people could stay in one place hunting animals for food
2 When these people learned to grow food their lives changed
3 Factories were built after the cities grew big
4 Today some people don't live to live in big cities
5 Everyone knows how and where cities began
(B)
Almost everyone likes dogs and almost everyone likes to read stories about dogs I have a friend He has a large police dog named Jack Police dogs are very clever Every Sunday afternoon my friend takes Jack for a long walk in the park Jack like these long walks very much
One Sunday afternoon a young man came to visit my friend He stayed a long time He talked and talked Soon it was time for my friend to take Jack for his walk But the visitor still stayed Jack became very worried He walked around the room several times and then sat down in front of the visitor and looked at him But the visitor paid not attention He went on talking Finally Jack got angry He went out of the room and came back a few minutes later He sat down again in front of the visitor but this time he took the visitor's cap in his mouth
1 The young visitor stayed a long time didn't he __________
A Yes he did
B Yes he didn't
C No He didn't
D No he did
2 Jack became very worried because ____________
A he wanted to have something to eat
B he wanted to play with him
C he wanted to go out
D he didn't know the young man
3 Jack sat down in front of the visitor because _____________
A he wanted to join the talk
B he wanted the visitor to leave
C he wanted the visitor to talk with him
D he wanted to show the visitor how clever he was
4 The visitor went on talking and ________________
A he didn't like Jack
B he paid no attention to Jack
C he paid no attention to his cap
D he didn't care that his cap was his cap was taken away by Jack
5 Jack went out of the room with nothing but came back with ________ in his mouth
A something
B nothing
C the visitor's cap
D the visitor's shoe
(C)
Mr White and his wife wanted to paint(油漆) the outside of their house To save(节省) money they wanted to do it themselves On Saturday morning they bought some paint and two brushes(刷子) They began that afternoon with the back ol the house The next Saturday Mr White went to a football match(赛) but his wife painted the front of the house On Sunday they found they couldn't open any of the front windows They got them all open in the end But they broke three of the seven They were very dear to mend Next time when they want to save money they’ll certainly ask somebody to do the work
l Mr White wanted to paint ___________________
A the front of the house B the back of the house
C the front windows D the outside of the house
2 They wanted to do the work themselves because_________________
A the windows were very easy to break
B the windows were very hard to open
C nobody could do this work well
D they didn't want to give more money
3 The work lasted for about ___________________
A two days B less than a week
C three days D more than a week
4 They have to ask somebody to mend the ________________ windows
A three B four C five D seven
5 Next time they will ask somebody to work for them because
A they want to go to football matches
B it is no longer an interesting thing for them
C they have no more paint and brushes
D they really want to save some money
四 句意方框中词短语填空
A catch up with F a moment later
B fell behind G passing …on to
C getting ready to H At the same time
D dropped I neck and neck
E On the first lap J won
1_________________ the boys and the girls passed the ball to each other
2The teacher shouted to the runners_______________ Come on Come on
3The Class 4 runner fell and ___________________the others
4The monkey is ___________the hat _____________the other small monkeys
5What are they doing They’re _______________do some cleaning
6The runner from Class 2 _____________his slick Bad luck
7LingFeng and Jim were __________________at first
8____________________ the students ran very fast but on the second lap they were too tired to ran farther
9Look The short girl from Class 3 is beginning to ______________the girls in front
10At last Class One ____________________the boys’ relay race
五 完成句子
1 英语班受欢迎科目
English is _____________ in our class
2．请盒子带办公室
Please __________ to the office
3．应该雷锋志学
We should _____________ comrade Lei Feng
4．正算电影
She _________ see a film
5．莉莉1987年6月29日出生海
Lily _______________
6．见高兴
I _________ to see you
7．舒服
She seems __________sell
8．喜欢开妹妹玩笑
He also likes to __________ his younger sister
9．难算出道题
It is hard for me to _________ the problem
10．确定第名？
_______________ he got the first prize
练答案
1 C 2 B 3 B 4 D 5 B 6B 7 A 8C 9B 10D 11C 12 B 13C 14C 15A 16 C 17 C 18 B 19 D 20 A
二 1B 2B3A 4B 5C 6C 7B 8C 9A 10D
三 (A) 1 B 2A 3B 4A 5B
(B) 1 A 2 C 3 B 4 B 5 C
(C) 1 D 2D 3D 4A 5D
四 1H 2F 3B 4G 5C 6D 7I 8E 9A 10J
五 1 one of the most popular subjects
2 take the box
3 learn from
4 is planning to
5 was born in Shanghai on June 29 1987
6 am happypleased
7 not to be
8 play jokes on
9 work out
10 Are you sure
初三系列复资料（26）Book3 (Unit1Unit6)考点集汇讲解训练
二十六Book3 (Unit1Unit6)
知识梳理
I 重点短语
1 at the moment
2 used to
3 for a while
4 walk away with sth
5 leave for some place
6 sooner or later
7 pay for
8 come up with an idea
9 think of
10 have a try
11 all over the world
12 be famous for
13 large numbers of
14 all the year round
15 no matter what
16 give up
17 for example
18 by the way
19 on business
20 so far
21 come true
22 set off
23 slow down
24 go on doing
25 wait for
26 be proud of
27 be afraid of
28 speak highly of
29 a year and a half
30 half a year
31 pick up
32 as soon as
33 keep… clean
34 take care of
35 cut down
36 make a contribution to
37 base on
38 make sure
39 take away
40 begin with
41 right now
42 as soon as possible
43 leave a message
44 all kinds of things
45 walk around
46 fall asleep
47 wake up
48 go on a trip
49 have a good time
50 take photos
51 come out
52 come on
53 have a family meeting
54 talk about
55 go for a holiday
56 go scuba diving
57 write down
58 by oneself
59 walk along
60 get a chance to do sth
61 have a wonderful time
62 book a room
63 have an accident
64 be interested in
65 use sth to do sth
66 make a TV show
67 be amazed at
68 take part in
69 feed on
70 get out of
II 重句型
1 Why don’t you do sth
2 make sb Happy
3 borrow sth from sb
4 forget to do sth
5 pay fro sth
6 return sth To sb
7 learn sth from sb
8 be famous for sth
9 No matter what…
10 be with sb
11 go on doing sth
12 speak highly of sb
13 keep doing sth
14 allow sb To do sth
15 encourage sb to do sth 16 It is said that…
III 交际语
1 Excuse me have you got …
Yes I have (Sorry I haven’t)
2 Why don’t you …
Thanks I will
3 Thanks a lot (Thank you very much)
You are welcome
4 Have you ever done…
Yes I have once (No never)
5 I’ve just done…
Really
6 What’s …like
7 How long have you been…
Since…
8 Have you ever been to…
I’ve never been there (None of us has Only …has )
9 Would you like to have a try
I don’t think I can…
10 What have you done since…
11 How long have you been at this …
For…
12 How long has she he worked there…
She’s He’s worked there for… all her his life
13 I’m sorry he isn’t here right now
14 May I help you
15 That’s very kind of you
16 Could we go scuba diving
17 Could you tell us how long we’re going to be away
18 Let’s try to find some information about it OK
19 Could you please tell me how to search the Internet
20 Go straight along here
21 Please go to Gate 12
22 Please come this way
23 Could you tell me what you think about Hainan Island
24 That sounds really cool
IV 重语法
1 宾语句
2 现完成时
3 般时现完成时法较：
名师讲解
1 Maybe may be
(1) maybe副词意思概许常作状语
Maybe you put it in your bag许放包里
Will he come tomorrowMaybe not 明天？许
(2) may be相情态动词maybe动词搭配起作谓语意思许……
It may be 900 when they arrive九点达
The man may be a lawyer 许律师
2 borrow lend keep use
(1) borrow表示里东西通常说进
We often borrow books from our school library常学校图书馆书
I borrowed this dictionary from my teacher 老师字典
borrow瞬间完成动作时间段连
You can borrow my recorder for three days ( 错误 )
I have borrowed this book for only one week ( 错误 )
(2) lend表示东西通常说出
Thank you for lending me your bike谢谢行车
He often lends money to his brother常钱弟弟
lendborrow样瞬间完成 动作段时间连
(3) keep意思般指保存阶段段持续时间时间段连
You can keep my recorder for three days录音机三天
I have kept this book for only one week书刚星期
(4) use讲意
May I use your ruler 尺子？
He had to use this public telephone部公电话
3 leave leave for
(1) leave意思离开留
We left Shanghai two years ago两年前离开海
He left his cell phone in the taxi last week周手机落出租车里
(2) leave for意思前表示目
We will leave for Tibet next month月西藏
The train is leaving for Moscow趟火车开莫斯科
4 since for
(1) since完成时态作介词作连词常接时间点意思
He has been a worker since he came into this city
城市工
I have never seen him since we last met in Shanghai
次海见没见
since作连词然意思
Since you are interested in it just do it 然感兴趣做吧
You can have fun now since you’ve finished your work
然已做完功课开心玩会吧
(2) for完成时作介词常接段时间意思…
I have learned English for five years已学五年英语
They have waited for you for 30 minutes已等三十分钟
for作连词意思
They missed the flight for they were late完误航班
He fell ill for many reasons种原病倒
5 neither either both
(1) neither作代词两者进行否定意思两者作语时谓语动词单数
Neither of the boys is from England两男孩英国
I know neither of them 两认识
neither作形容词修饰单数名词意思作代词时相作连词时般nor搭配表示 …作语时谓语动词遵循原
She neither ate nor drank yesterday 昨天吃喝
Neither he nor we play football on Sundays 星期天踢球
(2) either作代词时指两者中意方(两者)作语时谓语动词单数
Either of the books is new两书新
She doesn’t like either of the films两部电影喜欢
either作形容词 修饰单数名词意思作介词时相
Either school is near my home (两学校中)学校离家
Either question is difficult两问题(中)难
either作连词时般or搭配表示两者选意思…作语时谓语动词遵循原
Either he or I am right
Either my sister or my parents are coming to see me姐姐父母
(3) both作代词时指涉两者 作语时谓语动词复数形式
I like both of the stories两事喜欢
Both of my parents are teachers父母两老师
both作形容词时修饰两者意思作代词时相
Both his arms are hurt两胳膊受伤
Both these students are good at English 两学生擅长英语
both作连词时and搭配表示… 仅… 作语时谓语动词复数形式
Both piano and violin are my bobbies钢琴提琴爱
They study both history and physics 学历史学物理
6 findlook for find out
(1) find强调找结果意思找外发现发觉意思接宾语句
Jim couldn’t find his hat吉姆找着帽子
Have you found your lost keys 找丢失钥匙？
He found the lights were on along the street发现街灯亮
(2) look for意思寻找指找动作非结果外盼期意思
She is looking for her son正找子
We’ve been looking for the car since early this morning天早开始找辆车
I look for the coming holiday期着假期
(3) find out含观察研究探索知意思常接较抽象事物意思找出发现查明（真相）等
I can find out who took my money away查出谁钱
Could you find out when the plane arrives 设法知道飞机时？
7 forget to do forget doing
(1) forget to do指忘记做某件事该事没做
Please don’t forget to call this afternoon天午忘电话
I forgot to take some small change with me身忘带零钱
(2) forget doing指忘记某件已做事情该事已做忘记
He forgot telling me his address忘告诉址
They forgot having been here before忘前
8 stop doing stop to do
(1) stop doing指停止做某事doing动作继续
They stopped debating停止辩（辩）
He had to stop driving as the traffic lights changed in to red 交通灯变成红色停车
(2) stop to do指停开始做件事停止原先事开始做do
动作
She stopped to have a rest停休息会（开始休息）
They stopped to talk停开始交谈
9 except besides
(1) except指包括面提物理解撇开…谈表示两部分
Everyone is excited except me
外激动（激动激动）
All the visitors are Japanese except him
外游客日（日）
(2)besides包括面提物理解外…外…表示两部分相似性
Twentyfive students went to the cinema besides him
外25学生电影(外25)
We like biology besides English
英语外喜欢生物（生物英语喜欢）
besides作副词意思外常句首句尾
He is a great thinker and besides he is a politician
名伟思想家外位政治家
They encouraged me and they supported me with money besides
仅鼓励金钱支持
10 keep doing keep on doing
(1) keep doing指连续坚持断做某事中间间断
It kept blowing for a whole day刮整天风
The temperature keeps dropping温度持续降
(2) keep on doing指反复坚持做某事动作间略间隔
They have kept on writing to each other for many years已互相通信年
After drinking some water he kept on talking喝水坚持讲话
11 seem look
(1) seem般着重客观迹象意思似象起…
The baby seems to be happy婴似高兴
He seemed to be sorry for that似件事感抱歉
seemto do结构连look
It seems to rain 似雨
They seemed to have finished their work似已完成工作
it作形式语句型中seem
It seems that he is quite busy now现起忙
It seems to us that there is nothing serious没什
(2) look作起时常物体外观样貌判断视觉接受印象
The room looks clean间房起干净
The girl looks like her mother女孩起妈妈
12 such so
(1)such常作形容词修饰名词
Don’t be such a fool傻
He is such a clever boy聪明男孩
(2)so副词修饰形容词副词
He is so kind 真心
Why did you come so late 回晚？
名词前many much few little等表示少时应该so
He has so many friends朋友
Only so little time is left 剩点时间
13 either too also
(1)either作时副词常否定句句尾
She is not a Japanese I’m not either日
My sister doesn’t like this song either妹妹喜欢首歌
(2)too常肯定句疑问句尾表示
He likes China too喜欢中国
Are you in Grade 3 too 三年级？
(3)also常肯定句疑问句般位句中
We are also students学生
He also went there on foot走着
Did you also want to have a look 想？
14 if whether
列情况whether非if：
(1)or not连时whether
We want to know whether you are ill or not 想知道否生病
Please tell me whether or not you have finished your work
请告诉否完成工作
(2)接动词定式时whether
Adam didn’t know whether to go or stay亚知道走留
He hasn’t decided whether to have dinner with me没决定否进晚
餐
(3)引导宾语句放句前时whether
Whether it will rain or snow we don’t mind 刮风雨
Whether I won or lost she didn’t want to know赢输想知道
(4)引导语句表语句时般whether
The most important was whether they had gone重已
走
Whether he will go with me is a secret否会起秘密
if引导条件状语句表示果假whether没法
We’ll have a football match if it doesn’t rain tomorrow果明天雨
进行足球赛
I’ll tell him if I sees him见告诉
If you’re in danger please call 110果遇危险请拨110
15 cost spend pay take
(1) cost般某物做语表示（某物）值…花费…指花费时
间指金钱
The new bike costs me 300 yuan辆新行车花三百元
It will cost you a whole to read through this book通读书会花费整整
周时间
cost 作名词表示成费价格代价等
What’s the cost of this TV set 台电视机成少钱？
They succeeded at the cost of hard work辛苦工作换成功
(2) spend般某作语表示（某）花费…付出…指时间
金钱指时间时常 in搭配指金钱时常onfor搭配
We spent two days in repairing this machine花两天时间修理台机器
Mr Lee spends 20 on books every month李先生月花二十美元书
(3) pay作动词时般某作语般指花钱付款等少
指花费时间常for搭配
They paid 70 yuan for the tickets花七十元买票
He was too poor to pay for his schooling穷交起学费
pay作名词意思薪水工资等
It’s hard for me to live with such low pay难低薪水生活
(4)take指花费(时间金钱)通常某事某物做语形式语it
How long will the meeting take 会议开久？
It took me several hours to get there 花时
16 bad badly
两词意思含坏糟严重等意思较级worse
高级worst
(1) bad形容词意思坏糟糕差严重
I don’t think he is a bad person认坏
I had a bad headache头疼厉害
(2)badly副词意思差表示程度意严重
非常极度
We need help badly急需帮助
His arm was badly hurt胳膊严重受伤
17 interested interesting
(1) interested指…产生兴趣…感兴趣般做语常
介词in
He was interested in biology before前生物感兴趣
I’m not interested in art艺术感兴趣
(2)interesting意思趣指够带兴趣某某事物
He is an interesting old man趣老头
The interesting story attracted me 趣事吸引
18 dead die death dying
(1) dead形容词意思死生命表示状态段时间
连
The tree has been dead for ten years棵树死十年
The rabbits are all dead 兔子死
(2) die动词意思死死亡瞬间动词段时间连
My grandpa died two years ago爷爷两年前世
The old man died of cancer老死癌症
(3) death名词意思死亡世等
The memorial hall was built one year after his death死年纪念馆建成
His death is a great loss to us死巨损失
(4) dying die现分词作形容词意思垂死死
The doctors have saved the dying man医生救活垂死
The poor dog had no food it was dying怜狗没食物快饿死
考点扫描
中考考点单元集中：
1 宾语句时态语序
2 般时完成时法区
3 单元学词汇短语句型
4 单元学日常交际语
考试形式单项填空完型填空短文填空完成句子
中考范例
1 （2004年北京市海淀区中考试题）
Do you know ________________
Only ten months old
A when does Tiger Woods start golfing
B when did Tiger Woods start golfing
C when Tiger Woods starts golfing
D when Tiger Woods started golfing
解析答案：D该题考查宾语句时态语序宾语句时态应般时应里说事情语序应陈述句语序正确答案 when Tiger Woods started golfing
2 （2004年北京市海淀区中考试题）
I’m interested in animals so I _____________ every Saturday working in an animal hospital
A pay B get C take D spend
解析答案：D该题考查pay get takespend四动词法区动词spendsb spends time doing sth 句型里正确答案影视spend
3 （2004年天津市中考试题）
Could I ________ your telephone I have something important to tell my parents
A keep B borrow C use D lend
解析答案：C该题考查keep borrow uselend四动词法区keep真正含义保留borrow含义入lend含义出use含义句子里实际意思应选use
4 （2004年鄂州市中考试题）
Hi Ann Where’s your brother I need his help
He left home two weeks ago and ________away ever since
A is B was C has been D had been
解析答案：C该题考查动词时态法区般现时表示常发生动作现处状态般时表示动作处状态完成时表示动作时间前发生事情现完成时表示动作状态某时间开始直延续现刚刚结束里现完成时
满分演练
单项填空
1 Mr Green asked the children to _____the words in the dictionary
A look at B look up C look for D look after
2 May I _____ your bike Certainly but you can't _____it to other
A lend lend B borrow lend C borrow borrow D lend borrow
3 Mr Brown _____in China since 20 years ago
A worked B works C is working D has worked
4 There______ be many trees here two years ago
A is B are C use to D used to
5 Neither my brother nor I ____a doctor
Ais Bam Care Dbe
6 ____of my parents ____ watching TY
ABoth likes BEither like CNeither like DNeither likes
7 I really don't know ____ next Can you tell me
Ahow to do Bwhat to do Chow will I do it Dwhat to do it
8 He has lived here ___ 1965
A since B for C in D from
9 If you are tired please stop ___ a rest
A having B have C to have D has
10She has never come to the farm before _____ she
A has B hasn't C does D doesn't
11 It is ____book that I have ____ it twice
Asuch an interesting…seen Bso an interesting…read
Cso interesting…looked Dsuch an interesting…read
12 The doctor was busy ____ on the boy at that time
Aoperate Bto operate Coperated Doperating
13 The policeman told the children _____play in the street
A didn't B to not C not to D don't
14 Mother returned home _____earlier than Father that evening
A very B too C more D much
15 I won't go to see the film tonight because I ______ my ticket．
A lost B have lost C will lose D didn't lose
二 完形填空
Children like to copy(模仿) what they hear They copy their parentstheir friends and even the TV This teaches them how to speak the language Copying also does good to students of a second ____1______ When you listen to foreigners speak English_____2_____ what they say as loudly as you can
Children don’t practise grammar but use the language to ____3_____ that interests them They don’t ____4_____ their vocabulary or poor grammar They find ways to ____5_____ themselvesand they do it successfully
Students of English should also pay their attention to ______6______ Look for chances to talk with people in English If you can’t find a ____7____ to talk to talk with other students of English instead _____8_____ an English discussion and talk about music movies or whatever _____9_____you Don’t worry about _____10___ The objective(目标) is to earn how to communicate(交流) easily and comfortably Remember that you can communicate successfully even with a small vocabulary
1 A year B grade C language D country
2 A repeat B hear C believe D remember
3 A write letters B keep diaries C talk to people D talk about things
4 A look for B complain about C laugh at D go over
5 A enjoy B help C relax D express
6 A grammar B vocabulary C communication D English
7 A foreigner B topic C chance D visitor
8 A Start B Build C Use D Make
9 A understands B interests C improves D allows
10 A lessons B exams C wasting time D making mistakes
三 阅读理解
(A)
We can see walls everywhere in the world But the Great Wall of China is the
biggest of all The Chinese call it The TenthousandLi Great Wall It is in fact
more than 6000 kilometres long It is 45 metres wide In most places five horses or
ten men can walk side by side
When you visit the Great Wall you can't help wondering how the Chinese
people were able to build such a great wall thousands of years ago Without any modern machine it was really very difficult to build it They had to do all the work by hand It took millions of men hundreds of years to build it
The Great Wall has a history of over two thousand years The kings began to build the first parts of it around two thousand seven hundred years ago Then Qin Shihuang had all the walls joined up He thought that could keep the enemy out of the country
Today the Great Wall has become a place of interest Not only Chinese people but also people from all over the world come to visit it
1 The Great Wall is the biggest of all walls in _________
A China B Europe C the world D Asia (亚洲)
2 How long is the Great Wall
A It's less than six hundred kilometres B It's over six million kilometres
C It's six thousand kilometres D It's more than six thousand kilometres
3 It took _____ men ______ years to build the Great Wall
A millions millions B hundreds of hundreds of
C millions of hundreds of D hundreds of millions of
4The Great Wall was built ______________
A by people all over the world B without any modern machines
C with some other countries' help D by all Chinese kings
5 Qin Shihuang thought the Great Wall could _________
A keep the enemy out of his country B keep his body in it
C be visited by all the people D make his country beautiful
(B)
In 776 BC the first Olympic Games were held at the foot of Mount Olympus to honor Greeks' chief god Zeus(希腊神祗宙斯献礼) The Greeks praised (注重)physical fitness and strength in their education of youth Therefore running boxing horseracing discus throwing and so on were held in each city and the winners competed every four years at Mount Olympus Winners were greatly honored by having olive wreaths(橄榄枝花环)placed on their heads and having poems sung about their deeds Originally(起初)these were held as games of friendship and any wars that were going on were stopped to allow the games
The Greeks regarded these games as so important that they counted time in fouryear cycles called Olympiads dating from 776 BC
1 Which of the following is NOT true
A The first Olympic Games were held to celebrate
B Winners were greatly honored by having olive wreaths placed on their heads
C Battles were stopped to let the games take place
D Poems were sung in the honor of winners
2 Nearly how many years ago did these games start
A 776 years B 1250 years C 2278 years D 2760 years
3 Which of the following matches was not mentioned in the passage
A Discus throwing B Boxing C Skating D Running
4 What conclusion can we reach about the ancient Greeks
A They liked to fight
B They were very good at sports
C They liked a lot of ceremony (仪式)
D They couldn't count so that they used Olympiads for dates
(C)
Over thirty thousand years ago people from northern Asia went to America Today we call these people Indians
The Indians went to America because the weather began to change Northern Asia became very cold Everything froze They had to move or die How did the first Indians go to America They walked
Later Columbus found the New World in 1492 At first only a few Europeans followed They traveled to America in boats For the next three hundred years about 500000 people went there Then the number grew very quickly From 1815 to 1915 over thirtytwo million Europeans left their countries and went to the United States The biggest groups were from Germany and Italy These Europeans spoke many different languages Most of them took almost no money They went to America so that they could find a better life
1 __________ went to America first
A People from northern Asia
B People from Europe
C People from Germany
D Columbus
2 Why did the Indians go to America Because ________
A northern Asia became very hot
B northern Asia became very cold
C they were interested in America
D they liked traveling
3 The New World was ___________
A Italy B northern Asia C Germany D America
4 The first Europeans went to America _______________
A by ship B by bike C by boat D by train
5 These Europeans ______________
A didn't speak the same language
B spoke English only
C spoke German only
D spoke both English and German
6 The Europeans went to America in order to _________
A find the New World
B find a better life
C build more boats
D learn English
四 补全话 面话空白处填适词话通符合逻辑
( Jim and Han Li are talking about the coming summer holiday)
Ben Hello Han li where are you going for your summer holiday
Han Li I'm ___1___ sure I'm thinking ___2___ going to Guilin What about you
Ben I'm going to Chongqing and Wuhan ___3___ my parents
Han Li ___4___ are you going there
Ben First we'll fly to Wuhan and then go to Chongqing ___5___ ship
Han Li That's a good idea I'm sure you'll enjoy it Wish you a pleasant journey
Ben Thank you
五 完成句子 根汉语句子意思完成列英语句子
1 什收音机开声？
______ do you turn your radio so loud _____
2 整会议持续3时
The whole meeting will ______ ______ 3 hours
3 喜欢狗玩
We all like ______ ______ with the dog
4 抱歉没带食物
I'm sorry I don't ______ any food ______ me
5 新录音机什样？
What ______ your new recorder ______
6 谢谢告诉消息
Thank you ______ ______ me the news
7 昨晚直十点停止谈话
They ______ stop talking ______ 11 o'clock last night
8 封露茜写帆信
This is a letter ______ Lucy ______ Xiaofan
练答案
1B 2B 3D 4D 5 B 6D 7B 8 A 9 C 10 A 11 D 12D 13 C 14 D 15 B
二 1C 2A 3D 4B 5D 6C 7A 8A 9B 10D
三 (A) 1 C 2 C 3 C 4 B 5 A
(B) 1 A 2 C 3 C 4 B
(C) 1 A 2 B 3 D 4 C 5 A 6 B
四 1 not 2 about 3 with 4 How 5 by
五 1 What for 2 last for 3 playing with 4 take with 5 is like 6 for telling 7 didn't until 8 from to
初三系列复资料（27）Book3 (Unit7Unit12)考点集汇讲解训练
二十七Book3 (Unit7Unit12)
知识梳理
I 重点短语
1 give up
2 try out
3 most of
4 not…any more
5 at the age of
6 at that time
7 send message by telegraph
8 graduate from
9 turn down
10 put up
11 at the top of
12 get together
13 from house to house
14 at the end of
15 on top of
16 as well
17 climb down
18 in a single night
19 even though
20 live on
21 once upon a time
22 according to
23 keep warm
24 on the other hand
25 on show
26 on display
27 in the future
28 look up
29 Tree Planting Day
30 just right
31 as often as possible
32 wash away
33 in this way
34 in a few years' time
35 point to
36 thanks to
37 more or less
38 so far
39 shut down
40 send up
41 put off
II 重句型
1set one's mind to do sth
2 put … together
3 stop…from…
4 keep…from…
5 be filled with sth
6 give birth to
7 be covered with
8 be made of
9 fill…with…
10 match…with
11 be used for
12 have nothing to do with
13 come up with
14 no matter how…
15 keep sbsthwarm
III 交际语
1 I'm trying to …
2 I'll …
3 Which of these would you like most to …
4 What do you want to …
5 I want to…
6 I hope to …
7 I plan to…
8 I'm going to…
9 I'm so happy that …
10 I'm glad …
11 me too
12 What's this called in English
13 What's it made of
14 It's made of …
15 What's it used for
16 It's used for …
17 English is widely used for business …
18 It is one of the world's most important languages as it is so widely used
19 Where is are … grown produced made
20 The (ground ) must be just right…
21 It's best to …
22 The hole should not be too deep
23 The Great Green Wall is 7000 kilometres long and between 400 and 1700 kilometres wide
24 The more the better
25 More or less
26 The (ground ) must be just right…
27 The hole should not be too deep
28 掌握常见标志：
ENTRANCE EXIT PUSH PULL NO SMOKING NO PARKING
FRAGILE THIS SIDE UP NO PHOTOS DANGER BUSINESS HOURS
PLAY STOP PAUSE ON OFF
IV 重语法
1 动词动语态结构法
2 动词定式功法
名师讲解
1 be able to can
(1) 表示够具备干某件事力含义时互换
Mr Green is able to finish the work on time
Mr Green can finish the work on time
格林先生够时完成项工作
(2) be able to种时态can 情态动词现时式could
We are sure he will be able to be an artist when he grows up
相信长够成名画家
Miss Lin has been able to pay the car by herself
林姐已够负担辆车
(3) Can表示够力做某事外法be able to 没
表示请求语气没could委婉
Can I have a look at this picture 张图片？
Can we leave school after 600 pm 午6点离开学校？
表示性
That man can’t be our new teacher 新老师
The exam can’t be too difficult考试会太难
2 bring takecarryfetch
(1) bring般指处说话里翻译成带
He brought us some good news带消息
Please don’t forget to bring your homework tomorrow
明天请忘家庭作业带
(2) take般指说话里处翻译成带走
Please take the umbrella with you It’s going to rain雨请伞带
She took the dictionary away字典走
(3) carry强调方表示携带背着运送搬扛等意思
They carried the boxes into the factory 箱子搬进工厂
A taxi carried them to the station 出租车送车站
(4) fetch表示取等意思包含两趟
The waiter fetched them some apples侍者取苹果
Mother fetched the doctor for her ill son妈妈生病子请医生
3 whole all
(1) whole强调完整互分割整体
The whole country is suffering the war 整国家正遭遇战争
I just want to know the whole story仅仅想知道完整事
whole句中位置放格冠词指示代词
They will spend their whole holiday in Canada
加渡整假期（格）
She has finished writing the whole book 已写完整书（冠词
whole修饰数名词（名词单数）
He ate the whole cake 整蛋糕吃（强调整整蛋糕）
(2) all强调部分组成全部
Miss Green knew all the students in the class
格林姐认识班（全认识）
all句中位置放格定冠词指示代词前
Jim finished all his homework in twenty minutes
吉姆20分钟完成作业（格前）
Of all the boys here he sings best里男孩中唱（定冠词前）
The boy can answer all these questions男孩够回答问题（指示代词前）
all修饰数名词（名词须复数）修饰数名词
All these five books are mine五书（修饰数名词）
She was worried about her son all the time总子担心（修饰数名词）
4 fill full
(1) fill常作动词with连意思注满装满表示填空补缺意思
He filled the box with chalk粉笔装满盒子
The bucket is filled with water水桶里装满水
(2) full形容词翻译成满装满常of连外表示完全吃饱饱
All the rooms are full of people房间满
The bus was full He had to wait for the next one辆车满等辆
5 be made of be made from be made in be made into
(1) be made of表示…制成 般指够出原材料发生物理变
化
This table cloth is made of paper张桌布纸做
This salad is made of apples and strawberries种沙拉苹果草莓做
(2) be made from表示…制成般指出原材料发生化学变化
Bread is made from corn面包麦做
The lifeboat is made from some special material救生艇某种特殊材料制成
(3) be made in指产意思…制造
The caps are made in Russia帽子产俄罗斯
My mother likes to buy things which are made in China
妈妈喜欢买中国产东西
(4) be made into意思制成…
This piece of wood will be made into a small bench 块木头制成凳
The paper has been made into clothes for the doll 纸做成洋娃娃衣服
6 none no one neither
(1) none指指物意思没常作代词of连
None of us has heard of him before没前听说
I like none of the coats 外套件喜欢
none作语时谓语动词单复数皆
None of the answers is true没答案正确
None of the rooms are mine没间房子
(2) no one指of连
No one is absent没缺席
I knew no one there里认识
no one作语时谓语动词单数
No one agrees with you 没意说法
(3) neither作代词两者进行否定意思两者作语时谓语动词单数
Neither of the boys is from England 两男孩英国
I know neither of them两认识
7 found find
(1) find意思找发现式分词found
I can't find my glasses找着眼镜
He found it boring to sit here alone发现独坐里没劲
(2) found外词find没关系意思成立建设常作
物动词
The People's Republic of China was founded in 1949中华民国成立1949年
The school was founded by the local residents学校居民修建
8 hear hear of hear from
(1)hear意思听见听说知面接名词代词宾语句
We heard the news just a moment ago刚听说消息
Can you hear me 听见说话？
(2) hear of意思听说般指非直接听见听说接
宾语句
I have never heard of her未听说
They heard of the film long time ago久前听说部电影
(3) hear from意思收信听关
I often hear from him 常收信
He hasn't heard from his mother for a long time久没收妈妈信
9 send send for
(1) send意思送派遣发信寄信意思
The company sent him to study abroad公司派国外学
Mr Brown sent her children away布郎夫送走孩子
(2) send for意思召唤派取派非亲
They have sent for a repairman已派请名修理工
She sent for some flowers派买花
10 get to arrive reach
(1) arrive直接接点物动词表示达相
点arrive in 表示相点arrive at
The delegation will arrive in China at 500 pm代表团午500达北京
It was dark when they arrived at the railway station达火车站时候天已黑
When did she arrive here last time 次什时候？（副词前省略介词）
(2) reach直接接达点物动词
They reached London on Friday星期五达伦敦
The news only reached me yesterday昨天接消息
reach伸手取伸手触联络等意思
Can you reach that apple on the tree 够树苹果？
He can always be reached on the phone时电话联系
(3) get表示达时物动词应to搭配
We often get to school on foot常步行学校
They got to the top of the hill at noon中午达山顶
考点扫描
中考考点单元集中：
1 动词动语态结构法
2 动词定式功法
3 单元词汇短语句型
4 单元学交际语
考试形式单项填空完型填空短文填空完成句子
中考范例
1 (2004年北京市中考试题)
Aunt Li often asks her son ________ too much meat It’s bad for his health
A don’t eat B not to eat C not eat D to not eat
解析答案：B该题考查动词定式构成法句子基句型ask sb not to do sth 里not to eat 定式否定式做宾语补足语
2 (2004年嘉兴市中考试题)
China is becoming stronger and stronger so Chinese ________ in more American schools now
A was taught B is taught C teaches D taught
解析答案：B该题考查动词语态时态Chinese 种语言教动语态说现情况动词般现时
选B
3 (2004年河北省中考试题)
This painting ________ to a museum in New York in 1977
A sells B sold C was sold D is sold
解析答案：C该题考查动词语态时态This painting卖动语态1977年卖般时
4 (2004年扬州市中考试题)
If you ________ a new idea please call me as soon as possible
Sure I will
A keep up with B catch up with C feed up with D come up with
解析答案：D该题考查短语动词法单元学短语动词come up with a new idea意思想出新意正符合题意
满分演练
选择填空
1 The boy is too hungry he has already eaten an apple but he asks for_______ one
A the other B other C another D others
2 It’s going to rain You’d better __________ there
A don’t go B to not go C not to go D not go
3 He spent much time __________ the work
A at B in C on D for
4 Mr Green would like to meet the headmaster _______ 800 ______ 900 tomorrow
morning
A from to B at at C between and D from and
5 When _______ his uncle _________
A did dead B has died C did die D has been dead
6 They ________ this city last week
A reached to B got C arrived D arrived in
7 The TV set doesn't ______ too much I can afford it
A take B spend C cost D pay
8 His father will be back from Beijing ________a month
A between B after C in D for
9 He read nothing _________he
A does B doesn’t C did D didn’t
10 There’s _____ milk in the bottle is there
A little B few C a little D a few
11 Look there is a map of China ______ the two windows
A between B among C about D in
12 Two languages are very _____ used One is English Chinese is ______ one
A wide another B widely the others C wide the other D widely the other
13 I was badly ill yesterday That's ______ I didn't go to school
A why B because C as D since
14 Have a good time this weekend ________
A That's OK B Thanks The same to you
C That's all right D Have a better time than me
15 ______ of the money is yours
A None B No one C Neither D Nothing
16 ______ of the apples are red
A One thirds B First third C Two third D Two thirds
17 It's getting dark You'd better ______ out alone
A don't go B not to go C not going D not go
18 His home is ______ the northeast of China
A among B in C at D to
19 All the old things were invented ______ ago
A hundreds of year B hundreds of years
C a hundreds of years D a hundred of years
20 Jack likes to ______ others but never writes to them
A hear of B hear about C hear from D hear
二 括号词适形式填空
1 This job can _________ quite quickly (do)
2 ________ you ________ your homework yet (finish)
3 That pen isn't yours It's _________ (her)
4 Can you help __________ with my English(I)
5 Lin Lin is the __________ in our class(young)
6 Who is _____________ Mike or Jack (tall)
7 We live on the ___________floor (twenty)
8 English _________ in many countries today (speak)
9 I __________ born on July 2nd 1989 ( be)
10 You’d better __________ here as soon as possible (leave)
三 完型填空
One day a poor farmer was taking a bag of wheat to town Suddenly the bag 1__ from his horse onto the road He did not know 2_ to do about it because it was 3__ heavy for him to lift by himself He only hoped that someone would soon pass by and 4__ him a hand
Just at this moment a man 5__ a horse came up to him But the farmer’s heart 6__ when he saw who he was It was the __7___ man living nearby The farmer had hoped to ask another farmer or a poor man like him to come along and help him He couldn’t ask such a great man to help him But to his 8__ the great man got off his horse as soon as he came nearer He said to the farmer I see you 9_ help friend How good it is that I’m here just at the right time Then he took one end of the bag the farmer took the other they together raised it and put it on the horse
Sir asked the farmer how can I pay you
It’s quite easy The great man replied with 10_
Wherever you see anyone else in trouble do the same for him
1 A fall B fell C falling D fallen
2 A what B how C that D it
3 A very B so C quite D too
4 A lend B ask C borrow D gave
5 A riding B ride C rode D rides
6 A falls B sinks C sank D rose
7 A poor B great C good D bad
8 A surprised B surprising C surprise D surprises
9 A needs B need C to need D needed
10 A smiles B smile C a smile D an smile
四 阅读理解
(A)
The war finally ended in 1945 During the next years two great things
happenedmy dad came home from the army and I was born I was the first child but I wasn't alone for long In the next four years my mother had three more boys
It was great having a big family The four of us were very close in age so we played
together all the time We liked the game policemen and thieves best It was exciting
Everybody always wanted to be a thief Of course someone had to be the policeman
and it was usually me
Well I have grown up now but I still love the game There is only one thing
different I'm a real policeman Policeman Joe so it's not a game any more
判断列句子否符合短文容符合A表示符合B表示
1 Joe's father was once a soldier
2 During the war his father came back home
3 Joe was the youngest child in the family
4 He got on well with his brothers
5 He always had to be the thief in the game
(B)
Michael Jordan is the most famous basketball player in the world He was born in Brooklyn New York He didn’t like to talk to other people about himself He was very short He didn’t play very well when he joined the basketball team in his high school at first But the next year things changed greatly for him as he grew much taller
Michael Jordan became famous when he joined the university basketball team in North Carolina Michael used his speed and strength(力量) to reach the basket again He played so well that people called him Air Jordan
After college Michael became a basketball team member in the Chicago Bulls The NBA was very surprised at this highflying player He was named Rookie(新秀) of the year in 1985 and Most Valuable(价值) Player in 1987 He once set
a record(创纪录) by getting 63 points in one game
1 Jordan is a basketball superstar in ____________________
A England
B America
C Canada
D Japan
2 When he joined the basketball team in his high school he ___________ at first
A didn’t play very well
B played very well
C grew much taller
D set a record
3 He began to become famous in __________________________
A the university basketball team
B the NBA
C his high school at first
D the Chicago Bulls
4 He is often called _________________
A Rookie
B the NBA
C Air Jordan
D Most Valuable Player
5 The NBA was very surprised at the superstar when __________________
A he was young
B he joined the basketball in his high school
C he joined the university basketball team
D he joined the Chicago Bulls
(C)
The 29th Olympic Games will be held in our country in 2008 As a great many people will visit our country the government(政府) will build new hotels a large stadium(体育馆) and a fine new swimming pool They will also build new roads The games will be held just outside the capital and the whole area(区) will be called Olympic City Workers will build a railway and some new roads by the end of 2005 The fine modern buildings have been designed(设计) by the best designers
The people old and young in the capital are getting ready for the Olympic Games by learning English We will be very glad to see the new buildings go up We are very excited and looking forward to the Olympic Games because they have never
been held in our country before
1 Because of the 29th Olympic Games _________________________
A a lot of new buildings have been finished
B a large number of people visited our country
C many new roads and a railway line have been built
D a lot of new buildings have been planned
2 From the passage we know that the Olympic Games _______________
A have just been held in our country
B will be held in our country for the first time
C are held in our country every four years
D were held in our country four years ago
3 The passage tells us that everyone in the capital ____________ for the Olympic Games
A is busy building roads
B is studying English
C is designing buildings
D is having sports and games
4 The whole area with hotels stadiums swimming pools is called ___________
A buildings
B stadium
C Olympic City
D Olympic Games
5 Go up in the last passage means ______________
A 建起 B涨 C增长 D升
五 补全话
1How are you I’m _______________
2 Shall I call you Jim or James It doesn’t ___________
3I didn’t win in the sports meeting Bad __________
4What does that word mean ______________ one
5 I think foreign languages are more important than science
I really can’t _________ with you
6 What were you doing at that time when your father came back yesterday
I was ___________ the floor
7 Thank you for your help That’s all ____________
8 Have you found my ruler yet I’m __________ I haven’t
9 Is Bill as tall as Li Lei No he isn’t _________ tall as Li Lei
10 Well _________ Congratulations Thank you
六 句型转换求填词完成句型转换
(A）面题B句空格里写单词B句意思A句相
1 A My eyes started to fail at the age of seven
B My eyes started to fail when _________ _________ ________ _______ old
2 A He is so tired that he can’t do anything else
B He is _____________ tired ___________ do anything else
3 A We’ll remember Comrade Lei Feng for ever
B Comrade Lei Feng ________ _______ ______ by us for ever
4 A How expensive the car is
B ____________ ____________ expensive car it is
5 A We use computers in many ways
B Computers ____________ __________ in many ways
(B)面题汉语意思英语完成句子答案写横线词数限
1．明天力赢场足球赛’
Tomorrow we will __________________________ to win the football game
2．教师走进时学生停止谈话
When the teacher came in the students ______________________________
3．国家变越越强
Our country has become __________________________________________
4．画明天学校展出
His picture __________________________________ at our school tomorrow
5 花费两时完书
It ________ me two hours _______ _______ reading the novels
练答案
1C 2D 3C 4A 5C 6D 7C 8C 9C 10A 11 A 12 D 13 B 14 B 15 A 16 D 17 D 18 B 19 B 20C
二 1be done 2Have finished 3hers 4me 5youngest 6taller 7twentieth 8is spoken
9was 10leave
三 1B 2A 3D 4A 5A 6C 7B 8C 9B 10C
四 (A) 1A 2B 3B 4A 5B
(B) 1B 2A 3A 4C 5D
(C) 1D 2B 3B 4C 5A
五 1fine 2matter 3luck 4Which 5agree 6sweeping 7all right 8sorry 9so 10done
六 (A) 1I was seven years 2too to 3will be remembered 4What a 5 are used
(B) 1do our best 2stopped talking 3stronger and stronger 4will be on display
5took to finish
初三系列复资料（28）Book3 (Unit13Unit18)考点集汇讲解训练
二十八Book3 (Unit13Unit18)
知识梳理
I 重点短语
1 beg one's pardon
2 multiply …by…
3 slow down
4 wear out
5 try on
6 make a decision
7 a place of interest
8 make a mistake
9 drop off
10 think about
11 make up one's mind
12 at all
13 at least
14 by the time
15 carry on
16 never mind
17 from now on
18 come down
19 hands up
20 before long
21 no one
22 not…any longer
II 重句型
1 be busy doing sth
2 prefer to do sth
3 regard as
4 be pleased with sthsb
5 be angry with sb
III 交际语
1 How much does… cost …
2 It can cost as little as … yuan and as much as … yuan
3 It costs …
4 It's worth …
5 I don't agree with …
6 I wasn't sure whether…
7 I wonder if …
8 What size …
9 Have you got any other colour size kind
10 Have you got anything cheaper
11 How much are they
12 How much does it cost
13 How much is it
14 That's a bit expensive
15 Even though they're a little expensive I'll take them
16 I'll think about …
17 I don't think I'll take …
18 I like …
19 I don't really like …
20 Can I help you girl
21 Would you like me to look in the back
22 We can find …
23 Do you like being …
24 Can I ask you some questions
25 Sure
26 It was great
27 Wow
28 Yeah
29 Oh dear
30 Hands up
31 I’ll shoot anyone who moves
32 There’s no need to thank me
33 Can you remember anything else about him
34 Come down Polly
35 There is a little traffic accident．
36 There's a big traffic jam
37 Well I'm sure he'll be here before long
38 I'm beginning to get angry with him
39Yes we can't wait any longer Let's go without him
40 That's terrible
41 That's a really bad excuse
IV 重语法
1 时
2 完成时
3 动词定式
4 定语句
名师讲解
1 think thinkabout think of
(1) think 单独时表示思考 接that 宾语句时意认觉
I am thinking how to work out the problem
I think she is a good student
宾语句含否定概念时通常形式否定think 意义否定
宾语句
I don't think he can come
I don't think it will be windy
(2)think about 接名词动词ing 形式疑问词引导定式宾语
句意思考虑……
I have thought about it for a long time
Please think about how to tell her the bad news
(3)think of 表示认 般疑问句中what 连
What do you think of the TV play How do you like the TV play
2 big large great
述形容词表示侧重点程度
(1) big指具体事物强调正常形体标准普通场合
正式场合指身材高长表示伟重意：
Can you lift up this big stone
On the last day I made a big decision
(2) large特强调远远超标准指体积面积容积数量：
A whale is a large animal
A large crowd collected at the gate of the theatre
(3) great表示数量体积外指抽象程度意味着伟性重性 优越性常抽象形东西形东西时常带伟令吃惊等意思含定感情色彩：
China is a great country with a long history
He was one of the greatest scientists
3 cost take spend pay
(1) cost表示花钱花费付出（钱精力生命等语必须物）
The book cost me five yuan
(2) take语动词定式 通常it做形式语
It took me five yuan to buy the book
(3) spend动语句中语
I spent five yuan on (for) the bookI spent five yuan (in) buying the book
(4) pay语
I paid five yuan for the book
4 expensive high cheap low
四词谈价格高低时注意expensivehigh涉价格高cheap low涉价格低
(1) expensive昂贵花钱单词谈价格高货贵时语
价格必须货物物品身：
This watch is expensive 表贵
These glassproducts are not expensive 玻璃制品值钱
注意：cheap表示价廉便宜语价格必须物品身：
The cheap table was bought from him 张便宜桌子卖
This cloth doll is very cheap 布娃娃便宜
(2)high表示价格时含义高low表示价格时含义低两词物品身价格：
The price of this watch is very high 表价格太高
The price of this book is not low for me 书价格说低
面试句子正误：
The price of this computer is expensive
(宜改：This computer is expensive The price of this computer is high )
The price of this pen is not cheap for him to buy
(宜改：This pen is not cheap for him to buy The price of this pen is not low for him )
5 alone lonely
lonely alone意思较接时区：
(1)lonely作形容词意思孤单寂寞指心灵寂寞指
偏僻点句中作表语作定语
(2)alone 作形容词副词意思单独独指心理寂寞感觉
She was taken to a lonely island lived alone but she never felt lonely
带荒岛居住感寂寞
6 before long long before
(1)before long 作久讲切字面译长时间前久
前：
We hope to finish our experiment before long 希久（）实验做完
(2)long before 作久前讲原意……前久译老早long before before long 前者面接名词句文明确时名词句省略Before long 没述搭配法
They began the test yesterday but we had made experiment long before 昨天开始做实验前久已做准备
7 as when while
(1)as 连词意思……时候面……面（强调时般连
续时间长）：
As we were talking about Titanic our teacher came in 正谈泰坦尼克号部电影时教师进
The students sing as they go along 学生边走边唱
(2)Whenas样连词注意when……时候（般表示动作紧接着发生）时（等立连词前逗号分开）
I stayed till sunset when it began to rain 直呆太阳山时天开始雨
(3)while……时候……时（强调时发生般连续时间较长）
While I was watching TV he was reading 电视时候正书
While there is life there is hope 生命希
8 beatwin hit
(1)beat 动词意思连续 败 敲beat接队名意思
击败手：
I can beat you at swimming
(2)win意思赢某项目面常接match game：
He won a game 胜局
We won a match 赛胜
(3)hit意思击中（时表示）：
The mother hit her child out of anger 妈妈生气孩子
9 keep doingkeep on doing
(1)keep doing侧重表示持续停做某事持续某种状态：
The girl kept crying all the time 女孩直哭
The baby kept sleeping about four hours 婴连续睡约四时
(2)keep on doing 表示总断做某事表示静止状态sitting sleeping lying standing类词连：
It kept on raining for seven days
Don't keep on asking such silly questions
10 get turn become
三词作系动词表示状态变化表语三词法稍
get强调情感气候环境变化turn强调色彩变化become强调
职务职称等变化：
The days are getting shorter and shorter in winter．冬天白天越越短
She couldn't answer the question and her face turned red．回答出问题脸红
When did you become a teacher Ten years ago什时候老师？十年前
11 steal rob
意思讲steal表示偷窃意思rob表示抢劫意思搭配讲steal sth from sbsth robrob sbsth of sth 例：
He stole money from the rich to give it to the poor
They robbed the bank of one million dollars
12 seelookwatchnotice
英语中seelookwatchnotice意思注意区
see意表示视觉器官意识意识物体强调结果
look意表示意识观强调动作
watch意观注视指较注意力观
notice意注意指意识注意含注意注意变化意义例：
What can you see in the picture？图画中什？
Look How happily they are playing玩高兴啊
He’s watched TV for over two hours．两时电视
He noticed a purse lying on the road．注意钱包
13 Shoot shoot at
shoot物动词意思射中射死宾语动物等shoot at动词词组意……射击射中射死否知：
The man shot five birds in the forest．森林里射死（中）五鸟
The hunter shot at the bear．猎熊射击
They shot at the she－wolf but didn't shoot her．母狼射击没射中／死
14 escape run away
(1)escape作逃跑逃脱逃避讲时会成功意：
The old man escaped death．老死里逃生
The thief escaped from prison．偷越狱
(2)run away作逃跑跑走讲时强调动作：
Don't let him run away． 跑
口语中escaperun away互
15 so that so that
(1) so that便 引导目状语句句中情态动词引导结果状语句：
I left at 500 so that I could catch the early bus
Speak loudly so that they can hear what you say
He didn't study English so that he lost a chance to work in a foreign company
(2) so that引导结果状语句引导目状语句
：The classroom was so noisy that I could hardly study
I got up so early in the morning that I could catch the train
考点扫描
中考考点单元集中：
1 时
2 完成时
3 动词定式
4 定语句
5 单元学词汇短语句型
6 单元学交际语
考试形式单项填空完型填空短文填空完成句子
中考范例
1 (2004年济宁市中考试题)
He wanted to know ______________
A whether he speaks at the meeting B when the meeting would start
C what he’s going to do at the meeting D where would the meeting be held
解析答案：B该题考查宾语句语序时态句时态般时句应时排AB宾语句时态应该陈述句语序B
2 (2004年烟台市中考试题)
Why didn’t you go to the movie yesterday
Because I ___________ it before
A had watched B have seen C have watched D had seen
解析答案：D该题考查动词搭配现完成时完成时法区电影惯商see a movie 说昨天前发生事情应该完成时D正确
3 (2004年重庆市中考试题)
Did you win the football game
Bad luck Our team __________ in the final one
A won B beat C was won D was beaten
解析答案：D该题考查动词搭配动词语态动词win通常赛类词连队连排ACbeat物动词然运气输应该动语态
4 (2004年广州市中考试题)
Who is the man ________ was talking to our English teacher
Oh It’s Mr Baker our maths teacher
A he B that C whom D which
解析答案：B该题考查引导定语句关系代词选择先行词排AD该词定语句中作语B合适
满分演练
单项选择
1 Though he is ____________ seventy years old he takes exercise every day
Apast Babove Con Dover
2 The sun rises ___________ and goes down ____________
Ain the east in the west Bin the west in the east
Cto the east to the west Dfrom the east from the west
3 Which would you like Madam tea or coffee
____________ thanks I’d like a glass of water please
AEither BBoth CNeither DOK
4 One of the boys is ________ all the other boys are _________
AEnglish China Ban English Chinese
CEngland China DEnglish Chinese
5 How soon will you finish the building
__________________________
AIn two months BTwo months
CAbout two months DAfter two months
6 They did ______________ their father told them
Alike Bas Cabout Dwith
7 The fish smells ______________ You mustn’t eat it
Anicely Bheavily Cterrible Dterribly
8 Either you or he _______________ the team
Ais in Bare on Cis on Dare in
9 He was made _____________ thirteen hours a day by his boss
Ato work Bwork Cis on Dare in
10 ___________ you work ___________ you will do
AHarder better BThe harder the worse
CHardest best DThe harder the better
11 Mrs Hu asked Liu Fang and __________ to take part in the English meeting
AI Bmy Cme Dmine
12 Tell the students _____________ their English books
Ato take Bto carry Cto bring Dbring
13 It _____________ us two hours’ walk to get to our school
Atake Btakes Cspend Dpaid
14 My little sister is so tired she can hardly walk ____________
Adoes she Bcan she Cdoesn’t she Dcan’t she
15 __________ Yellow River is the second longest river is our country
A BThe CAn DA
16 Do you want to _____ at the meeting
No I have nothing to ______________
Asay speak Btell talk Csay say Dspeak say
17You need something to drink don’t you
________________________________
ANot at all BI needn’t CNo please DYes please
18 She asked me _____ he could dance or sing
Aif Bwhat Cwhether Dthat
19 Aren’t you Mary’s sister
_____________________ I’m her aunt
AYes I am BNo I’m not CYes I’m not DNo I am
20 _____________ no man has travelled farther than the moon
ATo now BTo far CSo far DTill now
二 动词适形式填空
1 Class 3 won the football match and our class _____ by them (beat)
2 By last Friday the students _____ (learn)all their new lessons
3 He will be a worker after he _____ (finish) middle school
4 I felt like ______ (have) a rest after lunch
5 Is there another way of ______ (answer) the question
6 I’ll tell him the news that our class ______ (win)
7 Jim made us ______ (agree) with him
8 The teacher _____ (give) us a lesson when Tom walked into the room
9 Someone saw him ______ (fall) off the horse just now
10 Look A group of policemen ______ (run) into that room
三 改写句子
1 None of the doctors knows about the matter
_____ _____ know about the matter
2 Tom is taller than John
Jonh is not _____ _______ _____ Tom
3 The jacket cost so little that he bought it
The jacket _____ ______ _____ for him to buy
4 Jim had a good journey home
Jim ______ _____ very much ____ ____ _______ home
5 I didn’t finish my work in time because my pen was broken
The ____ pen stopped ______ _____ finishing my work in time
四 完形填空
Hundreds of years ago life was 1 than 2 today People didn’t have modern machines There 3 modern medicine 4
Life today 5 new problems One of the biggest is pollution (污染) Water pollution has 6 our rivers and lakes dirty It kills our fish and affects (影响) our drinking water Noise pollution makes us 7 louder and 8 Air pollution is the most serious kind of pollution It affects 9 living thing in the world
Cars planes and factories all pollute (污染) our air every day Sometimes the pollution is so 10 that it is like a quilt (状物)over a city This kind of quilt is called smog (烟雾)
1 Amore hard Bmore harder Cmuch harder Dmuch more harder
2 Athey are Bthey were Cit was Dit is
3 Awere not Bwas no Cwere Dwas
4 Aeither Btoo Calso Dneither
5 Abring Bhave Chave got Dhas brought
6 Amade Blet Ctaken Dchanged
7 Asay Btalk Ctell Dspoke
8 Afeel happy more happily Bget angry much more easier
Cget angry much easier Dfeel and more slowly
9 Amost Ball Cone Devery
10 Athin Bthick Chard Dlight
五 阅读理解
（A）
Since the beginning of time man has invented many interesting things Some of these inventions like numbers and the radio have certainly changed history
Since 1946 one of the most important inventions has been the computer It will change all our lives
The first computer was built at Harvard University（哈佛学） in 1944 it was as large as a room and quite difficult and slow to operate（运行） But since the invention of the silicon chip（硅片） computer have become smaller easier to use and faster to operate Some computers are as small as television sets Some computers can be made smaller than a book And computers are getting smaller all the time
There are several reasons（原） why computer is useful to us First it can store（储藏） very very large amount（数量） of information（信息） Second the computer can operate very quickly Third modern computer can be built into other kinds of machines like radios cars and planes They can do a lot of work for us
Soon almost everyone either at home or at work will use some kind of computer The lives of all of us will be changed by this invention
判断列句子否符合短文容符合A表示符合B表示
1 According to（根）this passage many inventions have changed history and
people’s life
2 The first computer was built in the middle of the 19th century（世纪）
3 A modern computer can be made smaller than silicon chip
4 The computer has been made much better since the invention of the silicon chip
5 The computer is useful because it can store lots of information it can operate very
quickly and can be built into other machines
(B)
Joe Biggs was a butcher (屠夫) His shop was in a village in one of the most beautiful parts of southern England He worked in it for many years while his father was there Then when his father reached the age of 65 he stopped working in the shop Joe was alone in it so he had to work harder
Joe worked five and a half day a week His shop shut at one o’clock on Thursday and it was shut the whole of Sunday Saturdays were the busiest days
Joe had a big refrigerator (冰箱)in his shop but he tried not to buy too much meat at a time
One Thursday a woman came into the shop at five minutes to one I’m sorry I’m very late she said but some people have just telephoned to say that they are going to come to dinner tonight and I need some more meat
Joe only had one piece of good meat in the shop He had sold all the rest earlier in the day He took the piece out and said to the woman This is ￡715
That piece is too small the woman answered Haven’t you got anything bigger
Joe went into the room behind his shop opened the refrigerator put the piece of meat into it took it out again and shut the door of the refrigerator with a lot of noise Then he brought the piece of meat back to the woman and said This piece is bigger and more expensive It’s ￡930
Good the woman answered with a smile give me both of them please
6 Joe worked alone in the shop ________
Aon Saturdays Bon Thursdays
Cafer his father died Dafter his father stopped working
7 Joe sold meat in his shop _______
Aon Thursday afternoons Bon Sundays
Con Fridays Devery day
8 One day a woman came to his shop ________
Aat 155 Tuesday
Bat 105
Cto say sorry to him
Dbecause someone had suddenly telephoned her
9 Which of the following is true
APeople bought all the meat from him
BThe woman didn’t want the expensive piece of meat
CJoe brought the woman a different piece
DThe woman wanted to buy the two pieces of meat together
10Joe only had one piece of good meat because ______
AJoe’s refrigerator had broken
Bhe tried not to buy too much meat at a time
Che knew that the meat would go bad (变质)
Dhe had no money to buy more
(C)
If you go into the forest with friends stay with them always If you don’t you may get lost If you really get lost this is what you should do Sit down and stay where you are Don’t try to find your friendsLet them find you by staying in one place
There is another way to help your friends or other nearby people to find you Give them a signal by shouting or whistling (口哨) three times Stop Then shout or whistle three times Any signal given three times is a call for help
Keep up the shouting or whistling always three times together When people hear you they will know that you are not just making noise for fun They will let you know that they have heard your signal They will give two shouts two whistles or two gun shots (枪声) When someone gives a signal it is an answer to a call for help
If you don’t think that you will get help before night comes try to make a little house — cover up the holes with branches(树枝) with lots of leaves Make yourself a soft bed with leaves and grass
What should you do if you get hungry or need drinking water You would have to leave your little branch house to look for a river Don’t just walk away Pick off small branches and drop them as you walk so that you can find your way back
The most important thing to do when you are lost is — stay in one place
11 If you got lost in the forestyou should _______
Astay where you are and give a signal three times
Bwalk around the forest and shouted so that your friends might hear you
Ctry to find your friends as soon as possible
Dtry to get out of the forest and shouted for help
12 If you want to let people believe that you are not just making noise for fun you should ________
Ashout that you are lost
Bkeep up the shouting or whistling
Cshout at the top of your voice
Dshout or whistle once in a while
13 When you hear _______ shouts or whistles or gun shotsyou know that _______
Atwo people will soon come to help you
Bthree some one is asking for help
Cthree people will soon come to help you
Dtwo someone is asking for help
14 When you are lost in the forest but you want to leave your place to get water you should ________
Ajust go to the river
Bfind a bowl or a glass and then go
Cmake a fire so that you might make yourself some hot tea
Dleave marks (标志)as you go to the river so that you can find your way back
15 This story mainly ()tells you _______
Athat when someone gives a signal always three times it is a call for help
BWhat you should do if you get lost in the forest
Cthat when any signal given twice means an answer to a call for help
D What you should do if you get lost in the street
六 书面表达
根提示写篇关天活动日记
求：1字数60—80单词左右
2日期天气状况等放日记行文格式
3天2005年3月3日星期六早晨6点45分起床匆忙学
学校停课然学公园野餐车回家9点睡觉
练答案
1D 2A 3C 4D 5A 6B 7C 8C 9A 10D 11C 12C 13B 14B 15B 16D 17D 18C 19B 20C
二1 was beaten 2 had learntlearned 3 finishes 4 having 5 answering 6 hashave won 7 agree 8 was giving 9 fall 10 are running
三 1No doctors 2 soas tall as 3 was cheap enough 4 enjoyed himself when he travelled 5broken me from
四 1C 2D 3B 4A 5D 6A 7B 8C 9D 10B
五 1A 2B 3B 4A 5A 6D 7C 8D 9D 10B 11A 12B 13A 14D 15B
六 Saturday Mar32005 Sunny
Today is Saturday I got up at 645 this morning I had a quick breakfast and then went to school in a hurry but we don’t have classes on Saturday Then I telephoned some classmates and asked them to have a picnic They were very pleased We got to the park and enjoyed ourselves At about 500 in the afternoon we went home by bus I was too tired so I’ll go to bed at 900
文档香网(httpswwwxiangdangnet)户传
《香当网》用户分享的内容，不代表《香当网》观点或立场，请自行判断内容的真实性和可靠性！
该内容是文档的文本内容，更好的格式请下载文档
